Home

TrialDirector 5 User Manual

Contents

1. 7 The following screen is displayed when the clips have been created Create Clips from Issue Codes The new Cips have been created de Please review the ciestion results carefully bo ensure no To ext cick OF Finished Results B og a A a 8 Clips are added to the Clips folder for the individual transcripts in the Transcript Explorer Clip EB 0124 0000501 Fiduciary Lapse is Clip EB 0124 0000819 Perjury issue code Create a Clip Using a Script File 289 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual A clip creation script file ccs is an ASCII file that can be used to create multiple segment clips automatically A script file also offers the ability to open Digital Video Transcripts and override the default clip identifiers and or descriptions generated by the Transcript Manager 1 To use a script file select Execute Clip Creation Script ccs from the Clips menu Execute Clip Creation Script ccs This vazard wall help you bo create Cips using a special creation scnpt Enter a path and Hename for the Clip Creation Senp ces pou would be to eoecube below To contra chk Mest To eat click Cancel Select the scnpt path and filename ES Note The source script can be located on a local or external hard disk floppy network drive or UNC path 2 Click Browse to navigate to the desired Clip Creation Script ccs file 3 From the resulting navigational window selec
2. 2 Enter a destination path and filename for the cms file or click Browse to navigate to the desired path and filename a If you click Browse the following window appears Browse for Compound Media Storage Leak irc CO Pob Hike SIHT ore Placar Fist ol ppa Compourd Heds Storage 7 irea b Select the desired destination folder and cms file Click Open 3 When the desired path and filename are selected click Next The following window appears 573 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual Im port from Trialfirector Case File Pleate select the Trarscaptls you would like to impor ray To continue chek Hed To backup chck Back of to eat chck Cancel set Dine video Tiaret o Digital Video mea jets FACS Pob Michael Vol 01 07 21 1995 Transcript 4 Select the Digital Video Transcript s you would like to import into the current case Click Select All to import all Digital Video Transcripts or Clear All to clear all selections Click Next to continue The selected Digital Video Transcrpl s eal now be Depending on the number of Digital Video Transcnpils selecied the report process may take a few moments To begin the impod process cick Import To backup cick Back of lo eet cick Cancel 5 Click Import to continue the import process impart from TrialDirector Case File The Digital ideo Trarscapa s have been mpeoted Please review the import results c
3. 8 Finally click Close on the import dialog to update the coding database and return to TrialDirector 9 Clicking on the Coding Item Type tab will display the newly added records 390 Coding More Information Coding Database Pee manually Entering Coding Data You can manually enter coding data for new or existing records using one of two methods e The Column View displays multiple records at once in a grid format which enables you to search for records sort records and quickly update fields for one or more records e The Form View displays one record at a time which enables you to view all of the fields for a particular record at once Some users also find adding and editing coding data easier using this view Es Note If you edit the Trial Exhibit No or the Title in either of these views TrialDirector will update this information in the Item Properties in Case Explorer as well Click to toggle between Column ies Column view and Form View Form ie Brisa poe En Milcedr A Ph Eq 2 Eo F DEMODO001 DEMO ORS 3102001 Hol Prag Hunsuoten Esq Te Motta 2d Dipoiitos el Corra Capai li ieee Gotti th Webb E ff DEM DOOE1 DEMOOODa9 9 78 2001 Ha CC Ejea Disrcria J Faid C E DEMOS DEMOOISD 511 1563 Lol a Jesuer RF C E DEMODO0N5001 DEMODOEDO WIV Pa CIC DEMOD00S00146501 DEMDONOS0 01 5501 Nges Complaint Filed May 7 200kTria Ome March 2000 fo Friitaged
4. 55 128 Full Screen Item Viewer Hide Case Explorer cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeseeseeeeeeeeteeesannsenees 129 Greate a New VWOrKbOOK uta iio 131 MOVE MMS TRIOS VW ODO Duration 131 SOTANO DOO CONS di edo celia 132 Rearrange Workbook Contents vcaiinacondma li ias hawadwanwnmbaenendndacetetiwelweewedhdaatand boven steadier 132 Rename A WOKDOOR neerd oa E RA AAA OR E SR ETA 132 Print VWOrkbOOk DONES ana utckenaiiieen ana heneiameh Gene amnu lew aueeeeinl ane esis 133 Export Workbook Contents to a Script File rassier cece reese sees cess ence seen E AEN EA 133 Export Workbook Contents 10 VOIUMG c 02scc2caiscceswtasedvewveadivaternienesrearer veas da rade vadaecds 134 EDO ODIOM serat iu A eo loba ited 136 Introduction Mage OPINAS e E e da 137 Apply Current Label to Workbook ems cirrosis 141 Remove a VV ONKOOOK iii A UNAS AE NAAA 142 O 142 FANG 6 Bs US o cedo o oer ee eet 148 EdItuUsSitoO Malaria 149 A A A eee 149 Dial a US eo 149 OTOI Sata a a 150 More ORMA O e totales 150 TOS dci 150 Add or Remove a Case Paleta aa dt das 154 Back a Caserio ear oar arden rro co peros 157 COPY Last oe 158 PIEK ACASO AA E A ere tiated aie sect ean at eid AA 160 RCD OIE OC astuta cadete 161 Restore a Data aso isso coloso loe ces 161 Document Mano sintiera Boat ime pai 167 Document and Exhibit Management Made Simple ccc cccece cece ener eens rr rr rr 167 Change ihe Window Split al ee ee i dl o 168 Editing the Document Description P
5. Convert Selected Source File Type Ho File Type Selected adas Esport Type Selected Export Type Chori lew General l Pro Opticon Summan In the Source File field enter or browse to the location of the file that you would like to have converted In the Export Directory field enter or browse to the location where you would like the converted file to be placed The Available Export Types box lists the programs that load files can be converted for Select the program s that you will be creating load files for then click i 2 to move the program name to the Selected Export Types list When all of the desired load file types have been added to the Selected Export Types list click Options There are specific options which can be set for Opticon CT Summation conversions and an Other tab that can be used to set the output Volume ID for any output type 523 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual Export Options 5 When all options have been set click Convert The selected file will be converted to the desired format s and placed in the specified Export Directory Results are shown in a Conversion Status window Ry Conversion Status Conversion Status SOS Conversion Results Conversion Source File Type Docules Load File LA Program Files in0 atacases CASE 00074 LoadFiles CASE 0002 DUK Conversion Results Summation File Converted Successfully LC Destination C45E 0002 di ImageBrander
6. Match or al words AMD Gewch levels G Acii Patty fed Of 11101998 a l Page 1h m MR 4A pa Within E inet 4 matches found n vall nel be peep red lo go bo hr ri a 1 Page 30613 A A Doublebird Clinical Trial in Weight 2 1 Page 30719 shabad together na clinical bal a 1 Page 3325 an operaba long term tial of Acri Patty Vel 02 1111 1998 a O Amch n Joss Vol 04 01111990 5 Ashby Audry VoL 01 0308 1990 Ballard lan Vol 01 01 07 1999 Battish Joseph ol 07 02031099 O Clemente Nancy VoL 01 1281998 1 matches found 2 Satcher bound 2 matches found 8 matches found 2 matches tound 5 matcher lourd 20 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual The Word Index can be opened adjacent to the transcript text by selecting the Word Index command from the View menu When you type a word into the word index box the index jumps to the first occurrence of the word in the transcript Trara Segment Estos Search Dixon Becky ol 01 091041987 1 01 EXAMINATION A Wierd inciex x 02 BY ER LASSITER 03 0 Hs Dixon T would now Puta ord index hox 04 some document and I m going to ask husband 123142 A 05 about Could you please take a loo 13 18 168 154 06 that s before you right now 13 21 23 18 07 A Okay husband 1013 os O Have you ever seen thi A E MATA 04 A No 16 18 25 171 231 10 Q Do you cepognize the 3 l 12 A Yes N Clicking on a 13 Q Do you
7. _ ASCII Transcript tor Dixon Becky Vol 01 09 10 1997 Audio Video Part 01 for Dixon Becky Vol 01 09 10 1997 ad BO 09170 0000110 Do you recognize the signature atthe 4 Segment 1 Page 1 10 to 2 01 You can turn this display off at any time by selecting Organizer from the View menu or clicking the Close X button Organizer window i bore Information Toolbar Case Explorer Transcript Window and Word Index Pe rranscript Manager Tool Bar The Transcript Manager Toolbar consists of the Standard Toolbar and Multimedia Toolbar The toolbars allow quick access to many menu functions available in Transcript Manager Click on the Toolbar button below for a description of its function Standard Toolbar Ta 2 el oe New Case Open Case Print Preview Print P X fe E Clear Cut Copy Paste hh a oy a Find Next e Find Find Next Question Answer Find Page Line 2 Toggle Digital Video Toggle Exhibit Toggle Clipboard Eine Timecode Synchronization Synchronization Monitor Multimedia Toolbar 209 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual gt ll L gt Play Pause Stop Play Segment p ES a Play Clip Present Clip Disconnect Multimedia Toggle Audio cc Presentation Toggle Closed Launch Presentation Captioning Mode lore Information Toolbar Transcript Explorer Organizer Window Transcript Window and Word Index Pea mMuitimedia Player Topics Multimedia Player Multimedia C
8. f WATE wena id To wat check OF Finished Resuliz The operation wat completed succenstully 8 Click OK to exit the export process i nore Information TimeCoder Pe rimecoder Exporting to ASCII Format Any transcript may be exported to ASCII txt format To determine which format is ideal for your purposes consult the product manual for the application you plan to import the transcript into 1 Open the DVT you want to export 2 Select Export to ASCII Transcript txt from the File menu 552 Tools Export lo ASCII Transcript This vazard vell help pou bo export a Digla Wideo Tranic as a standard ASCH file Pisasse enter a path and filename for te exported trarkcopl below To cor rua cick Nex Export a Toet cick Cancel Transcript Select ihe kantap palh and Renan CAMPO72195 be Exporl vith page breaks I Enpo wath iimecodes ER A Note At any time during the export you may click Back to return to the previous export window or Cancel to cancel the export 3 Set the export options as described below pon Wiin page The exported transcript will contain page breaks Breaks Export Double The exported transcript will be in double spaced Spaced format Export with The timecodes that you placed in the transcript will Timecodes be preserved in the exported transcript This may be helpful when archiving your files Include The timecodes in the exported transcript will include M
9. 16 a Do you recall receiving Exhibit 3 17 Mr Barthel 18 A 1 don t have no specific recollection of 19 it 20 a Do you have any understanding as to 21 whether your investigation was completed before 2z Mr Emery sent the May 11 1993 letter denying LJ Page 5 25 to 6 05 C FIDUCIARY LAPSE 22 Mr Emery sent the May 11 1993 letter denying fd coverage 24 A I wouldn t be able to remember that 25 a Would it have been Mr Emery do you 00006 01 have any understanding as to Mr Emery s custom and ni me mr F Wann T A T es 4 17m 1 TERNA mr 7 mE mr rra a lore Information Toolbar Case Explorer Organizer Window Transcript Window and Word Index view Transcript Properties To view transcript information for a Digital Video Transcript right click on the desired transcript in the Transcript Explorer and select Properties from the drop down menu 355 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual Transcript Properties ASOM Tranacript Deset Morda dire 14 2004 120059 PM Modied Fride Petras 24 2006 02 31 15 PM SD Transenpl lor Doon Becky Mol 01 081019 A Note The Properties dialog displays the transcript description and is not modifiable i nore Information Digital Video Transcript Transcript Text Me port Clips to a Clip Creation Script Creating a Clip Creation Script from clips in a case allows you to create identical clips on another computer 1 Open the Transcri
10. From a blank display load an item into zone 5 by pressing F5 and then typing the Item ID or scanning the appropriate barcode 444 Presentation First Item is Displayed in Zone 5 Continue loading items into zone 5 until the first item appears in zone 8 If the item in the active zone zone 5 is part of a multiple page document you can move successive pages of the document through the quadrants by pressing Page Down or scanning the Page Down barcode Fourth Item is Displayed in Zone 5 Third Item Moves into Zone 6 pprno POE Concentroticn L m el Ber Darsih Md ip Second Item Moves into Zone 7 First Item is Moves into Zone E 445 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual As you add new items into zone 5 the old item moves first into zone 6 then 7 then 8 then off the display If you add items into zone 6 they move through 7 and 8 etc while the item in zone 5 remains in the same place lore Information Presentation Mode Control the Presentation Display Zones Pet rable of Zone Activity in Add Zone Mode The following table defines the activity that occurs in each zone as items are loaded using Add Zone Mode Active Fone Activity Zone 1 When using vertical split moves old item right into zone 2 Zone 2 When using vertical split moves old item right into zone 1 Zone 3 When using vertical split moves old item right into zone 4 Zone 4 When using vertical split moves old item right into
11. Note At least one of the boxes must be checked 346 Transcript Manager The following field is displayed for viewing in the Extended Tab but is not modifiable Field Description Authoring Entity This will display who authored the DVT file lore Information Digital Video Transcript Import a Digital Video Transcript Open a Digital Video Transcript View a Digital Video Transcript Change Digital Video Transcript Properties Close a Digital Video Transcript Remove Digital Video Transcripts MN Hightignts and Font Colors Topics Highlighting Automatic Color Coding Remove All Color Codes and Highlights The Transcript Manager allows you to alter the default colors of the transcript font and also highlight certain sections of it These font color and highlight changes will show in Presentation mode when displaying transcript text Display Highlighting In order to display and or create transcript highlights and font colors the Display Highlighting option must be enabled To enable this option select the Display Highlighting option under the Transcripts menu qe A Note Enabling the Display Highlighting option will disable Display Attached Exhibits and Display Multimedia Breaks Highlight Text or Change Font Color 1 Make sure the Display Highlighting option is enabled 347 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual N Select the transcript text you want highlighted Select the Change
12. Select Rotate Image Clockwise from the Documents menu To rotate an image 90 degrees counter clockwise do one of the following Click the Rotate the Current I mage Counter Clockwise button on the Toolbar Select Rotate I mage Counter Clockwise from the Documents menu The new orientation will be saved automatically 220 Document Manager Enlarge Images Pan Enlarged Images Restore the Original Image Size Magnify an Image Area in a Separate Window You can enlarge any image area using the rubber band zoom Simply click and drag a rectangle around the image area you want to enlarge As soon as you release the mouse button the selected area is enlarged Double click the image to return to the original view Pan Enlarged Images The Pan feature allows you to move around an enlarged image while retaining the zoom Right click anywhere in the display area hold down the mouse button and move the mouse around to pan The image moves with the mouse and stays wherever you release the mouse button You can also use the arrow keys to pan around an image Restore the Original Image Size Double click anywhere in the display area to restore an enlarged item to Its original size Magnify an Image Area in a Separate Window The Area Magnifier tool allows you to select an area of an image such as the Bates number to be enlarged and displayed in a separate window The magnifier window retains the same zoom for each image as
13. f i f Note At any time during the export you may click Back to return to the previous export window or Cancel to cancel the export 3 Enter a destination path and filename for the sbf file or click Browse to navigate to the desired folder and filename a If you click Browse the following window appears 563 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual Save Trarecripl Es Svein E TCP an co El 5 IHPOFELIGA My Hacer Document Dithis Hy Document Hy Meteor Fin pare Piers Soave ai pra Suso TH sacar Fost Fils Pl 2 Select the desired destination folder and type a name for the sbf file in the File Name field Click Save to save the selection 4 When the desired folder and filename are selected click Next Export to Sunmmathon TM Briefcase Format File The Digtal Video Transcript well now be exported iM That process could lake a few moments depending on the 3 aie of the deporiion kontan To began the expert process chok Export Working Ta backup cick Back or to ent cick Cancel 5 Click Export to begin exporting the DVT to Summation files When the progress bar reaches the end the export is complete 564 Tools Export to Summation TM Briefcase Format File The Digital Video Traracapl has been exported 5 Please review the export eiui carefully lo ensure no ae Manns vete ete To eat cick DE Finished Results The opelabon was completed success 6 Re
14. sign next to the page and line number as shown below Search for Itrial i Search within 5 earch method All Transcripts Match on all words AND Search limits within D A pair C within line s 4 matches found Page 16 7 Will not be prepared to go to tral in Fage 306 13 A A Double blind Clinical Trial in weight ee a a SS a y m EE f i OOS06 11 O Okay I won t respond to that Let le Just move on What is the title of this article 13 A Double blind Clinical Trial in Weir 14 Control __ EA m re ee ra 334 Transcript Manager Z Note Using the Q A Pair search method will reference the beginning Page Line of the Q A Pair The Exact Phrase search method will reference the exact Page Line of the search result 9 Search results are also hyperlinked to the transcripts To follow a hyperlink do one of the following Single click on the transcript name to jump to the selected transcript Click on a specific search hit page and line number to jump directly to the part of the transcript that contains the search hit Your search results will remain on the search tab until you close the case Search Using Clipboard Linking TrialDirector supports clipboard linking as a method of allowing other applications to find text go to a particular page and line open a Digital Video Transcript or close a Digital Video Transcri
15. the Freehand bool 411 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual Presentation Window Indicators Tandem Presentation Indicator Replace Zone Mode Indicator one Activity Item Load Indicator Status Indicator Item Load Status Indicator A small colored bar indicates the status of the item currently being loaded into TrialDirector The following colors indicate the activity status A green bar indicates the item is being loaded A yellow bar indicates the item cannot be found in the case database If this happens try retyping the Item ID or re scanning the barcode If the bar is still yellow the item is not in the case A red bar indicates that the selected source file could not be loaded due to a missing or corrupt file A white bar indicates that the Screen Blanker Tool is in use Replace Zone Indicator A small blue bar appears when Replace Zone Mode Is active see Using Replace Zone Mode errr A Note Use Replace Zone Mode for smoother image transition 412 Presentation Tandem Presentation Indicator A small crimson bar appears when Tandem Exhibit Presentation mode is enabled see Tandem Exhibit Presentation Toolbar Icon The Toolbar con allows you to access the TrialDirector tools available for use during presentations Left click the Toolbar Icon to bring the Presentation Toolbar in and out of view Hold down the Alt key and click the Toolbar Icon to open the Present
16. Background color Text Box Background color 435 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual Use Tool Icons Disabling this feature will result in the Windows cursor being used when using presentation tools lore Information Presentation Display Control the Presentation Display Presentation Toolbar The Presentation Display is divided into nine 9 zones which allow you to display multiple case items at the same time Using different zones and zone modes allows you to control how and where items are displayed What do you want to do Define Screen Zones View Possible Zone Combinations lore Information Zones Mi berine Screen Zones To select a particular zone press the corresponding function key on the keyboard i e Fl zone 1 etc or scan the barcode associated with the zone Once a zone Is selected you can load an item into that zone Each zone is independent of the other zones which means that you can load and annotate an item in any zone without affecting the items in the other zones This section describes each of the zones 436 Presentation Zones 3 amp 4 split the display horizontally Zones 5 6 7 amp 8 split the display into quadrants Zone 9 uses the full display Z Note It is not necessary to select a zone to view items Zone 9 is the full screen default zone and you can begin viewing items in it by loading an item Zones 1 and 2 If you want to display two items side by side si
17. Enter a Primary master item prefix e g EXH for exhibits EXHO01 EXHOO2 etc Enter the correlating Secondary slave item prefix e g XYZ for exhibits XYZOO1 XYZ002 etc For example in a multiple language case all exhibits in English might start with the prefix ENG which would be entered as the master item prefix All exhibits in a second language such as Japanese might start with the prefix JAP which would be entered as the slave item prefix In this scenario loading ENGOO1 would also load J APOO1 The only requirements are that both prefixes are the same length and the alphanumeric characters following the prefixes are identical i e ENGOO1 would not load J APOOO1 Click OK to save the settings Open Presentation mode if it is not already Type TM then Enter to activate tandem exhibit presentation The Replace Zone Mode Indicator and the Tandem Exhibit Presentation Indicator will appear in the lower right corner of the presentation display Presentation Tandem Presentation Indicator Replace Zone M Mode Indicator 9 Load an item using either the master prefix or the slave prefix The master exhibit will appear in zone 2 and the slave exhibit will appear in zone 1 If you zoom in on the exhibit in zone 1 the same area of the item in zone 2 will also be enlarged 10 Continue loading items as desired The presentation display will remain in Tandem Exhibit Presentation mode until you type
18. F i Mee Eo nmam La ph a my sor ri Damper ri Carra Cag ee nae N eae g lt ls th iTi ae peT rada Ho kis Andima aaj Hp Pei i Ar a a a F DABU ridi O a A A PA A PA M Par ter Pa ee E a e a a E PA oe Soo p mm jE a a al e Add a ee i a Emr Parera Gf Pa ars Br ar a Carr Pg A A A oe eee Traza amh Teal Has Eppo s DEO PaT am e To view all of the items at once select Send Results to Workbook Click Find All to run the search A Search Results workbook is created in the Workbook Explorer section of the Case Library From there you can view all of the items located as a result of your search Finding Testimony in Transcripts TrialDirector gives you several methods to locate testimony within transcripts You can search the Word List for each of the transcripts You can also search within a single transcript for a word or phrase or search across multiple transcripts Opening a Transcript and its Word List 1 Click the Transcript Manager tab to display the transcript workspace 2 Inthe Transcript Explorer expand the transcript you wish to work with Click on the to the left of the transcript name The following items may appear under your transcripts e ASCII Transcript for deponent s name e Audio Video for deponent s name if a video version of the transcript has been loaded into your case for the selected deponent e One or more Clips each clip contains one or more segments of synchronized te
19. SH SS DVT2 None None Right Arrow Up Arrow Alt SHI FT F12 CTRL SHIFT F12 None None None None Spacebar None Shift F9 Alt P Alt T Presentation command Scroll Right allows you to move a zoomed item to the right in the zoom window You can use the Right Arrow key instead of typing the command Scroll Up allows you to move a zoomed item up In the zoom window You can use the Up Arrow key instead of typing the command Select the Last Callout Projection Style Used Will enable last callout projection tool Segment Advance Advances to next or specified DVT Clip Segment Using SG only will advance to the next segment Using SG with a number i e SG5 will advance to that specified DVT clip segment Segment Indicator On Off Toggles the current DVT Clip segment indicator in the upper right hand corner of the video window pr A Note This command is currently designed to toggle the indicator for the current Presentation session only The indicator status is not saved upon exiting TrialDirector Set Party sets the value for the ADMIT BY field of an admitted exhibit Set Witness sets the value for the WITNESS field of an admitted exhibit Show Color Palette displays the annotation tool color palette in TrialDirector The color palette is displayed at the current cursor location Show Hide Markups shows or hides the annotations on the Prese
20. TM then Enter again lore Information Control the Presentation Display Mi amit Trial Exhibits Trial exhibits can be admitted instantly from the Presentation mode according to admitting party witness and trial exhibit number To admit an exhibit first make sure the zone displaying the exhibit is active by pressing the corresponding function key The admitting party and witness can be set prior to admitting the exhibit if desired as described below Type PA followed by the name of the admitting party e g defense and then press the Enter key This will automatically set the ADMIT BY field Type WT followed by the name of the current witness e g jones c and then press the Enter key This will automatically set the WITNESS field as A Note There will be no visual indication that the parameters have been set After the exhibit is admitted view the record for the exhibit in the Document Manager Case Explorer to determine whether or not the ADMIT BY and WITNESS fields were populated correctly Type AD followed by the Enter key to admit the exhibit 905 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual To assign a Trial Exhibit Number to an item when you admit it type AD trial exhibit number followed by the Enter key e g typing ADABCOO1 will admit the exhibit in the active zone as trial exhibit ABCOO1 This will create a new workbook called ADMITTED and will insert the exhibit into this workbook E
21. When a synchronized DVT is exported to the LiveNote VideoNote format it can then be imported into LiveNote or VideoNote Follow these steps to export LiveNote PTF and VideoNote VID files 1 Open the timecoded DVT 2 Select Export to LiveNote VideoNote files ptf vid from the File menu The following window appears 555 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual Export to LiveMote TM VideoNote TM files wired Pal helo ou lo esporas Digital Video Transco 4 TA 7 VedeotonedT Ml Hes Pleas enter a path and hename for the exported korsar To continue cik Hed EXPO Tom chick Cancel Transcript Select the lranccnpt path and Mena Ic AE spots MPOT21 95 pil 3 Enter a destination path and filename for the ptf or vid file or click Browse to navigate to the desired path and filename Z Note Ifthe ptf and vid files reside in the same directory selecting the ptf will select the associated vid file as well a If you click Browse the following window appears Hero for File Lokin C Lreetote arp E pl Fie name LASA SE p Filer cd ype LiveMotel TH Traracnpt pt b Select the desired destination folder and ptf file Click Open The following window appears 4 When the desired folder and filename are selected click Next 996 Tools Export to LiveMote TM VideoMote TM files The Digital Video Transcript al now be exported This process could lake afew m
22. files with the TrialDirector Suite Demo Case Open the sample Concordance database file 64 Application Integration and the TrialDirector case above to test the connection The ViewerCPL line within the ini file reflects the default TrialDirector application directory lore Information Establishing Link Display Concordance Images Export Concordance Coding Database EE porting Concordance Coding Database into TrialDirector Topics Export Coding Text from Concordance mport Coding Text into TrialDirector Export Coding Data From Concordance Concordance can export coded documents as delimited ASCII text Use Concordance s Document Export Wizard to properly export the coding information Follow the directions below to export coding information from Concordance 1 Click on the Documents menu in Concordance and select Export then Delimited Text The following screen will appear Export Wizard Lancel Export dialog box 2 Select the Export Wizard option and click OK to continue The following dialog will appear 65 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual Export Wizard Documents 3 Select the range of documents you wish to export and click Next to continue The following screen will appear Export Wizard Format ES Es xj Select the delimited format lo export or 4 Select the Custom format from the drop down list Use the following ASCII characters to ensure proper f
23. lore Information Digital Video Transcript Transcript Text fe dentifying and Color Coding Issues You can create color coded lists of key issues in transcripts and capture key passages for easy recall during trial You begin by establishing issue codes and colors then you assign the codes to selected transcript text Finally you can print detailed or summary reports all identified issues Creating Issue Codes 1 In the Transcript Manager open the Transcripts menu and select Manage Issue Codes 2 The Manage Issue Codes dialog displays Click New to create a new issue code 351 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual Manage Issue Codes This wizard wal help pou to create manage and remove Issue Codes for the current case To est this wizard click Est Descnption Consequential Damages Purnitrre Damges Contributory Neghgence E New issue code 3 Replace the text New Issue Code with a short title for the issue you want to add 4 To change the color of the highlighting that will appear in the transcript for the new issue click on the color box A spectrum dialog opens from which you can select a color Z Note Avoid assigning dark colors or you won t be able to view the testimony through the issue code highlighting 5 To change the function key associated with the issue click on the F and select the new function key from the list 6 Click New again to
24. see this outline your mouse pointer will appear as a P At this point you may move the annotation or delete it by clicking on the Delete key on your keyboard OR by right clicking on the selected annotation and selecting Delete from the shortcut menu Her Clara Meses 1d Fay 11l 13953 FEJF seerod treated disperat si pr piera an HA Lo En OT for yes OT any Pperacea CTI organiratips for whea pou mey be legally responsible or Ato ac Ecom any lta or location on hich you oe any Generactecs Gr gubtentrecters socklng dleectly cr imdicect ly an pour behalf are performing EAT L Lone e To change the color of the annotation select it as shown above and right click on the annotation Select Set Background Color and the following dialog box opens Choose the color you wish to use and click OK 50 Getting Started with TrialDirector Errem mor m ee fan A M Ff ion tee ge ERE eee eS EERE E E a Red 127 ie Sat pz Green Far Casia uT mF r A Add te Custom Colors Organizing Exhibits Using Workbooks The Workbooks Explorer is a convenient and flexible way to organize and work with the exhibits in your case When you first create a case three workbooks are created for you Search Results Trial Exhibits and Witnesses You can create additional workbooks as needed for case Use workbooks to select groups of items for printing to create exhibit outlines see below to display exhibits at tr
25. 2 Click Yes to continue or No to cancel the process 3 When the process is complete a message window will appear Click OK to return to the application window TrialDirector Document Manager a Tf you continue TrisiDirector Document Manager val attempt bo compact the database For the current case P The Case Explorer windows wil go blank during this process Please be patient while the case ls compacted Continue 4 Note Attempting to pack larger cases may take longer TrialDirector cases over 4 100 000 records may take a few minutes to pack Repair a Case A case database should be repaired if the database behavior seems erratic or if the database fields are not properly refreshed This will not affect the current information in the database To repair the current database 1 Select Repair Case Database from the File menu Only visible from the Case Library Document Manager or Coding tabs TrialDirector Document Manager The requested operation may take a while to complete on larger cases sh Do vou really want to do this Mo 2 Click Yes to continue or No to cancel the database repair 7 Note If you are working in a network environment ensure that the case is not open by another user in order to avoid an error message 3 When the database repair is complete a message window will appear informing you that the process is complete Click OK to return t
26. 2 On the following screen specify a transition effect for the excerpt if desired Click Next Generate Excerpt s from Clip s You may also opionaly select a video transition foe the z genedated Except below To contrae click Het To backup cick Back o bo eat cick Cancel Generate Fima select a video iranian Transition None a 3 On the following screen click Generate to generate the excerpts When the excerpts have been generated click OK to exit the wizard Email Recipient 1 If you select the Email Recipient option specify a transition effect for the excerpts if desired Click Next 308 Transcript Manager Generate Excerpt s from Clip s You may also opbonaly select a video transition foe the genedated Except below To contre cick Hed To backup cick Back 00 to exit cick Cancel Generate 2 On the following screen click Generate to generate the excerpts When the excerpts have been generated click OK to exit the wizard A blank e mail message with the excerpt files attached will be opened on your computer If the excerpts are large files you may see the message below TrialDirector i The composed email is approximately 3 9MB in size Please be aware some system administrators limit the size of email attachments 3 An e mail message from your default e mail application will be opened and will have the excerpt attached for mailing PowerPoint Present
27. Application Integration Associate a TrialDirector Suite Case 3 When rarsienrmo data irom Liehote to the TralDuecior El E e dl Suite you must frst establish a case atsociation yd E This association wil provide the TrisiDirector Suite with a Ei locaton to store Transorpla Clits and other information a To contrae chick OK i To eat cick Cancel Whal would pou ike bo do amp Create a new TialDiecior Sue case O Select an easing TasDbrectar Suite case e Select either Create a new TrialDirector Case or Select an existing TrialDirector Case and proceed to follow the appropriate dialog box s until your selection is complete 2 The first time a transfer is performed the user is prompted to associate the multimedia files associated with the LiveNote transcript Click the Add button the browse out and add the multimedia files 3 Click OK when you have added the files Locate Multimedia File s Because of differences in how Lrebloba ard the TnalDuecior Sute track and store mulinnedia mfonmabon ou must specii all mabi vidan resourca s for tree Irimscopt in chranological order st the tras MM ltimedia ir E Note The Case and Multimedia file associated only have to be performed once Future LiveNote transfers will automatically send the information to the TrialDirector Suite with any user interaction If the transfer to TrialDirector was completed successfully the following dialog box will be d
28. E a VT ie 1019 Fhinne Jeon ly 2d 1 a am E Peep TR Ei 5 Caio Lia Boor dap Terap ira Transcript Wiewer Exhibit Preview Component Description Transcript The Transcript Explorer displays the Digital Video Explorer Transcripts DVT s multimedia files transcript files clips segments and exhibits associated with the open case Organizer The Organizer Window displays the status of the Window current session If a Digital Video Transcript DVT is open it will indicate which transcript multimedia file clip and segment are active This is most important when creating or editing clips and segments Transcript Viewer The Transcript Viewer displays the ASCII transcript when a Digital Video Transcript DVT is open The viewer has three tabs at the top e The Transcript tab displays the entire transcript text e The Segment Editor tab displays the transcript text associated with the current clip with the Segment Viewer displayed above the Transcript Window e The Search tab allows you to search across multiple 202 Transcript Manager transcripts and conduct more advanced searches Multimedia The Multimedia Player allows you to view and control Player the multimedia that corresponds to the selected transcript Exhibit Preview Displays images of exhibits that have been synchronized with a transcript lore Information Presentation Mode Multimedia Player MN rranscript Explorer Topics Syn
29. EXHOO3 3 Docs 001 0000001 tif 1 EXHOO1 EXHOO4 4 Docs 001 0000001 tif A sample photograph line might look like the following 2 MRI 01 MRI 01 1 MRI film E Photo 001 0000003 jpg i A sample multimedia file line might look like the following 4 Gates1 Gates1 1 nea Videol 001 gates1 mpg H The load file is an ASCII delimited file that contains the following nine fields Field Description Field 1 Record Type Determines the tab with which the item will associated These are the available record types 1 B amp W Image Documents 2 Color Photographs 4 Multimedia Files 5 OLE Files Field 2 Document ID if there are multiple pages to an item all will have the same Document ID which is the same as the first page of the document This field is limited to 20 alphanumeric characters and may include spaces Field 3 Item ID this indicates the page number in a multiple page item This number combined with the Document ID must be unique This field is limited to 20 alphanumeric characters and may include spaces For Video segment items Document Manager adds four characters to the end of the Item ID Keep this in mind so you do not exceed the 20 character limit Field 4 Page Number the Document ID is the same for each page in the item The page should be incremented by 1 for each following page Items with no multiple page association i e OLE
30. Generate Excerpt s from Clip s Fisse elect a destination lor the generated Excerpl s bekoa To contrae cick Nest To backup chk Back or to eat cick Cancel Whee would pou ike lo send the generated Excerpts 5 Windowe T Mi Folda C Ema Recipent PowePomt TM Prezentabon lt Back Next gt z 6 Select the destination for the excerpts then click Next Excerpts can be sent to a system folder attached to an e mail for delivery to another party or sent to a PowerPoint presentation From this point the wizard presents different screens depending on which destination you have selected Send to Windows Folder 1 If you select the Windows Folder option specify the output settings then click the Browse button to select a path for the excerpt Click Next Select a destriabon folder to recent the Excepels To conte chek Next To backup chek Back or bo eat chock Cancel Specip Gpe settings Output Setting Description MPEG1 Ultra Compact Smallest file size lowest resolution good for e mail attachments 307 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual VBR email MPEG1 Compact File size reduced from standard some loss of CBR resolution MPEG1 Standard Standard MPEG compression CBR MPEG1 VCD Standard VCD compression Video Compact Disc Compliant VBR
31. ImageBrander is used to permanently mark image files with an identifying footer This is useful to identify the source of images especially when sharing images with opposing counsel It can also be used to mark all images used in your case if desired 924 Tools 1 From the Tools menu select the I mageBrander command The mageBrander Utility dialog opens indata imapeBrander Utility Image Folder ounce Folder Source CAD etinahon M Ute Sourcea Folder for Dertinati n Image Oiptiorrs h Brand TIFF images i T F ce tokens to al Lopercare fe Brand JPEG images ical he Pr border around mapa hooters h Brand BMP images berg Sar incrementing number wath RON Left Agn Cartes Esght Align Vx PF REX Cob dential sH Footer Examples AV AP AEX Conhdertal 3HY Toker Brand Ex 2 Enter Source and Destination folders in the fields provided A check box is provided if your Source folder is also your Destination folder y 4 Note When adding a brand to a file the branded files are duplicated in the z Destination folder If you set the Destination folder to be the same as the Source folder the files in the Source folder will be branded This process is not reversible 3 In the Image Options box select the image types to be branded token formatting and border option If an incremented number will be included enter the starting number in the field provided Tokens are
32. Right and Left arrow keys Once an image has been enlarged it can be reduced by pressing the delete key Double click on the image or press home to restore it to the full size of the zone Zoom to Top If an image has been resized to fit into the zone it is being displayed in you can use the Zoom to Top ZT command to enlarge the image as much as possible within the zone relative to the top of the image For example if you wanted to compare a portrait document with a landscape image you might load the items into zones 3 and 4 as shown in the figure below 47 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual To enlarge the document as much as possible within the zone relative to the top make zone 3 active by pressing F3 and then type ZT followed by the Enter key or scan the Zoom to Top barcode to zoom to the top 1 PinintifEs parcel and tha anmeciittad geil end gresrniwater To al bacon Golluted and contaminated i L a 3 IT Plaistiffa are inforsed ard Enlinve and thareupen al alega that in connection with the operation of their d rY cleaning buin fhe OE HCOE MARTINTIING DEPEXDSNIG Jnetn lied mol ta dred T E andl Gpurated at the Ono Howe Mirtinizies elta ory Cleaning Right click and drag to pan within the zoom window or use the Up Down Right and Left arrow keys Double click on the image or press home to restore it to the full size of the zone Zoom to Bottom If an image has bee
33. fe Coreia E FT DEM OOOSO 02 DEMOOOIS2 02 5111153 Po EE Baro Redacted DO FE DEMO0006G 6501 DEMOODS0 GSi1 7 ll pte sti c fief aD 100 Documents 100 Documents Case Library Transcript Manager Coding Case Library Document Manager TranscriptManager Coding 391 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual Column View To open the Column View do one of the following e On the Coding menu click Column View Multiple Records e Clickthe button in the top right corner or press SHIFT F3 to toggle the view To add a new record 1 Scroll to the bottom of the list to the blank row marked with an asterisk Enter the Doc ID BegPagel D for the new record 3 Enter additional coding data in the appropriate fields The record type changes to a new record represented with a pencil icon while you enter the coding data 4 To add the new record to the database click off the new record N To sort records e Click any field heading at the top of the Column View to sort the list Click again to reverse the sort order Form View To open the Form View do one of the following e On the Coding menu click Form View Single Record e Clickthe button in the top right corner or press SHI FT F3 to toggle the view To add a new record 1 Click the Add New Record button at the bottom of the form 2 Inthe Page Id Rng fields enter the beginning Page ID and the end Page ID Doo ID DEMoooo0 Tag z DEMIOOO0Z
34. 12 15 12 20 15 1 15 23 Technology News 1 31 10 All errors such as illegal page line references typos segments that cross video boundaries or unmatched Digital Video Transcripts will be sent to an error file for later quality control Cross Reference File Cross reference files list the original Item IDs Object IDs with an arrow pointing to the corresponding new Item IDs for items that are renamed in a subset case ABCOO1 gt XYZ001 001 ABCOO2 gt XYZ001 001 ABCOO3 gt XYZ002 001 ABCOO4 gt XYZ003 001 ABCOO5 gt XYZ004 001 ABCOO6 gt XYZ005 001 ABCOO7 gt XYZ006 001 Load Files Object Load List oll Generic Tiff Load File Object Load List oll The load file establishes relationships for multiple page documents and determines which tab each item should be associated with The Object Load List format is as follows Tab Documentl D Pagel D Page No Description Volume Path Filename Sample multiple page document lines in the load file might look like the following 1 TDX00008 TDX00008 1 Docs 001 0000001 tif 1 TDX00008 TDX00009 2 Docs 001 0000002 tif 999 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual Sample multiple page TIFF lines might look like the following 1 EXHOO1 EXHOO1 1 Docs1 001 0000001 tif 1 EXHOO1 EXHOO2 2 Docs1 001 0000001 tif 1 EXHOO1
35. 18 restructured BNW Pritts E ries 19 A Idi Play Selected Text with TrialDirector 20 What oie Create TrialDirector Exhibit from Selected Text gt 1 O Sin Present Selected Text in TrialDirector l 2 Right click on the highlighted lines of text and select Create TrialDirector Exhibit from Selected Text 3 If you wish you may change the description of the newly created exhibit or you may leave it as described Click OK Create Exhibit O O x To create a TrialDirector Suite exhibit from the selection please enter the exhibit identifier and description Pe To create the new exhibit click OK To exit without creating a new exhibit click Cancel Create an Sere ech on Exhibit identifier Tx 20060425 1 34659 Exhibit Description Jones John J Pol 01 07 21 1995 26 6 26 1 ia Epa En al E Ea Tar Tar Tr e a sr _ OF Cancel 106 Application Integration 4 The excerpt now appears in TrialDirector s Case Explorer as a bitmap image Tip You can quickly locate these excerpts by selecting Photo Documents from the View By drop down list at the top of TrialDirector s Case Explorer Ca o Enplorer mi X Imag e TR 20060425 134655 Jones Jobe J Vol 01 07 21 1995 266 26 12 a I asked if you had reviewed any documents bearing upon the issue of whether the solo basis upon which GFC made the Chem Lig loan was the Halliburton guaranty A No I haven t reviewed any do
36. 2a Jones Johny vol 07 072 Poll Michael Pol 01 0772 a Pol Michael Mol 01 042 Wong Larry Vol 01 00306201 ong Larry Wol 01 03 06 2000 e Select all Summation iBlaze transcripts Link Unlink Manually e Select all TrialDirector transcripts Tee leiak M Hide Linked transcripts z Apply E sit e You can select all Enterprise iBlaze transcripts or all TrialDirector transcripts to be sent by checking the appropriate check box in the dialog Note that the visible TrialDirector transcripts are the ones associated with the current TrialDirector case e By default TrialDirector is set to hide all transcripts that have already been sent and linked If you want to see a displayed list of all transcripts whether they have been sent or not then clear the check box next to Hide Linked transcripts 86 Application Integration 3 Click Apply The programs will send and link each other s transcripts Click Exit to close the dialog box 5 A prompt appears asking if you want to index the transcripts Click Yes so that TrialDirector can create an index to all of the words in the transcripts P j Would you like to index the transcripts now e w If you want to index the transcripts later click No You should note however that until transcripts have been indexed in TrialDirector you cannot search transcripts view the Word Lists for the transcripts or print the tr
37. Create a Stas Renaming vet Subsel Casa Cran E Increment name on each new document Increment name on ech new page 9 If you would like the items to be renumbered sequentially type in the beginning number for the new naming convention e g ABCOO1 10 If you have entered a beginning number for the new naming convention decide whether to increment the number at each new document or each new page 11 If you want to include revisions make sure that the Include Page Builds option is selected 12 Click Export to begin creating the subset case Creale Subset Case fram Batch File The new cate wall be created and tenc kiad im the baich da He vel be coped bo lhe new cate New bere well be named accord lo ophons selected To begin the export copy process click Export Finished Te backup cick Back or to nat obok Cancel Prognest If errors occur during the process a message will appear asking if you want to view the problems list The problems list is saved in the original case folder For example if you create a subset case from the demonstration case Case0000 the error file will be saved as Case0001 ERR where Case0001 is the subset case number in the Case0000 folder Possible problems include items that are listed more than once two items can not have the same Item 1D and items that are not found in the case Es Note See the sample Problems List in Appendix A 196 Document Manager
38. E E amp A Zone Activity Indicator Fr f Note When you close the items in all of the zones except one you can have TrialDirector reposition the remaining item into zone 9 by selecting the auto zone reposition option in the Presentation Options dialog see Set Presentation Options lore Information Zones EPresentation Mode Add Zone Mode Topics Move Items Left to Right Move Items Right to Left Move Items Top to Bottom Move Items Bottom to Top Move Items Through the Quadrants 439 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual Whenever you enter the TrialDirector Presentation Module Add Zone Mode is the active mode by default This mode allows you to add items into specific zones while moving old items into other zones or off the screen if there are no other zones available This creates a slide show or page turning effect If you are not already in Add Zone Mode you can select Add Zone Mode by pressing F11 You are in Add Zone Mode if the Replace Zone Indicator is not on Vertical Split Move Items Left to Right The vertical split is best suited for portrait images and other items that have greater length than width because of the shape of zones 1 and 2 To move items from left to right use Add Zone Mode to load successive items into zone 1 The following is a detailed description of the process From a blank display load an item into zone 1 by pressing F1 and then typing the Item ID or scanning
39. Greta Howarth Repeat this step for any other necessary coding fields Please note that only objective coding fields can have full text OCR added to them Subjective fields such as Type need to be manually set When all available coding fields have been updated the coding record may look similar to the one below 395 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual Tepe Pageldfing fw E CROSS SECTIO fw E CROSS SECTION E aachia Pa ff Letter Sopce WE Cross section beneath Duich Mad lack Recipiente la P Davi Emety Douglas E Fel Esq Ms Greta Howth Please feel nee to contact either my partner Douglas Fel ie Pirleged ce rra lor furthest information or d ou vah bo parbrcipale in FE iha Jub Fih eri or he Judy StH status conesa Confdertal Append Full Text to Coding Database Record When updating a coding record with full text OCR data some fields Recipients Authors etc may need to have multiple entries The append option allows additional entries to be added to a single coding record field Perform the steps below to append full text to a populated coding field 396 1 Select the text you wish to add to the coding field 2 Right click select the Append Selected Text To option then the appropriate field The next text phrase will be added to selected coding field Multiple entries are listed separately as shown below Recipients Philip C Hunsucker Esq Malcolm
40. Ifthe transcript information in the fields provided is blank or incorrect you can edit the information To view the transcript before continuing and gather transcript information click Edit Oi EB012402 txt WordPad Fie Edt vew Insert Format Help Os 64 4 rao 00001 01 SUPERIOR COURT OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA oz FOR THE COUNTY OF SANTA BARBARA 03 04 MILLIAM H HARZ HERHINE H GALLUP Os And GRETA HARZ HOWORTH D oF Fisaintiff g os 45 Case Ho 1044974 10 11 CALIFORNIA MUTUAL INSURANCE COMPANY 1 a California Corporation and 13 CALIFORNIA CAPITAL INSURANCE 14 COMPANY a California Corporation 15 Lt Defendants 17 18 For Help press Fl Z Note By default TrialDirector will preview the transcript in WordPad However opening the file within Notepad can reveal special formatting characters within the transcript 322 Transcript Manager 4 When the deposition information is complete click Next to continue TrialDirector automatically tries to determine the page and line information for the selected transcript This window allows you to verify that information Import Transcript The folowing page and ina indonmabon was debermined hor the specthed tanecopt Please wendy tres momation E piegi To open and pew ihe tanap chk Edi import a First page contairarg ine numbers hi Transcript Line numbered pagels
41. L oh hasi imisa m kin H free r me iei a ia A il E A ir Ple i IR 11 EA i ai i Fa Brant m i m i ili E IMA TE 1 H IEF fie Genii hih LIA li Mr ii MA AT u imar a a u hi u La Li u rr rl bi a H nm a Ki n n n bi Hi a n Hi OF REET Lal PHS j Condensed Transcript 2x2 Sample Current Transcript Word Index When selecting the Current Transcript Word Index option you also have the ability to print it with a Cover Page Page Headers Footer and then select the number of columns that should appear on each page for the index This will be a relatively short printout as it will only contain the actual Word Index for the specific transcript The Cover Page will display the deponent s name volume deposition date any other additional comments about the deposition and the date and time it is printed If you chose to have a footer print your footer will also appear 376 Mi pe ra rior a O ol Or TOS ra Dista Se dd baie EA EE al CA AA A tered ol A Se da LINEA A A HHT A he e i AS AO TLA Babies BA BR OO rin AAA Current Transcript Word Index Sample EE AE LEE dr dc Hoo Meki Eia fer tak E A E ua ee ee MAL Se TIOLA AH Est H Boe SE St rap i BS EN 11 oo ram Da ra Gs m1 mA a II EN dic Bt 0 A DT Musa mim ESE dl ng es rar BS O ns El Bont a err Deer Paid Bai TE a Te i He E m a 4 1 A Sa ee tan Perel Ph A rara EA oo 120 11
42. Peal egal HHE Tesiri pl b Select the desired destination folder and PTX file and click OPEN i i NOTE TimeCoder Pro can import either the PTX or EXE format of E Transcript files 3 When the desired folder and filename are selected click Next 9 9 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual 4 If the selected PTX EXE file requires a password the following dialog will be displayed import from Reallegal E Transcript The S PEOP pou have selected has been a password protected Vow Please enter the password for the E Transcmpt T Mi into the space provided below Digital Video To continue cick Next Transcript Toma cick Cancel E Tranccapd Fareed 5 Enter the required password and click Next to continue The password is generated by the authoring entity of the E Transcript file If the password cannot be obtained the file cannot be imported You will have to contact the author of the E Transcript file to obtain the password Import from Reall egal E Transcript To continue check Had M Disposition niamator Digital Video Di mei M deiii Transcript Last Pok Syl Date enenu Volume tt fi Qter 6 Enter the information for the deponent First Name Deponent s first name Middle Initial Deponent s middle initial Last Name Deponent s last name Suffix Suffix appended to deponent s name Examples Jr Sr Esq Date Deposition date 980 Tools Volume Dep
43. Prior to attaching an exhibit make sure that the Display Attached Exhibits option is enabled under the Transcript menu In addition you can set the Options dialog to display attached exhibits automatically when opening a Digital Video Transcript 1 Check that the Display Attached Exhibits option is enabled under the Transcript menu 2 To attach an exhibit to the transcript place the cursor at the desired insertion point on the transcript and choose Attach Synchronized Exhibit from the Transcripts menu or right click on the Transcript Window and select Attach Synchronized Exhibit from the drop down menu If the cursor is at a synchronized point in the transcript the following window will appear Attach Synchronized Exhibit This wesd wall help pou bo attech a synchonced gri bo a Digital Video liono Please enter he deperpion and object identies lor the rem loched exbibe milo the helds below To corun cki Net Altech an Tees cick Cancel Exhibit shit esca The Fiore Problem Exhibit identifier FLOWERDISEASE ae f Note The current selected item in the Document Manager will be used as the default Exhibit Identifier 340 Transcript Manager 3 Change the exhibit description and exhibit identifier as desired Keep in mind that the exhibit identifier entered must exist in the same case in TrialDirector 4 When the settings are correct click Next to continue Attach Synchronized Exhibit Thee ong bac wage pou
44. Question newer PageLine TimeCode Other Find TimeCode AL ae TralLirector can perform a simple search for a given os timecode within the current transcript Find Time E0000 cnc The Find dialog will open with the TimeCode tab active Enter the desired time in the field provided HH MM SS then click Find Next The transcript will adjust placing the highlight bar above the desired text To view the DVT at that point click the play button on the toolbar or below the clip in the multimedia player nro f Note When you click on the scroll bar digital video synchronization will be disabled Move Around in a Digital Video Transcript There are three ways to move to a different position in a Digital Video Transcript Use the seek buttons or progress bar on the Multimedia Controls Use the Find command to search the for specific text lines times and markers Double click on the desired line in the Transcript Window If the transcript line to which you want to move is not visible in the Transcript Window use the vertical scroll bar to locate the desired transcript line ee Note When you click on the scroll bar digital video synchronization will be disabled When the multimedia seeks to the desired position in the Digital Video Transcript the multimedia status will remain the same e g if the multimedia was playing when the jump was made it will automatically begin playback from the new posi
45. Sanction II To export Sanction II mdb files 1 Open a Digital Video Transcript 2 Select Export to Sanction II TM Transcript Database mdb from the File menu Export to Sanction TM Transcript Database This pazard val help pou bo export a Sanchon HTH Tianscnpl Dalabare ara PE Piease enter the path and hienana los the exported Digital Video To continue click Me Transcript To ext cick Cancel Select the database path ard Marama EME pod PO 2158 res Brose Z Note At any time during the export you may click Back to return to the previous export window or Cancel to cancel the export 3 Enter a destination path and filename for the mdb file or click Browse to navigate to the desired path and filename a If you click Browse the following window appears Save Trarecripl Es See Fl E TePe amp cr EJ E IPPO EA My faceri Document Dithis A 98 BiH chown Fie pass Piroti Seve ae jpa Sanctions 11M Trenscspt Database mdb 961 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual 2 Select the desired destination folder and type a name for the mdb file in the File Name field Click Save to save the selection 4 When the desired folder and filename are selected click Next Export to Sanction N 1M Transcript Database The Digital Video Transcopt pal now be espom ed This process could lake a lew moments depending on the ame of ihe deposbon Iranecap To begin the ex
46. Shift Delete or enter the Retract Zone ZR command and press Enter i nore Information Control the Presentation Display Zones contro the Presentation Display TrialDirector allows you complex control of the items on the Presentation Display By selecting specific zones and using different zone modes you can control where items are displayed and how they move around the Presentation Display lore Information Display Items Zone Header Controls Zone Commands Scripts Admit Trial Exhibits 457 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual Tandem Exhibit Presentation view lmages When you load a document or photograph into TrialDirector the image is displayed as large as possible in the selected zone If the image is part of a multiple page document additional pages of the document can be viewed by pressing the Page Up and Page Down keys Enlarged Portion of Exhibit Currently in Zone 1 ELLS Apres PLE Comrerrrodon Moros in Sol Beneeth Guidh Mod Fool Graphic Exhibit in Zone 1 Zone Activity Indicator Any displayed image can be annotated enlarged and rotated using the presentation tools see the Presentation Toolbar Changes made to the image while in the Presentation mode are not permanent However you can print or save the entire Presentation Display or a particular zone using the print and grab commands i nore Information Zones view Multimedia Files When you load a mu
47. The Case Library provides an overview of all the documents photos transcripts and videos contained in your case You can see the complete list in the Case Explorer pane on the left side and view items in the large viewing pane on the right side A key feature of this tab is the Workbooks Explorer You use workbooks to organize and collect crucial exhibits for trial such as trial notebooks motion folders or other organization aids It s important to note that the Case Library is used only for viewing and organizing exhibit items not for working on them Workbooks are created in the Case Library but the exhibits that populate the workbooks are only annotated or customized from the Document Manager or Transcript manager tabs 123 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual The Case Library consists of the Case Explorer and the LYorkbooks Explorer View by All tems amp t the top of the Case Explorer is a listing of all of the items in your case organized by categories ie List Documents including images photographs and native H E Documents files a 1 3 Transerints Transcripts including text only and video synchronized ca LE A Barthel Edwin Vol 01 transcripts lt a E e Bell Randall Vol 01 Multimedia files including animations DD Cormack wiliam T ve To view particular categories of items click on the pull down arrow ea E E DeLoreto John R Vol nee to the View By window and select the
48. The new trarmonpl has been automatically heghhghted E Please review the tuis caiu bo encure no YATE mens issued To est chick OE Finished Remir The operation wat completed successiuly nar Ll Tar _ Tal mar 5 Verify that the Results box shows that no errors were reported then click OK The transcript will be color coded as shown in the example below 07 EXAMIMATION 10 t Do you recall ever ageing Exhibit 157 11 A I oan t say I recall seting it le q Tou don t recall one Way or the other 13 A Mor specifically no 14 O And it looks like in Exhibit 15 He Emery 15 is telling the policyholder s counsel char you ll 16 b COMing CUL Lo do a investigacion COLECTA 17 A COEEeCE 15 D And does this help refresh your Remove All Highlights To remove all of the color codes and highlights previously created 390 Transcript Manager 1 Select the Remove All Highlights command from the Transcripts Highlights menu 2 A confirmation dialog box will appear Click Yes to remove all color codes and background highlights TrialDirector T TrialDirector will now remove all highlights From the current transcript This operation is permanent and cannot be undone Do vou really want to do this qr f Note The cannot be undone warning refers to the undo command common on Windows computers You can re assign color codes and highlights at any time using the procedure above
49. Use this tab to edit the text if needed e Presentation Preview tab Case Library Only Displays the presentation view of the item where you can prepare and preview on the fly enhancements without impacting the actual presentation until you are ready to activate the changes Pages from PDF files are displayed both as static images on the Image tab for annotation prior to trial and as they appear in the fully functional PDF file on the Native tab Many Advanced PDF Support features are available in TrialDirector Case Explorer Ss fe toms Fria dry ai ie DE fee red eos At Cae Epica E al Vest g jni bee e z y Par E MEE ras lo Dra ei E E A AL AO MA TED eri Ee a 1 A A ae pt a wi TE Doa ar Do 7 a kr T e E E r L Caterer Sage pl Panda e DA A E a oe GA pees se Shae J BETA eae jp DoS je DORE 79 Teter Parras bo Feed a A AMACI A Eds 1 TPA ls dl a F Diki 4F pch ji 150 Lado Cu a pute et ee la A AN UA PRE ea Cf Foke Efe 1i 17 ee bo Fel Pe kas ii Thk mE ed a A ii a Mini A 11 0 ai pi A ay hot cr Bovey H O et dy al rr brary E JAT Me i al rt fa varh Pas a Fe pel O T Cs Jean TE Ao es ee 14 Cake Lissi Coco honth Tressie Wasaga Core Erm ech Tap hee tem Viewer Binne Cae dl rr LO SR a ules poi rg los p 4 05 FADaH eS pine E mag i DETT mr ai 3 Pri Pa Bh carr Ea mefr eF PEE ETE P A EI M a l is
50. View bj All items 4t the top of the Case Explorer is a listing of all of the items in your case organized by categories a oe 1 a Documents including images photographs and native a Documents files a Transcripts Transcripts including text only and video synchronized H E py Barthel Edwin Vol 01 transcripts ee aa E Bell Randall Vol 01 Multimedia files including animations H E s Cormack Wiliam T nv To view particular categories of items click on the pull down arrow aE E E ld RR oe next to the View By window and select the category you want to a DN view El O s Poli Michael Vol 01 E Vinckier Thomas A RI E ES Multimedia E LI Hl EE o All Documents n e O H Leco imaged Documents i H Leco2 001 i o gl ANNA Photo Documents pera ig 1 Fa O H Lecoz 003 pate T IPERE i E E ie 03 Transcripts OB O Al Leco3 hiutimedia O Ei Leco3 001 Trial Exhibits feos F E a LGCO3 002 Annotated Document Pages ee LI H LGCO3 003 tems with Memos EE le VIDCLIPO1 WIDCLIPO1 4 the bottom is the Workbooks Explorer hen you first start a fk E IDOLO case In TralDirector three workbooks appear in this section asa Ra Search Results o HA be INCL IPO Be i She 4 Trial Exhibits YHnesses mE an Poe ou can create additional workbooks too for opening and closing Workbooks Explorer ty arguments individual witnesses or any other category you want TrialDirector create
51. You can chose to display or hide the text using commands in the Transcripts menu An example is this marker for an attached exhibit 14 THE WITNESS 417 15 i HR LONGING Tes zir 2 Select the desired exhibit attachment in the Transcript Window using the cursor Then either Select Remove Synchronized Exhibit from the Transcript menu Right click on the Transcript Window and select Remove Exhibit from the shortcut menu TrialDirector would you like to remove this Attached Exhibit 3 Click Yes to remove the exhibit attachment or No to cancel the removal err 4 Note This process will not remove the item from the case It only removes the link to the exhibit lore Information Attach an Exhibit to the Transcript Open the Attached Exhibit Turn Exhibit Synchronization On or Off View a Synchronized Exhibit Remove an Attached Exhibit view a Synchronized Exhibit 343 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual To view an attached exhibit in sync with a Digital Video Transcript in the Transcript Manager follow these steps 1 Enable Exhibit Synchronization by clicking on Synchronization button on the Toolbar Play any portion of the transcript that contains an exhibit attachment When the the Enable or Disable Exhibit if it is not already enabled transcript reaches the exhibit attachment the exhibit will be automatically opened in the Exhibit Preview pane as shown in the figure
52. You may choose to send selected images from CT Summation products to Trial Director You can do this by sending the results of a search in Enterprise or Blaze to Trial Director or you can do this by marking summaries in Enterprise or Blaze and then choosing whether to send marked or unmarked summaries to TrialDirector errr A Note It is always a good idea to back up your case databases before performing file imports See Backup a Case for additional details Sending Images to TrialDirector as a Result of a Search in Enterprise iBlaze 1 Runa search in Enterprise iBlaze Column View for the documents you wish to send to Trial Director In the following example the search is for every document identified as a trial exhibit in the TRI ALX field e The search phrase is TRIALX EXISTS meaning there is at least one character in the TRIALX field of the document s record summary TRIALX EXISTS EM 100700719338 104 Photo of side epar and sope _NTPO0001 02703 1998 105 Photo of slide debris channel JBKOOOTOG 09 20 1986 108 Supplemental sols report for 01 25 1959 Landslide Repat Observations Som Ss SS a eS ee ee es SE 02 19 1989 108 Handwwitten drawing by defense 0608 1997 0 Supplemental soils report 0900 17 935 1111 Original Sol Report 92 Application Integration 2 Right click on the row number for any of the summaries that were returned as a result of your search Select Sen
53. glanced 2016 glancing 25 10 glass 8 17 goes 34 20 21 gone 16 37 25 4 2025 27 12 233 good 21 17 20 i ore Information CT Summation Enterprise iBlaze Integration Sharing Images with CT Summation Enterprise iBlaze BP pplication Integration Microsoft Access Integration Microsoft Access Integration The ability to link to a Microsoft Access database via a DDE Dynamic Data Exchange is one of the many tools that you can take advantage of as a user of TrialDirector Establishing Link Locate the DDE mdb file located in the support ddel access folder on the TrialDirector CD Open the Tablel form in Access which will demonstrate a basic DDE link with Access The case items contained within this database pertain to the TrialDirector Demo Case Clicking on the navigation buttons on the bottom of the form will display the associated item in the Document Manager Displaying the Tablel form in Design Mode will reveal the DDE commands used to establish the link between Access and TrialDirector The DDE commands are listed below DDESend TrialDirector DDI mage TxtDde Document D 113 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual Using Microsoft Access with TrialDirector Microsoft Access users can maintain their case information using a custom in house database while able to still use the features of TrialDirector The Document Ds used in the MS Access database and the TrialDirector Case Explorer must match in or
54. slower and smoother or left to make the fading faster The units are in milliseconds Presentation Option Description Clip PowerPoint This option prevents the scroll bars in PowerPoint from Scroll bars appearing on the display when presenting a PowerPoint file in TrialDirector Clip PDF File This option prevents the scroll bars and toolbars in the Scroll bars Adobe Acrobat Reader from appearing on the display Toolbars Clip Word when presenting an Acrobat file in Presentation mode This option prevents the scroll bars and toolbars in Document Scroll Microsoft Word from appearing on the display when bars amp Toolbars presenting a document in TrialDirector OLE Object Zone Windows Zone Headers Option Show Zone Headers Caption Field Caption Font Size Default Zone Mode General Option Add Zone Replace Zone Option Last Zone Auto Description When this option is enabled a small header appears at the top of every item displayed on the presentation display The header consists of a caption whose content is determined by the Caption Field selection and the Zone Header Controls This option determines which field information will be used as the header caption on items displayed on the presentation display when the Show Zone Headers option is enabled This option determines the font size of the header caption on items displayed on the presentation display when the Show Zone Head
55. transcripts that contain video source files It is useful to view the video markers when you are creating clips when creating clips that span multiple CD s Note Video markers are only searchable when visible i nore Information Digital Video Transcript Transcript Text urn Audio On or Off To turn the audio on or off do one of the following Click the Mutes or Restore Audio Playback button on the Toolbar Select Audio Mute from the Multimedia menu Right Click on the Multimedia Player and select Audio Mute from the context menu The video will continue playing and the highlight bar will continue moving with the transcript text if digital video synchronization is enabled lore Information 363 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual Digital Video Transcripts Turn Closed Captioning On or Off Turn Audio On or Off Change CDs Disconnect the Multimedia Stream View Multimedia Properties Modify Multimedia Source Paths Pai urn Closed Captioning On or Off To turn closed captioning on or off do one of the following Click the Shows or Hides Closed Captioning button on the Toolbar Select Closed Captioning from the Multimedia menu Right click on the Multimedia Player and select Closed Captioning from the context menu When closed captioning is enabled the transcript text will appears in a black box on the bottom of the video window as shown in the figure below I m not going
56. 2 The page numbers of the imported transcript are designed to be consistent with the original 319 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual 5 Click Edit to view the transcript if necessary as described above When the information is correct click Next to continue Import Transcript The new kamapi dl row be impaled bated an the This process could take a lew moments deperding on the size and foemat of the selected karsoni To begn the cosabon process cick Import To backup cick Back of bo coat cick Cancel Progress a aw E 6 Click I mport to begin importing the transcript If any of the deposition information is missing the IMPORT button will not be available Click the Back button twice to return to the deposition information page and enter the appropriate information 7 When the progress bar reaches the end click Next to continue Import Transcript The new kanap has been mporned Please eme the mpal results carelulky to ensure no AIT ares Vete suma To eat chock OF To import another lanecipl cick Agar Results The following deposbords vere imported Basthel Evan fol 107 01 24 2002 scaon ii Note Click the Again button to import another transcript file 8 Review the import results to ensure no warnings were issued Click OK to return to complete the import process 9 TrialDirector will then prompt to index the transcript as show below Indexing the transcript creates a searcha
57. 25 2006 2 19 50 PM counterclaim 5125 21 11 13 14 el county 12 3 5 4126 couple 139 19 25 258 course 16 12 39 11 court 1122619 37 14 covered 154 9 craig 39 515 cummings 3 12 cut 32 6 24 D damages 3413 15 dated 41 20 liana EA AA ANA differently 37 7 3974 direct 2911 direction 41 11 disagree 409 disclose 74 77 23 disclosed 24 8 14 18 disclosure 21 58 1018 224 249 19 25 1 discount 18 11 aS discovery 90 16 19 36 8 discuss 15 70 discussed 1010 201513 discussion 10 16 discussions 1843 7 P Franc Vs K Morris version 2 5 evidence 2120 3406 10 34 exacty 1824 204 examination 22 45 examined 43 except 252 excerpt 4015 excess 5014 excuse 17 Ap 195 exhibit 188 20 11 25 14 2721 293 1122 3109 exhibits 210 27 1316 1924 existed 17 10 existence 211 2738 exists a 10 expect 36 12 explrton 26 15 23 30 3 42 17 25 33 5 351 14 36 18 Arms 30 10 Amas 3393 frat 1 22 42 5 23 163 179 1318 18 22 19 1 8 17 18 19 20 13 17 21 3 22 16 24 5 11 289 25 20 24 3011 20 32 14 33 11 20 35 14 16 36 19 20 At 23 18 34 9 37 24 five 52 202 37 20 floor 24 flow 33 77 focus 11 11 24 focused 117 focusing 11 12 16 16 Application Integration 13211 3315 19 25 358 17 36 71 3623 39224 gice 26 14 27 398 glefinova 8 11 gist 15 25 give 12 18 15 19 20 23 20 21 29 17 303 11 given 84 146 2222 204 353 FIA giving 23 22
58. 4 Misuraca Esq Coding More Information OCR Full Text Reviewing Coding Data When the coding database document IDs are synchronized with the document IDs from the Items database reviewing images along with coding data is very easy Displaying both the coding data column view and the image viewer in TrialDirector at the same time allows one to review coding data and the associated image at the same time As show below clicking on the Doc ID for the coding record will display the associated image E rlakEirmocior raire ampe Lara A DO AA Sa BO 485 Deba yannan non August 28 1904 o j Staten No date of loss La reta lied EPEA delrermined A Pm a A E UNAS G zi i a Li ii at tate rea a Es SP recen ne PERO E DEMORA CELO DEAN PEA DT Pe ET Pala ly Reviewing coding data along with the associated images make it easy to update coding info annotate images search for documents etc More Information Coding Database Pia searching Coded Database After you have coding information in your database you can conduct searches The Select all documents where option when viewing coded data in the Column View gives you the ability to search in any of the specific fields listed 397 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual To perform a search of the coded data perform the following steps Select which database field you wish t
59. 594 Tools The Data Grid Viewer provides an alternative to the Case Explorer tree for viewing and managing case documents It displays a list of all documents in your case that you can sort based on specific fields When you click on any field in the viewer the associated file opens on the right side of the main TrialDirector window The Data Grid Viewer does not display transcripts or multimedia files ui 4 Note The Data Grid Viewer opens in read only mode by default If you enable field editing you can edit item information directly in the Data Grid Viewer Changes are saved automatically and any existing data is overwritten To open the Data Grid Viewer e On the Tools menu click Data Grid Viewer To sort the list of items 1 Click the column heading you want to sort by 2 To reverse the sort order descending instead of ascending click the column heading again To move a column e Click and drag the column heading to the desired location To enable field editing 1 On the Documents menu select Enable Item I D Field Editing 2 Inthe Data Grid Viewer click in any field and add or edit text as needed Changes are saved automatically and any existing data is overwritten i nore Information Case Explorer 595 Appendices Ma ppendices Topics Sample Files DDE Link Commands Custom Footer Commands Supported File Formats Multimedia Controls Additional Commands and Shortcuts Deposition Clip Editi
60. C keystroke to copy the Concordance PRODNO item to the clipboard TrialDirector will intercept the clipboard text and display the associated image errs 4 Note For additional information about DDE linking with Concordance look in your Concordance Users Manual under Configuring Image Viewers i lore Information Establishing Link Display Concordance Images Export Concordance Coding Database Mi concordance Integration Establishing Link In order to establish the link between Concordance and TrialDirector follow the instructions below 63 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual 1 Copy the trialdirector5 cpl file in the Y support dde concordance directory of the TrialDirector CD into either the TrialDirector or Concordance application directory 2 Next the Concordance database settings need to be updated in order to effectively link to TrialDirector First open the INI file contained within the Concordance database folder For example the Sample Concordance case database is located at the C Program Files Concordance Database directory Within the case database directory there should be an INI file of the same name as the case ex Sample ini 3 Open the INI file with Notepad and establish the following ViewerCPL line under the Settings section Settings ViewerCPL C Program Files Concordance trialdirector5 cpl qr 4 Note Program Files and Concordance simply represent the true path to the t
61. Case option if you would like the search to be case sensitive 4 Select whether you want to search Up or Down from the current position of the cursor in the transcript 5 Click Find Next to begin the search The text in the Transcript Window moves to display the first occurrence of the search text as shown in the figure below En ImalMrector Jones y Smith Jones Sil hWaenes Y smin B LMS Ele Edi view Tragscripts Clips Hultimedia Toots Help 6022 2400 44844353 4 MeO e Uw gt 9 OB Bru Transcript Explorer x Tarot Segment Edie Search Mutereda Player Vewby E attransciptiens Dixon Becky Vol 01 0 10 1997 TA DAIL AL EXANTRATION ch Harc Y ih ai e a Cy Det h Mere Vo 0 iHa EY MR LASSITER LO Debeh Mare Col 07 12105 Ha Dixon I would nov like co show you E Ditch Mare tol 0g 1211H some dociment and I s going Eo ask You a Eem quesric J E evans Philip al 01 115 about Could pou please take a look at Exhibit 0200 a 15 Devana Philip Col 02 11 0 that s before you right row east ae Okay i ol Gii X E iton EBONE LYER E AL i Have you ever sec this dosusent before ASi Transcript for icon 4 i Ho 9 Abao Part 01 Tor Di j Do you recoqnire the signature at the B ip 20 091 0 00001 10 Do pit Th J 2 cip EO 0910 0001001 JAn 00 01 08 000 a EI cip 80 0910 0001 1107 Dig Ed ae pplication fo i En a EN Sip 60 0910 0001116 4 A 2 Sie Broo aid fe 5 And that curced on
62. Click the Pause button on the Multimedia Control Box Click the Pause button on the Toolbar Select Pause from the Multimedia menu Stop a Multimedia File To stop a multimedia file do one of the following Click the Stop button on the Multimedia Control Box Click the Stop button on the Toolbar Select Stop from the Multimedia menu Change Playback Speed To change the multimedia playback speed select one of the following from the Playback Speed from the Multimedia menu Super Slow Motion to play the multimedia at less than slow motion speed Slow Motion to play the multimedia slower than normal speed Normal to play the multimedia at regular speed Double 2x to play the multimedia at twice normal speed 224 Document Manager The multimedia will continue playing at the selected speed until a different speed is selected Seek in a Multimedia File The Seek commands allow you to seek to different parts of a multimedia file To seek to the beginning of a multimedia file do one of the following Click the Seek To Beginning button on the Multimedia Control Box Select Seek To Beginning from the Multimedia menu To seek to the end of a multimedia file do one of the following Click the Seek To Ending button on the Multimedia Control Box Select Seek To Ending from the Multimedia menu To seek to a random position in a multimedia file select Seek To Random Position from the Multim
63. Clipboard Linking 327 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual Search Using the Find Tool Topics Search for Text or a Phrase Search for Question Answer Search for a Page or Line Search for a Timecode Search for a Deposition Video Marker Use the Find Next Command The Find tool is an internal search tool that allows you to search for specific text phrases questions and answers page and lines timecodes or beginning of deposition video markers in the transcript errr f Note To expedite the search process disconnect the multimedia If the multimedia is connected during searches it will attempt seek to the point of each hit in the transcript and you may have to change CD s each time Find Text Phrase The Text Phrase tab allows you to search for specific text in the transcript 1 To find text or a phrase do one of the following Click the Find button on the Toolbar Select Find from the Edit menu Find Es Test Phiase Question Answer Page Line TimeCode Other Find Text Phiase TralDirector can perform a ample word search of the cunrent Inanncript Find what M Match case Direction Up Down reer cnet 2 Enter the text or phrase you want to find in the Find What field erst f Note TrialDirector will only find text that exists within a single line of the transcript Split or hyphenated words are not found 328 Transcript Manager Select the Match
64. Death E Amehin Jesa Wol 01 01 11 1999 Lo Page 2758 08 to 258 13 sai bars of Ponisi bet e a pete ba jy E ARA A ad rr A parti pi Bawi sides bhat ee Pe mi gbi bran Y iby Be FERGE if pew wed rir que PGE notes whioh wi hee ridad pa Beppe Eee FTL Thia peatland foe ee ThE Ekis im Hay of 155 om tha fimt papa da that oe eet fi item AL tha thp it rayi dadas Tranny Hursira Train the Trairar his derr triin qha ETA ean E Diron Becky Vol 01 091011997 Ll Page 2 23 to 3001 EE whip dae pa EE Taos 1 de fi i Ejat di Shy siqgrilitar r el thir deta rat Thies de s strar 2 mica from tha Lifts Detailed Case Clips Report Sample 383 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual More Information Print a Transcript remove Digital Video Transcript s 1 To remove Digital Video Transcript s select the DVT s you would like to remove by doing one of the following e To remove one DVT click on the DVT you would like to remove in the Transcript Explorer e To remove multiple DVT s set the View by selector to Transcripts in the Transcript Explorer Click in the box next to the transcripts you would like to remove 2 When you have selected the DVT s you would like to remove select Remove Selected Digital Video Transcript s from the Transcripts menu The DVT s are removed from the case lore Information Digital Video Transcript Import a Digital Video Transcript Open a Digital Video Trans
65. Ed Case Explorer E I Fio edt view Favorites gt ae gt H Jones Smith gt 2 Documents Address 0 C il 0000000 E rr A t I SIEGE AE Annotation tools ppt ue hi BRKOODOO Hh Application Integration Questions doc a bi BR OOOO HW Corrections doc j BO00004 OS manage Case Paths ppt 9 BO000121 way TO INCREASE YOUR TRIAL PRES El Bk00071 27 Request For purchase of RoboHelp do al AK OOO 30 Hh a message For previous TrialDirector d T Be000132 Wp a message For previous TrialDirector h qu 8000447 af JacobVacRecord1 Jpg C 7 ero00s42 Wb ig biem 0 7 exooos4a 2 sig doc WinData website content Section 1 v WinData Document Template doc HW inData website content Section 1 H About TDS JPG Way TO INCREASE YOUR TRIAL PRES W inData website content Section 1 IN SARS mi t A BK000452 3 Main Screen JPG t au BROODS 34 87 Scrnsht JPG C TE BOOTH ART Scrnsht TIF Le CLOSING ARGUMENT Wi inData TrialDirector Suite 5 0 DD doc DEMOO0001 Hh Getting Started with TrialDirector doc Ej DEMODOO21 Wh TrialDirector 5 Feature List doc Ej DEMODOOSO 3 Wh what s New in TDS doc SA nana 87 TDS transcript JPG E af TDS IPG Case Library Document Manager H Description For webinars doc sar r r ri I 2 Select one or more items that you would like to add to the case 3 Click and drag the items over to the Document Manager Case Ex
66. El Shop pode Fade Vides a Erd Fori Sce Segment ad Adalat ma Option Start Mode Stop Mode End Earlier End Later aT ire pacea 15 e Lor Lg A s wo los dr ideo a Pal Greer Show Ende L Wide Shoe Eb Ful Screen os Global Lepe Entidades Fit bi CYT Clip Separate he Pacey cle oer E ride ardor Description Presentation Play Options This option determines whether multimedia files will start in playback or paused mode This option determines whether multimedia files will close pause or fade at the end Segment End Adjustment ms This slider bar allows you to adjust the ending position of the multimedia segments Slide the bar to the left if you want the multimedia to end earlier and slide the bar to the right if you want the multimedia to end later The units are in milliseconds Scrolling Text Highlight Adjustment ms Up Down This slider bar allows you to adjust the position of the highlighter bar when a synchronized transcript is playing on the presentation display If the highlighter bar seems to be moving too far ahead of the text slide the bar to the left to delay it If the highlighter bar seems to be moving too far No Override Video amp Text Text Only Video Only Font Font Size Line Spacing Scrolling Highlight Show Closed Captions On Video Under Video Allow when Video is Full Screen Allow Global Keyword Exhibits Presentation behind
67. Explorer E y a Create New Workbook Magnifier Tool Open Image Annotation Tools FH ED Rotate Image EH Rotate Image Counter Capture Video Frame Clockwise Clockwise i E En Presentation Pause Media Playback Stop Media Playback Launch Presentation Mode Add ltems Toolbar 3 E E Import New Item s Import New Item s Import New Item s From Manual Selections From Batch Import File From Capture Device Dialog Twain Scanner Quick Find Toolbar et Quick Find Find Text Now Connect Disconnect Item Viewer Document Manager Show or Hide Item Viewer Copy Image Selection to Clipboard Play Media 247 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual More Information Application Window Mvotumes Items are automatically associated with a specific volume when they are added to a case The volume can be a hard drive local or network disk or CD DVD where item source files are located and is identified by a Volume ID To remove all items associated with a volume 1 Select Remove Volume s from the Documents menu Volumes Associated with this Case Please select the Volumes pou wouid koe bo remove from O Lo To remove selected volumes cick Remove To eal vhod remo chck Cancel Remove Yolume s Associated wath tht Cane Volumes 2 On the displayed list highlight the volume s you want to remove 3 Click Remove The volume and all items associated with it are removed from the
68. Fisi Ma T SOUL Trial Gute Pech B 2007 E TF DEMO000S5 02 DEMO 202 511 0153 Pa Cm 1 7 ceMoomsoesn DEMOONSDGSO A Case Library Transcript Manager Coding Case Library Document Manager Transcript Manager Coding 100 Document 387 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual ir 4 Note You can disable the Item Viewer in order to view the Coding Database in full view Simply clear the Item Viewer option under the View menu Use SHIFT F5 as a shortcut key as well More Information Coding Database Synchronize from Items Database Import Coding Data Export Coding Data Manually Entering Coding Data Searching Coded Database Using Advanced Query Builder Reviewing Coding Data Send Results to Workbook Send Selected Items to Workbook Remove Selected Results Ko mport Coding Data Coding information from a third party database i e CT Summation Enterprise iBlaze Concordance can be imported into your TrialDirector case The coding information must meet the following requirements Comma Delimited ASCII Text File Use quotes data carets data or nothing data as a text qualifier Field Names must exist as the first record To import 3rd party coding date perform the following steps 1 Select the Import Coding Data from the Coding menu The following screen will appear 388 Coding Domina Delimited File to impor Lema ire Cy Tisk A DOE Y SHITH 43 E codrgrie
69. Font Color or Change Background Color option from the Highlighting menu Select the desired font or background color from the list as show below import Transoipi s from Pl Export Franeonpt bo F EF Digtal Video Synchronization Linked Exhibit Synchronization Display Tesue Codes Display Attached Exhibits i Display Multimecdis Breaks Ea Display Highlighting Manage sau Codes Edt Global keyword Exhibits i Close Digital ideo Transcript Celt Remove a Highlight or Font Color L 2 3 4 Make sure the Display Highlighting option is enabled Select the transcript text you want un highlighted Select the Change Font Color or Change Background Color option from the Highlighting menu Select the desired font or background color from the list Automatic Color Coding The Transcript Manager allows you to automatically color code the question and answer sections in a transcript for easier viewing It allows you to assign the same font and or background color to each of the questions and a different color and or background to each of the answers ls 348 Make sure the Display Highlights option is enabled Transcript Manager 2 To color code a transcript select Highlighting from the Transcripts menu then select Automatically Highlight Transcript from the submenu The dialog below will appear Highlight Transcript This vazand vel help pou bo sutomalicady highight the quesbora and ana
70. HT 16 kT ie Goctripatonry hegigence 17 aj Page 26 to 8 15 if a Page 61 219 af ul Page 220 ce Oe Punime Ditas a im Page 57 te 5 7 23 ums Vetus Dip E9 0124 virtual gig Ei 24 a Sy Bel aagal ol Gij ORTON z5 Googe Gy Cormack William T ol 02 08142 B E Deloreta John R vel 041 02 07 20 a Fung Ped vel 01 COI Fe Sy Pol Michal vied 00 OTe 0 1 Pol Michael Cytol n 07 2111588 a Ey Vince Thomas A RG vel 01 0 an ua J TE 23 a e a6 al E a aE E 1 x Printing Issue Code organized according to issue Barz Eesiliy s cial An He sI I don t Oo ADi as you mit bere today you have no recelleccion of what canged the cantasinaeties at che property Ae Da ABET de you undezatand date CE Loge to SEA An Ibe date that the accident actcaliy pegarra BS opposed to pa TAS TRAE secures ever A Long period of tame And does seeing Exhibit 3 or Exhibir 15 l seeing the dace of loss shown as Nevesker 1 i T kpg Pg z a inne Le 4 Mi Taa E um la recollection one ay of the other ees ol i 1 hi Aad Will you feed the leer attached a2 Tate a minote to do TAAT I Reports You can print either summary or detailed reports of case issue codes The example below describes the process for a detailed report 1 From anywhere in TrialDirector open the File menu and s
71. ID in the Dialog BOX ocococccccoccccccconcccn cnn rr rr rr 604 Entera New ltem ID inthe Baten File ari A AAA ASA Ae 606 Assign Exhibit Numbers or Trial Exhibit Numbers to Items in a Subset CaS8 occccccccccccncnnnnnnnrn ern 606 11 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual Introduction introducing inData TrialDirector TrialDirector is inData s leading edge trial presentation software With TrialDirector you can view manage search and prepare case exhibits and depositions and then orchestrate them into a compelling trial presentation Indexing tools allow you to organize and annotate information by client issue witness or any other logical criteria then easily stage the information for presentation during trial The Presentation mode enables you to blend drawings photos text and videos with the ease of a Hollywood director and lets you adjust annotate or amplify in the courtroom TrialDirector includes five principle modules Case Library is a file management tool that allows you to view and organize your case materials Document Manager is an exhibit management tool that helps you organize your case documents Transcript Manager a powerful video transcript editor enables you to create synchronized text and multimedia clips The Coding module allows you to create a database of all case documents Presentation mode enables you to combine different types of evidence media documents transcripts photos vide
72. Manual Status Indicator Volume Slider X Close Frame 00 00 29 137 gt E OD0000000000000000000001 Position a E a a TIIDINUNINNNNUAUANNNUNUNUNUAUOUUNUNUII Slider Seek to zanmen En Super Slow Fast Forward Motion Slow Motion Rewind Play Seek to Segment Start Play 2x Stop Pause Any buttons or icons on the Multimedia Control Box that are not explained cannot be used in the Presentation Module ur 4 Note See Appendix E for a detailed description of each multimedia control lore Information Zones view Digital Video Transcript Clips Topics Enable Closed Captioning Advance Clip Segments Customize Transcript Appearance Change the font Change the Line Spacing When you load a DVT clip in Presentation mode TrialDirector will either begin playing the Digital Video Transcript or wait for the user command to begin playback depending on the Presentation Play option selected see Presentation Options By default the multimedia appears in zone 6 and the transcript appears in zone 4 leaving zone 5 available for a document or photograph as shown below 460 Presentation Load an Exhibit in Zone 5 Audio Video Viewer LR ER FL TE e 7 14 Exhibit 293 to the depo And looked at just the title 15 page That s the only financial statement 19 O Since Mr Ball s deposition was taken 20 have you gone back and reviewed any of the monthly 21 financial statements from Chem Lig that were
73. Mew Items The terms specified foe Batch Import wil now be Imported into the current care Depending on the number of item s selected the import process may lake a few moments To begin the import process click Import To backup cick Back or to exit click Cancel Progress 5 After the batch processing is completed you will see the following dialog Click OK to view the items that were added to your case 31 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual Batch Import New Items The Batch Import process iz complete El To eat chek OF Finished Adding Transcripts TrialDirector can load transcripts text only transcripts or transcripts synchronized with video in a variety of formats including ASCII AMICUS DVT Digital Video Transcript media or a TrialDirector case file CMS 1 Click on the Transcript Manager tab at the bottom of the TrialDirector desktop 2 Using the drag and drop technique described previously drag and drop the transcript file onto the Transcript Explorer pane OR click the Transcripts menu select Import Transcript s from and select the appropriate format from the list Transcripts Clips Multimedia Workbooks Coding Tools Help Import Transcript s from AMICUS Transcript ami ASCII Transcript txt ES Index Transcript s y TrialDirector Case File cms Mita E PT REE p El Multiple TrialDirector Case Files cms Lin ed Exhibit Synchronization 2 inMotion DVT Me
74. New Case from the File menu 2 Follow the instructions to Create a New Case to advance through the first two screens of the wizard Create a New Case Fmallp pou can select bo protect pom valuable cate dala by enabling case access secuniy To create the new case cick Create To backup chek Back ot bo eat cick Cancel Create qa Y Enable cane access security New Case case and Sature access will depand on user login Administrator admin case dalobases wil be ancrypied for axira security lt Back Create 3 To enable case security for the case you are creating click the Enable Case Access Security checkbox 146 Case Library Creale a New Case Fray you can select lo protect pour valuable case data by enabling Cate ace pecuniy To create the new case click Create To backup cick Back or bo eat chock Cancel Create a M Enable case access pecumy New Case case and feature access will depend on user login case databases will be encrypted for extra security Back A Create rr L Note By default you are the System Administrator when you create a new case and you must select an Administrator User ID and Password 4 Modify the Administrator User ID if desired 5 Enter an Administrator Password The Administrators passwords are never displayed in plain text 6 Enter the Password again to confirm it iii A Note When you enable case access security you can also enabl
75. Noreabez 10 of 199 z BE pb 00613 fhe didn t it z MM cap 10 0910 000161 001 A Yes I believe chac s the date Este Prever mu POOH 517 or D Did Ec Wilson shew you this document ea p b0 che time has you discissed de wich beim o pe 19 ip 005100000517 An Hovenber lith Fund 2 Issue Codes and Annotate 2 A No I dont believe be did Tel Pheave lo EE F A lt Cod Dhar 17 Wirlual Clip B0 091 0 virtu o Did your husbasd ever tell yor E Dolar Jo Alene Vol 01 01A id submitted an applicatigg For life insurance Find Tei Phrase l f Frovidential Lite Inmar pgce Company Sy Dolar Jo Alen vol 07 1044 i Wo be never hii J TialDirector can perio a napis ed paith of tha J D Errar Robert Pal 09 1041 F When was the Fics chat Celene 3 G Bere Robert ol 02 014 0 aware of this document s existence Co Messen Fred ol On OF i b Uf this document s existence Al 7 Y E 4 E Peacock Jeanetie Vel 01 pue Ein ea a EMIR be sen ay lawyer shows E Lo me Hassock Jerte Ov LO Hescock eves bed F After the case vas commenced Ey Engasorih Roger val 01 1 Ten a Jar Carod o y DEA ZAS i Can I ask you to Take look oy Junco Alda Col 01 Ca j Char parked aa EXD5001 and ask yeu iE 3 seen this decuaent before ib Yee 7 hee Cp Levine Robert ot 1 OR gt Toa i Case Libary Documera Manager TranscriptManager Coding 6 Click Find Next to move to the next occurrenc
76. OLE Files TrialDirector displays Native files in Presentation mode using the appropriate program or viewer See Appendix D Supported File Formats for a complete list of supported Native file types Adobe Acrobat Controls Mp Wikies Birds x la iii EL al Pra mea el wan Zone Activity Indicator TrialDirector allows you to use the OLE compliant software controls within Presentation mode to manipulate the Native format files When you click on a Native file the focus is transferred to the embedded application i e the embedded application becomes active Left click on the Zone Activity Indicator to transfer the focus back to TrialDirector Z Note You cannot use TrialDirector annotation tools to annotate Native files Annotate Native files using the application the files were created in 464 Presentation Manipulate 3D Objects Three dimensional objects can be imported into TrialDirector as OLE objects and presented and manipulated in Presentation Mode 1 Load a three dimensional OLE object onto the presentation display 2 Position your cursor over the object 3 Do one of the following Click and hold the left mouse button and move the mouse around to manipulate the object Click once to trigger the action associated with a hot spot such as opening a door Both actions are illustrated in the figure below Release the mouse button The object remains in the new position 465 TrialDirec
77. Only Full Screen from the list of options Select Present in TrialDirector as Video Only full Screen from the Clip menu and select 366 Transcript Manager Present Current Segment Only Click the small arrow amp next to the Presentation button LEX Presentation and select Present Current Segment Only from the list of options Selecting Present in TrialDirector as Present Current Segment Only from the Clip menu Present Selected Text in Presentation Mode To present selected text 1 Click and drag to select the required segment of text from the transcript in the transcript window 2 Right click and choose Present Selected Text in TrialDirector el p L LEFT Ctrl Ctrl Create Mew Clip From Selected Text Add Selected Text to Clip MP 0721 0001220 Play Selected Text Present Selected Text in TrialDirector Create new Exhibit From Selected Text fo t A iit Attach Synchronized Exhibit F emoye Exhibit Close Clip Chrl 2 Close Digital Video Transcript Ctrl T 3 The selected transcript and associated video will be presented in Presentation mode will be opened first if not already open lore Information Digital Video Transcript Clips Pea mManaging Shortcuts to Applications Tools Topics Add an Application Short Cut Edit an Application Short Cut 367 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual Remove an Application Short Cut TrialDirector allows you to easi
78. Page Count This command should be sent to TrialDirector in response to TrialDirector sending a GETDOCID message Path mageFile is the path filename to the requested image Page Count is the number or images for the requested document The typical sequence of commands is Command Description SHOWI MAGE Host database application sends TrialDirector a command to show the requested image The image is displayed if TrialDirector finds it in the 608 Appendices current case If not the image information is requested from the host database application GETDOCID TrialDirector requests the image information IMGFILE Host database application responds with the image information TrialDirector adds the image to the case so that it can be displayed MI NI MI ZE Minimizes the TrialDirector application window to the task bar PRI NTBATCH BatchFileName Prints the images listed in the specified print list file BatchFileName is the filename including extension of the print list file you want to print RESTORE When TrialDirector is minimized or maximized this command restores it to a visible and resizable window SETCASE CaseName Opens the specified case If the case does not exist TrialDirector creates it CaseName is the long name for the case e g TrialDirector Demonstration Case SHOWI MAGE Item I D Displays the item associated with the specified Item ID st A Note For clipboard commu
79. Pages Thumbnails Thumbnails can be printed for Document and Photo item types This option prints 4 9 12 or 20 images per page This option also allows you to print thumbnails in an Exhibit Outline To print thumbnail images 1 Select I mages Pages Thumbnails in the Print What selection box Sui WHEN TO idem LIS Properties Ready Page Seto Print Qualy Low mdi M Poatecipt Finta Print What Print Range JH Images Pages Tewrmbriadi G Cungrt Page DEMO Entire Document DEMOD0000 All Selected Ibeas Dpi M Append Description lo Label Tey C Al Documents Slat emh Doc on t s 00m page Print Lint Fie FF Pant with Markup es PY Paarl wats Decade Number of Images per Page ja Al jems from All Folders Dewe Riego Tila Option Append Description to Label Text Start each Doc on it s own page Print with Thap rach Suite iLO Demo Cape Te c Description Prints the first few words of the description underneath the barcode next to the Item ID as space permits Forces a page break in the thumbnail report before the first page of each document Prints the thumbnails with any markups annotations 239 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual Markups Print with Barcode Number of Images Per Page Report Title that may have been applied to the images Prints a barcode below each thumbnail Determines how many thumbnails to print on each page 4 9 12 or 20 The outline
80. Presentation Following the presentation of the preview information the active presentation will continue from the next scheduled screen using the standard controls 468 Presentation lore Information Control the Presentation Display Presentation Toolbar D R and Drop Items onto the Display When using dual screens you can drag and drop items onto the presentation display 1 On the primary screen do one of the following Click on the desired item in the Document Manager Case Explorer Click on the desired item in the Microsoft Windows Explorer Note The item must be a supported file format 2 Drag the selected item over to the presentation display on the secondary screen 3 Center your cursor over the zone where you want to display the item Look at the Zone Activity Indicator to ensure that the desired zone is selected as indicated by a white outline 4 Release the cursor The item appears in the selected zone lore Information Control the Presentation Display Display Items Pee vispiay Items In the Presentation mode items can be loaded onto the presentation display using a variety of methods By default items are loaded into zone 9 if no other zones are selected You can load items into other zones by selecting a zone using the Zone commands see Zones If the volume where the item file exists is not found a prompt will appear in the lower right corner indicating which volume to l
81. Print to Portable Document Format pdf Portable Document Format PDF Select Portable Document Foma pdf path and Hense E AP gram Fides und man nal hac hen Si nitited pd Compress output POF E Case Dalak Repor A Case Detads Repor L Curent Transcript 23 Curent Transcript Condensed Current Transcript Word Index nus Codes Reaper Summary lrtue Codes Repeat Deladad i Case Lipis Repod Summan dl Case Clips Report Detaded 3 Click the Print What drop down menu to select the output type Adjust the Print Range as desired A Note The options available from the Print What drop down will change depending upon the file type you ve selected 4 When you have completed the desired settings click Print The document will be created in the location that you specified lore Information Printing and Print Preview Printing and Print Preview Topics Current Transcript Current Transcript Condensed Current Transcript Word Index Issue Code s Report Summary Issue Code s Report Detailed Case Clip s Report Summary 372 Transcript Manager Case Clip s Report Detailed TrialDirector allows you to print and print preview e The Current Transcript including Cover Page and or Word Index e The Current Transcript Condensed including Cover Page and or Word Index with either 2 pages x 2 pages 2x3 3x3 3x4 4x4 or 4x5 e The Current Transcript with Word Index and o
82. Select a Post production Time Stamp fie 2 Enter a destination path and filename for the pts file or click Browse to navigate to the desired path and filename a If you click Browse the following window appears Hero for Fila Look Tear Am 4 ETET lk a HpA Donnsns D iihi 2 A HyNebacd Fie name MEIA tt E open Pies ota Poitgrducton Tane Stamp tle fpe Cancel b Select the desired destination folder and pts file Click Open 3 Once the desired path and filename are selected click Next The following window appears 587 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual Import from Timaro 1M Post production Time Stamp file Newt please enter he deponer name deposiion date volurre number and orp olher relevant infomation Lor this 72 Digia Video Transcript into the fields below To contra chck Hed Y Deposition nlormatior Ent TE Mide riot Last Pa Sul Date ovis Digital Video Transcript 4 Enter the information for the deponent The following fields are available Field Description First Name Deponent s first name Middle Deponent s middle initial Initial aoe Deponent s last name Name Suffix Suffix added to Deponents name such as Jr Sr Esq Date Deposition date elie Deposition volume number Other Additional information The Deposition Information and Other Information can be enabled or disabled by checking or removing the checkmark from their respectiv
83. Sun NeXt Silicon Graphics Native OLE File Formats Microsoft PowerPoint Presentation X Microsoft Word Document X Microsoft Excel Spreadsheet X Adobe Portable Document format Xx Internet Explorer Web page Internet Explorer Web page ASCII Text Transcript ASCII Text Transcript ASCII Text Transcript Amicus Text Transcript Cult 3D Object Macromedia Flash Movie X x Requires the appropriate Microsoft product or suite Appendices 613 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual x WMV WMA 8 Requires Media Player 7 1 or later x Support is built in Adobe Acrobat Reader no longer required x Requires Macromedia Flash Plug in More Information Appendices System Requirements Ba ppenaix E Multimedia Controls 00 10 01 567 00 10 01 567 H 614 H E Fast Forward This button advances the multimedia stream Click and hold to advance continuously Frame Position The frame position indicates the current position of the multimedia stream format HH MM SS MMM hours minutes seconds milliseconds Frame Settings for Segment Start and End When in the Edit Record Mode the frame settings define the beginning and ending positions of the current multimedia segment To set the position click the Stamp Segment Start End buttons Increase Decrease Segment Start and End The plus and minus buttons adjust the segment start and end frame settings forward or backward one frame at a time
84. Tear Out Color Callout Border Signature Projection Zoom Moving highlight Capsule 2 Capsule 3 Examples of the selections are shown below Fall Marking Abkin amp Montgomery Atterneys at Law 222 East Carrillo Street Suite 400 Santa Barbara California 93101 2142 ndei ee 916 Presentation Projection zoom ES ya me Su UAG LA E eee o pm bes EM Le Ge ee en lada ENM ETA SUR INSURED Hermine Murphy et al FOLICY HO CMPSO2Z37O Tear out Fall Marking Abkin 4 Montgomery Atterneys at Law 22d East Carrills Street Suite 400 Santa Barbara California 3101 2142 ma Capsule 1 917 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual 918 Su Be LA eee ite bed a bee TE 162 SIL ee ee E Se 8 Sst Se eee ee ee LA eee Actentisn Clace H Betdenaala Rei Sn TRE Hamis Murphy t al POLICY MO CHFSO2 IO 4 a cl E Fil MU Pel oe TEE A AA ee A T Capsule 2 a EA O A AAA eee AIM is LA A PETT Attent dan Clace FA XHaso na ld E Sim IEPURED Hermin Murphy et al FOLICT H CHF502370 gahi E IEA A ee SE Capsule 3 Presentation Color borders callouts The border color changes each time a callout is drawn Moving highlight 919 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual any truly yours a AA F DAVID EMERY ope 23 Aracch Clala Han ger Sallcornia Capital lasusaoca 06 oy Exsulr ours ae A A Aio F P SAVER Bea ia
85. To sort by Item 1D do one of the following Right click on the desired workbook and select Item ID Sort Order from the drop down menu Click on the desired workbook and select Item ID Sort Order from the Workbooks menu TO manually sort items do one of the following Right click on the desired workbook and select Manual Sort Order from the drop down menu Click on the desired workbook and select Manual Sort Order from the Workbooks menu Rearrange Workbook Contents To change the order of items in a workbook follow these steps 1 Right click on the workbook and make sure the Manual Sort Order option is selected see Sorting Workbook Contents above 2 Select the item s you would like to move and drag them in a new location in the workbook The item s will be inserted before the selected position in the workbook Rename a Workbook 1 To rename a workbook click on the desired workbook to make it active 2 Do one of the following Press F2 Right click on the workbook and select Rename Workbook from the drop down menu Select Rename Workbook from the Workbooks menu 3 Type a new workbook name 4 Click on any other workbook in the Workbooks Explorer to save the new name 132 Case Library Print Workbook Contents To print the contents of a workbook do one of the following Select a workbook open the Print window and select Workbook for the Print Range Right click on the desired workbook and se
86. TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual Button Descriptions A Buttons Displays additional buttons and enables you to access the complete list of buttons so you can decide which to display and which to hide A Enables you to place arrows on an item The point first touched by a light pen or clicked by a mouse becomes the head of the arrow A Enables you to mark an item with a highlight BS Enables you to mark an item with an underline Ellipse Enables you to surround an area on an item with an ellipse ngle Enables you to surround an area on an item with a rectangle Y nables you to mark an item with a freehand line a Tool nables you to place a text box on the exhibit e notation Edit Mode When active this tool allows the editing moving and reshaping of annotations The TrialDirector Zone Indicator will turn to a violet color when the Annotation Edit Mode is active EE nctation Undo This tool removes any annotation in the reverse order that they were placed onto the exhibit whilst in presentation mode i notation Erase This tool removes all annotations from the exhibit regardless when they where placed on m m 416 Presentation Bl Hide Annotations This tool allows toggling between hiding or showing annotations on the Presentation display Redaction Tool This tool allows you to place a redaction onto the exhibit ES This tool allows you to
87. Utilizing DDE technology TrialDirector will display the associated image from the Concordance case Also Concordance users can export their coding database for import into TrialDirector s Coding Module ICONECT ICONECT users can search several online coding fields to find specific documents The query results can then be directly sent to TrialDirector The image files associated with the CONECT documents are downloaded to your system and automatically added to the TrialDirector case This provides an easy to use stable integration between your document repository and trial presentation software Microsoft TrialDirector seamlessly integrates with Microsoft PowerPoint PowerPoint Using one ActiveX control a fully functional TrialDirector session can be embedded within a PowerPoint slide Users can design the appearance of the TrialDirector presentation screen when embedding the control within the PowerPoint slide The PowerPoint slide can be saved with the images clips or videos pre arranged the way you want When presenting the slide show the TrialDirector items appear just the way you saved them and are immediately displayed 61 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual Microsoft Access TrialDirector and Microsoft Access use DDE technology to create a fully functional integration Many organizations utilize Access databases to store case information such as document IDs descriptions and notes DDE commands can be added to Access da
88. a Case Enable Case Security Administer Case Users Manage Case Databases 143 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual Remove a Case Pia create a New Case In order to import items into TrialDirector you must first create a case to contain the items You may create aS many cases as you need To create a new case 1 Select Create a New Case from the File menu or click the New Case button a on the Toolbar Create a How Case This wizard well art pou in ceasing a new TnaDrecior cara A To begr please select the damed case location for the FESAT Cane To corras cick Hiert Create a New Case Select a cate location CAPrograra FiertinDataTrialDirector 5iCaces The default case path is automatically selected as the destination location for the case files 2 If you want to edit the case path click Edit Z Note Long filename naming conventions are supported You are not limited to eight character names 3 Click Next 144 Case Library Create a New Case Hen pleata entes the descaption matter number and any additional notez foe lhe nea case To continue chek Nest To backup chek Back of bo eat check Cancel Create a Descnpion Smith w Jones e Use Case descrpbon tor drectoy name Maltes number 113345 00170 Notes CV No 06 387554 Judge Fenkol Trial Date 978 05 lt Back Hest gt 4 Type the name of the new case in the Case Description
89. a bitmap on an image click the right arrow on the right side of the stamp toolbar icon From the drop down list select which stamp you would like to apply Z Clerk e Confidential le FAXED an Import A Prioritl H Prioritz pi Priorit3 Eb Redact E Seenote y Stamp DkRedCheck N Stamp DkRedNa 2 Stamp DkRedx ig Stamp GreenCheck Tea Stamp Greenves x Stamp Reds Add Stamps Delete Stamps To place a stamp on an item click on the image where you want the stamp to appear If you want to resize or move the stamp use the Selection tool Stamp E id The stamp remains active until another tool is selected Each time you click the stamp appears on the image To Add a stamp to the palette select the Add Stamps from the stamp menu 208 Document Manager To remove a stamp from the palette to make room for other stamps select the Delete Stamps from the stamp menu ir Note Stamp objects are intended for use with bitmaps that use no more than the standard 20 Windows colors Deskew an Image When a hard copy document is scanned the paper is sometimes twisted in the process resulting in a distorted or skewed image You can use the Deskew tool to improve the appearance and legibility of the image If an image in the view window appears to be skewed simply click the deskew button and TrialDirector will attempt to improve the image Copy Markups Markups can be copied or cut
90. ac the bot a of Ebibit gf i Tee Lt Le A ESTEY or Taree Paie that a Ehita tpi bs Tea ird pre sent ihis detiec on Pay 22 E Le ip that corri i lo may here baan the Ditch wian I put it Tip ELi Hut wee gt on phe Elch Wei Cee thie jEr E i dii E Fid fen bos Ge deter La Mona SE dimou IE eitb mota Eefece pou mol LE to Ac Pila E believe that I probably discunard J W dura vaa sa cee Lor that day told hag char I hal rica amp lepper spray irc Lo Ple TAR E ie di pay On Che pull th FR Fay that Gif ait yai AAA E fa Z The Gate of this letiect r i The 25 Cate Library Decureant Manager Tranecript Manager Ceding HEE DS 3248 ArH Z Note The Pause or Break key can also be used to toggle playback When you use TrialDirector for the first time digital video synchronization is enabled by default However the setting may be changed in the options so that digital video synchronization is automatically disabled when you open the application This will also become disabled if you use the vertical scroll bars in the Transcript Window Play a Digital Video Transcript To begin playing a Digital Video Transcript click the Play button on either the Toolbar or the Multimedia Control box or select Play from the Multimedia menu 2 3 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual A Note Double click anywhere in the Multimedia Player while a multimedia file is playing to toggle control between Play and P
91. and another user has a case open you will not be able to remove that case More Information Create a New Case Open a Case Enable Case Security Administer Case Users Manage Case Databases Remove a Case 166 Document Manager Mi bocument Manager Document and Exhibit Management Made Simple The Document Manager effectively organizes all kinds of electronic case exhibits from scanned images to deposition testimony clips to presentations created in Adobe Acrobat or Microsoft PowerPoint By handling the universe of exhibits in one TrialDirector tab Document Manager eliminates the paper hassle and audiovisual equipment demands of traditional exhibit management Documents can be prepared for trial using an extensive set of annotation tools including the highlighter arrow note and stamp tools Clips can be created from multimedia streams allowing key portions to be captured for trial presentation Case items can be dragged and dropped into various workbooks for a higher level of organization and workbook items can then be exported into a separate volume or an exhibit outline for use as a trial notebook More Information The Document Manager Tab Coding Database Exhibit Management View Case Items Exhibit Outlines OCR full Text Options Fey The Document Manager Tab The Document Manager window is used to manage trial documents The list of documents is displayed in the Case Explorer and ind
92. annotation The annotation tools and image viewer must both be active Move to previous coding record Use from column view Must have focus in table grid Move to next coding record Use from column view Must have focus in table grid Move to first coding record in Form View Move to last coding record in Form View Zoom in on current image Must use from 10 key pad Zoom out on current image Must use from 10 key pad Scroll up on zoomed image Scroll down on zoomed image Scroll left on zoomed image Scroll right on zoomed image Display full image Must use 5 from numeric 10 key pad Rotate image 90 degrees clockwise Must use from 10 key pad Pause Play multimedia stream when video window has focus from either Clips or Media tab Must use from 10 key pad aprendi G Transcript Manager Clip Editing 10 Key Controls Below is a table of the available clip editing keyboard controls using the 10 key pad These clip editing controls are useful for those users with accessibility needs The editing controls can be more efficient for users experienced with Non Linear Editing NLE video systems The table below list the keyboard combinations according to their appearance on a 10 key 617 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual errr Control Ctrl 7 Ctrl 1 Ctrl 4 Ctrl 9 Ctrl 3 Ctrl 6 Ctrl 8 Ctrl 2 Ctrl 5 Ctrl 0 Ctrl Delete Ctrl Enter AIt 0
93. application This provides a fall back position in the unlikely event that a problem occurs during an import 1 From the File menu select Case Databases then Backup The Backup a Case dialog opens Specify a description for the backup then click Next Backup a Case Pisste eriei a desciption hor that Cate backup z To contras click Hex Toma chck Carcel Backup a Case Backup Desceaplbon S v A Backup on 05 01 2006 019 19 M 2 A second screen appears Click Finish to process the backup or Cancel to exit 157 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual Backup a Case The cumani cate database val now be backed based on the information grer My This process could take a few moments depending on the an sine of the cument case databases To begin the backup process ckek Finish To go back cick Back of to eat cick Cancel Working quiro A Note The time required to backup is dependent of the amount of information in the databases For example the databases associated with the TrialDirector sample cases will back up in one or two seconds Copy a Case TrialDirector allows you to create an identical copy of an existing case Using this method you can copy a case that exists on your local drive to a network drive where it can be retrieved by other computers This process will copy the entire contents of the current case directory All sub directories including screen grabs and OCR full text are copied Secure cases wil
94. are admitted and includes all admitted items Each admitted item is date and time stamped and includes the item description Workbook Explorer EJ En Workbooks Admitted Admitted 03 14 2006 El DEMODODO 3 14 2006 5 06 04 Phi 4 Potential Exhibits Search Resula BR Trial Exhibits Witnesses Pe To add items to a workbook simply open the Case Explorer folder above the Workbooks Explorer that contains the item then click and drag the item to the workbook The item will be added to the workbook but will still remain in the original folder errs 4 Note Documents are not actually copied to the workbook the copy in the workbook is just a link to the original As such any change made to the original such as a new annotation will be reflected in the copy in the workbook However if a change is made to a document but the change is saved as new revision the new revision is NOT reflected in the workbook In TrialDirector the revision is actually a separate document from the original 130 Case Library Create a New Workbook To add a new workbook do one of the following Click on the Make New Workbook con hi in the toolbar Select Create New Workbook from the Workbooks menu A new workbook called New Workbook is added to the Workbooks Explorer You can then rename the new workbook if desired By default the new workbook will be available in the Presentation mode To make the wor
95. at least 1 digit ex 1 or 15 or 273 lt SP2 gt Padded to at least 2 digits ex 01 or 15 or 273 lt SP3 gt Padded to at least 3 digits ex 001 or 015 or 273 and so on up to SP9 lt SP9 gt Padded to at least 9 digits ex 000000001 or 000000015 or 000000273 Starting Line Number Formatting lt SL gt Unpadded start line ex 2 or 15 same as lt SLO gt or lt SL1 gt Segment Creation Options Confirm before splitting Segments when manually creating clips Allow Segments from multiple multimedia streams within a single Clip Split segment at multimedia breaks Split segments to exclude objections Split segments to exclude silence over lt set amount of gt seconds Adjust start by Adjust end by Transcript Manager lt SL1 gt Padded to at least 1 digit ex 2 or 15 lt SL2 gt Padded to at least 2 digits ex 02 or 15 Volume Number Formatting lt V gt Unpadded Volume Number ex 1 or 24 lt VV gt Padded Volume Number ex 01 or 24 Description Enabling this option default will prompt the user prior to splitting transcript selections into multiple segments during manual clip creation The segment split only occurs when encountering objections multimedia breaks or silence periods If this option is disabled the segment is automatically split without user notification This option allows you to create clips that have segments fr
96. been mdd Please review lhe index results carclully bo ensue no Wears Pale ued To ent cick OF Results The lolowerg ianociol s ware mdexed Barthel Edwin ol 01 01 242000 4 Check this window to ensure no errors occurred Click OK to exit 5 To view the results of the indexing select the Word Index command from the View menu You will now see index information populated in the Word Index window to the right of the Transcript Window 312 Dizen Becky Vol 01 091041987 1 01 EARTRATI N 4 ord inde x husband Word index box 02 BY ER LASSITER 03 D Ms Dixon I would now 04 some document and I m going to ask 05 about Could you please take a loo 06 that s before you right now 07 A Okay 08 Have you ever seen thi 09 A Ko 10 Do you recognize the s 114 bottom of this page Le A Yes 13 Q Do you recall discuss 14 application for Lite insurance with 15 A Tea 16 Q And thar occurred on W 17 didn t Le 13 A Yes I believe ph a 15 Did Mr Y nm ahou yo 20 the tise that youi acusan if with 2l November lec ae is Ro 1 don t believe he a3 i Did Your husband ever 4 n nicced an application for life 1 s Providential Life Insurance Company 2101 A Ro he never did oz o Wien s the Lira Cia 03 aware Of This document s existence 04 A OF this document s exi 05 Yes I m referring ta 06 As Phen ay lawyer showed oT O ACTEeE the Case Was con 05 A Yes os O C
97. case erst f Note If you remove a volume from the case you will no longer be able to access any of the items that were in the volume without reloading them The volume and items are not removed from the computer only their association with the case is removed More Information Exhibit Management 248 Document Manager usino Adobe SVG Viewer TrialDirector has the ability to view Adobe SVG images in both Document Manager and the Presentation mode After the SVG file has been created in Adobe Illustrator it can be added to the TrialDirector case Simply drag and drop the file into the Document Manager Case Explorer to add the SVG file nr Note Make sure that the Adobe SVG Viewer is installed on your computer and any computer that will be used to present the case In order to display an SVG file the viewer must be installed The SVG Viewer installation file SVGVI EW EXE is located in the Support Viewers directory on the TrialDirector Suite CD The SVG Viewer can also be downloaded from http www adobe com svg viewer install main html Below are the methods used for navigating an Adobe SVG Image within TrialDirector Panning Hold the alt key and click and drag with the mouse to pan an SVG image When the scroll lock is enabled and Adobe SVG Viewer has the focus the arrow keys may be used to pan the image Zooming Hold the Ctrl key and click to zoom in at the mouse pointer location Hold the Ctrl key and
98. category you want to gy Poli Michael Vol 01 H E py Vinckier Thomas A R Docum A E Multimedia Alem E LI All Documents Eres imaged Documents pS Photo Documents Nate File Documents E E Ein Transcripts 2 i O tn Leco3 Mutimedia Trial Exhibits Annotated Document Pages tema with Memos O kJ VIDCLIPO El all H v WIDCLIPO At the bottom is the Workbooks Explorer When you first start a m case In TralDirector three workbooks appear in this section Search Results Trial Exhibits YHnesses ou can create additional workbooks too for opening and closing arguments individual witnesses or any other category you want TrialDirector creates some for you as you work with your exhibits mitad AE FT NY For example add a number to the Trial Ex Field for one of your E AU cite eee items dnd a reference to that item is added to the Trial Exhibits El ee ee Workbook During trial as you identify admitted exhibits anew a Barthel Cross Admitted workbook appears for each trial day oo ot rines Workbooks Explorer More Information Workbooks Exhibit Management Create a New Case Open a Case Enable Case Security Administer Case Users Manage Case Databases Remove a Case 124 Case Library case Explorer Case Explorer represents the database that is used to organize all document exhibits associated with a case To expand Case Explorer to use the full window cl
99. click and drag to select a region to zoom into Hold the Ctrl Shift keys and click to zoom out You can also use the zoom commands in the context menu More Information View Case Items Support File Types E ssion Exhibit Numbers or Trial Exhibit Numbers TrialDirector enables you to enter Exhibit Numbers typically your own numbering method as you organize your case and the actual Trial Exhibit Numbers You can assign an Exhibit 249 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual Number or Trial Exhibit Number for a specific item or you can select multiple items and have numbers assigned in sequence automatically To assign an Exhibit or Trial Exhibit Number to an item LL From Case Explorer or Document Manager right click on the item and click Properties The Item Properties dialog box appears Type the number in the Exhibit or Trial Exhibit box Click Save or click Next to go to the properties for the next item To assign Exhibit or Trial Exhibit Numbers to multiple items i From Case Explorer or Document Manager press and hold CTRL while you select all of the items esigned Then right click and select Assign Trial Exhibit Numbers to Selected Items or Assign Exhibit Numbers to Selected Items In the dialog box type the starting number lt P Caution Any existing Exhibit or Trial Exhibit Numbers will be i overwritten and the numbers will be assigned in sequence regardless of whether a number is in use f
100. clips using a variety of other methods as well Refer to the Help File for more information on creating and managing clips Creating a Video Clip with Multiple Segments 1 Select the Transcript Manager tab on TrialDirector s desktop 2 Either open the ASCII transcript for a particular deponent or run a search as described earlier in this Quick Start Guide If the transcript is linked to synchronized video the video will appear in the Multimedia Player in the upper right corner of the Transcript Manager 3 Locate the lines of text you want to capture in the clip Highlight the lines right click and select Create New Clip from Selected Text 47 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual Peh MEA air Chreres Late 50 DCT LASA DO LILA TELCAA E p ress a Strela _ cen 6371 2140 1452 Se wee 7 FD Bee OB 2 et Presa bagani Teach Cae er oe E Rhea na wp E j a s h P a a L Pe MT D H ES ve a j ee te aE be i inlaw mine E iia A eat ap aa ajer Ce ea 4 If the highlighting covers objections in the testimony you will see the following dialog giving you the opportunity to edit the clip so that only pertinent testimony is played TrialDirector i xj The selected text appears to contain one or more objections 2 Would you like TrialDirector to automatically segment your selection and exclude these objections from your Presentation Clip 1 coma 5 Move to the next
101. continue adding issues as desired When you are finished click Exit Assigning Issue Codes 1 With a transcript open in the Transcript Manager locate and select testimony to which you would like to assign one or more issue codes Create New Clip from Selected Text Add Selected Text to Clip EB 0 124 0000724 P Play Selected Text Present Selected Text in TrialDirector _ Bring to Front Send to Back Remove Issue Code Annotation 2 Right click on the selected text then select Issue Code Annotate Selected Text from the shortcut menu The issue code list opens 352 Transcript Manager 3 Click on each of the issues that you want to assign to the text Click Apply then Exit When you assign issues to text two things happen e The transcript is highlighted to reflect the color of the issue you assign If you assign more than one issue to the same text only the color of the last issue code appears on the screen e Inthe Transcript Explorer the text citation appears under Issue Codes and Annotations for that witness Es TraDivector Sube Paro Come 5 0 C0 00608 01 El ar Bara Edun fel G1 UA LJ eS Tracmonot fer Barthel Ed ES Ande Video Peri 01 for Barrel E Gi Cip ES OUZA DOCOTZA Do yeu re o Ful Ch Begining el oT 24 Bj Page 7 24 to 508 el criba 5 A E e A ee A E i Mal Tf CA ds Gh E A EE wave Cones ang Arcotutions ti O brisa Garages 13 E Page 01550 6 18 13 a Page 1 20 te 9 ae T Page
102. desired 6 Run the PowerPoint Slide Show using PowerPoint commands 7 When you have reached a slide with TrialDirector in it you can load exhibits into the slide with all of TrialDirector s functionality You do not have to separately launch TrialDirector since the active TrialDirector Presentation window can make any necessary calls to TrialDirector data 116 lore Information Presentation Display Control the Presentation Display Presentation Toolbar Application Integration Mi configuring TrialDirector as the Default CaseMap I mage Viewer To set TrialDirector as the default file viewer in CaseMap follow the instructions below L In CaseMap click the Tools menu Point to Linked Files and click Manage File Viewers Help Intake Interview Jumpstart Backup and Restore Author s a Case Optimizer Create Case Template Case Tools Manage Case Staff Change Password Change Linked File Paths ade CaseMap 6 Menus 117 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual 2 In the File Viewers dialog box click the Add button File Viewers Default Viewer For Case Windows Files 3 In the Select Viewer Type dialog box select Custom and click OK cumertDirector vi or v2 pata does vWo IPRO LaserFiche Livefote pticon SanctionlI Summation Document 4 Inthe New File Viewer dialog box under Viewer Type select DDE How File Viewer vi
103. effective trial presentation The annotations that can be added to the images in your case are Highlighting in multiple colors Redactions Arrows in multiple colors and widths Text Lines in multiple colors and widths Sticky Notes Boxes in multiple colors and widths Hot spots Circles in multiple colors and widths Stamps which can be customized Free hand drawing Exhibit stamps Click on the Ej tool on the toolbar OR select Show I mage Annotation Toolbar from the Documents menu The annotation toolbar is displayed on the desktop Ze Select the annotation tool you wish to use Then if applicable select the color of the tool from the color bar 49 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual 3 Draw the annotation on the image e When you create the annotation it appears on the page as shown below The following was created using the Highlight tool with the color set to yellow He Clare Meses 1d Rar JL Lo Peqt i te Which ars at amy time transported hiodledc etered treste dispered of pr proce an maiti BY or for ypa oF any paraca er organizatica for Hha fou mey CF Legal lr cespons lle GF At or from any lta of location on which you oE aay Gentractocs of subtCentrectors socklng directly er indirectly an pour behalf are pectorming SEE EL Lie e To delete or move the annotation click on the tool on the toolbar then click on the annotation Notice the outline around the annotation When you
104. etarted I vas glancing through this statement of Li that I locked at this morning and one of the fina Creating Quick Exhibits from Enterprise iBlaze Transcript Excerpts Using the integration between Enterprise iBlaze and TrialDirector you can quickly create an excerpt of transcript text to be displayed as an exhibit in the courtroom No more having to scan the pages of transcripts in order to be able to show transcript text as an image 105 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual 1 Highlight the lines of text in the Enterprise iBlaze transcript that you want to display in TrialDirector 01 issue of whether the sole basis upon which GFC made the 2 Chem Lig loan was the Halliburton guaranty 03 A No 04 You re asking me if I ve reviewed any of 05 those documents that relate to that issue right 16 J asked if vou had reviewed anv documents P A iee lle q nather Tre ome Fica LI E ITI L LE an is a Ta de LL 14 e A i j i ee E a A a the Chem Lis loan was the Halhburton Copy to Clipboard 10 A we Copy Excerpt into New Note Ctrl D Write to digest Digest 14 P J 5 ni Pia PF k k LE oe oe Cine 12 bro asly Gae Copy Excerpt to Outline To Do la di Q iri Save Excerpt to Slideshow tio aly cusson este Link Alt 14 internal memor 16 Haliburton gua Search for 06 Q L asked if you had reviewed any docum 17 transaction wa a Add Selected Text to New TrialDirector Clip
105. f Note When you use the save commands the window or screen will also be saved as a bitmap on the photo tab with an automatically assigned generic Item ID i nore Information Control the Presentation Display Presentation Toolbar snow or Hide Markups The Presentation mode displays all markups by default To hide all markups on the image being displayed in the active zone including those applied in Document Manager during pre trial preparation 1 Open the Presentation Toolbar and click the Markup Show Hide Abutton 2 Click the button again to restore the markups pur A Note Double clicking or using any other tool on an item with hidden markups will automatically restore the markups lore Information Control the Presentation Display Presentation Toolbar 514 Presentation Ezom Callouts Topics Overview of Projection Zoom Callouts Callout Styles Available Area Projection Options Hide Projection Options Animate Projection Zoom Pan an Enlarged Image Overview of Projection Zoom Callouts TO project an area of an image open the Presentation Toolbar and select the Area Projection tool Using either a mouse or light pen click and drag to draw a box around the area you want to project When you release the mouse or light pen button the projection appears with lines indicating the position of the projected area in relation to the original item as shown in the figure below A maximum of
106. file name that will be added to TrialDirector Options allow you to e Create a new TrialDirector document for each file added e Add a prefix to each file name e Select alternate file names e Add page number suffixes Manually Select Mew Mama for Import Click OK to name the selected hlas using the Homma opbions 1 To add Gems in the default mode cet the Name bom usmg mena bo Fieru Page ld Eximpir Optiora bow Haring the hes ber added Greate a new document lor each He added Preta ho add bo sach mes bem bel Hime Heme usreg File Mame a fe YE Fudd pase number sulle lo each Page id 5 Click OK to accept the filing naming options The items that you selected are displayed in the left panel in the folder hierarchy The right panel displays the first item in your selection list You can click on the individual items to display them in the viewer and right click on an item to remove it or rename it 6 Click Add Items to confirm your selections After you have accepted the items they will be placed in the appropriate folder in the window on the left You may notice that the folder now has a plus sign next to it indicating that it has contents Click on the plus sign or double click the folder to view the contents Manually Select New Items for Import Eile y Spartacus Rome Contents of ASBATCH Document Type Folder Deciumente j 2123 Photos and other Graphics A a ASBAT
107. font color and size for the text Click OK to save the changes or Cancel to abandon the changes Adjust the Angle of Text in a Text Box To adjust the angle of the text select the text box using the Selection tool and then right click on the box and select Adjust Angle from the drop down menu Slide the slider bar to the left or right to change the angle at which the text is displayed inside the box Click OK to save the changes or Cancel to abandon the changes The text is rotated clockwise relative to the upper left corner of the text box The text may exceed the boundaries of the text box since the text box remains in the original position regardless of the position of the angled text Set the Background Color of a Text Box To set the background color select the text box using the Selection tool and then right click on the box and select Set Background Color from the drop down menu Select a color and click OK to save the changes or Cancel to abandon the changes The background mode must be tinted or opaque to display the color Set the Background Mode of a Text Box To change the background mode select the text box using the Selection tool and then right click and select Set Background Mode from the drop down menu 203 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual The following options are available Option Description Opaque The background color is solid Tinted The background color is visible but the image area beh
108. for the new Clip Into the fields below To create the new Clip click Create To exit without creating click Cancel Create a Clip description New Clip IF vou had been aware of the existence of Clip Identifier JO 21 0002101 Ea SS Y Y SS SS O Create Cancel 6 The clip now appears in TrialDirector s Transcript Manager window where you can play the clip edit it delete it or rename it 100 Application Integration G Jones John J vol 01 07 21 1995 ee ae ASCI Transcript for Jones John vee 144 Audio Video Part 01 for Jones Jc a 5 Clip JJ 0721 0002101 If you had a ds Full Clip Beginning at p 21 1 bese E Page 21 01 to 21 17 im PUN de eli Fa a Eeth bi a imh m m i m me oe ioe EO i mi See B a HE i 2a we had the entire file ne op man Which was the 24 that was running the loan at that point 50 we W 25 through what we thought was their entire file 00021 01 CG Tf you had been aware of the existe 02 the GFC phone log relating to the Chem Lig transac 03 by the time the First Amended Complaint was filed g4 wouldn t you have identified it in your initial os disclosure statement in this case 06 A I don t know See Help topic Clips for more information Creating Clips from Transcript Notes ir 4 Note This function creates a clip for every Transcript Note in Enterprise iBlaze not for selected notes 1 In the Enterprise iBlaze Case Explorer win
109. identified by a special icon with a yellow triangle in the corner Transcript Explorer af x VIEW by L Tran cript e iO E Barthel Edwin Col 01 01 O F Battish Joseph rol 02 0 C Deitch Marc ol 011 120 rr LA Pao Ie bh dene FA A a a A In order to index your transcripts 1 Select Index Transcript s from the Transcripts menu A dialog window will allow you to select the transcript s you would like to index When you have selected the transcript s you would like to index click Next Index Transcript s Plaate select the Trancenpils you would Boe bo meo To contrae chck Hest To mat cick Cancel Select Transe Index anmam 2 fE Barthel Eden Vol 01 0172472002 Transcript O od Pod Michael Wol 04 077 2171995 2 The next window will track the progress of the indexing Click Index to begin the indexing process There are two progress bars one for the current transcript being indexed and one for total progress These two bars may display different progress points if you chose to index more than one transcript 311 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual Index Transcript s The selected Trancenp t eal now be indexed al Depending cn the numberof Transcripifs selected the dean propess may lake a lew meres To began indesang click Inder WOKING To backup cick Back orto ex cick Cancel Trancong Progress eO Total Progress Tha balected Trancenpils have
110. in a clip click on a segment you would like to reposition drag the cursor to a new position in the list and release the mouse You can also right click on the segment you would like to reposition and select Cut or Copy from the drop down menu Place the cursor at the position in the list of segments where you would like to insert the segment right click and select Paste from the drop down menu Z Note Using the Copy command will cause the segment to remain in its original position and a copy of the segment to be inserted at the new position lore Information Digital Video Transcript Clips Update Segment Start or Stop Times Pa upaate Segment Start or Stop Time 301 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual The Transcript Manager allows you to edit each segment in the clip so that they will begin and end at the exact positions desired when you present the clip in Presentation mode There are two techniques for doing this using the Waveform Editor or using the VCR controls Update Segment Start and End Times Using the Waveform Editor nro 4 Note There are a small number of file types which are not supported by the Waveform Editor If the segment that you are editing uses one of these formats the message Unsupported Multimedia Format will display in the waveform space Follow these steps to edit a segment 1 Click the Segment Editor tab to display the editing tools 2 Click the clip in the Transcript Exp
111. in the Presentation Module Annotate rotate and enlarge the items as desired When the screen appears exactly as you would like type or use a barcode wand for the following command GS followed by the Enter key TrialDirector automatically creates a new item in the Document Manager Case Explorer named GS 001 the last numbers increment automatically each time a new grab screen occurs Document Manager provides a default date and time stamped description for each captured screen In Document Manager you can change the description of the new item and print a barcode to be used during the trial When creating a new capture item you can assign an Item ID to the new item by combining an Item ID up to eight characters with the command as follows GS filename followed by the Enter key 911 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual Grab screen Item in zone 1 Some predefined barcodes which can be used in multiple cases accompany TrialDirector for your convenience Grab a Window The Grab Window GW command allows you to load an item make annotations and then save the active zone as a new item The new item can have a barcode associated with it for recall during the trial To use this powerful feature load an image into the desired zone in the Presentation Module Annotate rotate and enlarge the item as desired When the item in the zone appears exactly as you would like click on the item to activate the zone or press the app
112. is associated with the transcript and linked to TrialDirector 1 Highlight the lines of text in the Enterprise iBlaze transcript either by holding down the left mouse button and dragging the highlighting or by using a combination of SHIFT and the arrows on your keyboard to create the highlighted section 2 Right click on the highlighted section and select Play Selected Text with TrialDirector The segment plays in TrialDirector s Transcript Manager window iBlaze Transcript Window 104 A um Lf L such they re remember roug Q Sime have vou gone financial staterr 22 to GFC 23 A No as oj oo PAL q SEAT a ET Ona Le mon a Lila t TRILL E ALLA a 1 a mafcCial statements 01 T amm m mm gm la gm m mea Mal Were Si a mrn TEE Copy to Clipboard 1 Copy Excerpt into New Note Write to digest Digest Copy Excerpt to Outline To Do Save Excerpt to Slideshow Create Link Alt L Search for 04 Q Since Mr Ball s testimony have yo Add Selected Text to New TrialDirector Clip Play Selected Text with TrialDirector Create TrialDirector Exhibit from Selected Text Present Selected Text in TrialDirector Send To CaseMap TrialDirector s Transcript Manager Transcript Segment Editor Segch Jones John J Vol 01 07 21 1995 luted Payer Application Integration ca End Pa m ee ut da
113. is selected the Annotation Toolbox changes and displays Color and Line Width selections Choose the desired color and line width and then click and drag the cursor around the area you want to encircle The starting point will not be on the ellipse it will be the maximum height and farthest left position of the ellipse as shown below Starting point for drawing an ellipse Draw a Freehand Line Use the Freehand tool to Use draw a freehand line on an image When the Freehand tool is selected the Annotation Toolbox changes and displays Color and Line Width selections 201 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual Choose the desired color and line width and then click and hold the mouse button and drag the cursor to draw AL EGEND gt UIT CARA WELL LORA TELAS had AND PCE CONCENTRATION EN ja Set a Redaction Use the Redaction tool to redact or cover a portion of the image The Annotation Toolbox does not change when the Redaction tool is selected Click and drag the cursor in a rectangle around the area you want to redact and a gray box will cover the selected area The area inside the gray box will still be visible while you are in Document Manager When the image is opened in the TrialDirector Presentation mode the area in the redaction box will be invisible Fell Marking Abkin amp Montgomery Attorneys at Law i 22 2 Eat Carr Redaction as seen in Document Manager Fall Marking Abkin 4 Montgomery ALtoen
114. ist below To continue ciek Hert To backup cick Back bo eat cick Cancel Import Select Digtal Video Transcnpils Transcript EA Pol Michael Vol 01 07 21 1995 4 Click Import on the next dialog box to begin the import process The import progress will display on the progress bar however for small imports this may pass too quickly to notice Click OK on the results screen to exit the Import Utility 326 Transcript Manager indata Batch PIF Import Utility The selected Portable Transenpl Formal hels vell now be impoated into the selected case Depending on the rumber of files selected the import process may take a few moments To begin the impor process cick import Working Ta backup cfck Back orto ex click Cancel Progress mr at Al Tr Ea ta tal Tar lore Information Digital Video Transcript Import a Digital Video Transcript Open a Digital Video Transcript View a Digital Video Transcript Change Digital Video Transcript Properties Close a Digital Video Transcript Remove Digital Video Transcripts Eis earch a Transcript The search tools allow you to search for text phrases questions and answers page and lines or timecodes in the transcript This allows you to find the portions of the transcript you want to include in your clips You can also search for Beginning of Deposition Video markers There are three methods of searching The Find Tool The Search Tab
115. ji ad ee Pga uE Item is Not Located on Your Computer Mount the Volume Message When you select an item to view and the CD or volume containing the item is not located on your computer TrialDirector beeps and displays a message in the Status Bar that tells you which volume to load Mount the correct volume and select the item again 174 Document Manager El F ii DEMOO02 75 ES Work Plan at the request of US E a El DEMODO 94 september 1 1992 report letter fro hal MT y Case Library Document Manager Transcript Manager Coding E Please mount volume C Drive i Full Screen Item Viewer Hide Case Explorer The Item Viewer can be used without the Case Explorer allowing more room on the desktop for side by side image and database exhibit review with a third party document management system To use the Item Viewer without the Case Explorer click the Shows or Hides Case Explorer button ay as shown in the figure below Shows or Hides the Case Explorer LEAS Qo A bea AAA Bee a j BD r E hee Prestar datar Petras Eras leech Tet Hp i e aL Pigi Fage Count tem Selected in Case Explorer Document IDF age Mo tem ID When using the Item Viewer alone you can navigate between items using the Page Up and Page Down keys What do you want to do Work with Images Work with Multimedia Files View Native Format OLE Files 175 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual Eis earch for It
116. menu does not appear in TrialDirector you may need to go through the integration process again See Step One Integration above 3 Inthe next dialog you can choose which set of documents you d like to import If you do not wish to send all documents to Enterprise iBlaze use Enterprise s iBlaze s Marking feature to select the document summaries You can also choose how to increment the numbering on the imported images The two options are to number with or without a suffix Get Summation Image Info Which documents would vou like to Import C Marked Documents C Unmarked Documents Get Image Information How would you like to increment your Summation Document Information nooo W Increment document page with suffis IE 0002 Cancel Continue Example of importing with a suffix 88 Application Integration BDJ 0030 BDJ 0030 001 BDJ 0030 002 BDJ 0030 003 Example of importing without a suffix BDJ 0030 BDJ 0031 BDJ 0032 BDJ 0033 If you are sure that the document numbering in Enterprise iBlaze is sequential that is there are no intermittent pages numbered with A s B s and so on then you should import without a suffix If however the pagination in Enterprise iBlaze is not sequential or includes intermittent alphabetic suffixes then you should import with a suffix After you have decided on a numbering option click Continue 4 TrialDirector begins processing the images based on the information cont
117. more refined result Click the Send Results to Workbook button A new workbook is created in the Workbooks Explorer with the label Full Text lt search words gt The workbook will contain all of the associated images and their OCR text with the search words highlighted in the OCR text 229 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual Now that the items are in a workbook they can be exported printed sent to exhibit outline and organized See the link at the bottom of this topic for more information about Workbooks 9 The Full Text Search dialog remains open so that you can perform additional searches if desired More Information Document Manager OCR Full Text Workbooks Baa Working With Full Text OCR Topics Perform Full Text Queries View Edit Full Text OCR Add Full Text to Coding Database Importing Full Text OCR One of the features of Document Manager is the ability to work with full text OCR When the Document Manager has access to full text OCR from images contained in a Document Manager case the features discussed in this section are available Document Manager has the ability to perform queries from the full text OCR word lists Also the full text OCR can be viewed and edited from within Document Manager Bridging the gap between OCR and Coding data Document Manager users can even send selected OCR text directly to a coding field More Information Document Manager view Edit Full Text OCR
118. my apecio thee pprecbrorazabon bee lor an attached grr Finsa seedi d pou cado Boas lo itha ha beslag 0d thee cument transcrip lire ca the cumani sudo video pagio bow the senchnonced attachment Afftach an Toallach the eencksonmed chb cick Allach Exhibit Toelbackup cick Back or bo edt chek Cancel How weak pou Bos bo sprchecrmne the attached ed Use the cuert banscrpl fine Use the cumenti audio video portion Back Altech 5 Select the Use current audio video position option to display the exhibit at a precise time within the deposition 6 The exhibit attachment can be synchronized with the timecode associated with the transcript line where the cursor is currently positioned or it can be synchronized with the current time that appears in the Multimedia Manager 7 Specify how you would like to synchronize the exhibit and click Attach to attach the exhibit to the transcript or Cancel to cancel the attachment You can also click Back to return to the previous window if desired The attachment will appear as hidden text in the transcript and the exhibit identifier will appear in the Exhibits folder in the Transcript Explorer errs Note If you try to attach an exhibit at a point in the transcript that is not synchronized with the multimedia e g the title and appearances pages the following window will appear TrialDirector TrialDirector cannot insert an exhibit at the requested location Make
119. of your displayed workbooks e When you added new workbooks you had the option not to display the workbook in presentation mode If you did not change that option the workbooks will appear in this list 94 Getting Started with TrialDirector Anel need TEI Mise 2004 la ae _ a n TT 7 L EMOO0050 7 _ 2 Select the workbook you want to work with The item ID for the first item in the workbook is displayed naicross A oemoooso Ral 3 3 To present the displayed item 1D click the next to the item ID To move to the next sequential item in the workbook click the again e To display another item ID in the same workbook click the x to the right of the displayed item ID select the correct item ID from the list and click the ee A DEMONIT DEKK HA VIDCUPO DEMOOO051 DIERON 2 PGE CROSS SEC peMoowso gt 4 The item ID for the next item in the workbook now appears on the workbook toolbar When you are ready to display that item click the al The selected item is displayed Adding mark ups in Presentation Mode TrialDirector includes an extensive number of tools to use in Presentation mode in order to enhance your presentation of evidence The Presentation Toolbar can be customized and each customized toolbar can be saved 55 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual gt gt ed E Highlighter i i T ai rh _ When you hover the mouse pointer over one of t
120. on the item you want to remove and select Delete from the drop down menu The item will be removed from queue but the source file will not be deleted from your computer Sort Queued Items 1 In the left panel right click on any one of the items in the folder you want to sort 2 Select Sort from the drop down menu Items will be sorted in alohanumerical order Import Queued Items into a Case After you have selected all of the items you would like to import into the case click the Add Items button 183 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual A Note If you click Cancel instead a message box will appear confirming you that you DO NOT want to add the selections If you choose YES the Select New Items to Import window will close and your selections will be lost If you choose NO you will be returned to the Select New Items to Import window Create a Load File from Queued Items Queued items can be saved as an object load list so that the items can be imported into the case using the batch file at a later time To save the current queued items as an object load list select Save Selected Item s to Import Batch File from the File menu When the navigation window appears browse to the folder where you would like to save the load file type in a filename with an oll extension and click Save More Information Exhibit Management Import Items Ol mport Items Using a Batch File A batch file is essentially a list o
121. or WMV 1 Click Add Files to select one or more multimedia resource files to add to the DVT 2 Browse to the location of the multimedia file s and select To select more than one file press and hold CTRL 535 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual 3 Click Open 4 The file s appear in the Multimedia Manager If they are not in chronological order J use the Up and Down buttons to adjust the position of the multimedia resources as necessary The files must be in order to ensure accuracy when the transcript is synchronized timecoded with the multimedia files A The path of each multimedia resource file is used in the cms file exported from TimeCoder Pro Once the cms file is loaded into TrialDirector the user may have to browse to the multimedia file location if the path is different If you are finished adding and organizing multimedia files click OK to return to the transcript Adding a DVD Video or Video CD Use the Add DVD button whenever you are loading files from a DVD or VCD or when the contents of the DVD VCD has been copied to a folder on a local or network drive CO f Note Super Video CDs SVCDs are not supported Click Add DVD If the disc is currently mounted in a drive browse to and select the drive letter 0r If the disc contents has been copied on to a local or network drive browse to and select the root folder of the DVD VCD contents Click OK The inData Digital Video Disc DVD Ex
122. pages of the document by pressing Page Down or scanning the Page Down barcode 452 Presentation First Item is Replaced by Third Item in Zone 1 Approcimols POE Concentrate m Soil Bere Garh odd forire Second Item Remains in Zone 2 Replace Zone Mode will remain the active mode until you enter a different mode i ore Information Control the Presentation Display Zones Mon Commands The zone commands allow you to manipulate items on the presentation display using a keyboard or barcode reader What do you want to do Learn About Zone Modes Use Add Zone Mode Use Replace Zone Mode Use Transfer Zone Mode Expand or Retract a Zone 453 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual lore Information Control the Presentation Display Zones Pa Zone Header Controls Topics Switch Between mage Native View PDFs Only Expand a Zone Drag an Item into Another Zone Zone Header Video Controls Close an Item Zone header controls can be used to expand an item within a zone drag and drop an item from zone to zone or close an item The zone header controls also allow you to carry out basic video control operations 1 To open the zone header controls first ensure zone headers are enabled on the in the Presentation Options window 2 Load an item onto the presentation display 3 Position the mouse pointer over the extreme upper right corner of the item The zone header controls appear a
123. pl Optio f Print with Cow Page le Pret wath Paga Headers Footer SOMFIDENTIAL Z Note The Footer field can be customized with any text phrase you wish Clear the Footer field to prevent a footer from printing Em ee be F iL AA ee h eS isa He H h ee dd Tones Seis Deere een E A de raai ly kram oca chan Eira AA Hora cha 107 Wan lorca Shana 207 i q F J E Probably Y Hors uba 301 F arb raai ly Pees q Paagi a bata 20 ma bot A 1 tela yeu C s ner ret ij Lis yan b ls repisa dl by cel A Ta J Yoo ra nio paper ber Pura Creda in dhis deposlnian s ul Pa Fo J e m y Ana tha decision ts ba Fari dois corral ee ee ca dc in Lan Whi ua ask ui Fura hi LE POP bhe there war ar Geeta deci iene pta Dm net mere Fragile gra de mw phage i War tha irrt Tim tas yrl laced chee E ms jassi mj 2 deere atl fel Lads oA rel K faldita cmrro aim the der thet I callad yu 3 4 Transcript Manager Current Transcript Example Current Transcript Condensed When selecting the Current Transcript Condensed option you also have the ability to print it with a Cover Page Page Headers Word Index the number of condensed pages per actual page a footer and print by columns or rows first You may choose the format for printing the condensed transcript from the following 2 pages x 2 pages 2 pages x 3 pages 3 pages x 3 pages 3 pages x 4 pages 4 pages x 4 p
124. place stamp marks onto the exhibit Presently there are four stamp marks available to you By clicking the down arrow on the right side of the stamps tool the selection box shown above is made available IS Sets The sticker tool allows you to place stickers onto the exhibit Presently there are five sets of stickers marks available to you By clicking the down arrow on the right side of the sticker tool the selection box shown below is made available Right clicking on one of these will bring up a further selection box This box allows you to choose at which number letter to start from when applying your stickers The diagram below shows all of the selection boxes 417 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual Bea Out Zoom This tool allows you to place call outs onto the exhibit The portion of the image that is not selected turns gray By clicking the down arrow on the right side of the call out tool the selection box shown below is made available The diagram below shows all of the call out selections available Capsule 1 Tear Out Color Callout Border EE E E T Signature N Projection Zoom Moving highlight Capsule 2 Capsule 3 El Zones This tool allows you to swap exhibits whilst they are in certain zones By clicking on the button a further menu is made available Which is seen below Swap Top and Bottom Tile Horizontally Swap Left And Right Tile Vertically The selections available
125. resources against the timecodes within the deposition transcript Click Add to begin adding the audio video resources The following window will appear rres lor AHERE Vi 540 Tools 4 Browse to the location of the first audio resource file and select Open to add to the list Repeat the process for any other additional audio video reference files When completed the audio video reference files will appear in the list as depicted below Create a New Tigital Video Transcript You may optionally peeperve the perted timecocdes found ethan the ongenal tranecnpt P If you preverse tmecodes you mui speciy al sudo ideo k reco cede for this Digis Video Transa in chiornological order al tras tene Preserve oigna pinbed bmecodes F Adast first limecode to 00 00 00 3 EBOT245WEB MPG Multimedia Stream 5 Click Next to continue through the process After the DVT has been created the timecodes will appear within the deposition transcript Also the associated audio video reference files are available to review 6 Check the synchronization of the DVT by playing back each of the associated audio video references Slide the seek bar on the Multimedia Control Box to various places within the reference file to make sure the playback is in synchronization with the timecoded transcript You may have to adjust timecodes as necessary After you have checked the DVT for proper synchronization it can be exported i lore Inf
126. resulte carefully bo entua na To eat cik OK Results The operation was compleled succeasstuly 6 Review the export results carefully to ensure that no errors were encountered 7 Click OK to exit the export process lore Information Timecoding EE porting to a TrialPro Post Production Timestamp File 569 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual TimeCoder can export a Digital Video Transcript to the TrialPro pts file format To export to a Post Production Timestamp pts file 1 Open a Digital Video Transcript 2 Select Export to Trialpro TM Post Production Time Stamp file pts from the File menu Export to TrialPro TM Post production Time Stamp file This wierd val help you to export a Digtal Video Traricapl to a Tiaro TH Post produchon Tine Stamp pts He Pease enter a path and fiers foe the espoded rans To continue chek Hed Export toma cick Cancel Transcript Select the transcopt path and filename CAE sports MPO 21 95 pts 3 Enter a destination folder and filename for the pts file or click Browse to navigate to the desired path and filename a If you click Browse the following window appears Save Traracript ds Sr 9 TCP ial Hp De Mp Neo Fae name MESET F a Save atipa AGI Trenmonpd pes b Select the desired destination folder and type a name for the pts file in the File Name field Click Save to save the selection 4 When the desired pat
127. sign and make Li e mame Ghaager iz Ge Paga 1 Line Score Of Repeat the process until all of the marked red lines have been timestamped Z Note The grey colored line indicates a non spoken portion of the Digital Video Transcript The transcript title appearances and certification areas will usually be marked as a grey line These areas are automatically defined during import of the source transcript and do not need to be timecoded Using Extrapolate Timecodes Function TimeCoder has an Extrapolate Timecodes function that will automatically fill gaps between timecoded lines This feature is handy for automatically populating missing timecodes However this feature should only be used when there are 1 2 line gaps between timecodes Attempting to extrapolate a Digital Video Transcript with large blocks of un timestamped lines will result in poor synchronization during playback lore Information TimeCoder 544 Tools Exporting Transcripts MN rimecoder Exporting a Digital Video Transcript After a DVT has been synchronized by timecoding the transcript it can be exported to a number of formats Click the links below to learn more about each export format Topics Export to a TrialDirector Case File cms Export an OpenDVT XML File xml Export TimeCoder Multimedia List File tml Export Transcript to ASCII Format txt Export Transcript to AMICUS Format ami trn Export to
128. submitted 22 to GFG I D BSC B E amp i Em Transcript Highlight Srollbar can be used to Moves in Synch with Scroll the Text Manually Audio Video Clip during Audio video Pause If you make zone 1 active before opening the DVT clip using the z1 command the transcript will appear in zone 1 while the multimedia will continue to appear in zone 6 This leaves zone 8 available for documents or photos When using the multimedia controls to jump to different positions in the multimedia the transcript text is automatically repositioned when play is resumed Z Note See Multimedia Control Box for information on using the multimedia controls Enable Closed Captioning To enable closed captioning enter the closed captioning command CC The transcription will appear at the bottom of the video as shown below 461 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual Ala 0 Since Mr Ball s deposilion was taken i have you gone back and reviewed any of the monthly s financial statements from Chem Lig that were submitted ie a A Closed Captioning Enter the closed captioning command again to disable closed captioning Advance Clip Segments To manually advance segments when presenting a clip press Shift F12 Current Segment Number cn e E a Since Mr Ball s deposition was taken have you gone back and reviewed any of the monthly financial statements from Chem Lig that were submitted _ _ Use the arrow buttons
129. target wmv file with a resolution of 352x288 a video bitrate of 768Kbps and an audio bitrate of 64Kbps Z Note Use Transcript Manager to create individual media files wmv from synchronized DVT Clips Pause Export Allows you to permanently apply all markups to the Process Between exported image files If you are providing the exported New Volume volume to opposing counsel you may not want them Creation to be able to remove the markups 10 After the export options have been set click Next to continue The following dialog will appear Select Export Destination Folder Export Folder items l You map ako choom anos image options for pour apat hor the selections below a Esport Document Images to Mulipsge T l foma Apply all Makups permanently lo exporbed images Concert all Highbohl markups bo redactions i E B Brand Images with 11 Set the export options as desired Descriptions of the options are shown below Image Options Option Description Export to Multi Allows you to convert all exported multi page page Tiff Format documents into multi page TIFFs If you do not select 137 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual this option all multi page documents will be split into single page documents Apply All Allows you to permanently apply all markups to the Markups exported image files If you are providing the exported Permanently to volume to opposing counsel you may not want them Exported
130. the PDF file will include the Redacted box wherever you used the Highlighter tool on the original images Click OK to begin the export process The PDF export process may take a while depending on the number of pages being processed When the confirmation box appears indicating the file name and location click OK More Information Exporting Selected Items to Adobe PDF Printing from the Document Manager 245 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual remove Items from a Case 1 To remove items from a case click on the item s to select them 2 Select Remove Selected Item s from the Documents menu A warning message will appear requesting that you confirm the removal 3 Click Yes to remove the item s from the case or No to cancel the removal qe 4 Note Removing items from a case will not delete the source files from your computer More Information Exhibit Management Manage Cases MN rooIbar The Document Manager toolbar allows quick access to many menu functions The Toolbar includes subsections The Standard Toolbar Add Items Toolbar Quick Find toolbar Certain portions of the Document Manager toolbar may be unavailable the icons appear dimmed depending on the type of document you are viewing For example the multimedia related buttons are unavailable when a scanned image is displayed Standard Toolbar a 2 a New Case Open Case Print Find i E 246 Find Next Show or Hide Case
131. the appropriate case directory e g Case0000 You will need to create the Scripts folder manually if you plan to use scripts as shown in the figure below Cases 5 CASEDODO 3 Scripts Save the script file in the Scripts folder as a text only file with an scr extension For example to save a script to be used with the Demonstration Case create the script in a text editor and then save it as a text only file named ScriptO1 scr in the Scripts folder within the Case0000 directory 909 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual lore Information Control the Presentation Display Scripts Me xecute a Script After the script file has been created and saved in the appropriate case directory you can execute the script by opening Presentation mode and typing the filename of the script excluding the extension followed by the Enter key For example to execute a script that was saved as Script01 SCR type Script01 and then press Enter To manually execute the next step of a script enter the Step Script command SS and press Enter or just press the Spacebar When TrialDirector reaches the end of a script it will start the script over again You can interrupt the script at any time by manually entering commands The script will pick up where it left off when you step the script or wait long enough for the pause time to expire in the script ur A Note When you interrupt a script remember that the script is
132. the case Click Close to return to CaseMap File Viewers Default Viewer for Case Trialbrector 5 TrialDirector 5 Windows Files 10 This TrialDirector icon is now associated with the CaseMap items KE Now it is imperative to set the CaseMap Linked File field to reflect the Item ID of the TrialDirector record and NOT the actual path to the file When using DDE to show an image in TrialDirector the Item ID is used to display the image and NOT the path 120 11 Application Integration and filename of that image For example a CaseMap Linked File entry of DEMOO0O0O071 will properly display the image assuming it is loaded into the current TrialDirector case while entering the complete path to the image E 1Sample Data Docs 001 DEMO00071 TIF will NOT display the image in TrialDirector Correct Linked File Entry E DEMOOO07 1 TrialDirector 5 Incorrect Linked File Entry E E Sample Data Docs 001 DEMO00071 tif TrialDirector 5 Next ensure that the CaseMap items properly match the Item IDs within the current TrialDirector case Once this step is complete select the CaseMap record you want to view and use the F9 key to display the image in TrialDirector Note If you use the sample CaseMap case that corresponds to the TrialDirector 5 Sample Case then the Default Image Viewer is already configured and all of the CaseMap records reflect the corresponding TrialDirector Item ID 121 Case Library The Case Library
133. the entire transcript associated with the open DVT as shown in the figure below Traraci t Segment Ector Search Dixon Bocky vol 01 097101997 EXAMTIRATION BY AR LASSITER Ms D xon 1 would now like to show you some document and I m going to ask you a few questions about Could you please take a look st Exhibit 02001 that s before you right now A Okay Have you ever seen this document before A fio bo you reecognize the signature at the bottom of this page A Yes O bo Fou recall discussing your husband s application for life insurance with Ar Robert Wilson Aa Yes And that occurred on November 10 of 1535 didn t it Tes 1 believe that s the date bid Mr Wilson show you this document at the time that you discussed it with him on November Leth A No I don t believe he did bid your husband ever tell you that he hed submitted an application for life insurance with Providential Life Insurance Company A No he never did When was the first time that you became aware of this document s existence A Of this document s existence Yes I m ceferring to Exhibit 020015 when ay lawyer showed it to me After the case vas commenced Yes a Can I ask you to take a look at a document that we marked as EX03001 and ask you if you have ever seen this document before ii Yee T there Segment Editor Tab The Segment Editor tab displays the Waveform Editor whi
134. the text slide the bar to the right to advance it The units are in milliseconds Display Mode Override This option allows you to override the setting in the Display Option field on the DVT tab Select No Override to keep the settings on the DVT tab or select Video Text Text Only or Video Only to set the display mode for all Digital Video Transcripts Transcript Text Properties This option determines the font used when displaying transcript text Click the Font button to select the font see Customize Transcript Appearance This option determines the transcript font size Click the Font button to customize the font This option allows you to set the line spacing for DVT transcripts when they are presented When this option is enabled a yellow bar will highlight the speaker s words on the scrolling transcript Closed Captions When this option is enabled the associated transcript text appears when you present a video deposition Display closed captioning underneath the deponent s video or on top of the video to save screen space This option displays the transcript text on top of the video to save screen space This option displays the transcript text below the video Synchronized DVT Exhibits When this option is enabled with Show Exhibit Video selected exhibit attachments will appear in zone 1 and the DVT video will move from zone 9 to zone 6 during full screen playback in Presentation mode I
135. the video to save screen space More Information Data Grid Viewer To sort your case data based on specific fields or to quickly edit item information take advantage of the new Data Grid Viewer in TrialDirector The grid offers a new way to view and manage your case documents in addition to Case Explorer Fans of the older TrialDirector v4 5 interface will love this new feature More Information 13 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual Automatic Synchronization of Coded Data Now when you edit certain case data such as the Trial Exhibit No from either the Case Library or the Coding tabs the changes are made in both locations More Information Check for Updates Ensuring you have the latest updates to TrialDirector is even easier Simply select Check for Updates from the Help menu and the program automatically checks for updates If an update is available the program walks you through simple installation More Information TrialDirector v5 1 14 Presentation Preview Now you can easily preview your exhibits and any corresponding annotations or treatments BEFORE showing them live in the Presentation Mode It s like having a practice swing in the batter s box before stepping up to the plate Designation Clip Creation TrialDirector already allows you to issue code transcripts using case issues or designations In Version 5 1 you can also automatically create video clips from any issue codes applied to your transcripts Vista C
136. til EE if Li Pa HEMON DEMODIES DEMIS DEMODOOSS 8 23 1964 Leii CEMCOOOS 30152007 Latim David Eray fir F al ay el TrialDirector Document Manager A Click Yes to send the selected results to the current workbook More Information Coding Database Me port Coding Data 401 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual Coding information from TrialDirector can be exported for use with third party programs such as CT Summation iBlaze To export TrialDirector coding data follow the steps below 1 Select Export Coding Data to file from the Coding menu The following screen appears Export 68 Documents 2 Select the fields from those fields listed on the left hand side Click the arrow button E move the database field you wish to export from the left column to the right column The following would be an example of fields you could select Export AS 3 Click Export to continue The following screen appears 402 Coding Save Eoport Pile as Samaje E Trae Oc En 4 0ce Y SMITH Hy Hecera Dosurnenti G Detkiap i hy Computes a Fide pa MyHetrork Esa AN Fie 4 Select a file name and click Save to complete the export process More Information Coding Database remove Selected Results Unwanted coding records can be removed from the database by first selecting the records Either l Press Delete on the keyboard or use the
137. to advance to the next segment or rewind to the previous segment 462 Customize Transcript Appearance Presentation 1 To customize the appearance of the transcript select Presentation Options from the View menu 2 Select the Multimedia DVT tab to display the Transcript Properties as shown in the figure below Presentation Preferences General Zones images Mutimeda DVT Appearance Tool Preferences Presentation Play Options Stal mode Play Video at Stat Stop mode Fade Wideo at End Segment End Adjustment ms i E i i i a e End E mber 0 End Labor Serolling Test Highlight Adjustment ma Display Mode Override video amp Test Change the Font To change the font click the Font button Font O Bookman Old Style O Cantuy Gothic O Comic Sar MS Tranacopl Properties Font PAR Font Size ep EEES me Spacing 15 e Scroling Highieght he Closed Caption On Fade between segment of DWT clip Fa Showy segment tt in Video window Allow Global Keyword Extabats FT Allow Synched Exhibits during 463 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual Change the font font style and font size as desired and click OK to save the changes or Cancel to abandon the changes Change the Line Spacing To change the line spacing of a transcript set the Line Spacing option to SINGLE 1 5 or DOUBLE lore Information Zones MN presentation Mode View Native
138. to remove and click Remove TrialDirector Microsoft Word Are you sure vou would like to remove this Add In No 370 Transcript Manager 3 Click Yes to remove the Add In from the Tools menu or No to cancel the deletion If you click Yes the Application will no longer appear on the Tools tab 4 Click Apply to save changes and exit More Information Options rin to a File In addition to hard copy printing Transcript Manager can output files to Adobe Acrobat Microsoft Word HTML or plain text formats Depending on the output type selected you can print case reports or transcripts to files 1 From the File menu select Print to File then select your desired format TrialDirector Spartacus v Rome i5partacus v RomeSpartacus Edit wiew Transcripts Clips Multimedia Create a Wew Case Ctri h Open a Case Chrl 0 Case Databases Transcript Segment Editor Search There is no Transcript currently opi Page Setup E Print Preview Print to File TA Portable Document Format pdf a Print Ctrl P ry Microsoft Word Document doc X Remove Casels Chrl R HyperText Markup Language hero Exit ctro E ASCII Text File txt 2 A print dialog opens indicating your selected file type You can specify the file name and path by editing directly in the display field or by browsing to a desired location 371 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual
139. to the Case Explorer If you click Yes the following file will open in the Notepad window E memoadd log Notepad File Edt Format View Help AEXHOOLA Amemo 14 AEMHOO2A Amemo A The memoadd log file keeps track of all the memos that could not be added to the case due to missing Item IDs This file is saved in the TrialDirector folder i e the folder where TrialDirector is installed which is usually C Program Files inData TrialDirector Any time Item IDs cannot be found during the memo loading process TrialDirector will copy the associated lines from the batch file to the memoadd log file 4 Click on the X in the upper right corner of the Notepad window to close the window The memos are now attached to the appropriate case items 216 Document Manager ur rd Re Index Memos Note Memos cannot be attached to Digital Video Transcripts If for some reason the application was closed without shutting down properly you may need to re index the memos to refresh the database so that you can view the memos properly To re index the memos paa Select View Item Memo from the Item menu 2 When the Memo window appears choose Re Index All Memos from the File menu in the Memo window 3 When TrialDirector finishes refreshing the database close the Memo window by clicking the X in the upper right corner or choosing Close from the File menu More Information Exhibit Management Mi workino with I
140. to the clipboard so that they can be pasted on the same or other images To copy a markup to the clipboard select the markup with the Selection tool right click and select Cut or Copy from the drop down menu If you select Cut the original markup will be deleted If you select Copy the original markup will remain in place To paste a markup from the clipboard right click on the target image and select Paste from the drop down menu The markup will be pasted in the same position as the original markup Remove Markups Follow these steps to remove an annotation or markup 1 Choose the Selection tool from the Annotation Toolbox 2 Click on the markup you want to remove Handles appear to indicate it is selected 3 Press the Delete key or right click and select Delete from the drop down menu To delete multiple markups at the same time use the Selection tool to click and drag a rectangle around all of the markups you want to delete All markups that are completely within the area of the rectangle become selected and will be deleted when you press the Delete key or right click and select Delete from the drop down menu Save Markups Markups must be saved in order for them to appear the next time the image is displayed on the Image tab or loaded in Presentation mode To save the markups press the Save button on the Annotation Toolbox 209 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual ShiFk Ctrl 5 al Save as Mew Revision Shift Ctrl P
141. will be exported from Concordance as shown above Click Next to continue The following screen will appear Unload Wizard Fimitch if Es xj Chick on the Finish button below bo Hat exporting your data lo a delimited ASCII Fike rca Documents 0 9 Click Finish to begin exporting the Concordance data to a delimited ASCII file The coding file is now ready for import into TrialDirector i nore Information Establishing Link Display Concordance Images Export Concordance Coding Database Fe mport Coding Data From Concordance 68 Application Integration Concordance has the ability to export coded documents as delimited ASCII text Once coding data has been exported via Concordance s Export Wizard it can be imported into TrialDirector Follow the directions below to import coding information into TrialDirector 1 Click on the Coding menu in TrialDirector and select Import Coding Data TrialDirector will prompt you to browse to the comma delimited file to import Select the file to import and click Open to proceed The following screen will appear 7 Database Import irom File E Be File Heth msiched ho Cotes El _ toe Ch HSCHAMES FROM TrialDirector Coding Import Dialog You do not have to import all of the file fields from the Concordance file Z Note The Import File Fields displayed during import depend upon the fields exported from the Concordance databa
142. you can navigate between items using the Page Up and Page Down keys What do you want to do Work with Images Work with Multimedia Files View Native Format OLE Files Pea Wworking with Workbooks Topics Create a New Workbook Move Items Into a Workbook 129 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual Sort Workbook Contents Rearrange Workbook Contents Rename a Workbook Print Workbook Contents Export Workbook Contents to a Script File Export Workbook Contents to a Volume Apply Current Label to Workbook Items Remove a Workbook In addition to organizing case exhibits using the Document Manager and Transcript Manager Tabs TrialDirector provides a Workbooks tool that allows you to organize and relate specific groups of items such as documents or clips related to a particular witness or issue Note that adding an item to a workbook does not remove it from the Document Manager or Transcript Manager it simply manages a copy to aid in your trial organization By default TrialDirector creates three workbooks for each case Search Results Trial Exhibits and Witnesses You can rename these workbooks as desired and can create as many additional workbooks as necessary In addition during trial when documents or clips are admitted in the presentation mode an Admitted workbook is automatically created Within the Admitted workbook a sub workbook is created and labeled by date for each day of trial if exhibits
143. zone 1 and the second item will be displayed in zone 2 Continue moving items from right to left successively by typing additional Item IDs or scanning additional barcodes If the current item in the active zone zone 2 is part of a multiple page document you can move successive pages of the document from right to left by pressing Page Down or scanning the Page Down barcode Horizontal Split Move Items Top to Bottom The horizontal split is best suited for landscape images and other items that have greater width than length because of the shape of zones 3 and 4 To move items from top to bottom use Add Zone Mode to load successive items into zone 3 The following is a detailed description of the process From a blank display load an item into zone 3 by pressing F3 and then typing the Item ID or scanning the appropriate barcode 442 Presentation First Item is Displayed in Zone 3 IO ME aaa Then load another item into zone 3 by typing the Item ID or scanning the appropriate barcode The first item loaded into zone 3 will then be moved into zone 4 and the second item will be displayed in zone 3 Second Item is Displayed in Zone 3 D BAIC B EAN First Item Moves to Zone 4 Continue moving items from top to bottom successively by typing additional Item IDs or scanning additional barcodes 443 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual If the current item in the active zone zone 3 is part of a multiple page
144. 00 00 1998 104 Fhoto of slide repair and slope er 63 BK000106 09 20 1996 106 Supplemental soils report for 64 BKO00111 01 25 1999 107 Landslide Repair Observations ee SGD00057 02 19 1999 109 Handwritten drawing by defense 67 BK000115 06 09 1997 110 Supplemental soils report 09700 1995 111 Orginal Soils Report mad ll ll fed fod md 1 2 Gl O O mm mm ca A Cc CC E 73 m Oo an A O o a am A o fa 92 cn ra a al a al Pu a cd oc E A 525 O a oc o mom dry hem af 98 co 00 OA ct DI D D Ph 0810 1998 122 Declaration by Morris that Ring LA 03718 1996 123 Letter to town planner from Civil 03700 1996 124 Marked up original drainage and 09151995 125 Summary report of field notes by 09 25 1996 ler Original grading and drainage 0820 1997 126 Drawing of slope grade after 01725 1996 129 Review of project site plans 0819985 130 Letter from Thomas to Morris 09251996 131 Original grading and drainage el rf 2 When the documents that you want to send to TrialDirector are marked right click on any row number and select either Send Marked Summaries to TrialDirector Workbook or Send Unmarked Summaries to TrialDirector Workbook as appropriate 95 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual v UnMark Summary Mark Extended Selection UnMark All Mark as HotFact nia Information eplace ocrBase Document Copy t to
145. 06 09 56 05 More Information Filter Case Explorer by File Type View Case Items Mi bocument Manager Options Topics General Settings Images Settings Media Clips Native File Docs To open the Options window select Options from the View menu General Settings The General tab within the Document Manager Options window allows you to set the general options for Document Manager 171 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual Document Manager Options iw Open last Cane af lalo Aumaia chow cunend ten when saling Presentahon Mode f Enable Mera C ck Sounds Allows Open last Case at Start up to be set Allows you to automatically show current item when starting Presentation mode When this option is selected the current item is automatically displayed when you launch the Presentation mode Allows Enable Menu Click Sounds to be set Images Settings The Images tab of the Document Manager Options window allows you to set the image viewing options General Images Meda Cips Native Fie Docs R Auba Color Palette Mode RE AriAka Bleck and White Images Keep Zoom Slate When Change Images Redaction Style Printing and Export 7 Al Redaction shoud be le Show Borders f Label as Recached C Show Borders Only Do Mot Fl Fedactons Allows the Auto Color Palette Mode to be set Allows the Anti Alias Black and White Images to be set Allows the Zoom setting to stay the same when
146. 1 Entire Document 0000000 All Selected Items All Documents Print List File O All eros from All Folders Description This option prints the item that is currently selected in the Case Explorer This option prints the document that is currently active in the Case Explorer This option prints all items currently selected in the Case Explorer see Select Items This option prints all items on the selected tab documents photos or folder contents Z Note The Print window will offer the option to print All Documents All Photos or Folder folder name depending on which item type tab is currently active This option prints all documents or page ranges listed in a previously generated print list file see the sample Print List File in Appendix A Click the Browse button next to this option to select the list file from which you would like to print 243 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual More Information Exhibit Management EE porting Selected I tems to Adobe PDF You can use Document Manager to export documents directly to Adobe PDF Fr d Note Before you use this feature keep the following in mind e A printer driver must be installed on your computer If you do not have a physical printer to connect to install any of the printer drivers built in with Windows Control Panel gt Printers and Faxes or install a virtual PDF printer application such as CutePD e Creating a PDF file fr
147. 1 Open the timecoded DVT 2 Select Export To OpenDVT TM XML File xml from the File menu Export to Open WT XML file Thi vazad vall helo pou do epod a Dial Videp Transcrp bo an Open ML som He Y Please enter a path and Hename for the exported fil Digital Video To conbnue cick Mex Transcript To esd chek Cancel Select the DpenDWT path and ieran ic WEsportiMP072195 seri 3 Enter a destination path and filename for the xml file or click Browse to navigate to the desired path and filename a If you click Browse the following window appears My Habas Fie nans Pirates sare Places Saw ai hee Doentiy t ML File ari b Select the desired destination folder and type a name for the xml file in the File Name field Click Save to save the selection 4 When the desired path and filename are selected click NEXT 948 Tools Export lo Ope ADVT XAL file The perDYT ML file vell now be exporded This peovess could Lake a lew moments depending on the sus of the deposition hanson To began he serpol process cick Export To backup cick Back or lo eat cick Cancel 5 Click Export to begin exporting the OpenDVT XML file When the progress bar reaches the end the export is complete Export to OpenDVT XML file The OpenDVT ML file hos beer exported aA Presse review the export rest careful to ensure no e VAATES reso End To mat cick OF Finished Flesuls 6 Review t
148. 1 To create a new DVT select Create a New Digital Video Transcript from the File menu The following dialog will appear 931 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual Create a Now Metal Video Transcript Tha vated vel help pou lo crasta a new Digital Video Tramscnol for use wath TimeCoder a To begn please enter a path ond fierame for the lrarmonpl ipo Would koe lo Live aro thes held below To contro chk Net Digital Video To ed chock Cancel Transcript Select a bandit HH Bowe 2 Click Browse to select the deposition transcript you wish to use Click Next to continue The following screen will appear Create a New Digital Video Transcript Need plesse ariei the deponernt name deponbon diste volume number and ny other ivari infonmsbon for Has Cita Video Transcnpt into the heldi below To open and review tre banaonpt chri Edt M Disposibi n infomation Digital Video os Ml Transcript Lect Exh o A CS Dee aer Voume tt i Ea chak Neto Cese 3 Enter the deponent information as shown in the screen above You can use the Other field to include other case or deposition information Click Edit if you wish to view the actual transcript text file Click Next to continue The screen below will appear 532 Tools Create a New Dipital Video Transcript Digital Video Transcript TimeCodas has determined the fellewarey page and ine miomati n fas the spescahend tales Please ve
149. 10 17 824 gt BE 0000000000000000000000000 E CLIP 00 LE 06 5 900 548 100 10 27 100 57 gt O RAS Play Stop Start Tune Tune End Fine Tuning Buttons For Start Frame Setting for Stamp Start of Segment Time Segment Start 00 10 06 900 4 00 10 27 100 4 7 Frame Setting for End of Segment Time Ea AR End Fine Tuning Buttons For End Update Segment Rewind Play Clip Stop Seek to Segment End Record Play Segment Pause Fast Forward Play Seek to Segment Start Play Start End Review e OF M3 MN a a gt Play Stop Start Tune Tune End Stop Fine Tune Start Finish Save 262 Transcript Manager The Frame Position is shown in hours minutes seconds frames hh mm ss ff with 30 frames per second pee i j Note See Appendix E for a detailed description of each Multimedia control i ore Information Options Appendix E MN rranscript Manager Options Topics General Tab Highlight Tab Clip Tab Tools Tab To set the Transcript Manager Options select Options from the View menu TrialhHrector Options General Highight cip Toots General Ophons Automatically mentor Clipboard Play Menu Sound VCR Belresh m kseconds 65 Options for Opening a Digital Video Transcript FT Display Deganizes fh Show nmolationa 7 itua Codes M Show Word Indie M Show Attached E shabets i Syncheonize Digital Video M Show Multimedia Breaks h Synchnor
150. 13 When the process 1s complete a message appears telling you that the subset case has been created successfully Click OK to complete the process Creale Subsel Case from Batch File E The subtat casa has been creaa To eat chock OF Wong ola Hansel y Gretel has been crested You will now be able to open the subset case as you would any other case ee f Note Items in the subset case will not retain memo attachments When the subset case is created a cross reference file is created and stored in the original case folder For example if you create a subset case from the demonstration case Case0000 the cross reference file will be saved as Case0001 XRF where Case0001 is the subset case number in the Case0000 folder More Information Sample Files Subset Case Batch File Exhibit Management Ke Annotations Markups The Image Annotation Tools are available if the item type is an imaged document or photograph Use the tools to draw arrows lines circles rectangles and other markups Although you can annotate images on the fly in Presentation mode pre treating images enables you to save the annotations and load annotated images quickly in Presentation mode To open the Annotation Toolbox do one of the following Click the Ei button on the Toolbar 197 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual Select Show Image Annotation Toolbar from the Documents menu Click to Open or Close the Tear o
151. 2 Last page contara mie numbers d Note Page and Line Information Note that TrialDirector is detecting the first page containing line numbers not the absolute first page of the transcript For example the title page of a transcript may not contain line numbers In that instance TrialDirector would detect the first page containing line numbers as Page 2 The page numbers of the imported transcript are designed to be consistent with the original 5 Click Edit to view the transcript if necessary as described above When the information is correct click Next to continue Import Transcript The new harmon wll now be impaled bated on the r omabon oven ih This process could take a lew moments depending on the sos and fcemat of the selected tronmonpi To begin the creation process click Import Working i To backup chek Back of bo coat cick Cancel Progress 6 Click Import to begin importing the transcript If any of the deposition information is missing the IMPORT button will not be available Click the Back button twice to return to the deposition information page and enter the appropriate information 7 When the progress bar reaches the end click Next to continue 323 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual Import Transcript The new ranaig has been impated Ye Plsate review the impor results careful bo ensure no ere venen E 7 To eat cick OE Finished To mpat another ranci cick A
152. 26 Presentation EVEN LOG aria a oa 426 DISPIay ON SEO iaa tia ina ds iras 427 ZONES SUN do o dis 428 OLE ODJect ZONE WINDOWS 1 ASA 429 Zone THCAGE S caos 429 Default Zone Mode cora ad a 429 Generali aci oo iia 429 IMAGES oeli errea toronto ebro aa ae arara 430 IMage DISplay Controlar ia dia 430 REdACHON DIS id Ada 431 SMAD NO St aia 431 Multimedia DVT Settings aaa 431 Presentation BACKOlOUN da A e 434 TOO tere nte asa tl A aa 435 A E NS ee 436 What do YOU Want tOdO dio 436 ZONES a a Z sida tia ias 437 ZONES SANG A O 437 ZONES o O AMO O aaa 438 LON Nos 439 o A A AAA 439 Vertical Split Mov tems Leto Als e liado 440 Vertical Split Move Items Right to Left 2 czescatadecanet ir alice bidewandidendd ehdediacd daa endtaad 442 Horizontal Split Move Items Top to BOOM a A ia Meaveneeeevans 442 Horizontal Split Move Items Bottom to Top cccccccec cece ee eeeseesee rr rr Ena a 444 Introduction Move Items Through the Quadrants ni E A A a E eas 444 What do OU want tod Ort oda oidos e AnS 453 Switch Between Image Native View PDFS Only cc cece eee e cece cece ence eee e eee eeeeeeeneeeeenennenes 455 The Multimedia Control BOX isaac 459 Enable Closed Captioning sis A Guin cads E i en eae 461 Advance Clip SCOMENS a2 sataccce vies IA ad 462 Gusiomize Transcript Appear Ce ais o ii otf a a a a saws a a eet 463 Cande Ne FON bre sotesarsrdalelorerd irreal rbd tre 463 Change thie Line SpaCinG wiuceic
153. 300 00 H Fahl io ear A SB 103132 155 ra y AE Gh HE Sees P N A Parar Fe remi BLE T A A BAT E rakal II A E R Si GEE g Pie ed A raria Hl E rel LO minna e E 14615 Transcript Manager 37 7 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual Issue Codes Report Summary When selecting the Issue Codes Report Summary option you also have the ability to print it with a Cover Page Page Headers and Footer You can also choose to have the report cover all transcripts selected transcripts a single transcript and or a specific date range The issues in the report can be grouped by transcript or issue and can be sorted by name or date This report will list all issue codes the DVTs they relate to and the pertinent page line references The Cover Page will display the case name and the date and time it is printed If you have chosen to print a footer your footer will also appear 3 8 Pimen Hara ho coke Latas lat 3500 Saus Ready Type HP Color Lasesdet 3500 Where hpcolorLaserlel3500 Comment Print What E Issue Codes Report Summary Options 5 Port vith Cover Page hf Port with Page Headers Inchide AN Issues Group by Taree fest O bee fet Salt by Hame C Dale Footer CONFIDENTIAL Al Transenpts P Cunt Traean f Dale Range Fre paname Te 04 04 2006 e Copies on cmn Transcript Manager Cao brad mn y Roper Tapar Ap
154. 4 Exporting a Workbook to Adobe PDF Printing from the Document Manager Document Manager Selected Case Items Tagging EE porting a Workbook to Adobe PDF You can export the contents of a workbook to a single PDF file using the Make PDF file from Selected Workbook feature GEO Note Before you use this feature keep the following in mind e A printer driver must be installed on your computer If you do not have a physical printer to connect to install any of the printer drivers built in with Windows Control Panel gt Printers and Faxes or install a virtual PDF printer application such as CutePD e If the workbook contains a Microsoft PowerPoint Excel or Word native document a print placeholder will appear in its place within the PDF file e If the workbook contains video transcript clips they will not be included in the PDF In the Case Library select a workbook in the Workbook Explorer area Right click on the workbook itself not one of the items within it and select Make PDF file from Selected Workbook In the dialog box that opens either enter a file path and name or click Browse to navigate to a location and specify a file name To include any annotations markups that you have added and saved to items in the workbook select Apply All Markups Permanently to Exported I mages If you selected the previous option you can also select Convert all Highlight markups to redactions if needed The images in
155. A Make POF file From Selected Itery ia Print selected Item s View Item Memo view J Edt Full Text of this fage A Insert Page Insert Document Break X Remove selected Item s Batch Field Fil Selected Items The selected page DEMO00054 02 is now set as Page 1 of a new document The page numbering is reset as shown below and the remaining pages of the original document are now established as child objects of the new document 5 Cheese v Crackers 2h E Documents CO gp 1 HERARCHAL FLOW C Leah 18 TEMIZED CHART O gy 24 INTERSECTION DA C 1h 7 STEP PROCESS 7 ig 8_SHOULDER SURGE C Sil bemooo0s3 EF DEMOOO0S3 GT DEMOOO054 01 10 C DEMO00054 01 y EM GOO0S4 0 O 1 bemooo0s54 02 DD DEMooo0s4 03 Fl 1 DEMooons4 04 C 1 DEMO0On54 05 C E FLOWERDISEASE Remove Document Break To remove a document break 1 Select Page 1 of the document you wish to merge with the previous document 192 Document Manager 2 Right click and choose Remove Document Break from the shortcut menu as shown below Do not right click directly on the desired page click off to the side in the Case Explorer panel Cheese v Crackers Documents C 4 1 HERARCHAL FLOW C gy 18_MEMIZED CHART a C 19 24_INTERSECTION DI C 14 7_STEP PROCESS C 19 8_SHOULDER SURGE 0 G Demo00053 F DEMOCOOOS3 9 DEMOOD0S4 01 FT DEMOCOOOS54 01 B Send
156. A A e e TAPA e o ari ee Bi a ee 1 MEE CER NIDO TE AA SAA dl A PAL ic AA PA A AA Se iama Ge A rl ee Pr e A a oe T eee eds ll A e A A e er o ee al ar o a A la e a e ed d la mea Cl ALA a PET a A a TT a a dd is li PEN dl PA E a em laa cd e A Mo Mi L ee dio e is a Fa BA PE A IS a oe O a A A T aa Creating and Organizing Your Case Creating a Case The first step in trial presentation is to create a case in TrialDirector 1 Click on the tool on the toolbar OR open the File menu and select Create a New Case 2 Either accept the default location shown in the dialog box or browse to the location where the new case will be stored By default TrialDirector creates a Cases folder within the folder that contains the TrialDirector software 24 Getting Started with TrialDirector Create a New Lase This vecald wall assist you in creahng a new TnalDrecios CERA To begn pleste select the denned case lochin fee the ry caie To contras chick He Create a New Case Creale a New Case addtional motes for the new Capa To continue chck Nex To backup cack Back of to esat chock Cancel Create a Descepbor New Case Smthvloes fe Use Case description for directory name Mater number 12345001TD Notes i No 06 397564 Judge Reinhold Trial Date SUELOS Beck Next gt Ta 4 Click Next again If you want you can assign a password and other security to your case See Enabl
157. AIt Delete Note Make sure to have the Num Lock enabled Description Segment Start Frame Advance Segment Start Frame Backup Segment Start Set to Current Time Segment End Frame Advance Segment End Frame Backup Segment End Set to Current Time Seek to Beginning of Segment Seek to End of Segment Play Pause Segment Back 1 Second Advance 1 Second Update Clip Segment Back 1 Frame Advance 1 Frame The layout below represents a typical 10 key pad The clip editing controls are designed to have the segment start keys on the left column of numbers The segment end keys are on the right column of numbers The controlled video playback keys are on the bottom row The segment seek keys are in the middle row of numbers along with the play pause control The segment update uses the larger Enter key for ease of use Num Lock 618 xK 8 9 gt 5 6 2 3 Enter Appendices 0 Del The layout below represents a 10 key pad using the corresponding Transcript Manager VCR Control buttons Num I E Lock E o saan e re e mi o e EA ninin More Information Appendices aprendi H Case Security Privileges Case Management e Create a New Case e Open a Case e Copy Case e Pack Case Database e Repair Case Database e Administer Case Privileges e Remove Cases Selection and Tagging e Select Clear All Tagged Item s 619 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual e Tag Selected Item s e
158. Bii Ao ee CD Bootes TI Fol 01 01221997 C Page 3 22 10 3 24 A bets a dar E wy im ths air ind amp Aral eld pr Fakes Gap lain ta mr hos pos ue ie fan in da dairy treba A Pes bekei up im merken Leh pupa arad with met on D Te Ghib dem da Ghi ee milk sat et the het Teepe ote 2 oth AO a Mb re dre Gets Tame wypiiilly ngiri A On A Sree AAN AA A ashes prin O Ah mut Death mmm E Amehin Jess Vol 01 01 10 1999 Lo Page 2758 08 to 258 13 smibariss of Pondicir bet a ba oe tha AIEA AAA de ad rr A ira sl Bard aiigets tha bere rotonda mi gbi bren iby Be FEROZ Gf pew wed rir que yr Tippa bio w jha Fade ma Da pool a Buble FTL i Thia ce Cleve dora metea Ihat A Rada in Hay of 155 om tha fimt papa da DAL ee eT fi iam Ae cta tapy Le papy da das Trewin 0 Harting Train the Trairar What derr train hs Tee an gt Diron Becky Vol O1 091011997 Ll Page 2 23 to 3001 EE whip Jiru pE EE A Taos 1 de fi a Phat ie She siqrilictar r of thir deco rat Ped le s reja 1 a akg ed ia ra Licda Detailed Issue Code Report Sample Case Clip s Report Summary When selecting the Case Clip s Report Summary you have the option to print it with a Cover Page Page Headers the Virtual Clip 1D and Footer 380 Transcript Manager This report will list all DVTs Clip IDs Clip Descriptions Clip Duration Segments and Clip Barcodes The Cover Page will display the case name and the date and time it i
159. CAS ample Dota Doos 001 mo eros 2 In the Enter Starting Directory Path field specify the file folder that you would like to verify A default Error Log location will be specified for you but you can change it if desired 3 Click Analyze The mageSleuth utility will open each file in the specified directory to verify that it is a correctly formatted tif file Each file will briefly display in the document window during this process 4 When the analysis is complete a completion dialog will appear If errors are detected open the log file to identify the affected files Image Sleuth Inspection is complete 0 error s were Found and logged Would you like to view the error log at this time i Mo TimeCoder Pei imecoding Timecoding a transcript is synchronizing the ASCII transcript to the multimedia file by setting time stamps on each line of the transcript This allows synchronized playback of video files and an accompanying transcript 527 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual TrialDirector includes a simple timecoding tool TimeCoder which is very effective for small jobs If you will be performing a large amount of timecoding we recommend that you obtain a copy of inData s TimeCoder Pro Timecoder Pro automates the process of timecoding as well as performing the synchronization as much as 20 times faster than realtime ew A Note Before beginning the timecoding process ensure that the appropriate DVT has bee
160. Case Organizer Tab To Do Copy Marks to Case Organizer Send All Summaries to TrialDirector Workbook Send Marked Summaries to TrialDirector Workbook Send Un Marked Summaries to TrialDirector Workbook Add Item nen to id Display Image e in Trial irec or 3 Switch to TrialDirector by clicking on the TrialDirector button in the status bar Add Blaze Summanes to Folder i xj To add the Blaze Summanes cick Add Add Items TO e amp t without adding cick Cancel To add Blaze Summanes to a DocumentDirector Folder please create a new Fodder on select an easing Folder below Folder e Create anew Folder Opening Argumerd kE W F P y y A i e r e E e 4 Either add a new Workbook by entering a name in the Create a new Workbook dialog box or click on the drop down arrow to Select an Existing Workbook Click Add The items you selected are now added to the Workbook Adding a Single Enterprise iBlaze Document to TrialDirector 1 Select the document summary in iBlaze that you wish to send to TrialDirector 2 Right click on the row number for that summary and select Add Item I mage s to TrialDirector 96 Application Integration v UnMark Summary Mark Extended Selection UnMark All Mark as HotFact Edit Image Information Replace O Dase Document Copy to Case Organizer Tab To Do Copy Marks to Case Organizer Send All Summaries to TrialDirector Workbook Send Marked S
161. Click and hold to move quickly Pause This button pauses the multimedia stream Play This button begins multimedia stream playback from the current position y RECORD Appendices Play 2x This button plays the multimedia stream at twice normal speed Record This button allows you to enter or exit Edit Record Mode and display additional multimedia controls Rewind This button to rewinds the multimedia stream Click and hold to rewind continuously Seek to End This button moves you to the end of the multimedia stream Seek to Start This button moves you to the start of the multimedia stream Stamp Segment Start and End This button sets the beginning or ending segment time to the current frame position Slider Bar The slider bar indicates the current position of the multimedia stream Use the mouse or light pen to slide the bar to another location in the multimedia stream Slow Motion This button reduces the playback speed of the multimedia stream Status I ndicator The status indicator displays the current multimedia mode play pause record or stop Stop This button stops the multimedia stream Super Slow Motion This button reduces the multimedia stream playback speed to less than regular slow motion 615 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual ES Update Segment While in Edit Record Mode this button allows you to save any changes to the segment start and segment end settings f
162. Decoreto Jen R vel 01 20720 3 tak a E Frase Peter J vel 01 031500 aj fig EE Poi Wachee gvel 64 072111999 is EE Poll Michael pd On 072111968 6 ay ES Winci sr Thema A AG vel 01 0 7 A 10 O nod will you cesd the leer Attached aa 11 Exhibic 18 Tae a sinute fo de TAAL E A a vf 44 Getting Started with TrialDirector Printing Issue Code Reports 1 From anywhere in TrialDirector open the File menu and select Print 2 Under Print What click on the drop down arrow and select Issue Codes Report Detailed Tr Printer Status Ready Type HP Laserjet EP Whee USED Commen p Print Wha gt Print Flange E Cate Details Report H es E Curent Transcript Word Index EN p C ar Repjt Deta m L 4 z rf E Care Cip s Report Summary 4 Case Cipi Report Detaled Copes fi 4 3 Customize the Issue Codes Report using any of several settings Group by transcript name or by issue Include all issues or only selected issues Display the related Q amp A pair or only a selected number of lines Print the issues for all transcripts the current transcript selected transcripts or transcript within a specified date range 45 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual Footer CONFIDENTIAL 4 Click Print The report is compiled and printed by TrialDirector Depending on the selections you
163. Director through DDE compatible applications Application Name TrialDirector Topic DDI mage The following is an alphabetized list of DDE Execute Commands or Clipboard Messages that TrialDirector will recognize DI SPLAYI MAGE Item ID Displays the item associated with the specified Item ID Z Note This command is preferable to the showimage command when you are not using CT Summation Enterprise or iBlaze EXIT 607 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual Closes TrialDirector HASI MAGE Item 1D Searches the current case for the specified Item 1D TrialDirector responds with a DDE execute of HASIMAGE FALSE or HASIMAGE TRUE HI DEI MAGE Hides the TrialDirector application window behind other windows When used with the TOPMOST and MOVE commands third party applications can have visual and positioning control of TrialDirector IMAGE UPDATE Item ID Path I mage List File Updates the document associated with the specified ItemID Path I mage List File is a fully qualified path filename to a file that contains information on the item type and Path Filenames for the image files Valid item types are documents indicated with a 1 and photographs indicated with a 2 An example of this information file for a three page document would be ae FR E I mages Test0001 TI F En I mages Test0002 TI F En I mages Test0003 TI F TrialDirector will delete this file after use I MGFI LE Path I mage File
164. E H i Feilir rra a A E yE bekik bi DMD A OEI Pren eE T Pape E Pape E afer rr Te aa a ae Te aLL ye I A Erie A A Ma aa Dram e a Sle ee WELS ME i a MA A O TE DERE MAn A MI II oo demmes a a ee ey Ara E MA ee i Esm yore Gr ke ee ee ee a E TSS eee ee eee ee eE nace aA a ey eee Ta a pa a A E pires 1T ay eee Z mm A e a warm e boer Dar A Jiran MA ee E CA E TEE MM EEE e a A A A ye e id A Er II qf ut HHP ea eee Sa Le ae eee A Te iae mane Dem A a Lei as beprei A A A ihn maye T e ey ee A E Er A A A een g Sa b La s DeL i E pe ae ee oe eee ELL a malmes Dome miy A a pene ae ys A PP EIAk ea ee is yie O e me a p ey Da ee a AA A ga A ra San A oes a Mo SSS ee yes eee oe ee ee ee Gee pore ae ES SSS a ee A SS le eee Seen 1n Se eem eee eee ee Deke ee A A eee IR oer a ee Er oe REEE bmm T eee T PEER ee H ar Lee a ah Te pa a er a A Terry a See Tare pAb ee A MIT E DEE Pena Mugen see AA rage eer m Ler la Em mn Sea De a paa Se jos a Sel Se ry Deri Se Delib A oe g Ial al D sT oer priek T ewi ai EE PETELE MEPE A An EEEL yi AT E Oe ee E PT yar A EF Ta A APT yra re Geen lo poper oo A Sapa ey a eas ee ae al a ES Tas be eee el ae aa ee Dee E ae eee Fue eg em ele REPRE EE SREP EEE b s HEE EEE An example of TrialDirector s printed Word I ndex 112 Transcript Word Index for Jones John J Vol 01 0712111995 Tuesday April
165. EA IMPORT NEW ITE ASBATCH IMPORT NEw This wad Caria bu etl Pinya cake Document ID ot tem to be added na hena Page ID of tem Multimedia Files Lo cortar to be added hase ries In ent chr Gebel the Sale tha E 182 Document Manager The items will be listed under a single Document ID or multiple Document IDs depending on whether you chose to add the items as single page documents or a multiple page document Add Pages to a Queued Document 1 To add an item to a document that has already been queued for import select the target document in the window on the left 2 In the window on the right right click on an item and select Insert Pages Before Page Item ID 3 When the Select Items window appears select the item s you want to add and click Open The items will be inserted into the selected document Rename Queued Items Rename any of the Document IDs or Page IDs before adding the items to the case by right clicking once on the desired page ID to enable edit mode Remove Queued Items To remove a queued document right click the document you want to remove and select Remove from the drop down list To remove a queued page do one of the following n the panel on the left right click the page you want to remove and select Remove from the drop down list Inthe panel on the left select the document that contains the page you want to remove Then in the panel on the right right click
166. Fllename c Sample Data TOS Doce 01 Wemo00063 tit When exhibit files are moved it is necessary to change the path so that TrialDirector can locate them This can be done for individual files or for an entire set of files using the Global Path Editor command Common Tasks arr ooms O O Try something out on a copy of your case i e you think a document could be corrupt and want to try adding it to a dummy case before adding it to your master case Enable someone else in your office to import your case information Tell TrialDirector to look in one or more new locations for all of the files or a batch of files linked in to your case i e the exhibits are in a network folder now instead of on your hard drive Move a few documents not DVTs 152 Use Copy a Case The Copy a Case feature copies the database and all files within the main case folder and subfolders It does not copy files linked in to your case that are stored in other locations such as your My Documents folder or exhibits stored in folders on your network Make Case Load Files Case load files also enable you to import case information into other programs Use Global Path Editor Move the files as you would any files on your computer such as by dragging and dropping between folders Then in TrialDirector right click on each filename and change the Properties to the new Path Filename Case Library Move Digital Video Follow t
167. General Highight Cip Took User Defined Tools Microsoft Word 6 Click Apply to save changes and exit Z Note You can add a nearly unlimited number of additional programs as Tools 369 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual Edit an Application Short Cut To edit an application short cut on the Tools tab 1 From the Transcript Manager open the Options dialog under the View menu 2 Select the application short cut you would like to edit and click Edit Edit Add In This wizard vell help pou to quick manage your Tools information fice the Tool below To cave pour Tool chok OK To eat vathoul saving cick Cancel Enter new Tool descnpiorc Microsoft Word Select Tool path and Hersant m Fides Microsoft Dc OFFICE 110WINW0RD ExEl Browse OF Cancel 3 Edit the tool description if desired The new description will appear as the shortcut name on the Tools menu 4 Edit the path and filename or click Browse to navigate to a different file if desired 5 When the desired description and path are displayed click OK to edit the application shortcut or Cancel to cancel the process If you click OK the Tools tab will reflect the changes 6 Click Apply to save changes and exit Remove an Application Short Cut To remove an application short cut from the Add Ins Menu 1 From the Transcript Manager open the Options dialog under the View menu 2 Select the application short cut you would like
168. ID file as well a If you click Browse the following window appears 575 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual Hrraso Por File Look it ES Depor o E 4 E 072195 per i My Fler ent Documents Ditto Planes Fille of Spec LiveNotel TH Trarsenpt call b Select the desired destination folder and PTF file and click Open 3 When the desired folder and filename are selected click Next import from iveMote TM i VideoNotet 1M files Mest please enter the deponen name deportion date youre number and any other relevan indormaltion lor this a Digia Video Transcript into the elds below To cordra chck Hed Digital Video Transcript 4 Enter the information for the deponent First Name Deponent s first name Middle Initial Deponent s middle initial Last Name Deponent s last name Suffix Suffix appended to deponent s name Examples Jr Sr Esq Date Deposition date Volume Deposition volume number Other Additional information 576 Tools The Deposition Information and Other Information can be enabled or disabled by checking or removing the checkmark from their respective boxes however both cannot be disabled at the same time If you choose to enable the Deposition Information the FIRST LAST DATE and VOLUME fields must be filled in If you choose to enable the Other Information the OTHER field must be filled in 5 When you are finished entering information into the f
169. IT ZE FA FT PGOO1 PG GW PG999 PT VSO VS1 RN or Alt lt RN or Alt gt None Alt Z Escape Shift Insert None None Shift Home Alt G Shift F5 Shift End Shift Backspace Control F7 Control F8 Document Move to first page of previous document Display Previous Case Record Command Move to next record number Display Next Case Record Command Move to previous record number Deskew I mage On Off Used to toggle the auto image Deskew option on or off Enable Rubber band Zooms Exit allows you to exit Presentation Mode pur A Note Using the ESC key to exit Presentation mode will prompt for confirmation The EX and EXIT commands will exit without confirmation Expand Active Zone allows you to enlarge the item in the active zone to fit the entire screen without clearing items in other zones Fade Video On Off Find Text searches for the value entered after this command in the transcript text of the current clip First Page allows you to jump to the first page of a document Goto Page allows you to go to a specific page by typing PG followed by the page number i e PGO51 Grab Window allows you to grab the active zone with all markups and create a new item which will appear on the Photo tab in Document Manager This item can be recalled during the presentation Last Page allows you to jump to the la
170. Images to be able to remove the markups Select this option if you wish to maintain color Convert B amp W markups on B amp W images during export This option is Images with only available is the Apply Markups Permanently to Markups to Color Exported Images option is enabled This option will Images create a 24 bit color TIFF image from B amp W images that contain markups Convert All Highlight Allows you to convert all sections of the images that Markups to were highlighted with the Highlighter tool into Redactions permanent redactions on the exported images During Export Apply Allows you to permanently apply the currently selected Watermark global watermark to all exported images The Pick button allows you to set the global watermark Brand Images This allows you to apply footers to the bottom of all With exported images The default footer is the Document ID followed by the Page Number and then the Item ID If you would like to customize the footer you can add remove or rearrange the components of the footer in the Brand Images With field D Document ID P Item ID N Page Number T Trial Exhibit Number E Exhibit Number DESC Description RECNO Universal Record Number For example if you wanted the Item ID and then the Page Number you would enter P N in the field 138 Case Library 12 When you have finished setting the options click Next Select Export Destinati
171. Ine numbers J Transcript Line numbered page st 11 Import Transcript The new tanccrpt vil now be impceted based on the Tihs pocan Gould take a fire moments depending one ES size and format of the selected transcript To begin the eresbon process chek Import Working de To backup cick Back of to et cick Cancel ee Lk Lr mt kt ier ma a ae E y 7 When the progress bar reaches the end click Next 34 Getting Started with TrialDirector Import Transcript The new banserpl wil now be imparted based on the This process could take a few moments depending on thes ae and formal of the selected transcnpt ae PS E Oe O oe Tra 8 When the transcript import process is complete you can click either OK to return to the Transcript Manager window or you can click Again to load another transcript Import Transcript The new lrarienpt has been imported 1 oy Please review the raped results carefully lo ensure no Y WEIS were pued To et ciek OF Finished To import another transcript cick Again Ress The Folkman depositionis were imputed Fok Michael Vol 01 0721135 9 You will be prompted to index the transcripts This is an important step Without indexing the transcripts you will not be able to search or view the word index of the transcripts you added So click Yes when prompted or click No to index later TrialDirector xx h
172. JFS Sanction Trial Director Transfer note M Transfer pagedline Transfer date Transfer transcript text 2 Select the TrialDirector tab then make sure that the Enable Transfer option is checked Select the Present after transfer option if you would like to automatically playback the LiveNote annotation clip in TrialDirector 11 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual Transfer Options CaseMap JFS Sanction Trial Director i Present after banster 3 Click OK the accept Changes lore Information Presentation Mode Mami Trial Exhibits To send a LiveNote annotation to TrialDirector 1 There are two ways that the annotation can be sent A If you highlight part of a transcript and let go the mouse button the following dialog will appear 78 Application Integration Annotate Issues Note Attachment Video Browse Selected lesuez Transter cancel Heb Select Transfer Transfer Target Select transter target CO CaseMap Sanction e Select TrialDirector and click OK to continue If this is the first time a transfer is performed you will be requested to either select an existing TrialDirector Case or create a new case to associate with LiveNote Either create a new case or select an existing TrialDirector Suite Case 19 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual 80 Associate a TrialDirector Suite Case 3 When rarsienrmo data irom Liehote to the TralDuecior
173. L IWI k Note The stickers are not saved when the exhibit is closed Applying Stickers to an Exhibit 1 Click the Sticker button on the presentation toolbar 2 You can change the stamp by right clicking on it and select one of the six choices available and from which number letter to start from 3 Move the cursor to the point of the exhibit to where you wish to apply the stamp 491 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual Cursor Changes to a Circled Crosshair Indicating the Sticker Tool ls Selected a Sticker Tool Button is Highlighted when its the Selected Tool 4 Click the left mouse button and the sticker will be applied to the exhibit You can click and drag to create a stamp of a larger size or just click to accept the default size First Sticker A Applied 5 After you have applied the first sticker the next sticker that you apply will be next in numerical or alphabetical order depending on the style of sticker that is currently selected The symbol stamps do not increment The stamp you select for example the check mark will just repeat 492 Presentation First Sticker A iaa T Second Sticker B Applied Repositioning Stamps Hold the Shift key down left click on the stamp and then drag to reposition it Removing Stamps Hold the Shift key down right click on the stamp to remove it lore Information Control the Presentation Display Presentation Toolbar Mi remove Markups The R
174. LiveNote VideoNote Format pdf vid Export to Media Player Synchronized Media File smi Export To Sanction II Transcript Database mdb Export To CT Summation Briefcase format file sbf i nore Information TimeCoder Pe rimecoder Exporting to TrialDirector Case File When a synchronized DVT is exported to a TrialDirector Case File a Compound Media Storage cms file is created which can be imported into TrialDirector Follow these steps to export a TrialDirector Case File 1 Open the DVT you want to export 2 Select Export to TrialDirector TM Case file cms from the File menu The following window appears 545 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual 7 Note At any time during the export you may click Back to return to the previous Export to TrialDirector Case File Thos vzad val help pou to epod a Digtal Video Transcspi bo a TnalDuecior Case core He E Please entes the path and filename for the case ie below Remember a TnslDuectos Case cms He can contar mote than one Dipa ideo Trarec pl Digital Video To continue cick Next Transcript Teed cick Cancel Select the CHS path ard Mense CAE spot MPO 21 5 cna export window or Cancel to cancel the export 546 3 Enter a destination folder and filename for the cms or click Browse to navigate to the desired folder and filename If you click Browse the following window appears Save Tramscripl Ae Sa
175. Lp ME O an oe F dl J da de PUR ALAS Eig fo ae de wi de 13 JUEFTIGE La Pla RAOUL L RAVE O01scl100ed TRE policy ne m Gr wri FETA ThT a Jr aj a le n pc l aa El 1 lt 3 7 da o by pion ie Lp ti Le a jajal Term e J th Bs a T Te bom T E o de Fura dad RAVE CECALSE don Know Boy E YE T rk m E Um a ri I F r T i a Lt LERCE EE POLLEY 13 FORCE at Would be din 1a pa disclosure statement 00 24 086 973 gt an 0 1 there s something in the phone r sem a Raa T T chat on relevant ce enetuely ter E ep TEGMENT E k i TOE G Hiie e e mi p E Bay T om ot a 7 J da d a a i e 2 m 1 all e L l Sd din ye da la ca CUESTE ks J ui ida E dd TELEVADE QuE JUEZ To disciose the fact that ther age Ta r5 A L Lom T j m T m E 24 policy den E know I don t see why THAT S T 5 INportant But if you re asking me to guess I de Sea 4 a dF jsme nen akh ms z 125 01 remember 11 you want to put the disclosure stati e 0 ff sees F Im Feat we rr a Aa E cAn LIY pnr Tea reer mr i ee Ey doe gp A hd ba f Bi a Cabo Hij Play Stee Start Tune Tuna sal Tala eet m Hs So ks r El dd ae a Since Mr back and reviewed any of the financial statements i Bal have ygi 1 5 Testimony Exhibll Preview Chem Lig that were submitted to Hal I sean that submitted Lo Gilt Bl E Aa He EXcept Chat A couple minutes ag while I was sitting in this chair before the depos 1
176. Microsoft Word Adobe PDF HTML or TXT files simplifying the process of submitting exhibit lists to the court e Visual Editing of Video Clips TrialDirector 5 s new waveform display shows where speaking begins peaks and ends Using an easy drag and drop technique you can fine tune the clip to add or subtract as much leading or trailing silence as you want e New Options for Video Clips Now you can send simple video clips to e mail or your file system with a simple point and click interface Or send the clip and it s associated transcript to PowerPoint e Import OCR Text from Other Sources TrialDirector has always allowed fast searches for key words in OCR d text Now you can import and index OCR d text from external programs as well and search the results just like any other document within TrialDirector e Easier Re pathing When Moving Files Using the new Global Path Editor you can reconnect files much more quickly when moving cases between office and trial computers or just when sharing between users in office e UNC File Path Support TrialDirector 5 allows you to easily store and share files at central locations on your local network simplifying case management information sharing and data security 15 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual more Information 3 Introducing TrialDirector 4 Using TrialDirector Managing Cases Presenting with TrialDirector Copyright Acknowledgements system Requirements
177. Minimum Requirements e Intel Pentium 4 Processor 2 4Ghz e Windows 2000 SP4 or a Mace running Windows in a Boot Camps Parallels or VMware Fusion environment e 512MB System RAM e 32MB Display Graphics RAM e 1024 X 768 Display Resolution at 16 bit or better color palette e 32x or better CD ROM Drive e Sound Card and Speakers headphones Required for audio functions Recommended System e Intel Core 2 Duo Processor 2 33Ghz or better e Windows XP or Vista or a Mace running Windows in a Boot Campe Parallels or VMware Fusion environment e 2GB System RAM e 256MB Display Graphics RAM e 1280 X 1024 Display Resolution at 32 bit color palette e 8x DVD Recordable Drive e Sound Card and Speakers headphones Required for audio functions lore Information 5 What s New 6 Using TrialDirector Manage Cases Introduction other Ways to Buy TrialDirector Can t get enough of TrialDirector It s a common problem and we have several solutions Converting an Evaluation Copy Are you using an evaluation copy of TrialDirector Click here for online purchase instructions Ordering Additional Copies Maybe you already have a copy of TrialDirector and want to purchase additional copies We have you covered e You can order additional copies on the Web at www indatacorp com e Would you rather talk to someone Our friendly sales staff would be pleased to speak with you at 800 828 8292 e Do you nee
178. Name Deponent s first name Middle Deponent s middle initial Initial a Deponent s last name Name Suffix Suffix added to Deponents name such as Jr Sr Esq Date Deposition date Aid Deposition volume number Other Additional information The Deposition Information and Other Information can be enabled or disabled by checking or removing the checkmark from their respective boxes however both cannot be disabled at the same time If you choose to enable the Deposition Information the First Last Date and Volume fields must be filled in If you choose to enable the Other Information the Other field must be filled in 5 When you are finished entering information into the fields click Next 992 Tools Import from TrialPro TM Post production Time Stamp file TineCoder has determiner the folowang page and bro ete O pee Please wendy thet ET Er C To cordra chick He p Digital Video Frat page containing Ine numbers 3 Transcript Line rumbered page s la Lati page contaming ime numbers Humbered ines par page ai lt Back Net gt 6 If the first page of the transcript that contains line numbers is a page other than one enter the correct page number or use the small arrow buttons to select the correct page number 7 Click Next to continue Import from TrialPro TM Post production Time Stamp file ES may opion preserve the trrecodes bound athens the Pac ara Tere Stamp file li pou
179. O 3 Complete the remaining fields as needed 4 Click Save New Record to add the new record to the database The Form View will be refreshed and ready to add a new record To exit Add mode and review coding records 1 Click the Review Records button to switch to Review mode 2 Use the navigation button on the lower right hand corner of the view to move between records 392 Coding More Information Coding Database usina OCR Text to Populate Coding Database Topics Browsing Full Text OCR from Coding tab Add Full Text OCR to Coding Database record Append Full Text to Coding Database record TrialDirector has a feature that bridges the gap between coding and full text OCR TrialDirector users can select full text OCR data and send it directly to the associated coding record with just a few mouse clicks Browsing Full Text OCR from Coding Tab In order to effectively use this feature it is important to become acquainted with viewing full text OCR from the TrialDirector Coding tab Follow the steps below to learn how to view full text OCR from the Coding tab 1 Prior to browsing full text OCR make sure that all items from the images database have been moved to the coding database This will ensure that all image items with OCR text are available on the coding tab Use the Synchronize Coding from Item s Database from the Coding menu This synchronization option will add a record to the coding database for every d
180. O7 ABCOO7 as XYZ004 The items would be renamed as shown in Table 1 above Assign Exhibit Numbers or Trial Exhibit Numbers to Items in a Subset Case You can assign exhibit numbers or trial exhibit numbers to entries in a subset case batch file regardless of whether or not you are renaming the entries Simply add the exhibit number or trial exhibit number entry to the end of each batch file entry The format is as follows Exhibit Number ABCOO1 EXNO EXHOO1 ABCOO2 EXNO EXH002 ABCOO5 EXNO EXHOO3 ABCO0OO7 EXNO EXH004 OR ABCOO1 ABCOO1 EXNO EXH001 ABCOO2 ABCOO4 EXNO EXH002 ABCOO5 ABCOO6 EXNO EXH003 ABC007 ABCOO7 EXNO EXHO004 Trial Exhibit Number ABCOO1 TREXNO EXHOO1 ABCOO2 TREXNO EXH002 ABCOO5 TREXNO EXH003 ABCOO7 TREXNO EXH004 OR ABCOO1 ABCOO1 TREXNO EXHOO1 ABCOO2 ABCOO4 TREXNO EXH002 ABCOO5 ABCOO6 TREXNO EXHOO3 ABC007 ABCOO7 TREXNO EXHO04 606 Appendices The items would be assigned exhibit numbers or trial exhibit numbers as shown in Table 3 Document ID Page ID EXNO or TREXNO ABCOO1 ABCOO1 EXHO0O1 001 ABCOO2 EXHOO2 001 ABCOO2 ABCOO3 EXHO0O2 002 ABCO04 EXHOO2 003 ABCOO5 EXHO0O3 001 AGUAS ABCOO6 EXH003 002 ABCOO 7 ABCOO 7 EXH004 001 Table 3 You cannot assign an exhibit number and a trial exhibit number to entries in a subset case file More Information Appendices Ba ppendix B DDE Link Commands DDE Link Commands allow you to pass commands to Trial
181. Prior to representing GFG in the Chem Lig _ Segment 1 Page 41810517 Tranconpe Segmen Editor Seach Tr AAA EORR T 127 eae T A 115 Q Has the bulk of chat practica been im the 116 context af commercial litigation 17 A Probably the bulk of it yeah 0 Feior to representing GFE in the Chem Lig cage head you been involved in genresenting lenders lawsuits agains Lending transac i copy Tht A a Create Mew Cip from Selected Text Present Secta Teod ini Tribrata Create cr Ebable From Selected Text One Step Clip Creation The newly created clip is automatically opened for review editing or presentation errr f Note To prevent prompts to split segments that occur over objections multimedia breaks and silent areas of the transcript disable the Confirm before splitting segments option on the Clip tab of the Transcript Manager Options dialog Create a Clip Using the Clip Wizard The Clip Wizard allows you to easily create a clip by selecting the transcript line or timecode ranges you want to include in each segment Follow these steps to create a clip using the clip wizard 1 Open the desired Digital Video Transcript 2 Select Clip Wizard from the Clips menu 282 Transcript Manager Clip Wizard Entes the segment s thal compres your new Cip into the editing controls below To contrae cick Nest To eat cick Cancel Create a Enie new cip pegmert s by P
182. RA ANACAPA DIVTSION 0 3 bii 29 O O DEMo00145 11 O oeoa 12 WILLIAM H HARZ HERMINE H CASE NO 01044974 Lm Dedm 73 01 GALLUP and GRETA HARZ HOWORTH manh 13 CALIFORNIA CAPITAL El Geon Plaintiffs INSURANCE COMPANY S O OF Deano ra td FORMERLY KNOWN AS OG eers WS CALIFORNLA MUTUAL O Deion a7 5 INSURANCE COMPANY O DE en CALFORNLA MUTUAL INSURANCE RESPONSES TO PLAINTIFF E O omon 16 COMPANY a Calfomea Corporation and WILLIAM H HAR HE e O omn CALIFORNIA CAPITAL INSURANCE GALLUP AND GRETA HARZ i F DEMO0O214 17 COMPANY a Californsa Corporation HOWORTHS FIRST SET OF f e y INTERROGATORIES gt pi 18 Defendants 0 9 Doogee Complaint Filed May 7 2001 a O Gi Deanne 19 Trial Date 35402 O paes 20 The OCR text can be browsed and edited from this window Also the current Page ID is displayed in the status bar below the Item Viewer window When viewing items from a Word List search on the Query tab the search words will appear highlighted as shown below 231 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual Ful Test Viera hat GE 111 except adas aed Bold unl compleied F Deponest is sol a nabal person Pursuant io Code of Gral Procedure MESA CAL CAPITAL shall designate and produce al deposition those of As officers directors minagra ages employees or agents whe d mos qualified 10 lesiify m fs beha ki the extent af any edormadica kraman or reaonably gelahe te the deponest ac jo ihe m
183. Remove Selected Result s from the Coding menu The following dialog will appear Confirm Delete T Delete 3 selected Documents 2 Click Yes to delete the selected coding documents qr Z Note If the document exists in both the coding database and the items database it is only deleted from the coding database 403 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual More Information Coding Database Bais ynchronize from Items Database In TrialDirector you can synchronize the contents of the Document Manager Case Explorer with the Coding database This is very useful when a large number of items have been added to the documents Items database Once the Coding and Items databases are synchronized you can review both the coding data and the image at the same time and edit the coding information To synchronize from the databases perform the following steps 1 On the Coding tab select Synchronize Coding from Item s Database from the Coding menu Coding Display Coding Forms Column view Multiple Records Form view Single Record Use Simple Result Selector Use Advanced Query Builder 1 Import Coding Data Export Coding Data to File e Synchronize Coding From Item s Database Shift F3 Shift F2 2 TrialDirector will begin to process the Items Database information and then populate the Coding Database The time to process the database information depends on the amount of records in the Ite
184. Save this Markup as a Global Markup Cancel Do one of the following Select Save to save the markups directly to the original image For example if you choose not to create a new revision for Ex000293 the markups will be saved to the original image so that the next time you view Ex000293 in TrialDirector the markups will appear Select Save as Revision to create a marked up copy of the original For example if you choose to create a new revision for Ex000293 the markups will not be saved to the original image Instead TrialDirector will create a sub item underneath the original item in the Case Explorer which will have the same name as the original with an added extension e g Ex000293 001 Subsequent revisions will be automatically incremented err A Note If you create multiple revisions and then delete one the other revisions are not renumbered Select Save this Markup as a Global Markup to save the selected markup as the global markup errr A Note To avoid confusion it is recommended that you only apply one markup to an image when you are creating a global watermark Select Cancel if you do not want to save the markups at all Create Layers More experienced users can create multi layer markups that can be defined during the pre treatment of items prior to the trial presentation During a trial when you are using Presentation Mode to display the items you may want to create some special effects o
185. Select Item s from Batch File Documents e Add New Items e Manual Selection e Batch Import e Scan New Items e Modify Items e Insert Remove Document Breaks e Modify Primary system field data e Search and Replace in database e Generate Case Load Files e Create Subset Case from Batch File e Create Quick Text Exhibits e Markup Annotate Items e Apply Modify Labels e Remove Items e Remove Volume of Items Memos e Create Modify Memos e View Memos e Remove Memos Transcripts e Import Transcripts From e Export Transcripts To e Index Transcripts e Highlight Transcript Text e Modify Transcript Properties e Remove Selected Transcripts Attached Exhibits e Create New Exhibit from Selected Text e Attach Synchronized Exhibit e Remove Exhibit Clips e Create Modify Clips e Execute Clip Creation Script CCS e Export Clip Creation Script CCS e Generate Excerpts from Clips 620 Appendices e Modify Clip Properties e Remove Selected Clips Multimedia e Modify Multimedia Locations Workbooks e View Workbooks e Create New Workbooks e View Workbook Contents e Add Items to Workbooks e Remove Items From Workbooks e Export Workbook Contents to Disc or Path e Rename Workbook e Remove Selected Workbook Coding e View Coding Data e Import Coding Data e Export Coding Data e Modify Coding Data e Synchronize Coding Items with Database e Remove Coding Records e Export Coding Data e Modify Coding Dat
186. Status Indicator Volume Slider 7 Current ee 00 00 00 000 a Seg ment Frame HF LALIVINANNNNUNNNNUNNUAUUNUANIAUNNTNI Position nE E PULNUNANOUNNNUNNUANNOUAUAUNNUANIOUNIIT O D of es Ps DO 0 e fe El Record Seek to me nen En Super Slow Fast Forward Motion Slow Motion Rewind Play Seek to Segment Start Play 2x Stop Pause Edit Record Mode Click the Record button to enter Edit Record Mode In Edit Record Mode the Multimedia Control Box looks like the following Te 00 00 00 000 BE 0000000000000000000000001 T PAUSE E DOOODRAADAADO COD ADOD DOMO DNORDANAAN 00 00 00 000 4 00 00 13 805 H O se E a mo a o lt A HA El Fine Tuning Buttons For Start Frame Setting for Stamp Start of Segment Time Segment Start 00 10 06 900 2 00 10 27 100 7 Frame Setting for End of Segment Time am p Segment End Fine Tuning Buttons For End 223 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual Update Segment Rewind Play Clip Stop Seek to Segment End Pause Fast Forward Play Seek to Segment Start st rd Play a Multimedia File Note See Appendix E for a detailed description of each multimedia control To play a multimedia file do one of the following Click the Play button on the Multimedia Control Box Click the Play button on the Toolbar Select Play from the Multimedia menu Pause a Multimedia File To pause a multimedia file do one of the following
187. To modify the path select Change Scan Destination Folder from the Scanner menu Each image filename will consist of the Image ID and the extension which depends on the Image Colors selected tif gif or jpg arr 4 Note The next time you enter Scan mode the default path will be most recent path used Displays the Document ID for the document currently being scanned The Document ID will be the same as the Image ID of the first page of the document It is filled in automatically after the Image ID has been set and the New Doc or Scan button is clicked Allows you to assign an Item ID up to eight characters to the next page scanned When scanning multiple pages to the same document the Image ID increments automatically although you can manually edit it at any time Indicates the page number of the image you are scanning When scanning multiple pages to the same document the page number increments automatically 3 On the Image Settings tab set the following RRA OOOO Use Manual Allows you to launch the Twain software associated with Scanner Controls your scanner which may allow you more detailed control 187 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual over the scan process A Note There is variation in compliance with the Twain interface requirements among various scanner manufacturers These variations may affect or disable the functionality of some scanning features Use Automatic Allows you to set the s
188. Topics Methods to view full text OCR Updating OCR text Navigating through full text for multi image documents 230 Document Manager Methods To View Full Text OCR Full Text OCR can be viewed easily using several methods Below are the ways to view Full Text OCR Select an image in the Case Explorer then click the Text tab above the Item Viewer Right click on the current Document Manager Case Explorer item and select View Edit Full Text of this Page Select the View Edit Full Text of this Page option from the Documents menu Each of the methods listed above will open the Text tab of the Item Viewer displaying the OCR text You can click on the image tab to view the scanned original Below is an example of the Full Text View Edit feature with OCR text Case Explorer el Image hu Ten Presentation Preview View Ese Sl imaged Documents w GRANT GENOVESE BARATTA LLP goeie iinne ne 2030 Main Street Suite 1600 E ad Documenta a Irvine CA 92614 C ioia Talephone 949 660 1500 ui O aeon 3 Facsimile 949 650 6060 e DEMOOOO21 2206 1186 O G biisi d James M Baratta SBN 54820 O E Coe Robin A Webb SSH 160434 o G pewooons4 gt A ome ys for Defendant CALIFORNIA EA CAPITAL INSURANCE COMPANY formerly kniwn as H 0 ar ee 6 CALIFORNIA MUTUAL INSURANCE COMPANY O 4 ion 7 CO omor 8 SUPERIOR COURT OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA Li E DEMOOOOT5 a FOR THE COUNTY OF SANTA BARBA
189. Users and Privileges window 148 Case Library Administer Case Users and Privileges Usas Privileges aye Use tie list below bo grant on deny Users accese lo pour Case and bo change passwords and other settings Entes mew User r omabor Inisals HEW LU semame anarymous Disable thi account Password password Cancel 2 Enter the user s full name and initials 3 Enter a user name and password for the user 4 Click Save The user will now be able to log into the case By default the user will have limited case privileges Click the Privileges tab to modify the user s privileges Edit User Information To edit user information 1 Click the Edit button on the Administer Case Users and Privileges window 2 Make the desired changes to the user information 3 Click Save Remove a User To remove a user 1 Select the user you want to remove in the Administer Case Users and Privileges window 2 Click Remove The user will no longer be able to log into the case Disable a User To disable a user 1 Select the user you would like to disable in the Administer Case Users and Privileges window 2 Click Edit 3 Select the Disable This Account check box 149 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual 4 Click Save The user will not be able to log into the case until you enable the user again Log Off a User To log off a user 1 Select Log Off User Name from the File menu 2 The user wi
190. X08 01011 01010005 tif G0010109 E ShO3EX08 01011 01010006 tif G0010110 E ShO3EX08 0101 01010007 tif G0010111 E 1Sh03EX081 01011 01010008 tif G0010112 E Sh03EX081 01011 01010009 tif G0010113 E Sh03EX081 01011 01010010 tif Field Field 1 Field 2 Field 3 Description Item ID or Bates Number Y if it is the beginning of a new document Full path to image 601 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual Memo Batch File Memo list files consist of two fields the Item ID and the memo text The fields can be enclosed by quotes and separated a comma as shown in the first example below or they can be enclosed by carrot and separated by a pipe as shown in the second example below If the memo text has quotes in it the latter format may be preferred ABC001 Payroll checks for December 1998 ABC002 Memo from J Walker to A Sanger ABCO06 S Mahoney s letter of resignation OR ABC001 Payroll checks for December 1998 ABC002 Memo from J Walker to A Sanger ABCOO0O6 S Mahoney s letter of resignation You do not have to have an entry for each item in the case Document Manager will simply attach notes to the items that are listed Print List File Print list files can be in document entry or page range entry format A batch file must be in one format or the other and cannot be a mixture Document Manager looks at the first line in the batch file to determine w
191. a Presentation Scripts e Create Script from Folder e Edit Script File Presentation Mode e Allow Login as New User e Load Toolbar Layout e Save Toolbar Layout e Modify Toolbar Layout e Modify Presentation Options Accessibility e Launch TimeCoder via Tools Menu e Launch Presentation Mode via View Menu e View Help Contents via Help Menu 621 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual Miscellaneous e Print e Options e Modify Toolbar Layout e Modify Presentation Options BaP ppendix Clip Naming Customization Commands These commands are for use in the Options Menu in the Transcript Manager Custom clip identifier masks are applied when a new case Is created The mask is then maintained on a per case level Changing this mask and deploying an updated INI to client installs will allow an organization to set an initial mask for all clients Further management is done via the Transcript Manager Options dialog on a per case basis Name Formatting lt FI gt First Initial one Character lt LI gt Last Initial one Character Date Formatting lt D gt Unpadded Day ex 5 or 12 lt DD gt Padded Day ex 05 or 12 lt M gt Unpadded month ex 2 or 11 lt MM gt Padded Month ex 02 or 11 lt YY gt Short Year ex 97 or 03 lt YYYY gt Long Year ex 1997 or 2003 Starting Page Formatting lt SP gt Unpadded start page ex 1 or 15 or 273 same as lt SPO gt or lt SP1 gt lt SP1
192. a A 295 Display Mode or Playback Mode Overtide ococcccccccccccccccccccncncncc rar rr 295 Copy Segments within Case EXPIOTE F tesisncata ball io 297 Copy Segments using the Segment Edit a it 298 Hide Segment Breaks in the Segment EGitor cece ccc eens cece essen a sees rr 300 Addc comente Ova Gl rera verse gcc state a Seance de aneont quvsah leek aa ar aes se enweds ues vo oene eres es 300 Delete SeOments in a la Sd 301 Heatrange SEGmenis ima Cloos aa van biaueauimbor N N E vawdu hel eaMiwans EAE 301 Update Segment Start and End Times Using VCR Controls c cc cece cece cece cece eeeeeeeeeeeeaeaas 303 Import a Transcript from a TrialDirector Case Fil cccc cece cece ence ee eeeeeeeeseeneeenees 314 Import From Multiple Case Files nornas aaa 316 Mportan ASCII Transcend 317 Import a Digital Video Transcript from inMotion DVT Medla cccccee cece eeeeeeeeeeaes 324 Import Portable Transcript Format PTF FileS ccceee cece ee eeeteeeeeeeeeeeeeseeennnnennes 325 search Using the FInd TOO rra AAA A ani eae itu AA AAA EA 328 FINA Tex PNW aSC ts cxaxe rl 328 Find QUESHON ANSWOls imix ii ene 329 PING AGS ING wasseaGh o T a ee iet cues ia dyae totes re wiede eaea to 330 FINA a MMMCCOCG ss mista ce eerie A A Gees Bee eae da 331 Olle eee ne eter ee her eee ae eee E E eae ENA E ae ee eer et er ent Te ee 331 Use the Find Next COMME 2h eee eee eee 332 SING SANGIN Tail taciones 332 search Us
193. a Cases CaseO00O0 Scripts 133 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual Export Workbook Contents to a Volume By exporting a workbook you can make a volume containing the workbook contents The exported volume will include a load file oll and a database file mdb containing all of the items in the folder In addition you can choose to copy all of the source files into the volume folder This is particularly helpful if the items in your case are located on several different volumes because it saves you from having to switch volumes For example you may have a case with a million items spread across 100 volumes but only 150 of those items will actually be used in trial By putting those items in a trial workbook and exporting the workbook to a volume you can create a volume that only contains trial exhibits qe f Note Memo attachments will only be retained if the database file mdb is used to import the volume into a new case instead of the load file oll 1 To export a workbook click on the workbook you want to export to make it active 2 Do one of the following Right click on the workbook and select Export Workbook Contents To New Volume from the shortcut menu Click on the workbook and select Export Workbook Contents To New Volume from the Workbooks menu Export Workbook contents to new Volume This wizard vell help vou bo export the contents of a o workbook lo a mew Hs piben wolune Get con be i detibule
194. a Coda ot Rae TE Dpi y Aara de ogee ated 9 Fl Tarh Pas a Pere O T hi Jal TO Ao A a i h a ia Errar act Tap hoe fies Dd Plata Item is Not Located on Your Computer Mount the Volume Message When you select an item to view and the CD or volume containing the item is not located on your computer TrialDirector beeps and displays a message in the Status Bar that tells you which volume to load Mount the correct volume and select the item again El C ii DEMOO02 75 ES Work Plan at the request of US E C El CEMODO294 september 1 1992 report letter fro e lt mM gt Case Library Document Manager Transcript Manager Coding d Please mount volume Eme i 128 Case Library Full Screen Item Viewer Hide Case Explorer The Item Viewer can be used without the Case Explorer allowing more room on the desktop for side by side image and database exhibit review with a third party document management system To use the Item Viewer without the Case Explorer click the Shows or Hides Case Explorer button ay as shown in the figure below Shows or Hides the Case Explorer BN Tiaia Chi a Cra Mer Y ran e Diarra CA a E De bi pe amser himek ipsas coma pi b 63 b At gee yatan a Bee a i lH re je traga Cats Lian Cocamantitaragar Trarnirat aras ora Drean Haah Tagai Hore amie o iga Page Count tem Selected in Case Explorer Document IDF age Mo tem ID When using the Item Viewer alone
195. a single executable file that will automatically establish the link for iCONECT To establish the link between TrialDirector and CONECT run the inMime5 exe file which is located in the path listed below C Program Files Common Files inData Shared inMime5 exe lore Information About iCONECT Integration Establishing Link Using iCONECT with TrialDirector 71 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual application Integration Using CONECT with TrialDirector ICONECT users can add individual document images or a batch of images associated with a query to a TrialDirector case Follow the steps below to add iCONECT images to TrialDirector 1 Make sure that the connection has been established Click the link at the bottom of the page for more information about establishing the link with CONECT 2 Log into CONECT choose a database from the Case Manager screen and begin working 3 Perform searches and categorize database evidence as necessary to determine the documents you wish to export to TrialDirector 4 Click on the blue CONECT Export tab on the left side of the screen under Toolbar and Reports 5 On this blue tab click the Export to Another Program button as shown below HOME icONECT EXPORT TO ANOTHER PROGRAM gt BRIEFCASE A DATABASE REPLICA TOOLBAR REPORTS eer 7 Note These instructions cover CONECT version 3 5 which was released in November 2002 6 An Export s
196. aR ila OC sacacrcny dork veges ori condi eeacees 209 COPY MaS tia edi 209 REMOVE MATUS ot a A A A E 209 DAV CA ANUS ecards seo iat berri pate ostia 209 ae LaS od id ceo ican 210 Created Wale imac ai 213 Set ihe Global Wan sc ia 213 Alacan MEMO Siria rra aida de 215 Open Menos oi a 215 PEIE MENOS tra ada AA ra 216 Load Memos toma Baton lll nico ds 216 Me IMGSX IMOMOS sesion dd de id a ARO e karen naa Cee adden un wid atada 217 CiANGING PRADERA da 218 Copy an Image Area lo the Clipboard ais o rasa 218 Create an Image Using the Quick Text Exhibit Creator ococccccccccccncncnonccncnnnnnnnnnnc cc rn nana n nar 219 ARNO tlalte Made srta laicidad 220 ROMS o ade ada 220 Enlarge IMAGES sivwicntacdadmwnliedsecumndewamenwt dente iithawenababiantocsbanerad eda mce eur a da 221 Pan Enredado A A AO eens eecadeenucees ct 221 Restore ihe Original image Secc ici 221 Magnify an Image Area in a Separate WiINdOW cece eee eee eee ee seen ee ee seen sees eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeneananas 221 The Multimedia Control BO rra oo 223 Play a Mullim edia Elec cil Is dE DiA 224 Pause a Multimedia FIE serian tn as 224 Introduction Slop a Multimedia Ale A te eda kaneennn oe 224 Change Playback Speed mistica dira aaa ie 224 Seek Ina MUIMcdl aliados 225 TUNA LAIA OF Si nado 225 real luna a A suee ean tunbetecnumuon ss 225 ECP ance MISO Olesa arta ie tilo dopado 226 Methods ToView Full Text OCR circinera a a a sania datoulasunivianuateauametonnher ine 231 Updat
197. ace E shibi Digital Video Transcript Properties Spacing 5 Single 15lines C Double fe ae Ford Sime 3 gt 263 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual General Tab General Options Automatically Monitor Clipboard Play Menu Sounds VCR Refresh Opening Options Display Organizer Show Word Index Synchronize Digital Video Synchronize Exhibits Show Annotations Issue Colors Show Attached Exhibits Show Multimedia Breaks DVT Properties 264 Description This option makes clipboard linking active by default when you open click the Transcript Manager tab This option will play a swoosh sound as the user navigates the menu Disable this option if you do not want this sound to play This option determines how often the VCR display is refreshed The default setting of 333 milliseconds is equivalent to 3 frames per second The lower the number of milliseconds the more frequently the screen is refreshed On computers with slower video cards refreshing the VCR display frequently may result in a system performance loss Description This option makes the Organize Window visible by default This option will automatically display the Word Index window for indexed transcripts each time a Digital Video Transcript is opened This option makes digital video synchronization active by default when you open a Digital Video Transcript This option makes exhibit synchronization active by de
198. ach item will be date and time stamped To view the admitted exhibit properties go to the Workbook Explorer of the Case Library tab expand the Admitted workbook and right click on the exhibit ID Select Admitted Item Properties to display the item properties dialog You can make any desired changes or notes in the fields of the General or Admitted tabs then click OK to save and exit Item Properties Item Properties Gereral Admitea Documentid USAT Pagel Tn PageNo 1 O Armotated aa O Memo Attached i 1 re is 1S a memo Path heresies k iprogram fies Wedatelcaresicase0001 sample datakdoce 001 decd Browse ener Recordar Creaa Orc HADAS 07 22 50 FM Trial Esto g isebv00t lore Information Presentation Mode Control the Presentation Display Scripts scripts TrialDirector allows you to list all of the commands you want to execute during trial in a script file and then call up the script in the Presentation Mode to begin stepping through the commands 906 Presentation What do you want to do Create a Script Save a Script Edit a Script Execute a Script lore Information Control the Presentation Display Scripts Pei create a Script Topics Export Workbook Contents to a Script File Create a Script File Using a Text Editor Scripts can be created by exporting the contents of a workbook to a script file or by entering script commands in a text fi
199. adjuster motes ae Aa TES 23 G Ora log You had some way of writing 24 dawn what you did during your investigation as A Right We d put ie Bs in the claim 00007 dL lle though di D Was there a particular lora that you would Col 03 write on Court 11 42 138 Za Fin HG coverage 5 23 05 G And in reading Exhibit 3 does that in any 6411 7 22 DE way refresh your recollection about whaz you did to custom 6 17 07 investigare the Barz family claim 09 Q And in the second paragraph on Exhi bit if p rdon me date 16 11 In the first paragraph on Exhibit 3 88 711 13 16 20 24 ii Ke Emery writes he have now had an opportunity dated 10 73 118 13 TO Complete With your kind cooperation ove 14 15 14 investigation into the facts surscovading this day 14 15 15 matter decision 7 21 if As you sit here today you bave oo reason declaration 14 6 17 te doubt that the policyholders or thelr counsel declare 148 12 18 cooperated correct defendants 1 16 19 A I bave no way of knowing 22 19 20 Q And as I understand it you Were not denied 6 3 21 dnvolved in the decision co either affirm or deny deny 6 11 7 21 22 Coverage to the Barz family denying 5 22 ao A IT would say that s correct departed 6 7 24 a Do you recall whether you determined the deponent 3 5 25 ascurce of the contamination that was part ol the deponent s 146 00603 01 Harz family s clais deposition 2 1 Oe A ho sir 1 don t 1415 24 14 29 03 Q And as you eit
200. age Line relerence NewCip ccoo oo aa ar 4 Note The Clip Wizard is designed to input clip segment information using the 10 key pad Use the period character when entering page line references The Clip Wizard will automatically convert to a colon The default format for defining clip segment boundaries is by Page Line reference The Page Line reference format is as follows Format Description 00004 07 00004 Page Number 07 Line Number Click the Page Line format button al switch to TimeCode reference format The TimeCode reference format is as follows Format Description 03 40 15 03 Hours 40 Minutes 15 Seconds Click the TimeCode format button el to switch back to Page Line reference format 3 Enter the desired beginning and ending segment positions 4 Click Add to add the defined segment to the clip 283 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual 5 Repeat steps 3 and 4 for all subsequent segments in the clip When you are finished the window will look similar to the following Clip Wizard Erber the pegeeni that compre pour re Cip mio tha To cortraa click Heal To eal check Carcel Create a Enter new clip segment s by Page Line reference Mew Clip F ET eki add E Page 000081 to 00006 20 Up l Page 00008 01 to 0000421 Diman ato gt ore To change the segment position in the clip click the desired segment and click Up to move it up one segment or Down to move it down on
201. ages or even 5 pages x 5 pages The Cover Page will display the deponent s name volume deposition date any other additional comments about the deposition and the date and time it is printed The transcript text prints out much like a standard transcript but in addition to the transcript text you will have a header section detailing the same information as the Cover Page If you chose to have a footer print your footer will also appear If you chose to have the Word Index print out it will be at the end of the transcript with the key word or number and the page and line designations for where the key word or number exists Printer Hara lhe color Larene 3500 Properties Daue Ready Paga Seip Type HP Color Lasesdet 3500 Wher hoecokeLssedlet S500 Pont What 3 Cuntert Tranteng Comdented Opis fe Piri with Cover Page fh Part pah Page Headers R Port wath word Index te 22 73d C A rad ras rss lO E Codere fest fO Pipes fest gt CONFIDENTIAL as 4 Note Many of the condensed transcript formats produce legible transcript text Suitable for distribution 375 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual Peer el Carra ees T PA E IAEA ie i 1 ee eo Maiek Oktar HPA 01 45 H Trailer Hule v3 Derrotado Cae ik i rk ee a A I PE ST E AA AR AA A PP FES E ALA MA E 5 ilos an in rih bikir Fimme HEE FA IE AA r gt A AAA a i muh blip EF HF ee 2 ET ELF E ie HE
202. ained in Summation s ImgI nfo table For more information about the Enterprise iBlaze Imglnfo table refer to the Online Help The following dialog appears to give you the opportunity to review the images that are being exchanged with TrialDirector 89 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual Manually Select New Items for Import a F Franc Ys K Morris version 2 5 Contents of P Franc Ws K 161 tems loaded Documents Documents CJ Photos and other Graphics 2 Photos and other Graphics 3 Multimedia Files 2 Multimedia Files E Native Files Native Files Tou can drag files from Windows Explorer amp drop here 4 Preview pages Add ltems Cancel e Expand All Click on the next to Documents to expand the list of images To view the image associated with the ID number click the next to the ID number The image appears on the right side of the dialog 90 Application Integration Manually Select New Items for Import Contents of PAFODOS3 Es 10 Documents G SGDO0055 1 BRO00106 H JBS00001 40 PJFODOSO 1 PJFODOS1 Y PJFODOS3 a rane 1 PJFODOSS PJFODOSE qi PJFODOS A KMPOOOSS A KMPODO37 i PJFOOOO Thi COSDODO Ww Preview pages Add ltems Cancel A ekos M Expand All Lean f 5 When you are ready to exchange the images click the Add Items button The items are added to the Documents section of the Case E
203. aites descnbed m BAMBA A attached horalo MOTIKE IS FURTHER GWEN that porswant to Secbon 2008011 of the Code of Polio Cred Proceduc the depo ani wee is a party lo Chet ace reared 10 produce th z deposton the dotuvanla ecards gi other matenas identidad in ERR E attached herata YOU ARE FUATHER NOTIFIED that the deposng party intends to wdeotape said depoo purbuinl io Sect n ALEM of the Coda of Cral Protedura 3 i 5 5 T a 3 Updating OCR Text Due to the poor quality of some original documents not every full text OCR word is represented correctly Sometimes these words may need spelling correction in order to facilitate word searches Below is an example of an OCR record from a particularly bad Original Original Image Magnifier Dear Mr Cremet This will acknewle ee and thank you for your letter ol July 13 1994 I anelocgize for the deley in rastoncing to your induisy We currently evaluating your request enc woulc hope to be in a jormelly respond within the nexc 30 days Thank vou for your continued interest and understanding OCR Result LEA aI A vewone132 Thils will ackncewledae and th ank ou fEor your letter o 14 July 1 3 1 994 aciclocize for the delay in resvond na to Your inau rv W are _ DEMODO133 curre nz_ 1y eva luat ing your recruesz and Would hope to be a zosition to di DEMMOUL 34 res cond with n he nexz 30 days _ DEMODO35 Thank vou for vour continued interes and u nder
204. an I ask You to take 10 that we marked as EXOGO01 and sak ll seen this document before 1 k Yee T har lore Information Digital Video Transcript Working with Transcripts Ol mport Transcripts Topics husband 123147 A 15 18 168 1863 19 21 23 18 husbanal s 1 13 1 24 66 14 13 20 1618251718 2331 A Ca Transcript Manager Clicking on a idea 4 21 b FageLine identified 10 7 123 11 a magi 17 17 fiateby 11 74 impression 23 14 information 6 19 22 inquiring 24 12 insert 622 NSIANcO 1 14 24 25 215 15 25 3 1 6021 TA 1100 14 66 168 22 17 6 17 20 16 6 20 20 23 211 16183 25 226 Pe 75 23 fsued 145 Hema 175 mery 32 5 32 62271 S16 28 a i i Import a Transcript from a TrialDirector Case File Import Multiple TrialDirector Case Files Import an ASCII Transcript Import an AMICUS Transcript Import a Digital Video Transcript from inMotion DVT Media Import a Transcript from Portable Transcript Format reference will jump the transcript to that point ord index 313 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual The Transcript Manager allows you to import transcripts from other cases cms files electronic transcripts or from inMotion DVT media Import a Transcript from a TrialDirector Case File Follow these steps to import one or more Digital Video Transcripts from a case file 1 Select Import Transcript s from TrailDirector Case File cms from the Tra
205. an have multiple Digital Video Transcripts Each Digital Video Transcript appears as a separate folder within the case and can consist of an ASCII transcript one or more multimedia resources one or more clips and attached exhibits In the Transcript Explorer the virtual clip for any DVT is displayed in the DVT folder The virtual clip is circled in the graphic displayed below The Virtual Clip provides a convenient means of opening the entire DVT from the Presentation mode Poll Mike Mol 01 07 27 7995 a ASCII Transcript for Poli Mike Pol 01 0772171995 24 Audio Video Part 01 for Poli Mike Mol 01 07 27 7995 24 Audio Video Part 02 for Poll Mike Vol 01 07721 1995 24 Audio Video Part 03 for Poll Mike Vol 01 07721 1995 4 AudioVideo Part 04 for Poli Mike Vol 01 07271995 4 Exhibits sy Virtual Clip MP OF 21 virtual clip for full transcript presentation Each clip appears as a separate folder within the Digital Video Transcript and can consist of one or more segments which can be viewed separately or successively All attached exhibits are contained in a folder within the Digital Video Transcript The contents of each folder within the case can be seen by clicking the plus sign or double clicking the icon to expand the folders Synchronize the Contents When you have several DVTs clips and segments in your case you can easily identify the item you are working with in the Transcript Explorer by synchroni
206. anscript Select Close Digital Video Transcript from the Transcripts menu Right click on the Transcript Window and select Close Digital Video Transcript from the shortcut menu i nore Information Digital Video Transcript Import a Digital Video Transcript Open a Digital Video Transcript View a Digital Video Transcript Change Digital Video Transcript Properties 217 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual Close a Digital Video Transcript Remove Digital Video Transcripts MN urn Digital Video Synchronization On or Off When digital video synchronization is enabled the highlight bar will follow along in the transcript as the multimedia plays To disable synchronization do one of the following Click the Enable or Disable Digital Video Synchronization button on the Toolbar Click the button again to enable synchronization Select Digital Video Synchronization from the Transcript Menu st Note Clicking on the scroll bar in the Transcript Window will automatically disable the synchronization lore Information Digital Video Transcript Transcript Text Clips and Segments cups A clip consists of one or more segments of a Digital Video Transcript that can be played successively Clips are used to capture pertinent testimony without interruptions such as objections or irrelevant information What do you want to do Create a Clip Open an Existing Clip Add Segments to a Clip P
207. anscript bejta To contrws chek Mexi EXPOrl Toes cick Cancel Transcript Select the tanscnpt path and iename Ic MislDrecio Hare y Gretel MP072195 ama Esport wth imecodes Browse Export wath page breaks Expat double spaced 3 Select the Export with page breaks option if you wish load the exported file into TrialDirector s Quick Text Exhibit Creator feature 4 Enter a destination path and filename for the exported transcript or click Browse to navigate to the desired folder 5 If you clicked Browse double click on the desired folder and type a filename with an ami extension in the File Name field Click Save to save the selected path and return to the previous export window errr d Note If you are exporting the transcript in ASCII or Portable Transcript Format use a txt or ptf extension respectively 6 When the desired path appears click Next to continue the export process 338 Transcript Manager Export Digital Video Transcript to AMICUS Transcript ES The Digtal Video Transcnpl vel now be exported This process could lake a few moments depending on the size of the deposition bansonpl To begin the export process chek Export To backup cick Back or lo esat chock Cancel Progress 7 Review the export results to ensure that the operation was completed successfully Click OK to exit the export process Export a Transcript to ASCII Format Open the Digital Video Tran
208. anscript text What do you want to do Show Multimedia Breaks Turn Digital Video Synchronization On or Off Mark a Transcript Using Highlighters and Font Colors Select Transcript Text Search a Transcript Print a Transcript Export a Transcript View Transcript Properties Index a Transcript Binisita Video Transcripts Any multimedia file that has a corresponding ASCII transcript such as depositions evidentiary transcriptions and courtroom proceedings can be converted into a Digital Video Transcript DVT The conversion can only be done by an authorized inMotion DVT Service Bureau or with TrialDirector s TimeCoder module See TimeCoder Help for instructions The DVT can then be loaded into TrialDirector and edited as needed for trial presentation What do you want to do Import a Digital Video Transcript Open a Digital Video Transcript View a Digital Video Transcript Change Digital Video Transcript Properties Close a Digital Video Transcript Remove Digital Video Transcripts i nore Information Transcripts Multimedia Resources view a Digital Video Transcript 2 2 Topics Play a Digital Video Transcript Pause a Digital Video Transcript Stop a Digital Video Transcript Change Playback Speed Seek in a Digital Video Transcript Move Around in a Digital Video Transcript Transcript Manager Digital Video Transcripts can be viewed using the Multimedia Toolb
209. anscript text e Video synchronized with transcript text e Multimedia animations video and audio files To access these items from within TrialDirector you must import them to your case Adding items can be done by 1 dragging and dropping the item onto the Case Explorer tree 2 using the Add Items dialog box or 3 scanning documents or photographs directly into TrialDirector For instructions on scanning documents directly into TrialDirector see Scan Items into a Case in the Help file When adding items using drag and drop or the Add Items dialog box you can add items one at a time or in batches using a load file Load files are usually provided by vendors or may be created using higher end scanning programs A load file automates the process of adding items to your case TrialDirector accepts load files in the following formats Accepted Batch Load File Formats Note The name of the load file represents the 3 character file extension e g Jones OLL is a load file named Jones that was created specifically for TrialDirector Jones DII is a load file named Jones created to load images into CT Summation Enterprise or Blaze e OLL TrialDirector e DII CT Summation e LPT IPRO e TXT or DBF Doculex e LOG Opticon or generic load file Adding Items Using Drag and Drop 1 Arrange your Windows desktop so that you can view both the TrialDirector Case Explorer pane and the Windows Explorer or My Comp
210. anscripts 6 If you sent transcripts from TrialDirector to Enterprise iBlaze you will need to Blaze index the transcripts in Enterprise iBlaze To do so right click on Transcripts in the Case Explorer tree select Transcripts Utilities then select Blaze Transcripts Load New Transcripts Item into Folder Blaze Transcripts Convert Transcripts heck Search Bo Sync with Tft Hal Check Search Box NC wN IT Sort by Transcript Name A Z WY Folder Properties Sort by Transcript Name Z A Link All Transcripts With TrialDirector Check by Transcript Name Blazing Transcripts lndexing all Transcripts documents Kelly Moris V1 TT 3 documents added to index Cancel 0 00 01 When the Blazing process is complete the dialog closes 87 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual Step Three Linking Documents You can send Enterprise iBlaze document images to TrialDirector using the following steps Note You cannot send TrialDirector images back to Enterprise iBlaze TrialDirector s images will track with Enterprise iBlaze as you move through the records in Enterprise iBlaze To Send Enterprise iBlaze I maged Documents to TrialDirector 1 Make sure TrialDirector and Enterprise iBlaze are open to the same case 2 From the TrialDirector Document Manager tab click on the Summation menu and select Get Summation mage Info Summation Get Summation Image Info e If the Summation
211. ant to highlight 485 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual Highlighted area Draw a Line To underline an important point on an item open the Presentation Toolbar and select the Line tool Using either a mouse or light pen click and drag the cursor below what you want to underline Line added here Draw an Ellipse To circle or place an ellipse around an important point on an item open the Presentation Toolbar and select the Ellipse tool Using either a mouse or light pen click and drag the cursor to draw an ellipse around the area Starting polnt for drawing the ellipse Draw a Rectangle To place a rectangle or box around an important point on an item open the Presentation Toolbar and select the Rectangle tool Position the cursor using either a mouse or light pen and drag the cursor to draw a box around the area 486 Presentation Rectanole added here Draw a Freehand Line To draw a freehand line on an item open the Presentation Toolbar and select the Freehand tool Using either a mouse or light pen click and drag the cursor to draw the line Freehand added here Text Tool To draw Text on an item open the Presentation Toolbar and select the Text tool Using either a mouse or light pen click and drag the cursor to draw the text Once the Text box has been created text can be entered into it Text Box Enter Reguited Text Change the Annotation Color 1 To change the default annotati
212. anual Attent ioni Ciare H Hecdonald GIUR INSURED Horning Murphy at al j ESLICT HO CHPSOZI7O When you close the projection it will gradually retract in the same way Pan an Enlarged Item Once an item has been enlarged you can pan the item within the zoom window by right clicking on the zoomed item and holding the mouse button down while moving the mouse You can also press the Up Down Left or Right arrow keys to pan the item in the active zone If your light pen does not have a secondary button use Right Mouse Button Mode to right click on an item More Information Control the Presentation Display Presentation Toolbar 922 Tools MN roo s Menu Utilities TrialDirector provides several utilities under the Tools menu These utilities are useful for file sharing operations A fourth utility used for importing LiveNote transcripts is described in the Import Transcripts Help topic FileBridge The FileBridge Utility is used to convert load files for one application into load files for an alternate application For example if you have a load file formatted for CT Summation Enterprise iBlaze but you would like to use it to load files for TrialDirector the FileBridge will convert the file for use with TrialDirector L 2 From the Tools menu select the FileBridge command The FileBridge Utility dialog opens indata FileBridee Utility Source File I Browse Esport Directoy Brote
213. ar and Multimedia Player controls as shown in the figure below You can also double click a clip or segment in the Transcript Explorer or segment editor to play the video Click to begin playback _ ie Triaire iar dames e Smij o hore e mida res v iiih LAA 03 21048122 54 inae tereira etre erly A moma i LS Casas biag Pol 2 no f a py Delos Marc ol 031 1111 ES Dic Beni ad n h aie J aD Tera der Cone Ji Aro romo Part OF tor Ce A ap Ler 1 e MA PU o berri at mj Page ido 0 e MM Op SO ae i ae Ce fo Fa Cp egri ty a Pa o E MM Op BO ah Mp Br ere ee gt E oo SH E Ge Sin e i A ip OA DA 7 jr E D lisa Coi al reas de rial Ci ARA ae e Dolar do Mere ol 01 017 ES Dolar do Aires Cal EE Ei si D bis Roei al 01 A u E Bieter A a A o O hamen Feed fed Ah OH a E a ere a n 9 ud DO Peal r Cee A A H pr Fer ol j a D rs Contre i eG Cy Saree Ada al A A a E 16 17 14 17 Pa ul mm EJ H ii Hi GJ ca Gs te pI T teh 14 1L Iz 15 ji 15 15 17 10 NS Dicen Becky vol 01 DONE A ee ee ai Latter dated danmeary 23 1 i Tea f iat Li LEF B Go s daa GAE I wrote lo E Wil pA Frevidestial Life rra Compeery p Shy did yeu miite Chio Lette i En ceaponaa Eo che Prurasry IE Jlatrar tha Lead a thee nas haria the policy E il SLE Fl ADE TALLAS a Eb Ia E AE Dal Re PREV Ly baiti ed Lita bi EA de E ELL E ThaE s cocmerct a Em ihis pour lanar
214. are played If no clip is open the Segment Editor is empty You can also use the Segment Editor to adjust the start and end points for segments To view the segments in a clip using the Segment Editor 1 Open a clip from the Transcript Explorer or Clips menu 2 Click the Segment Editor tab at the top of the Transcript Window as shown in the figure below 299 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual Trancenpt Segmen Editor Seach BO 0910 0001116 When you say all of those documents do you Start of Segmerd Audio End of Segment Audio eel ll al ella ll al E Star Time Erd Tima Duso a Page 11 16 to 11 19 00 11 19 651 O27 235 00 00 07 335 al Page 12 01 to 1208 00 11 45 151 00 1211 318 00 00 26 167 gt rement i Page 11 16 to 11 19 16 J When you say all of those documents do Ll believe that you received 4 written response to this 18 letter of January 25 19967 15 A Yes 1 believe 1 did Segment WS Page 12 01 to 12 08 00012 01 O Do you recall af you wrote this letter 02 che some day that you received M Wilson s letter to 03 you of January 22 that we previously identified as 04 ExXb4001 gt 05 As Ho 10 wasn t that same day I don t 06 specifically recall It may have been probably the 07 following day after I had thought about it through th 4 Ss By default the segment text is separated to allow for easy review Also the segments within the current clip are listed in order The clip wil
215. are in the normal rubber band zoom mode What do you want to do Click on the headings below for annotation tool instructions The Selection Tool Use the Selection tool to select an annotation or markup to edit resize move or delete Once the Selection tool is enabled there are two ways to select an existing markup Click anywhere on the markup Click and drag a rectangle around one or more markups All markups completely within the area of the rectangle are selected When an annotation or markup Is selected a box appears around it with handles on the corners and sides When you move the cursor over a handle the cursor changes to a double pointed arrow allowing you to resize the selected markup When you place the cursor over the selected markup the cursor changes to a four sided arrow allowing you to move the markup to another location Handle In order to resume normal rubber band zoom mode you must disable the Selection tool by clicking it again er A Note When moving or resizing a markup the markup sometimes partially or completely disappears Click anywhere outside the markup to refresh the screen and display the markup correctly Highlight an Image Use the Highlighter tool to highlight an important area of an image When the Highlighter tool is selected the Annotation Toolbox changes and displays a Color selection grid along the bottom 199 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual Choose a color then click and d
216. arefully lo ensure no To ext cick OF Finished Result The follosang dsposbonis were mpoded Polk Michael Mol OF 0772171995 9 4 Tools 6 Verify that there are no warnings that were issued Then select OK to complete the import process You will then need to open the Digital Video Transcript that you imported i ore Information Importing Digital Video Transcripts PET rimecoder Importing LiveNote VideoNote Files When a synchronized transcript is imported from a LiveNote VideoNote file you will need to import the ptf vid files that were created from the original application To import files from LiveNote VideoNote 1 Select Import from LiveNote VideoNote files ptf vid from the File menu Import from LiveMote TM 7 VideoMote TM files This wizard wil help you to import LiveNote TM and Widkeotlotel Th Bes foe use vahm TimeCoder ay To began peate enter the path and derar lor the LiveNobaT Mj and VideoMote TM Mer you would ike to use rio thes held bein Digital Video To conbrue chek Hert Transcript Toed cick Cancel Select a Levehiote T My karseng put Select a VidsoWote TM fle vid 2 Enter a destination path and filename for the PTF file or click Browse to navigate to the desired folder and filename prm rd Note If the PTF and VID files reside in the same directory selecting the PTF will select the associated V
217. ase Clip s Report Detailed When selecting the Case Clip s Report Detailed you have the option to print it with a Cover Page Page Headers Page Breaks Synchronized Exhibits and Footer This report will list all DVTs Clip IDs Clip Descriptions Clip Duration Segments Clip Barcodes and the transcript text associated with each Segment The Cover Page will display the case name and the date and time it is printed If you chose to have a footer print your footer will also appear If you chose to print Page Breaks each clip will be printed on its own page If you chose to print Synchronized Exhibits it will also print the barcode and Object ID for each of the synchronized exhibits associated with the clip Transcript Manager ls Care ipis Report Detaled Opione f Pret with Cover Page R Print with Page Headers F Print with Page Breaks O Pre eth Sprchtorazed E shid Footer CONFIDENTIAL Z Note Print Case Clips Report Summary This report sample is zoomed in to detail the Attached Exhibit and text excerpt entries A D led aE Mabara Hay pri Hik pH D Bonteros TJ Vol 01 072211997 C Page 3 22 10 3 24 A bets a dar E wy im the air indu E Krl ad pr plat Sep lal Ca mr hos pas me Eb fen in Ada dairy ioe A Pes Bete up fm rociar AER ppe eed With me on DE te ee de dey ee Oe A milk sat tf the het Teepe ote 2 oth AO a Wher re are Ub bami vypiially ngiri A On ra A ee AAN A di ae prim E The Letier Aheut
218. ata9 877 463 2829 Fax 480 497 1833 Sales 800 828 8292 Technical Support 480 497 0066 Useful E Mail Addresses Sales sales indatacorp com Technical Support supportO indatacorp com General Information info indatacorp com 19 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual Technical Support Technical Support is available with every inData software product 24 hours a day 7 days a week on the inData Web site at www indatacorp com Visit the Tech Notes Tips FAQ s page for helpful How to hints on all inData products Phone 480 497 0066 Fax 480 497 1833 E Mail support indatacorp com Standard Technical Support This service provides telephone or e mail Support to clients Monday through Friday 9 00 AM 8 00 PM Eastern Standard Time Excluding Holidays 20 Getting Started with TrialDirector Getting Started With TrialDirector Welcome to TrialDirector trial presentation software for attorneys and litigation support professionals TrialDirector helps you organize exhibits and depositions prepare cases for trial and enhance case presentations Whether you re working with documents images photographs transcripts video testimony or animations you can easily view manage and present them using TrialDirector This guide is divided into four main sections e Navigating in TrialDirector Shows you the modules and tabs within TrialDirector e Creating and Organizing Your Case Explains how to create a n
219. ate review the creation results comfully fo enpur no e WET Palo ued To eat cick OE Finished To create another Digital Video Transenpt cick Agan Feru m Se ee a ee e 8 Click OK to open the newly created DVT or click Again to create another DVT i nore Information Timecoding Pee muitimedia Manager 934 Tools After you create a new Digital Video Transcript DVT you need to add one or more audio video files using the Multimedia Manager If you have multiple audio video files that accompany a transcript use the Multimedia Manager to organize the files before you synchronize timecode the transcript with them To open the Multimedia Manager On the Multimedia menu click Multimedia Manager rr A Note to v5 Users Use the Add Files and Up Down buttons to add and organize your files just as you did in the former Multimedia Stream Manager The new buttons offer advanced organization capabilities but are not required Multimedia Manager Specify the multimedia for this Digital ideo Transcript ee gt Y A A A O O When adding multimedia itis ver important to make sure all referenced multimedia le sorted chronologically Failure to properly order the multimedia will cause unpredictable resulte when sWnichrorizirig Selected multimedia Media New Group Add File s Add DVD Remove Cancel a ms No Sr ESO ET Eeg ee EZA ES Adding Individual Files such as MPEG AVI
220. ation 1 If you select the PowerPoint Presentation option click the Browse button to select a path and filename for the excerpts then specify the slide settings Click Next 309 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual Generate Excerpt s from Clips Select a presentation fie lo tecera the Excepels CADocuments and Seltirgslustein DEVELOPMENT My Generate 7 eta Browne Side Settings 2 On the following screen specify a transition effect for the excerpts if desired Click Next You may also opiionalk select a video transition few Ihe genesated Except below To continue chek Hed To backup cick Back cu bo eat cick Carcel 3 On the following screen click Generate to generate the excerpts When the excerpts have been generated click OK to exit the wizard A PowerPoint file containing the excerpts will be created on your computer i ore Information Digital Video Transcript Clips 310 Transcript Manager Fey ndexing Transcripts Transcript Manager allows you to index each of your transcripts in your cases By indexing your transcripts you will have a searchable list of each word even exhibits in your transcript You can use the index to locate a word and then jump to the specific point in the transcript where the word appears When you add transcripts to TrialDirector you are prompted to index the transcript If you chose to defer indexing the un indexed transcript will be
221. ation erst ES Note Timecodes may be in a linear format or time of day format as long as they adhere to the SMPTE format 939 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual Preserving Transcript Timecodes During DVT Creation Process Preserving timecodes is a multi step process Follow the steps below to preserve timecodes 1 During the DVT creation process the dialog below appears allowing one to preserve timecodes within the deposition transcript if desired Check the Preserve original printed timecodes option as shown below Create a New Dipital Video Transcript ou may optionally peeseree the perted tmecocdes found E wether the ong raen 29 If you preperre bmecodes you mun speci oll sudo ideo h iesoucals for this Digital Video Tiarmcapl m cheornological order of tras hime w Pretenve oigna panbed bmecodes Multimedia i a ete a F past fas timecode to 00 00 00 Stream 2 Optionally you can deselect the Adjust first timecode to 00 00 00 option This option will readjust timecodes to offset at 00 00 00 in order to list the timecodes in a linear fashion If you wish to maintain timecodes in their original state ex time of day you can uncheck this option For best results we recommend leaving this option checked 3 Next the associated audio video resource s for the Digital Video Transcript must be added in chronological order This process will determine the running time s of the audio video resource s then match those
222. ation Options window Zone Activity Indicator The zones in use are indicated by the shape and position of the boxes in the Zone Activity Indicator The active zone is highlighted in blue and the selected zone is outlined in white Right click on the Zone Activity Indicator to display the Item ID of the item in the active zone Left click on the Zone Activity Indicator to return focus to TrialDirector when you are manipulating OLE files Change the Presentation Background TrialDirector allows you to customize the background of the presentation display 1 Do one of the following n the main TrialDirector window select Presentation Options from the View menu In Presentation mode click the down arrow next to the Toolbar icon in the lower left corner of the presentation display 2 Then choose the appearances tab as shown in the figure below 413 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual Presentation Preferences General Zones imager Multimedia CVT Appearance Tool Preterences Presentation Background i Coy Piecet Classic C Deep Pupe C Fog Luminosa C Deep Blue f Custom Cutter Select Bottom Color C Background image The current background selection is displayed in the square to the right of the color option selectors C Do one of the following a Change the background color Click the Color option button Select Custom color option Click Select Top Color choose the desired color an
223. ause Pause a Digital Video Transcript To pause a Digital Video Transcript click the Pause button on either the Toolbar or Multimedia Control box or select Pause from the Multimedia menu Stop a Digital Video Transcript To stop a Digital Video Transcript click the Stop button on either the Toolbar or Multimedia Control box or select Stop from the Multimedia menu Change Playback Speed To change the DVT playback speed select one of the following from the Multimedia Playback Speed menu Super Slow Motion to play the DVT at less than slow motion speed Slow Motion to play the DVT slower than normal speed Normal to play the DVT at regular speed Double 2x to play the DVT at twice normal speed The DVT will continue playing at the selected speed until a different speed is selected Seek in a Digital Video Transcript The Seek commands allow you to seek to different parts of a DVT To seek to the beginning of a DVT file do one of the following Click the Seek To Segment Start K button on the Multimedia Control Box Select Seek To Beginning from the Multimedia menu To seek to the end of a DVT file do one of the following Click the Seek To Segment End bilbutton on the Multimedia Control Box Select Seek To Ending from the Multimedia menu To seek to a particular position in a DVT Select Seek To Specific Position from the Multimedia menu 2 4 Transcript Manager Find Text Fhrase
224. ay button to play the clip and determine what changes need to be made Click the or buttons next to the Stamp Segment Start button to adjust the beginning of the clip or click the or buttons next to the Stamp Segment End button to adjust the ending of the clip Document Manager 5 Save the clip by clicking the Update Segment button This saves the new changes to the clip More Information e Appendix E native Files A Native file is a file created in a program outside of TrialDirector that is preserved in its original format such as a Word file with a doc extension or an Excel file with an xls extension TrialDirector distinguishes native file documents from imaged documents documents that have been converted from their original formats to image files such as a TIF files To view a file in its native format click the Native tab If the tab is unavailable grayed out native viewing is not supported for the file type or the required application is not installed See Appendix D TrialDirector Supported File Formats for more information More Information Supported File Formats View Case Items Filter Case Explorer by File Type Mp errorm Full Text Queries TrialDirector has a powerful Word Search tool that allows users to query one or more keywords from full text OCR The search results can be sent to a workbook After the image result set is displayed viewing the associated full text OCR wi
225. bar will refresh for each media clip excerpt within the export folder that is encoded Depending on the length of the media clip this process may take several minutes This status bar is only displayed when the Export Media Clips option is enabled and valid media clips exist in the export folder Export Folder contents to new Volume c export The Folda contents wil now be expoled based on he ib miommation geen To begn the export process click Export Working Tobeckup chek Back or bo edt chick Cancel Progress volume Sge Creating Exceipt WIDCLIPOS 001 The workbook contents have been espoded Fiere mese the apat resul careful bo ensure no PATER Vacio Ese To eat cick OF Ress The operation was completed suecasstuly 14 Click OK In the Destination folder there are separate folders for each volume Each volume contains a load file oll and a database file mdb See Importing Items Using a Batch File for more information on importing the workbook contents into another TrialDirector case Case Library Apply Current Label to Workbook Items This feature will automatically apply the current exhibit label to all images contained within a workbook This feature is useful for applying exhibit labels to hundreds even thousands of images in a batch processing method Once the labels are applied to the images the workbook can be exported or printed Selecting the Apply all markups option when exp
226. be used on one document Click on the Annotation Toolbox to display all the highlighted paragraphs and check your work If any of the highlights need to be resized or moved use the Selection tool for editing Click to turn off the ALL display When you are finished you are ready to save the markups You need to think about which markups you want to display when the item is opened in Presentation Mode Whatever markups are visible at the time of save will display when the item opens If you want to begin with a blank document click layer 1 which should have no markups before saving Then in Presentation Mode use either the Next Overlay NO and Previous Overlay PO commands or the new Layer Indicator feature to move between the overlays Note You can skip a layer when defining the markups to give the illusion of a page with no markups Viewing the Moving Highlight To view an example of a moving highlight follow these steps L Zz Go into Presentation Mode and open DEMOO00054 into the default zone by typing DEMOO00054 and pressing Enter Either press Ctrl Page Down NO command or use the new Layer Indicator shown below to view the next overlay El Layer Status I ndicator As you move through each successive overlay the highlight moves down the page You can also use the Layer Status Indicator to display multiple layers at once or specify certain layers i e layer 1 and 4 For more detailed infor
227. been relocated Peace review the import result caneiully bo ensure no To eat cick Finished Resullx The folowing mudimecks teamai were remapped Aucho Video Part 01 for Barthel Evan ol 01 014242002 Z Note A warning is displayed if any of the multimedia source files could not be found in the location entered on Step 3 360 Transcript Manager 8 Review the relocation results carefully to ensure no warnings were issued 9 Click Finished to exit the relocation process i nore Information Digital Video Transcripts Turn Closed Captioning On or Off Turn Audio On or Off Change CDs Disconnect the Multimedia Stream View Multimedia Properties Modify Multimedia Source Paths view Multimedia Properties To view the information associated with a multimedia file 1 Right click on the desired multimedia file in the Transcript Explorer and select Properties from the drop down menu Multimedia Properties Gereral Extended Multimedia Stream Cess Monday June 14 2004 120059 PH Modhed Wednesday Apel 5 2006 03 37 23 PH Deponphon Multimedia Poet 01 foe Dixon Becky Vol 01 0910 Stream errr A Note The Modified time indicates the last time the Multimedia Stream was opened The General tab displays the multimedia description and is not modifiable 2 Click the Extended tab to view the extended multimedia properties 361 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual Multimedia Prope
228. below Iramcipt Segment Editor Search Dixon Becky Vol 01 Cri oo 7 EF T NIE El I peers Chose are sone precise words But he waz jus 2 inq eiting Bore Mur ay eelli boing and what I planned do whechez I planned to stay in tee house or things like that Da ss sorbody elbe present with you and Hz Wilson at any tine during that setting at your ha cn Noveabez lors 19957 ha No Da Did you tape record any part of thst Betting on Aoremiec 10 0 A Bs I didn t i Fel lowing thar Se ting with He Wilson oa Moreabee 18 19 5 did pou send any Lecce or OTheE AECA to Sy person or make any Letter or obher araocan fo pea perdonad Elles or electa asco Eh A Ti Ae Be care of Chimps Da To your Enowiedge did Ec Wilson send a Letter Gf arado Eo fea Eo any SHE person of E his files of electa to M bclolita aay discussiona E gay ewe occurred af that Movember lich 19495 meeting Aa I don t know vhat he did when he went ba to biz office for his om files I did not receive a Y I just expected Er Vilson to take follow up letter oe confirming letter from his O bid you talk with anyone after that mirt oth Roeveabere Leth 199 aber ie Ae I talked to Lema Da een did you talk to Arma after Pour Beeting with Gr Yilson om November fth Losi A Ween Anna came howe frea school thse day O dei how long did you talk with desa abou Our meecing With He Milson cocliecr thart day a fee eet d m A
229. ble Word Index Also indexing will allow you to print reports and transcripts 320 Transcript Manager TrialDirector y k Would WOU like to index the transcripts now R 10 Click Yes to begin the Indexing process Click No to return to the Transcript Manager I mport an AMI CUS Transcript 1 Select I mportTranscript s from AMI CUS Transcript ami from the Transcript menu Import Transcript This wand vel help you to mpo a lranec pl from an AMICUS ami fiin To begn phawa enfer a path and enare bor the karacag you would kke lo use mio ihe held below To continue cick Next import a ae Select a transcopt 2 Click the Browse button to select the transcript you want to import After you have selected a file or typed in a fully qualified path including the drive letter click Next to continue 321 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual Import Transcript New pease entes lhe deponerd name deposdion data voles number and any olber relesar micemation for this transcnpt mio the heid below To open and review the transonpt cich Edit i M Deposiion information ore Fast Revere Maddielntiat Transcript Last Paul Sumama Date 0417 8008 Yamen 1 Edt cBeck mem oo Z Note TrialDirector will attempt to read the deposition information contained within the source transcript file If this information is available it will automatically be populated 3
230. board You can disable clipboard monitoring on the General tab in the Document Manager Options window More Information Exhibit Management BRR exhivit Management As you organize your case in TrialDirector you can assign Exhibit Numbers and Trial Exhibit Numbers to items group related exhibits into workbooks and more 177 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual What do you want to do Import Items into a Case Select Items Assign Exhibit Numbers or Trial Exhibit Numbers Insert a Page Insert Remove a Document Break Attach Memos Put Items in a Workbook Search for Items Print Items Remove Items Remove a Volume Create a Subset Case Mi ading Items to a Case You can add or import items at any time into an open case using one or more of the following methods drag and drop manual import batch import and scan import What do you want to do Drag and Drop Items into the Case Manually Import Items Use a Batch File to Import Items Scan Items into the Case More Information Exhibit Management Import Items Moras and Drop to Add Items One of the easiest ways to import items into a case is to drag and drop items into the Case Explorer from the Microsoft Explorer window 1 Open Microsoft Explorer and position the window so that you can also see the Document Manager Case Explorer as shown in the figure below 178 Document Manager i My Documents E
231. book Drop down The Workbook Drop down list allows you to see all of the workbooks that are available to the presentation Select the workbook from where you wish to select Items The first Item in the workbook will be shown to right when you first select that workbook Current Workbook Button Current tem in vvorkbook TA Admitted 04 10 2006 OVERHEAD Current Workbook Button 473 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual The Current Workbook Button allows you to cycle back and forth by using either left or right mouse clicks on the button Each left mouse click on the button will move one place forward through the workbook list Each right mouse click on the button will move one place back through the workbook list Viewing and Selecting Items in a Workbook There are two ways to view and select and item in presentation mode 1 Current Item Drop down 2 Current Item Button Current Item Drop down Current tem Drop down a gt Admitted 0410 2006 eye eHeon 7 Current Yvorkbook Button The Item Drop down list allows you to see all of the Items that are available in the workbook that is currently active Select the Item that you wish to load Current Item Button Current tem in vorkbook on Admitted 04 10 2006 OVERHEAD Current Workbook Button The Current Item Button allows you to cycle back and forth by using either left or right mouse clicks on the button Each left mouse click on the button w
232. bove the image as shown in the figure below i Play Seek to End Close zone Seek to Start Maximize zone Pause Swich MativesImage View PGF only ser f Note The Zone Header Video controls only become visible if the exhibit item in that zone is a video file format An additional button is available when you view a Native file for example a Word or Excel file Show Hide Tool Margins When you click this button the document is enlarged and the toolbars are hidden 454 Presentation Switch Between Image Native View PDFs Only When you load a page from a PDF file in Presentation mode a static image of the page appears enabling you to annotate it for trial as needed However you can quickly switch to Native view to access the complete fully functional PDF This is helpful if you need to search for a word or phase in the file go to a specific page using thumbnail images or use any of the other available PDF tools Gane Note Annotations made in Image view are not saved when you switch to Native view Pre treating images or using the Snapshots button on the Presentation Toolbar provide alternatives To switch the view click the Switch Native I mage View button on the zone header controls Dat BILL OF LADING SHORT FORM NOT NEGOTIABLE Page 1 of SHIP PROM DDD Ball of Lading Number A A BAR CODE SPACE SUD No SHIP TO Carrier Name Expand a Zone To expand a zo
233. call is made quick and easy using barcodes scripts macros and keyboard commands And TrialDirector s dual screen capability offers more control than ever allowing exhibits to be dragged and dropped onto the presentation display With a broad range of capabilities TrialDirector gives you the edge you need to deliver courtroom presentations with winning impact i hore Information Presentation Display Control the Presentation Display Presentation Toolbar Save the Presentation Display Presentation Options PowerPoint Plug In EPresentation Mode The Basics Topics Options Window The Mouse Pointer Presentation Window Indicators Change the Presentation Background Close the Presentation Display When you first open the Presentation mode a dialog box located in the middle of the presentation screen tells you to enter an Item ID or scan a barcode to load the first exhibit To eliminate distractions to the audience or jury the rest of the screen is blank except for the Toolbar icon in the lower left corner 409 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual Dialog Box Type an exhibit s ID and Press the Enter key Or Scan an Exhibit Barcode now Press ESC to Exit TnalDirector Presentation Don t show this dialog again TrialDirector Presentation Window Toolbar Icon Select Do Not show this Dialog Box Again if you would like the screen to appear blank the next time you enter Presentation mode Op
234. canner to use automatic document Document Feed feed or allow batch scanning ADF Deskew B amp W Text Allows you to deskew black and white document text images as they are scanned Duplex Scan For printers with duplex double sided scanning captures a both sides of the document Color Depth Allows you to choose a file format and color palette black amp white 1 bit per pixel TIF image 256 color 8 bit per pixel BMP image or true color 24 bit per pixel JPG image Resolution DPI Allows you to determine the resolution or number of dots per inch of the scanned image er Note The combination of high bit per pixel Image Colors and high DPI settings may create large images which require more time to load and may not display due to memory constraints Allows you to set the paper size for the item 4 On the Coding Fields tab enter the following optional information for the coding database e Vicscescnld Allows you to specify a title for the document Author Allows you to record the author or authors of the document Allows you to record the recipient of the document Allows you to record the document date Allows you to record the source of the document Type Allows you to classify the document by type letter hand written note response notice and so on Clear Coding History Click this button to clear the entries in the fields above Clear fields when Select this check box to automatically cl
235. cases the results do not represent the entire scope of documents A fully OCR completed 100 case will display a green colored bar indicating search results will represent the entire scope of documents Below are examples of uncompleted and completed progress bars Percent of OCA Completed Update Incomplete OCR Percent of OCA Completed Update Complete OCR but with Errors select Error tab for error details Percent of OCA Completed Update Complete OCR 228 Document Manager 5 To add a search term to the Query Words list begin typing the word in the OCR 6 Select the desired word Words list Repeat the process until all words needed for the search have been added Once all of the words have been added to the Query Words list it will look similar to the example below A Word List text box as shown below Trial Director will display a list of possible choices based on the letters that you type OCA Word List 26 words Eric tncbloroethene tnchchlorethene tnichloroathene tnchloroechane tnchloroethane tnchloroethans tnchloroethene tnichloroethens tichloroethylene tnchloroethane tnchloroflucroamethane tnchloroo l then click Add to move the selected word to the Query Quen Words Found 4 pages uri tialdirector Search Method Matches on any word OR Select the Search Method as shown above from the drop down list Using AND parameters versus OR parameters will result in a
236. cated after the semicolon For example if you want TrialDirector to pause 5 seconds after loading DX000728 001 before executing the next command in the script you would list the following commands in the script file AZ Z9 DX000728 001 5 Z9 XR Z1 Z2 GRAPHI C01 Any of the commands available in TrialDirector can be executed in a script see Commands and Keyboard Shortcuts Before using a script in trial make sure it presents items exactly as you had planned When entering multiple commands one minor mistake can cause the remaining commands to create undesired effects lore Information Control the Presentation Display Scripts Edit a Script Execute a Script Me ai a Script 908 Presentation Edit a script file by selecting Edit Presentation Script File from the Tools menu on the Document Manager or Case Library tabs In the resulting navigation window select the desired script and click Open The script file is opened in Windows Notepad as shown in the figure below Script01 src Notepad Sel File Edit Format View Help AZ Z9 CH12 0001 30 EL Z9 ptx nbd 00 007 5 ALE Z2 pt xO964 04 00 0071 5 5 Make the desired changes and save the modified script file i nore Information Control the Presentation Display Scripts isave a Script In order to execute a script in Presentation mode you must save the script file in a folder named Scripts within
237. cessed 4 Once the coding file has been imported click Close on the import dialog to update the coding database and return to TrialDirector Clicking on the Coding Item Type tab will display the newly added records lore Information Establishing Link Display Concordance Images Export Concordance Coding Database iConect Ma pplication Integration iConect Integration ICONECT is an Internet based document repository iCONECT users can search several online coding fields to find specific documents The query results can then be directly sent to 70 Application Integration TrialDirector The image files associated with the CONECT documents are downloaded to your system and automatically added to the TrialDirector case This entire process occurs with just a few mouse clicks Now there is an easy to use stable integration between your document repository and your trial presentation software CONECT and TrialDirector Integration Features Export iCONECT case images directly to TrialDirector Export current or selected documents document queries or entire CONECT databases directly to TrialDirector Annotate images for trial presentation after they are exported to TrialDirector Export iCONECT coding data directly to TrialDirector lore Information Establishing Link Using iCONECT with TrialDirector Application Integration CONECT Integration Establishing Link TrialDirector has provided
238. ch is used to adjust the start and endpoints of a segment as well as the Segment Viewer which allows you to view only the transcript text associated with each segment of the open clip as shown in the figure below 206 Search Tab Trascipt Segment Editor Search 80 2010 0004116 When you say all of ihose documents do you Start of Segment Audio 0 m ajajaj u mjm ajajaj al al Page 11 16 to 11 19 3 Page 1201 to 1208 a Pags 322 to 4 21 8 Page 1507 ta 1514 End of Segment Audo Hh h ae Sia Tene 00 17 19 651 00111 45151 00106 32 000 00 15 25 000 wiii 235 0001211 318 00 04 35 000 00 16 10 000 OO O26 TE 00 09 03 O00 OO 00 42 000 Sent Wl Page 11 16 to 11 19 O When you say all of those documents do believe that you received a written response to this letter of dJamuary 25 19967 A Yes I believe 1 did 2 Page 12 01 to 12 08 0 Do you recall if you wrote this letter o Ehe same day Chat You received Hr Wilson s letter ta you of January 22 Ghat we previously identified as EXD4001 gt A No 15 wasn t thar sane day I don e specifically recall It aay have been probably the following day after 1 had thought about it throudh th gt mors Transcript Manager The Search tab allows you to conduct advanced searches across one or multiple transcripts Word Index Traen Segmen Edo Seach Semch withi a Search method AI Transergts
239. chronize the Contents Show and Hide the Case Explorer The Transcript Explorer displays files in a familiar tree structure as shown in the figure below and allows you to organize the Digital Video Transcript DVT clips and exhibits in a case Within Transcript Manager the hierarchy is as follows a Case e g Smith v Jones then DVT s for each of the depositions represented by folders e g B Smith A Jones and C Hunt followed by clips a clip is an shortened piece of the DVT and finally segments a segment is a smaller piece of a DVT several segments are often compiled as a Single clip A clip will always have at least one segment If there are multiple segments within a clip when the clip is played it will go through each segment as listed without pausing between them 203 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual Transcript Explorer i x View by E Al Transcript ferns Case heere y Crackers i EO Bartha Edwin vo 01 01 24 Ey ESPANA ASC Transcript tor Barthel Multimedia sy May e Part 01 Tor Bar P Cip EB 00410 Do you rece p i Full Cip Beginning at p E Page 41010417 a Page S03 to 5 07 A Clip Description MM chp EB 005165 Do you reca a ma nj l M2 cup EB 01116 in rending E Clip Identifier G Exhibits j DEMOCO0050 May 11 1 DEMODONSO 01 Budd 4 DEMOS Ex 4 DEMOO0054 Multi dbana CEMOGONES 01 Budd Resource Full Clip Clip Segments Attached Exhibits Each case c
240. chrorizirig Selected multimedia Ey SE110907 Disc 1 New Group staceyKing_1 avi Staceyeing_ 2 avi Add Files Ey SK110907 Disc 2 Add DVD staceyKing_s av oy StaceyKing 4 avi J SK110907 Disc 3 StaceykRing_5 avi Remove Cancel 5 When you are finished organizing files in groups click OK You can return to the Multimedia Manager at any time before you export the synchronized transcript and multimedia files to CDs DVDs to reorganize or replace them as needed MN rimecoder Preserve VideoNote Transcript Timecodes To preserve the existing VideoNote timestamps during import 1 Check the Preserve VideoNote timecodes option as shown below 537 938 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual Import from LiveMote TM 7 VideoMote TM files he hemor bound eather the a Vieth schontbon He L wd Ge If pou preserve imecodes pou must speciy all suche vaded rezoucada lor thar Dighal Video Tianscapt in elvonelegica gida al ihe teme Multimedia Stream M Eresenve VideoHotaTM timacodes 2 Click Add to specify one or more audio video resources that correspond with the original VideoNote vid file AT Audie iden Look m E blea RIHD mpa ud UYPOTZLB rang bip Acer HTHS Domang a ap 3 Cid uses MpMetc Fils name Para Fier of apr MPEG pea meal MPEG fies npa pe mpeg mpal i 3 Select the audio video file s and click Open to add the selec
241. ck on the annotation tool you want to change A color palette will appear above the tool as shown in the figure below 422 Presentation 2 Select the desired color Click in the black area to the left of the color palette to close it without changing the color err Note You will not be able to clear the presentation display when the color palette is open The annotation tool will show the new color as shown in the figure below Old Color Mew Color Saving Your Toolbar Layout To save your layout changes as a custom toolbar lt P Caution Do not save over the default toolbar Default tlb Click the arrow to the right of the icon Click Save Toolbar Layout In the File name box type a name for this toolbar layout Click Save to save the current toolbar layout as a tbl file AWW Loading a Toolbar Layout Resetting to the Default Toolbar To load the default toolbar or a saved layout 1 Click the arrow to the right of the icon a 2 Click Load Toolbar Layout 3 Select Default tlb to discard any unsaved toolbar customizations and load the default toolbar OR Select another tlb file to load a custom toolbar layout 423 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual Note the following e Toolbar configurations are saved separately for normal use and for PowerPoint plug in use This makes it possible to have a one toolbar visible for PowerPoint and a different toolbar configuration for normal
242. cl adi Suite pou must frst establish a cane associabion a SD SEE This association wil provide the TrisiDirector Suite with a I locaton to stone Trarnmenpls Chips and other intormabon recennad irom Leaota To contrae chck OK To eat cick Cancel Whal would pou ike Lo do Create a new TialDiecior Sute case Select an eding TusDrector Sube case OF Cancel B Select the range of transcript text then right click to open the menu then select Transfer TrialDirector as shown below H 311911998 Reeves Lisa Set the communications and all of the information upon which the plaintiff made her decision to proceed to Slirbitration in this case 6 ME BONDS Well we ll waive the privilege as Tito her communications with her counsel who handled the Sjunderiving claim But as to her communications with 9me we re asserting the privilege 10 8Y MR CRANDALL 11 12 13 14 15 Cut 16 Copy 17 Q And di e 1 of the activity l that took place i ge 19 A Well ekt happened I mean 0fiit s going to be r me to remember Zleverything And m involved and handled 22la lot of it 50 a Play Video Segment n t involved in 23 o Well ved in a deposition edn the uninsured m aren t you 25 A Yes Casema 6 1 Q And ti O Trialrechor luar to If this is the first time a transfer is performed you will be requested to either select an existing TrialDirector Case or Create a new case to associate with LiveNote
243. codes that you can use to insert certain types of information in the brand Click the Tokens button to display the list of available tokens 525 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual Available Tokens Available Tokens To insert the image s YOLUME LABEL use To insert the image s FILE PATH use To insert the image s FILENAME use To insert the image s FILE EXTENSION uze To insert an INCREMENTING NUMBER use Caution These can be lona 4 In the Image Footer box enter your desired brand using text or tokens To add the brand to the images in your Source folder click Brand Image Footer Lett Align Center Right Altar AZ FE Confidential AEA Using the tokens shown in the Image Footer example above produced the brand shown below Note that a period was added between the F amp E tokens in the Left Align field to make the file name file extension appear normal Volume ID 2v t File Extension E 1 C Driva DEMO00001 tf Confidential File Mame SF Incrementing Number CHN ImageSleuth ImageSleuth is used to search for corrupt or mislabeled tif files 1 From the Tools menu select the I mageSleuth command The ImageSleuth Utility dialog opens 526 Tools indata imagesteuth Utility Enter Stating Direction Path CAS ample Data Docs 1001 Ender Era Log Filename CAProgiam Fleet iarsin SU bes Error log Search Staus Document Scanned 16 Enon Detected 0 lia Document Current Directory a Window
244. conds 1 To begin an advanced search click on the Search tab located at the bottom of the Transcript window as shown below 332 Transcript Manager Transcript Segment Editor Search Search for Search within Search method E Transcripts An exact phrase match Enter the text you want to find in the Search For field erst A Note There is no need to insert the word and or or between the words These search operators will be selected in the Search Method field In the Search Within field choose one of the following All Transcripts to search all transcripts within the case Selected Transcripts to search the transcripts selected on the Transcripts Explorer indicated by a checkmark Current Transcript Only to search the open transcript In the Search Method field choose one of the following An Exact Phrase Match to find all search text in the exact order Match On All Words AND to find all text in any order Match On Any Word OR to find all occurrences of any text If you selected Match On All Words AND select one of the following Within A Q A Pair to find all text within one question and answer pair Within x Lines to find all text within a certain number of lines If you select this option enter the maximum number of lines or use the small arrow buttons to increase or decrease the maximum number of lines Click the magnifying glass TrialDirector will search through the selecte
245. cord one at a time when the Find First button is clicked Select Send Results to Workbook if you want to display all matching records in the Search Results workbook 5 Check the boxes next to the fields you want to search ers A The Admitted Fields search options will only be available when you have highlighted the Admitted workbook 6 Click Find First or Find All to begin the search 7 Click Cancel to close the Find window Use Clipboard Linking Most third party document management systems can be used to locate documents in Document Manager by copying query results to the Windows Clipboard To illustrate the clipboard linking concept the following example uses the Windows Notepad in place of any other Windows based product in which you might do a search and copy the resulting text to the clipboard 1 Open Windows Notepad by clicking the Windows Start Run command and typing notepad 2 Click OK to open the program 3 Resize and move the Notepad window so you can view both Notepad and Document Manager 4 Type the search text in Notepad window Keep in mind that a valid Document Manager Item ID must be found within the first three words of the search text 5 Highlight the selected text 6 Press Control C to copy the search text to the Windows Clipboard Document Manager automatically displays the correct item rs A Note Document Manager will perform a search on any text that is copied to the clip
246. creen will pop up providing you with a list of programs that data can be exported to Choose TrialDirector from the Trial Presentation category Click Next If TrialDirector is not listed on this screen please contact your CONECT administrator to have it added 12 Application Integration E 2002 iCONECT LLC Microsoft Internet Explorer Fie Edit View Favorites Tools Help Pap J EXPORT TO ANOTHER PROGRAM Please Select a Program or Format to Export to Trial Presentation Images and Document Data Sanction Il TrialDirector Suite Visionary 7 The next screen will ask you to choose the documents you wish to export You can export just the current document all documents resulting from the current search the entire database or a range of documents You can also select all the documents that have been placed in a specific folder After you have made your selection click Next Export Copyright 2002 iCONECT LLC Microsoft Internet Explorer File Edit View Favorites Tools Help ae y 7 i EXPORT TO ANOTHER PROGRAM Select Documents To Export C Current Document Only O All Documents In Current Query Entire Database C Selected Documents For example 1 3 5 12 Enter document numbers and or document ranges separated by commas C All Documents In The ACT to print 5 copies of each Folder lt Back Next gt Cancel 8 You will next be asked to choose how yo
247. cript View a Digital Video Transcript Change Digital Video Transcript Properties Close a Digital Video Transcript Remove Digital Video Transcripts Echange CDs 1 Ifthe requested volume is on a CD ROM mount the requested volume 2 Click OK A navigation window will appear 3 Do one of the following Locate and select the requested multimedia file and click Open or double click the filename The multimedia for the DVT will be opened Click Cancel if the requested multimedia file is not on your computer A message window will appear informing you that the multimedia for the DVT will not be available Click OK 384 Transcript Manager errr f If you attempt to access a Digital Video Transcript and TrialDirector cannot locate the multimedia source file needed the following window will appear Note Change CDs only when this dialog box appears Requested Audio or Requested Video Source File Volume Attention Audiovideo Part 01 For Poli MichaeW Vol 01 07 21 1995 The external audio video resource MP072195 MPG6 on volume TD_DEMO could not be Found Please mount volume TD DEMO in drive and confirm the location of the requested audio video resource If the Filepath or volume label For the requested audio video resource has changed vou may browse For the resource at its new location eer f Note To prevent TrialDirector from prompting you to locate audio video resources
248. cript for Reeves Li he AudioVideo Part 01 for Reeve aa Clip LA 0319 511 522 LiveN oh E Virtual Clip LA 0319 virtual clip Clips that were created but have not been edited with Transcript Manager have a small green plus sign on their icons as shown above lore Information Presentation Mode CT Summation Enterprise iBlaze Integration Getting Started with CT Summation Enterprise Blaze Integration TrialDirector connects with CT Summation Enterprise iBlaze so that you can access features from these leading litigation support programs together When TrialDirector is integrated with Enterprise iBlaze you can work with key functions in TrialDirector directly from within Enterprise iBlaze For example you can e View and mark up images using TrialDirector s mark up tools or use Enterprise iBlaze mark up tools and incorporate these mark ups with TrialDirector e Create groups of documents using Enterprise s iBlaze s Core Database and send them to TrialDirector workbooks e Share transcripts between Enterprise iBlaze and TrialDirector e View video transcripts in Enterprise iBlaze using TrialDirector s viewer 83 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual e Print condensed versions of Enterprise iBlaze transcripts using TrialDirector s transcript printing options e Create clips using Enterprise s iBlaze s familiar tools and send the clips directly to TrialDirector for presentation in court To connect TrialDirector and Ent
249. cttnre yt gee cate een eaten eaten E 21 Navigating im TMIISIDIFSCTO areas riada tad 21 Creating and Organizing Your CAS cccccccccccncncncncnnrcnnnnnnn nor rr nn 24 Adding Items to the Case ria aria ii dios 27 Preparing FOC Talara rDN 37 Workin WE CONO cean eeen E RE 37 Finding Testimony in Transcripts rior riada 40 Working with Issue Codes and TranscriptS sesererrerererrerererrererrrrererrrrererrrrerrrre 43 Working With VIdeo GIDS iia rd nud OE ai 47 Organizing Exhibits Using Workbooks ssssseserserererrrrererrerrrrrrererrererrrrererrrrerrrrrrene 51 PESEN al E a E ra an 53 MOUS ON VOU N Vear E EAE EEEE E E EEEE 58 PONCE ATION MEEO a O aeara E E E EEE E E E E 61 Concorda CS nda tc 62 A PP 1osce ont ened am nuneesecsace ses denecassaaeet 65 Export Coding Data From ConcordanCOssmieicid n daria rad 65 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual CONC ide 70 EIN INO O nee ea eine Seiad ee A 77 CT Summation Enterprise iBlaze INteQgration ccccc cece cee cee eee e ee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesseennees 83 Step OMe Integracion iodo ici dal 84 Step Twor Exchanging TranSCripts iavecuxsteceestererietiiataveueaowedas telecon tania serenade 85 Step Taree Linking DOCUMENTS iaa aint it 88 Sending Images from CT Summation Products to TrialDirector ccc ccc cece eee ee eee eteeeeeeneeees 92 Sending Images to TrialDirector as a Result of a Search in Enterprise iBlaze ccee eee ees 92 Sending Marked or Unmar
250. cuments like that in the time rom Ball s deposition and now I ve obviously looked at documenta before then I asked if you had reviewed any documents bearing upon the issue of whether the sole basis upon which GFC made the Chem Lig loan was the Halliburton guaranty No I haven t reviewed any documents like that in the time from Ball s deposition and now I ve obvriously looked at documents before then Presenting Testimony Directly from Enterpise iBlaze Typically you would run TrialDirector separately from Enterprise iBlaze in the courtroom But you may find on occasion that you need to quickly present testimony directly from Enterprise or iBlaze 1 Open the transcript you wish to work with and highlight the lines of testimony you 2 want to present Right click on the highlighted lines and select Present Selected Text in TrialDirector from the menu TrialDirector s Presentation screen opens on your desktop displaying the selected testimony 107 Trial 108 Director v5 2 User Manual DII issue of whether the sole basis upon which GFC made the 02 Chem Lig loan was the Haliburton guaranty 03 A No 04 You re asking me if I ve reviewed any of those documents that relate to that issue right 7 Er El J Er Q Iaskedif vou had revie wed any documents 3 Bula e Foe ms ie ol 1 i ne 15 Sle mr iye L e Te de A te SS A Copy to Clipboard Copy Excerpt into New Mote Cl Write
251. d then the remark you wish to add to the Event Log Retract Active Zone allows you to retract an expanded zone back to its regular size Rewind Active Video Zone to Beginning Rotate Left allows you to rotate an item 90 degrees to the left Rotate Right allows you to rotate an item 90 degrees to the right Script Item New option for TrialDirector v4 0 Use this command to jump to a specified item within a script For example type SI9 then to jump to the 9 item within the script If there are zone commands that occur prior to the script item those commands will be executed It is recommended to pause the script prior to using this command If spaces occur between items within the script file a lt spacebar gt keystroke Is required to initiate the SI command Save Current PowerPoint Slide Settings Used when running the TrialDirector PowerPoint plug in Saves the TrialDirector zone item arrangement for the current PowerPoint slide This arrangement will be recalled when running the PowerPoint slideshow in the future Script Pause Pauses the script when it is set for automatic advancement Scroll Down allows you to move a zoomed item down in the zoom window You can use the Down Arrow key instead of typing the command Scroll Left allows you to move a zoomed item to the left in the zoom window You can use the Left Arrow key instead of typing the SR SU None SG None PA WT SC
252. d All Summaries to TrialDirector Workbook Mark Summary UnMark All Mark as HotFact Edit Image Information Replace ocrBase Document Copy to Case Organizer Tab To Do Copy Marks to Gase Organizer Send All Summaries to TrialDirector Workbook Send Marked Summaries to TrialDirector Workbook Send Un Marked Summaries to TrialDirector Workbook Add Item Image s to TrialDirector Display Image in TrialDirector Presentation Mode 3 Switch to TrialDirector either by clicking on the TrialDirector button in the status bar at the bottom of your screen or by holding the ALT key down as you tap the TAB key to switch between open programs The following dialog appears Add iBlaze Summaries to Folder O x To add Blaze Summaries to a DocumentDirector Folder please create a new A Folder or select an exsisting Folder below To add the Blaze Summaries click Add Add Items To exit without adding click Cancel Folder Create a new Folder e Select an existing Folder we ee Trial Exhibits a aiie aai ge a igh la a Trial Exbubitz LELLLELELELEECELELLLELELELLELLELLLELLLLLLLELLELLLLLLLLLLLLLELELLLLLLLLLLLELELLLELELLLLLELELELLLELLLLLELELLLLLELLLLLLLLELLLLLLLLLLLLLELLLLLELLLLLLLELLLLLELELLLELELELLLELELLLELE 4 You can create a new Workbook by entering a name in under Create a new Workbook or you can select from existing Workbooks by clicking on the drop down arrow under Select an existing Workbook e T
253. d a lot of copies For even greater savings talk to the sales staff about our site license options Don t forget our other fine products If you like TrialDirector you should consider our other litigation products and services Our software products include e TimeCoder Pro Video and Transcript Synchronization Software e TimelineXpress Timeline Charting Software e DepoView Video Review Software e inVentory eDiscovery Sizing Software We also offer services including Data Analysis amp Production Trial Consulting amp Preparation and Encoding amp Synchronization i ore Information Contacting inData Converting an Evaluation Copy to Full License Installing and Activating 17 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual ways to Increase Your Trial Presentation Skills Congratulations You ve taken the first step to creating persuasive presentations by purchasing inData TrialDirector the leading trial presentation software To help you use your software effectively inData offers a variety of ways to improve or accelerate your trial presentation proficiency with this innovative tool FREE Online Tutorials inData provides easy interactive tutorials at no charge to TrialDirector customers These pre recorded tutorials are each 3 5 minutes in length and are available 24 hours a day so you can learn at a time convenient to you The tutorials detail common concepts for building a case with TrialDirector Topics i
254. d and loaded on other systems The current selected workbook is displayed below Please weny thas i the workbook you would Bue bo export en To corra check Hed Export Folder l Itema Tobackup cik Back orto edt cick Cancel Workbook to be empored 3 Verify that the workbook name shown in this window is the name of the workbook you want to export 4 Click Next 134 O9 Case Library Select Export Destination Folder Neat please peleci a desimation Mepath and maam aii wolume cite loc the exported workbook contents li volume 0 limits ara reached additional volume il be created To continue check Hed Select amaton ispat Export Folder Acadien O Items Ic Document and Settings vate DEVELOPMENT Bose Volume Size Limit 4600 DVD Rom MB Reference Files Over 100 ME lt Back Heno Enter a destination path in the Select a Destination Filepath field or click the Browse button to select one using a navigation window TrialDirector will create the specified folder if it does not already exist The volume will be copied into this folder Select a volume size limit in the Volume Size Limit field to ensure that the volume will be able to fit on your chosen media CD ROM local drive etc TrialDirector will create additional volumes if your data exceeds the volume size limit If you plan to copy the volume to a disk or a CD ROM after it has been exported choose the appropriate volume si
255. d click OK Click Select Bottom Color choose the desired color and click OK OR b Change the background image Click the Background I mage option button Click Browse button navigate to the required image and select it Click Open 4 Click OK on the Presentation Options window The presentation background will remain the same for all cases until you change it again Close the Presentation Display To close TrialDirector press Escape once to clear all items from the screen and then press Escape again and the following dialog is shown 414 Presentation TrialDirector 2 Quit Presentation Mode k No i nore Information Presentation Mode Presentation Toolbar EPresentation Toolbar The Presentation Toolbar enables you to annotate exhibits with arrows highlights projections and more To show or hide the Presentation Toolbar click the icon in the lower left corner of the presentation display The default toolbar is shown below Annotation Tools E ae e hy L z pu kh FEF amp g 5 E E o aL 1 2 O E 5 E E a 8 E o o O o nf Q mn uu ma E mM Ss 3 D u gt amp 4 5 E o y 2 ao 5 2 Y o 3 6 cc U E o E gg 8 U T A C HH oo F BoB E aa E E wio 4 mm 5 A o 2 vo N U E rl E 3 gt NI E ii The Presentation Toolbar is dynamic and fully customizable Click any of the following topics for more information 415
256. d click the left mouse button to apply the label Cursor reflecting that the label tool is selected Te FARR ASSOCIATES To move a label Press Shift left click on the label and drag it to the new place To delete a label Press Shift right click on the label Select label DFN TES TABLET cic eye T fo Ear Taa Ed hunian Ciria Label pie eee rg Labai i forro field EET 206 Document Manager This option will allow you to manage existing labels that have been created The tab allows you to Edit Delete a current label style Set the label number using Existing Trial Exhibit Number Sequence starting of your choice Label Source Field Page ld Trial Exhibit No Exhibit No Design Label Lab Suda fe WERO Caption Line 1 i Caption Line 2 Sus dio Lie Caption Line 14 E E Caption Line 2 Ewe paia Esti Eee EX O00000001 Eont fra 3 Ge Erir E cunde Cora This option allows you to design labels including Label Style Color Font style Line captions Exhibit border Square rounded corners Preview window Once you have edited the label to your requirements click the Create Label button to create the label Click OK to close the design window The newly created label will be added to the existing drop down list of choices 207 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual Apply a Stamp To use the Stamp tool to place
257. d tegment within the Che 8 Page 11 16 40 11 19 m Page 1201 to 1208 a Page 322 bo 421 2 Page 1301 lo 1514 err 4 Note The current segment is selected by default The default selection is to update the segment within the clip that was active in the Case Explorer Whichever segment is highlighted in the dialog box will be the one that is updated with the segment times currently displayed in the Segment Editor You can also choose to save the current segment times as a new segment within the clip however it will not be synchronized with any corresponding transcript text 6 Click OK to update the selected segment with the adjusted times or Cancel to cancel the segment update st f Note If you do not update the segment and you click on something else in the Transcript Explorer you will lose the adjusted settings 304 00 10 27 1 00 0000000000000 A DO ODDAOODADOORAAO ADD AAODADODAAND ON PAUSE Zoe mM E Segment times adjusted from the original lore Information Digital Video Transcript Clips remove a Segment To delete a specific segment within a clip 1 Expand the appropriate clip folder 2 Right click on the desired segment within the clip folder 3 Select Delete from the shortcut menu lore Information gt Start Tune Tune End Save Review Transcript Manager 305 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual Digital Video Transcript Clips Mi cenerate Excerpts fr
258. d transcript s and display a list of hits for each transcript Transcript Segment Editor Search Search for trial Search within Search method E Transcripts An exact phrase match 15 Acri Patty Vol 01 11 10 1998 4 matches found 4 7 Acri Patty Vol 02 11 11 1998 1 matches found 2 Amchin Jess Vol 01 01111999 2 matches found 316 Ashby Audry Vol 01 03 08 1999 2 matches found 333 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual 7 To view the hit details click on the plus sign next to the transcript name as shown below Search for trial Q Search within Search method All Transcripts Match on all words AND Search limite e Within G44 pair Co Within linels 4 matches found EN F Fage 16 7 will not be prepared to go to trial in F Page 3506 13 A 4 Double blind Clinical Trial in Weight F Page 30 14 studied together in a clinical trial 3 Page 332 9 an open label long term tral of Acri Patty Vol 02 11 11 1998 1 matches found Z Note Clicking on the hyperlink for each search result will automatically jump to that point within the related transcript synchronizing the video to that location as well The hit details show the page and line number where the search hit is found as well as the line of text that contains the search hit 8 To view a cut out of the question and answer pair that contains the search hit click on the plus
259. da lid ALD fej treats plih opted SUBTRACT 4 Decrasis pipiak spate SPACE BAR Place TreLode n Cuter me DELETE Rene Telos hom ne FALSE Piip Pause tula nair E dt Sn fr sa dl ial ale u a Ef SBE Pe A os mpeciz 1005144 BES Lal And it locis liie in Eabibit IS He Emery sap hips Pett LE is telling che policyholder s coumsel chat you ij E Gorint LT LE be comi cut to de an invertigatisn Correct 50 00 27 669 iJ R Cennin 00 30 fal ria chy LEME Let ion ee 00 32 808 T A No siz Hi a PEL T d Dr Do fea have dy MEA OF jcc EL here Seether ad cada whether the policyholders 45d thett cacanel 5 162 ad comperated in the iorertigation Mahe as Fi I S Paro mel Heady Page d Line 16 Scone 100 EBM MaWebunpg El Z Note The light blue colored line indicates the current position within the Digital Video Transcript Navigate Between Missing Timecodes When the transcript lines missing timecodes have been identified the user can then navigate between each instance to manually timestamp that particular line There are 2 methods for navigating between missing timecodes 542 Tools Click the Move to Previous Missing Timecode and Move to Next Missing Timecode buttons on the TimeCoder Pro toolbar Alternatively use the N and B keys to move to the Next Missing Timecode and Back Missing Timecode These keys are used because of their close proxim
260. dditional segments as desired 4 Once the segments are created you can edit the endpoints to ensure that they begin and end at the correct positions lore Information Digital Video Transcript Clips Echange Clip Properties Transcript Manager allows you to change the clip identifier Item ID and clip description To change the clip properties right click on the desired clip and select Properties from the shortcut menu The Clip Properties window will open 294 Transcript Manager Clip Properties Presentation Cip Crestet Tuesday June 120M 10 59 38 AM Mod ed Friday March 24 2006 01 33 30 PM Darapo Presentation fwoukd you hard the vatrepees Exhibal 417 Object identiher 1P 01307 Cip Information l pppment nurning DOI 29 The Clip Information section lists the number of segments and total running time for the clip Rename Clips To rename a clip open the Properties dialog for the desired clip On the General tab type a new name for the exhibit in the Object identifier field and click Apply to save the changes or Exit to abandon the changes Change Clip Descriptions To change a clip description open the Properties dialog for the desired clip On the General tab type a new description for the clip in the Description field and click Apply to save the changes or Exit to abandon the changes Display Mode or Playback Mode Override To change Display Mode Override properties open the Properti
261. ded now appear in TrialDirector s Case Explorer In this example the added items were images of documents so they appear under the Documents folder in the Case Explorer 8 O L 1500001 O L ssoo002 AM Scripts Ey Multimedia Within the Documents folder there is now an item for the two page document JS00001 and then within that document you see entries for individual pages of the document You can now work with the document in its entirety or just with individual pages of the document if that is appropriate for your situation Adding Items Using a Batch Load File 29 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual Multimedia Workbooks Coding Tools Help d a Manual Selection Dialog Batch Import File a Capture Device Twain Scanner You can use the same drag and drop technique described above with batch load files or you can use TrialDirector s Document Import dialog 1 Click on the Documents menu select Import New Item s from and select Batch I mport File from the drop down menu Batch Import Hew ltenis Thee vazand vell help you bo mpor new temis rio pora Cate by using a balch impor he Please select the appropnale He fomat and enbai a path ara hensra fol the impor balch Ma bado To contre chock Next Add Items Toed cick Cancel select the Balch Inport fie format Eummatic nftrol Document Information Index dii Summation Document Information Index da TrialDirector Document Manager tm Database
262. depend on which zones are currently in use The following is a list of combinations If Exhibits are in Zone 1 and 2 then Swap Left and Right Tile Vertically If Exhibits are in Zone 3 and 4 then Swap Top and Bottom Tile Horizontally screen Snapshots The Screen Snapshot Command allow you to capture the entire Presentation display and 418 Presentation save it as a new item in Document Manager s Photo folder Note You can change the location to a custom folder on the Presentation Preferences Images tab L n Available If there are Snapshots available they can be located and viewed by clicking the Snapshots Available tool button To located and view Snapshots 1 Click the Snapshots Available tool button 2 Click the show hide list button that will appear 3 Click on the snapshot that you want to view Available Snapshots DE MOD0040 6 501 DEMOODO5S0 50 DEMOODO50 4 503 DEMOODO50 4504 DEMOOOO50 G505 Click to Show Hide List of Available Snap shots Zoom Region This tool allows you to toggle between Rubber band Zoom Mode and Fill Zone Zoom Mode In this mode when you select an area to enlarge the area fills the entire zone where it is displayed You can set this as the default zoom mode in the Presentation Options E E Fit to Width This tool will expand the exhibit to fill the whole width of the available Zone and zooms in at the same time 2Zoom Full Page This tool will expa
263. der for the DDE commands to properly function Running both applications will allow users to navigate through document information via an Access form and display the corresponding image in TrialDirector lore Information Document Manager MN rriatDirector PowerPoint Plug in TrialDirector gives you the ability to embed a live TrialDirector session in PowerPoint presentations This will make PowerPoint a more flexible and stronger presentation tool You can have multiple slides with your important points and then have portions of those slides with the TrialDirector control embedded Configuring PowerPoint The first step in using TrialDirector within PowerPoint is to configure the connection between the two applications 1 Open TrialDirector PowerPoint should be closed 2 From the Tools menu select the Add TrialDirector to PowerPoint Menus command 114 Application Integration Tools Exhibit Outline Edit Presentation Script File Quick Text Exhibit Creator Full Text Make Case Load Files Global Path Editor Case OCR Manager TimeCoder Batch PTF Import Tool FileBridge ImageBrander Imagesleuth Add TrialDirector to PowerPoint Menus Add TrialDirector Eo Summation Add Ons 3 When the plug in has been installed the following message will display Click OK to close the message RepSswr32 i DiRagitersarvar in C Program Files Common FlestinData Sha
264. dex Indexing also allows you to print reports and transcripts TrialDirector Would WOU like to index the transcripts now Was E Mo 10 Click Yes to begin the Indexing process Click No to return to the Transcript Manager without indexing the transcript s Import From Multiple Case Files This feature is especially beneficial when receiving a cms file for each deponent volume from a service bureau Follow these steps to import a batch of cms files 1 Select ImportTranscript s from Multiple TrialDirector Case Files cms from the Transcript menu The following screen will appear Batch import Digital Video Transcript s This wizard val help pou bo batch mpar Digtal Video Transenpils from multiple Compound Media Storage files y Enter the path conlaring the Compound Meda Storage fist you moud ike bo mpwt bina To contre chek Hed IMPOrt To wd dick Cancel Digital Video Transcript A C Program FdegtinData Corporation 2 Enter the file path containing the cms files you wish to import or click the Browse button to select the path containing the cms files 3 Click Next to continue TrialDirector will queue any cms files within the path previously entered and list all of the associated deponent volumes The following screen will appear 316 Transcript Manager Batch import Digital Video Transcript s Peace select the Tranccnpi s you would ike bo report aay To co
265. dia 3 The Import Transcript wizard opens Click the Browse button and locate the transcript you wish to load When you select the transcript the path and the selected transcript file appear in the Import Transcript dialog Click Next 32 Getting Started with TrialDirector Import Transcript Thi wizard well help you lo impor a transcript Irom a l standard ASCII txt file To begin eli ic ell yau woud he lo use into the held below To continue chck Next Import a Select a lranscrpt C S ample Data Dvt MPO7 2195 ba 5 5 y O O 4 Review and modify if necessary the deposition information If you need to review the transcript click Edit If the information is correct click Next Import Transcript New please enter the deponent name deposition volume number and any other relevant information for thas harscnpl into the hakk belpa To open and rea the tamea check Et i Deposition Information Import a e een Transcript Fest E Midde Iria Lost Por game Date 07 21 1995 gt Volume t 1 5 Verify that the pagination is accurate in the following dialog box This is important in order to be sure that your page and line references are correct 33 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual Import Transcript The folowng page and line information was determined low he peched banccopl Please vety thes informaban it conect To open and reas the lrarmenpt cick Edt Importa Fist page containing
266. dig aa a EE 261 a0 E a igaricai A ala BO 11 au R ee Oo ee 367 Za i VEL AVE EEY PERIE E YEE BLS HITE SOO 2h Fi E MEAR FE ees Ree aes ana Te crepe sO 3s Lee a cad da che a PEA aaa goked a bed qeestics Let me aac foe 4 jd 25 here ete do you have Crete in yous Vest igesioat Paged Line 23 Soo 100 ERM ebro e Move the next missing timecode by pressing the N key again as shown below Use the Spacebar to timestamp the line 943 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual E TimeCod r Eartha borin ol CT OTZA ZOO emotion Excerpt le Edt Pew hiirele Tous Hep 139 HAS d Y Y oc FO oo Havigatsen and Control Heber HOME END PAGE LP PAGE DOWN LIP ARTTA DOWN ARROW LEFT ARROW RIGHT ARRUS ADD SUBTRACT DELETE More bo began of aniei Moree to ending of boning Moen up one deplay page Mowe down one dioplap page Monee up ores kanpai line Mirra do e Baca Fe Seek rairai back Tth fulbrmeda lina Increpte PC ape Decriia plapback sp Paca Foreclosed oe cuneta bre Flanger TrreLode hor ine tea Bir And some par aiaticn claims BRL LANM 29 Elan yeu For comino dew THE EMESS Ye U re WEA Ll EFFES OU AA RR DASH Cer as Pit Tf ekg 2525 Et tt Tt aa mg T ma we bee ee nip r Bee elas of ra prepire the Mr Barthel that iz 511 I Speers Weil La recta A Sii 5 i Hupoly it ts his to seed and
267. document you can move successive pages of the document from top to bottom by pressing Page Down or scanning the Page Down barcode Horizontal Split Move Items Bottom to Top To move items from bottom to top use Add Zone Mode to load successive items into zone 4 The following is a detailed description of the process From a blank display load an item into zone 4 by pressing F4 and then typing the Item ID or scanning the appropriate barcode Then load another item into zone 4 by typing the Item ID or scanning the appropriate barcode The first item loaded into zone 4 will then be moved into zone 3 and the second item will be displayed in zone 4 Continue moving items from bottom to top successively by typing additional Item IDs or scanning additional barcodes If the current item in the active zone zone 4 is part of a multiple page document you can move successive pages of the document from bottom to top by pressing Page Down or scanning the Page Down barcode Move Items Through the Quadrants The screen can be split into quadrants to show up to four items at the same time To move items through the quadrants use Add Zone Mode to load successive items into any of the four quadrants Item movement through the quadrants is different than the horizontal or vertical split because the items move in one direction only from the upper left corner toward the bottom right corner The following is a detailed example of the process
268. dow right click on Transcript Notes and select Import Transcript Notes into TrialDirector as Clips ta Rename Item Remove Item HA Check Search Box En Item Properties Import Transcript Notes into TrialDirector as Clips 2 The following dialog opens giving you the opportunity to determine automatic adjustments for fine tuning scripts Select the adjustment s you wish to use if any and click Next To cancel the process click Cancel 101 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual Execute Clip Creation Script 005 Clip segments created from pageline references can be adjusted automatically to simplify any fine tuning which may be required during the Clip review process ou may optionally modify these adjustments below To continue click Next Clip Creation Script To backup click Back or to esit click Cancel Automatically adjust segment timecodes Adis sagment start timels by 2 on second s Adjust segment end timels by 2 seconds ee a a a y Wr hr Y gt kF hE hF y EF F en F O O Cancel Back Mest gt Esecute 3 To proceed with sending the clips to TrialDirector click Execute Execute Clip Creation Script 005 The scnpt will now be executed based on the Information provided Remember segments created from Digital Video Transcripts may require fine tuning before presentation To execute the script click Execute Working To backup click Back
269. duction Time Stamp file This wizard will help pou to inport a TrialPro TM badass Time Stamp file foe use within TimeCoder a To begr please enter the path and henaera for tha Traded TM Pe Time Stamp Me you would ike lo ute indo he field beki Digital Video To continue cick Next Transcript Te ext chek Carcel Select a Postproducton Time Stamp fie 2 Enter a destination path and filename for the pts file or click Browse to navigate to the desired path and filename a If you click Browse the following window appears rowan for File Lookin Tero amp cy i 4 of MPO72195 pis all E MpMetecd F s name MPH o Places Filet ol Spee Poot ceoduction Tare Stang Hs phe b Select the desired destination folder and pts file Click Open 3 Once the desired path and filename are selected click Next The following window appears 991 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual Import from TrialPro 1M Post production Time Stamp file Nest please enter he deponeri name deposition date volure number and any olher relevant infomahen for this Digia Video Trarsscrgd into the hads brekos To coriroa check Next M Deponti n riornalor Digital Video Transcript at Lack Prod Date 07 21 1996 Dawe 6 Cti lt i SC CO O OCOC O Edi Back Next gt 4 Enter the information for the deponent The following fields are available Field Description First
270. e Load by Exhibit Number To load an item by Exhibit Number simply type the Exhibit Number as it exists in the Document Director Case Explorer eee A Note The Exclamation point is no longer required or used to load items by an Exhibit Number For example if you define an item as Exhibit Number Ex001 you can load it into TrialDirector by entering the command Ex001 Load by Trial Exhibit Number To load an item by Trial Exhibit Number simply type the Exhibit Number as it exists in the Document Manager Case Explorer st A Note The pound character is no longer required or used to load items by a Trial Exhibit Number For example if you define an item as Trial Exhibit Number Ex001 you can load it into Presentation mode by entering the command Ex001 Load by Macro Macros allow you to quickly enter a frequently used string of characters such as exh by pressing a hot key Create a Macro To create a macro enter the characters you would like to save and press Ctrl function key you would like to associate the macro with F1 through F4 For example type exh and press Ctrl F1 to save exh as the F1 macro 471 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual Execute a Macro To execute a macro press Shift function key that the macro is associated with F1 through F4 The characters that were assigned to that macro will appear in the lower right corner of the Presentation Display For example press Shif
271. e Case Security for additional information 25 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual Creale a New Case Finally pou can peleci to protect pour valuable casa data To create the new case cick Create To backup click Back of bo mat chck Cancel Crealea L Enable case access pecu New Case rra ns dar 5 Click Create Tip If you re using TrialDirector as an add in to CT Summation iBlaze Enterprise or Concordance a new case Is created for you when you activate the add in See the Application Integration section in the TrialDirector Help file for additional information Opening an Existing Case To open an existing case in TrialDirector 1 Click the O tool on the toolbar Please select the cate you would ike to work wath hom the Seleci a cate locabor Brose Edi Cheese v Crackers E Cheese y Crackers A 3 Hansel v Gretel Ed Smith v Johnson E TnalDrector Sample Case v Open Cancel 2 Your case names will appear in the Select a case box Click on the name of the case to select it then click Open If the case you wish to open does not appear in the list browse to the location where the case is stored 26 Getting Started with TrialDirector Adding Items to the Case After you create a case you will need to add items to it The types of items that can be viewed in TrialDirector include e Images e Photographs e Native files Microsoft Word PowerPoint Excel Acrobat and so on e Tr
272. e all of the following apply iw Records where is equalto 7 Clicking on the first asterisk will display a list of the coding database field names Shown Below Selectrecords where all of the following apply Records where de is equalto Doc ID DEMOQ DEMOQ DEMOQ DEMOQ DEMOQ DEMOQ DEMOQ DEPO 8 Select one field name it will be added to the search string Doc_Rechio Coc_BegPagld Doc EndPagid Doc BegAttachRing Boc_End ttachRng Doc BoxId Doc Source Doc Date Doc _ Type Doc Title Doc Tag Doc TrialExNo Doc Notes Doc Surnmary Doc Privileged Doc Confidential Doc Annotated Doc Redacted Doc _IntTaq Doc Admit Status Doc_Admt Witness Doc_Admt_ Party Doc Admit Date Doc Admt_ Tine Doc Adnmt_ Objections Doc Time Doc Authors Doc Recips Doc Cts Doc _ Mentions Doc Issues Date oo C 9 Clicking on the highlighted is equal to link will display the following search operator options 406 Coding e Records where ER equal greater less greater or equal Doc ID Be less or equal DEMOOO3 not equal is empty is nok empty C C JpeMoon3 contains starts with 10 Clicking on the second asterisk link will allow you to enter in specific search string text you would like to complete your search In the example below using multiple elementary conditions to search the coding database within TrialDir
273. e boxes however both cannot be disabled at the same time If you choose to enable the Deposition Information the First Last Date and Volume fields must be filled in If you choose to enable the Other Information the Other field must be filled in 5 When you are finished entering information into the fields click Next 988 Tools Import from Timaro TM Post production Time Stamp file mm information for the spected bansonpt Please vety this Va formation and correct as needed To contrae chck Next Digital Video Eest page containing ine numbers iJ Transcript Line numbered pagetst KI Las page contemeng ine numbers 6 If the first page of the transcript that contains line numbers is a page other than one enter the correct page number or use the small arrow buttons to select the correct page number 7 Click Next to continue Import from Timaro TM Post production Time Stamp file Tou may optiona perea the bmecodes honra hin iha Post produchon Time Stamp He IF pou preserve imecodes you mus special sudo video renounce lor this Digital Video Trancenpt in cruonological orde ad lis lena Multimedia _ Saree Preserve original imecodes This window will allow you to preserve the original timecodes within the Post Production Timestamp pts file If you want to preserve timecodes you must specify all audio video resource s associated with the PTS file in chronological order Click here for instructi
274. e case encryption which provides additional security by scrambling your case data so that it cannot be opened and read by any other person or program However if you enable case encryption you will experience a minor loss in performance 7 To enable case encryption click the Enable Case Encryption checkbox 8 Click Create to finish creating the case More Information Create a New Case Open a Case Enable Case Security Administer Case Users Manage Case Databases Remove a Case Mi administer Case Users 147 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual Topics Add a User Edit a User Profile Remove a User Disable a User Log off a User When case access security is enabled for a case users with Case Management privileges including the System Administrator can add edit disable and remove users as well as modify user privileges To change user settings 1 Select Administer Case Users and Privileges from the File menu 2 The current case users are displayed in the window below The System Administrator is designated by a purple icon while all other users are designated by a red icon Administer Case Users and Privilepes Usas Privileges i Use the list below bo grant on deny Urais access lo pour Cane ard bo Change passwords and other settings Users For Hees Case de System Eudrinitiralos Add a User To add a user to the case 1 Click the Add button on the Administer Case
275. e newly created clip Both the clip description and the clip identifier can be modified if desired 3 Click Create to create the new clip or Cancel to exit The clip is created and opened but remains empty until you add segments lore Information Digital Video Transcript Clips 292 Transcript Manager remove Clip s 1 To remove clip s select the clip s you would like to remove by doing one of the following To remove one clip click on the clip you would like to remove in the Transcript Explorer To remove multiple clips set the View by selector to Clip s in the Transcript Explorer Click in the box next to the clips you would like to remove 2 When you have selected the clip s you would like to remove do one of the following Choose Remove Selected Clip s from the Clips menu Right click on the selected clip s and select Delete from the shortcut menu The clips are removed from the DVT i nore Information Digital Video Transcript Clips DORE Segments to a Clip A segment is one continuous piece of a Digital Video Transcript that can be added to a clip Segments can be added to new or existing clips and there is no limit to the number of segments that can be added to a clip Follow these steps to add a segment to a clip 1 Highlight the transcript text you would like to add as a segment to the open clip 2 Use one of the following methods Click the Add Selected Text To Current C
276. e of the search text Find Question Answer The Question Answer tab allows you to search for the next question the next answer or the next occurrence of either 1 To perform a question or answer search do one of the following Click the Question Answer tab on the Find window Select Find Question Answer from the Edit menu if the Find dialog is not already open 329 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual Find x Find Question Answer pi TnalDirector can perform a simple O A search Find beginning of nert f Queston C Answer C Quechon or Answer Direction C Up Down Find Next Cancel 2 Select Question Answer or Question or Answer 3 Select whether you want to search Up or Down from the current position of the cursor in the transcript Down is the default position of the search 4 Click Find Next to find the next occurrence of a question or answer Find Page Line The Page Line tab allows you search for a particular page and line in the transcript 1 To search for a page and line do one of the following Click the Page Line tab on the Find window Select Find Page Line from the Edit menu if the Find dialog is not already open Tet Phase Guestion Answer Page Line TimeCode Other Find Page Line TralDwector can perom a ample search for a green page and ine within the current transcnpt Find Page 115 Find Line 22 H End Mert Cancel 2 Do one of the followi
277. e segment To delete a segment select the desired segment and click Delete TrialDirector Page 0000s 01 to 00009 zi Do you want to delete this segment 6 Click Yes to delete the segment or No to cancel the deletion 7 Click Next when you have finished defining the clip segments Clip Wizard Pisace enter the descapbon and identifier for the new Cip F ab E Tocou click Net To backup cick Back or to eat cick Cancel Create a Cip gesenpion New Clip Poi Two Moth Cental Avenue 10 May 2006 Cip panier MP 0771 000031 2 EI LN 284 Transcript Manager rr f Note The barcode picture is displayed merely for visual appearance The default clip description consists of the first words of the first segment and the default clip identifier is based on the deponent deposition date and transcript page and line number For example the following identifier is broken down as follows Component Description MP 0721 0000714 MP Michael Poli deponent 0721 Deposition Date 00007 Page Number 14 Line Number Both the clip description and the clip identifier can be modified if desired Sr A Note The Clip Identifier is the same as the Object ID in Transcript Manager thus is used to pull up the clip in Presentation mode by typing it in or scanning the corresponding barcode Because of this you may want to edit this field to remain consistent with your established naming convention 8 Click Nex
278. e used any text not designated to a section will not be printed For example lt LEFT Smith v West gt lt CENTER 12 28 99 gt lt RI GHT Confidential gt The following variables can be used in the footer 610 Appendices Variable Function D Prints the Document ID for the image P Prints the Item ID for the image N Prints the Page Number for the image T Prints the Trial Exhibit Number for the image E Prints the Exhibit Number for the image DESC Prints the Description for the image RECNO Prints the Universal Record Number The BARCODE command must be followed by the Document ID variable or the Item ID variable to specify what the printed barcode will represent for example lt LEFT Doc ID D gt lt CENTER Page N gt lt BARCODE P gt The following font values allow you to customize the font Font Value Function BOLD Prints the text following the command in bold letters The default is off FONT font Sets the font face for the text following the command name The default is Arial SIZE font size Sets the font size for the text following the command The default is 10 Each of these commands must be upper case If none of the font values are specified the default values are used for example lt LEFT FONT Script SIZE 14 BOLD Item ID P gt The font values have no effect with the BARCODE command lore Information Appendices BaP ppendix D TrialDirector Su
279. ear the fields starting new when scanning a new document 188 Document Manager document 5 At the bottom of the window a check box allows you the option of reviewing each item before accepting it The scanned image appears in the window after scanning If this box is checked you will click Add to Case to accept an image after scanning 6 Click Scan to begin scanning a document Buttons are provided for the following actions Se aaa Allows you to specify a break between documents Re scans the current document Deletes the current scan does not save the document Add to Case Allows you to save scanned documents to the current case Close Closes the Import New Items from Capture Device window Select a Scanner Follow these steps to select a different scanner 1 Select Import New Item s from Capture Device Twain Scanner from the Documents menu 2 Choose Select Capture Device from the Capture Menu A window similar to the following will appear showing the available scanners installed on your system Select Source SOUS Lagitech PageScan Color Pro Olympus Digital Vision Cancel 3 Choose a Twain compatible scanning device 4 Click Select to select the scanner or Cancel to cancel the selection 189 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual More Information Exhibit Management Import Items Fey nsert Page If you discover an imaged document in TrialDirector is missing a page b
280. earchable 234 More Information Document Manager OCR Full Text Workbooks Document Manager Eis earch and Replace The search and replace feature allows you to search a selected Case Explorer field for all occurrences of specified text and replace the text with alternative text Follow these steps to find and replace text 1 Select Replace from the Edit menu Egg o Po pp Replace Find what Replace with Select held Object ld bal Replace r e Match Casa Find yhole wond Dinky coca Type the text you want to find and replace in the Find What field Type the replacement text in the Replace With field or leave it blank as desired Select the field to be searched by clicking on the arrow next to Select Field and selecting the desired field from the drop down list Select the Match Case option if you want the search to be case sensitive Select the Find Whole Word Only option if you do not want the search to find any matches within a word i e exh would not find exhibit When the options are set as desired click Replace to begin the process When the process is complete a small window will appear indicating how many replacements were made Click OK to return to the Search Replace window Click Save Changes to make the replacements permanent or Cancel to cancel without saving the changes 239 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual More Information Applica
281. easy as the scan of a barcode Transcript Manager s capabilities extend beyond depositions Any audio or video tape that has a corresponding transcription such as court proceedings or phone conversations can be converted into a Digital Video Transcript and used with Transcript Manager With the wide range of possibilities evidentiary review has entered the computer age The Transcript Manager Tab includes the Toolbar Transcript Explorer Organizer Window Transcript Window Multimedia Player Exhibit Preview The Transcript Manager View menu allows the user to hide certain components of the main application window For example the Case Explorer Organizer and Word Index areas can be hidden in order to use the entire space for the Transcript Window 251 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual Transcript Explorer Organizer Window Multimedia Player E Dre sr gt Chera woe A ooo Y Cra cer erap y Criar E Pie e tapo a edi lak pep F of AS tc A m E opr ASA Tecra tor Polk deed oO A Ss gt ds dos Bee Dl tor Po heehee Vel 01 07 21 1998 P0129 A ao ou d Bal ya E 4 Gegnern Page 12 Mite 110 Dumrsscrga hera E ira basch GEO LEGL FUERO OFS OF Bees LA AGcaFA COUNTY LZCHUETOS CORTANTE a Delaware L3 carporstica CHERI LIG L3 FOPTERSELTOGSLL OTE E 1 Sru hoe Rearrange i E Rage dil itt j Che PY 22 r yen 13 VIDEOTAPED DEPOSTTTON OF ADCHAEL PILI i Fale Perra z E Pa TEA
282. ecause a scanning error or other problem occurred during the case organization phase you can quickly insert the missing page TrialDirector will assign a page ID for the inserted page with the appropriate suffix after it For example if you insert a page between EX002 and EX003 the new page becomes EX002A and the new sequence is EX001 EX002 EX002A EX003 etc A Note You cannot insert pages into PDFs or multi page TIF files However you can use TrialDirector to make a new PDF file from selected items Before you begin If the missing page has not already been scanned make sure the correct scanner is available and selected in TrialDirector see Select a Scanner To insert a page 1 In Case Explorer expand the appropriate document group completely so that you can see the individual pages 2 Select the page that should come right before the page you are inserting in the example above page EX002 right click on it and select Insert Page from the shortcut menu The Insert Page dialog box appears The Select ID for this page box displays the default page ID with the appropriate suffix in the sequence i e A B etc which you can change later if needed 3 If the page has already been scanned click Browse and locate the file Otherwise complete the following steps to scan the page a If needed select Show Controls When Scanning to display the controls from your selected scanner inData recommends you select this opt
283. ecoldes scsi dior dao aiii 530 TIMecodinaa Missed LIS auexerniaas ii A e AS 531 Changing an Incorrect TlMecoOde oocccccccccccccccccncnnncn a rr 531 To preserve the existing VideoNote timestamps during import ccc cece eee eee e eee eeeeeeeens 537 Important Information About Transcript TIMECOdES ccccecee cece ence cece cece rr 539 Preserving Transcript Timecodes During DVT Creation Process cccccce cece cece eeeeeeeeeeeeanans 540 Enable UC ModE weigern udebenienthdaceduell saben a e a dae 542 US Mode DIS Wi as 542 Navigate Between Missing TIMECIAES atte aa a A na 542 Mark MISSING TIMeCCOGES scale A bio 543 Using Extrapolate Timecodes FUNCION arrasa rara Eds 544 EXDOrlunG TEANSCHIDUS rrinim aeaa aa a a AA aaa eee 545 About Synchronized Media Interchange Files oooocccccccccccccccccnnnnnnnncncnanon cnc rr 558 Exporting Digital Video Transcript to SMI Flia aisladas 558 ANPORTINO TaN SCDE a a E a a A 571 PDO CHOICES ronori AA A A A mea 597 lip Creations erp a a A aa aOR 597 Gross References Pluna 599 LOJO Flat e ida li 599 Ob ect load VISION ricerra a e a e aa aa donne 599 cenene Mi Load Fie rriei riser e a e a e eae 601 MEMO BACE FU Eea A a E E E S E A A E O E igs 602 AAPP E a Bee A ARAN eee 602 DOCUMEN EMIO S isir a ara aa s 602 Pade Range Enea rayos 602 AA A O 603 SUDSEHGase Bacilos 603 DOCUMEN OS altera telas 603 rage Rande Elmo ios 604 Rename tems n a SuDSet asi OS 604 Enter a New Beginning Item
284. ect the Digital Video Transcript s you would like to import by clicking on the check box for the appropriate title s Click Select All to select all Digital Video Transcripts or Clear All to clear all selections 6 When you have selected the desired Digital Video Transcript s click Next to continue Import Digital Video Transcript s The selected Digital Video Tranecrpils val now be mpoted mio the cuen case l My Depending on the number of Digtal Video Trerecopils selected the impor process may bake a few moments To begn the mpal process chck impor Working To backup cick Back or bo est cick Cancel Progress QA 7 Click Import to begin importing the selected Digital Video Transcript s The import is complete when the progress bar reaches the end Click Next to continue Note Authoring several Digital Video Transcripts to the same CMS file via Timecoder allows for easy and efficient import of several DVT s at once 8 Click OK to complete the import process Import Dipital Video Transcript s The Digia Widen Trancenpils have beer mpored Le Pleaje review the import repulls careluk to ensure no Wares pele ued To mat cick OF Finished Aesi The foimang depositions were mported Don Becky Vol 01 010 199 315 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual 9 TrialDirector will then prompt to index the transcript as shown below Indexing the transcript creates a searchable Word In
285. ected out of order About the Layer Status I ndicator The Layer Status Indicator is enabled by default It is displayed in the lower right hand corner of the Presentation Display next to the Zone Indicator as shown below By default layer 1 is displayed The status indicator can display all 10 layers of an annotated image errr A Note To disable the Layer Status Indicator clear the Show Layer Status Display option within the Images tab of the Presentation Options dialog Select Next or Previous Layer To select the next or previous layer simply click the next or previous layer box as shown below If the next layer box is clicked the current image will display the next annotation layer If the previous layer box is clicked the current layer will be hidden from display Select Multiple Layers Multiple layers can be selected at once using the Layer Status Indicator Simply right click on each annotation layer you would like to display for example layers 1 3 6 8 Right click again to hide any particular layer from view 913 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual lore Information Create Layers Control the Presentation Display Presentation Toolbar isave the Presentation Display Although any markups or other changes you make to an item during a presentation are not permanent TrialDirector allows you to save the active zone or the entire Presentation Display using the grab screen commands ir
286. ector Suite Demo Case will result in finding specific documents needed Select records where all of the following apply Records where Document Date ts greater than or equal to 11 29 1999 Records where Document Title contains Summary Judgment El Records where Document Authors contains MIE EMERE In this case there are a few Summary Judgment related documents Specifically needed is the Summary Judgment from Judge Davis dated after 11 29 99 We will use 3 separate elementary search conditions and make sure all of the conditions are applied to the search The resulting search finds the exact one document needed show below The one item in the search results can be sent to a workbook to print add to an Exhibit Outline or present at trial Judge Davis Sbpulshan and order tar Summaiy Judgment More Information Coding Database 407 Presentation Fey ntroducing Presentation Mode Effective Courtroom Presentation TrialDirector thrusts courtroom presentation from the marker board and easel exhibit presentation of the past to the powerful multimedia presentation of the future TrialDirector s Presentation mode takes the courtroom presentation of case exhibits to a new level by offering side by side exhibit comparison on screen annotation tools and multiple zoom capabilities Exhibits on the presentation display that have been annotated during trial can be printed or saved as separate exhibits Exhibit re
287. ed Select TrialDirector 5 and click the gt gt button so that TrialDirector 5 now appears on the right side of the dialog box 5 Click OK TrialDirector is added to the Case Tools section of the Case Explorer tree in Enterprise iBlaze Step Two Exchanging Transcripts You can send transcripts that reside in Enterprise iBlaze to TrialDirector and you can send transcripts that reside in TrialDirector to Enterprise iBlaze At that point the programs Share the transcripts To Exchange Enterprise iBlaze and TrialDirector Transcripts 1 In Enterprise iBlaze right click on Transcripts at the top of the Case Explorer tree Select Link All Transcripts with Trial Director 85 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual Link All Transcripts With TrialDirector 2 When the TrialDirector dialog opens select the transcripts in Enterprise iBlaze and Trial Director that you want to exchange and link When a transcript is selected a check mark appears in the check box adjacent to the transcript name Exchange and Link Tra nscript s x A This dialog will assist you with exchanging and linking transcripts with Summation Blaze By exchanging and linking transcripts pou can review deposition multimedia slnichronize exhibits and create review and edit presentation Clips directly from Summation Blaze Summation Blaze Trialllirector Dennsatt Matthew Vol 07 a Dennsoth Matthew Pol 01 Jones John d vol 07 Oey
288. ed in the input file Database hmport from Hide 5 During the import process you will see a progress indicator along the bottom of the dialog window See Below Any duplicate records will be indicated as well as the number of actual records processed AAA AAA 18 Problems Dupicate 22 Records 6 If problems such as duplicate records are encountered you will be prompted to review those items Import Errors Encountered There were problems during the Import process Records that could not be loaded were writen bo a log Fie Program PlesinDatal Cases CASE0001 import Errors 200401261143 109 Would you like to view the Error log Ce J e 7 Clicking Yes to the dialog above will open a text file in Notepad that will document any errors The most common errors are duplicate records F i Erom 1003008 18 2 log Hotapad rr ot boc Ace paon HAET objeccions Ce AET PAF T ys DOC AET STAT A 5 DE ADT mplteat T e Ba gn E BOOTH ART 0 z BOOTH bp LEE at ma a a a a n T n CHEAN EEE ETLING jota 7 _ 2 a de E dcate Ma a ee de ene aes o A LIPO up licate a A ee ge aaao Le oupT cate TAE mi ae pa CLI POR Dup Cata P am mm r nme mam nm me am emm mam me Cup leat E 1 nt a Oo og _n 4 re aa Teun cate aa er et p a al AEL Mea salada i Hoe m Heata m eO i i i a n a r Hees i gr a e licate Se hale bene aa A e 5001 ees A Ds CATE m mm ee mm 3 7 DEMOS ats ant ee get an E
289. edia menu The multimedia file will seek to the appropriate position Turn Audio On or Off To turn audio on or off select Audio Mute from the Multimedia menu You will still be able to play the corresponding video Create a Clip During the courtroom presentation you may not want to present the entire length of a multimedia file TrialDirector allows you to use Edit Record Mode to create clips of any multimedia file that appears on the Multimedia Tab in A Note Since TrialDirector only allows one segment per clip the terms clip and segment are used synonymously in the following sections Follow these steps to create a multimedia clip 1 Use the Case Explorer to select an existing multimedia file from the Multimedia folder 2 Click the Record button to enter Edit Record Mode 3 Seek to the point in the multimedia file where you want to start a new clip The frame position indicates the time elapsed since the beginning of the multimedia file 4 Click the Stamp Segment Start button at the desired point It does not matter if the multimedia file is playing or paused The beginning clip position is set at the 225 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual 8 st f current frame position If you do not stamp the exact position desired you can use the or buttons to adjust the start position forward or backward one frame at a time Seek to the point in the multimedia file where you want to end the clip Clic
290. elect Print 2 Under Print What click on the drop down arrow and select Issue Codes Report Detailed 353 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual E Casa Details Repost l Care Details Report O Current Transcript 34 Curent Tranenpe Condensed Curera Transcript Word Index Cae Cit Ren Si Hs Case Cipls Report Detaled 3 Customize the Issue Codes Report using any of several settings Group by transcript name or by issue Include all issues or only selected issues Display the related Q amp A pair or only a selected number of lines Print the issues for all transcripts the current transcript selected transcripts or transcript within a specified date range fe Prt wth Page Header Inechude E Issues Group by Transcript fist C Issue fist Sethy 7 Mame C Dae Context Surrounding Q A par P Lines Above or Below 3 H f Footer CONFIDENTIAL l 4 Click Print The report is compiled and printed by TrialDirector Depending on the selections you made in the Print dialog your issue report will look similar to the following example 354 Transcript Manager Case IssueCodes Detailed Report Friday April 14 2006 4 07 00 PM Jones v Smith Qo Barthel Edwin Vol 01 01 24 2002 A Page 5 16 to 5 19 FT FIDUCIARY LAPSE FIDUCIARY LAPSE THE LETTER ABOUT DEATH 13 Exhibit 32 Take as long as you like to look at 1 Exhibit 3 15 A Witness complies
291. elpful when archiving your files Include The timecodes in the exported transcript will include Milliseconds milliseconds in addition to hours minutes and seconds This option can only be selected if the Export with Timecodes option is also selected 4 Enter a destination path and filename for the exported transcript or click Browse to navigate to the desired folder a If you click Browse the following window appears 950 oy 6 7 Tools have Traceocripl As Saree ir lo TCProd E cf EJ COMMIT Hy Aecerd Douret Diirid leg igs Ma Lorna AICA Tranpcapd aer b Select the desired destination folder and type a name for the ami or trn file in the File Name field Click Save to save the selection When the desired folder and filename are selected click Next Click Export to begin exporting the transcript When the progress bar reaches the end the export will be complete Export to AMICUS Transcript The Digital Video Transonpt vell now be exported The process could Lake a few moments depending on he sos of the deponbon tranepcrpt To begn the export process chock Export To backup cick Back of bo ect chock Cancel Progress Review the export results to ensure that the operation was completed successfully 551 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual Export to AMICUS Transcript The Digital Video Transcnpt has been exported iy Pleece rene the export requis carefully to ensure no
292. emover tool allows you to remove any markups applied in the Presentation Module 1 To remove a markup open the Presentation Toolbar and select the Remover tool The cursor changes into an X 493 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual 2 Position the cursor using either a mouse or light pen on the markup you want to remove and click ers A Note The Remover tool remains active until you clear it lore Information Control the Presentation Display Presentation Toolbar Mi moveabie Highlighter To highlight a specific area of an item open the Presentation Toolbar and select the Moveable Highlight tool from the Callout Zoom tools Using a mouse or light pen click and drag to draw a box around the area you want to highlight When you release the mouse or light pen button the area in the box is highlighted and the rest of the document is dimmed FEGGEESD El B B For example you may want to highlight an area of the document as you review it so the jury can easily follow along Click and drag the highlight Double click anywhere on the to move it around on the item item to remove the highlight Click and drag the highlight to move it around on the item Double click the item to remove the highlight pan f Note Make sure you are in the Rubber band zoom mode when you are using the Moveable Highlight so that the selected area is not forced into the shape of the zone 494 Presentation lore Informatio
293. ems Topics Use the Search Command Use Clipboard Linking When using a large database you will probably find it necessary to perform searches to locate specific items Document Manager allows you to search for items using either the Search command for internal searches or clipboard linking for external searches Use the Search Command The Search command allows you to search the Item ID Description Exhibit Number Trial Exhibit Number and Case Explorer fields as well as any Notes and Memos associated with case items 1 To begin an internal search do one of the following Click Find hon the main Toolbar Select Find from the Edit menu l Find Find what Eyri matches ony Browns Results Indridually f Send iesuks lo workbook Within fe Bes Dhala Items Starts wath only e Desorpiions Aririted Feed f Estaba Ho e Trial Esdube Ho Md lw Notes amp Memos i Ekte E B Fr E A L Cancel 2 Type the information you would like to search for in the Find What field rr f Note The text is not case sensitive and the search ignores carriage returns and spaces The only requirement is that the words are in the same order 3 Check the Exact Matches Only checkbox if you do not want to find partial matches i e exh would not find exhibit 4 Do one of the following 176 Document Manager Select Browse Results I ndividually if you want to jump to each matching re
294. ems with markups during the pre treat process only to have them deleted during the presentation Using multiple layers ensures that the work done during pre treat does not accidentally get removed during the presentation wT 4 Note Create any markups that you want to be able to delete during the presentation in layer 1 Create any markups you do not want to be able to delete during the presentation in layer 2 or above Creating a Moving Highlight You may want to use multiple layers to create the effect of a highlight moving down the page of a document Follow these steps to create a moving highlight 1 Select the document you want to add the highlight to 2 Click the Annotation Tools button The annotation toolbar layer indicator shown below color palette and sizing tools are displayed Alt 2 3 20S le iF o Annotation Layer I ndicator 211 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual Err A Choose the Highlight tool Currently you are on layer 1 If you want to begin the display of the document without any paragraphs highlighted leave layer 1 without any markups Click layer 2 Drag a rectangle box around the first paragraph you want to highlight Click layer 3 Notice there are no markups on this level Drag a rectangle box around the second paragraph you want to highlight Click layer 4 Drag a rectangle box around the third paragraph you want to highlight Continue changing layers and highlighting Up to 10 layers can
295. en the process is complete click OK If there were no errors during the import process the imported items will now appear in the Case Explorer The information in the load file provides the data for the Case Explorer fields and determines which tabs the items are displayed on More Information Exhibit Management Import Items is lt an Items into a Case Topics Select a Scanner If you have a TWAIN compatible scanning device you can scan images and import them into the open case 1 Select Import New Item s from Capture Device TWAIN Scanner from the Documents menu The Import window opens with three tabs for document settings qwrt 7 Note If the Title Bar of the Import window says No Twain scanner sources are available you need to install your scanner Consult the user manual for your scanner for more information 186 Document Manager import Mew lema from Capture Device Capas Settings image Settings Codmg Fields Select Destinator Folde CAProgaa Fie nba T nD Tile oe Cunerd Doomed ID Brest rage 1D Page H 5 l e D Reme er herra biag adding lo cade bebes Gem 2 On the Capture Settings tab set the following A AAA Cll Select Destination Folder Current Document ID Next Image ID Allows you to select the path where you would like to save the images The current case path plus Capture Scanner is the default path
296. en you say all of those documents do you 17 believe that you received a written response to this 18 letter of January 25 1996 19 A Yes I believe did 00012 01 Q Do you recall if you wrote this letter on 02 the same day that you received Mr Wilson s letter to 03 you of January 22 that we previously identified as 04 EX04001 o i x 1 BB BE baa8 3 Adjust the settings for presenting video clips by modifying the presentation options To access preferences click on the pull down arrow adjacent to the inData logo button on the presentation toolbar Select Preferences Alternatively from the Case Library open the View menu and select Presentation Options 57 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual 4 Preferences a Show Color Sele or Open Case Open DocumentDirector Open DepositionOirector Load Toolbar Layout Save Toolbar Layout Exit Barthel Cross gt E Triallirector Preferences General Zones Imager Mulimedis DVT Appemance Tool Preferences gt Presentation Play Options Slat moda Play Video ak Stadt Stop moda Fade Video at End Segment End Adjustment ms End Erie 0 End Later Scrolling Text Highlight Adjustment ms h i CIA A A AA PA F A A A A A A AA A You re on your way This guide was intended to help you become accustomed to some of the popular features in TrialDirector but many more features exist When you are comf
297. ent Audio panel to adjust the endpoint for the segment 6 Repeat as necessary for each desired segment Click the Save icon lal to save the changes Update Segment Start and End Times Using VCR Controls Follow these steps to edit and update the segment start and end times 1 Open the desired clip and click on the desired segment to make it active The Segment Editor should reflect the segment times as shown in the figure below A UDINQUINQUUNNUUONUUNNUUNNUUUAUUNUTTI 00 10 27 100 l E 000000000000000000000010 T E PAUSE 00 10 06 900 J 00 10 27 100 BZ e O K Sees MN a gt o MB MEA 2 Play the segment to determine whether you need to advance or reverse frames at the beginning and or ending of the segment 3 Use the plus and minus buttons next to the start and stop times to adjust the beginning and ending times as needed 303 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual Z Note You can also stamp the current time into the Segment Editor by clicking the Stamp Segment Start Hor Stamp Segment End button 4 Replay the segment to determine if further editing is needed 5 When you have finished editing click Update Segment or Save ll The Update a Clip dialog opens Update a Clip Picape select how vou would like to update the Cip from tree opor bebo To update the Lip cht DK To at vihat updating cick Cancel FTES tier P aah C Add range lo Cip as ree eent e best p ER Update selecte
298. enter of the zone Zoom to Bottom allows you to enlarge the item as much as possible within the zone relative to the bottom of the item Zoom to Top allows you to enlarge the item as much as possible within the zone relative to the top of the item This table provides you with a list of keyboard shortcuts used to enable most of the annotations tools available within TrialDirector Each item shows the keyboard command necessary to enable or disable the associated annotation tool Command Key Description Alt A Arrow Tool Used to enable or disable the arrow annotation tool ALT Fl ALT F2 Alt H Highlight Tool Used to enable or disable the highlight annotation tool 902 ALT F3 At L arT Fa At O aTr pes Altt aLlT F6 At sane Alt Y pane Alt N ALT F7 None ALT F8 None ALT F9 None ALT None F10 Alt E Shift Right Mouse Click ALEA Alt U F11 ALT C None H lore Information Presentation Display Presentation Line Tool Used to enable or disable the line annotation tool Ellipse Tool Used to enable or disable the ellipse annotation tool Rectangle Tool Used to enable or disable the rectangle annotation tool Freehand Draw Tool Used to enable or disable the freehand annotation tool Redaction Tool Used to enable to disable the redaction annotation tool Text Tool Used to enable and disable the Text annotation tool Stamps Tool Used
299. ently enabled 450 Presentation More Information Control the Presentation Display Zones usino Replace Zone Mode When you are using multiple zones Replace Zone Mode allows you to replace an item in one zone with a new item while leaving items in other zones in place The Replace Zone Mode should be used when paging through revisions or overlays because it paints the new item on top of the old item As a result the markups will smoothly appear on the image The following is a detailed example of the process Load an item into zone 1 by pressing F1 and then typing the Item ID or scanning the appropriate barcode First Item Displayed in Zone 1 ELL OLLES Then load an item into zone 2 by pressing F2 and then typing the Item ID or scanning the appropriate barcode 451 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual First Item Displayed in Zone 1 i A a Apprormole POE Concentration Rengei mi sil Birra Dutch Mod Fociity a ME ala Second Item Displayed in Zone 2 Replace the item in zone 1 with a new item by pressing F1 to make zone 1 active pressing F12 to select the Replace Zone Mode and then typing the Item ID or scanning the appropriate barcode A small blue bar will appear in the lower right corner of the screen to indicate that you are in Replace Zone Mode see Replace Zone Indicator If the item in the active zone zone 1 is part of a multiple page document you can replace the item with successive
300. eplace existing files Open the case in TrialDirector Once you ve determined the case is working correctly and contains the expected data delete the temporary folder you created in Step 3 w F y y y y y i nore Information 162 Create a New Case Open a Case Enable Case Security Case Library Remove a Case Change Case Properties Moving and Copying Files Mare Case Load Files TrialDirector can be used to make load files for sharing exhibit files with other users moving the case to a different computer or for use by an alternate program Before you make case load files review Moving and Copying Files to ensure this is the best method for what you want to do 1 To make load files from a case select the Make Case Load Files command from the Tools menu A dialog box will open asking if you want to use the same Volume Label information If the load file will be used on the same computer or a computer using the same volume naming conventions click Yes Otherwise click No Database Volume Label Information Option 2 Do vou wish to preserve current database Yolurme Label information Ves Mo Cancel 2 If you selected No the dialogue below will open Specify the desired Volume Label in the field provided then click OK Set all Volume Labels to Enter the Volume Label that you would like to set for all Cancel 3 After you clicked Yes in step 1 or OK in Step 2 the following sc
301. eport SUMMON acre A wieoretuearinercbnepeatenls 378 Issue Code s Report Detailed ooocccccoccccccnncccncco nan crnnnncn nr rr rr rr 379 Gase Glip S REPO SUMMA Y essa ia E ESE 380 Case Glip s Repon Detailed xii ie A i n 382 COCA aeaa a E ehh irte 387 Godina DataDaS O ina naci a 387 COMME VIEW rasgia E ridad raid 392 Browsing Full Text OCR from Coding Tab ccc cccccccccc cece eee eeeeee sees seen ee eeeeee sees eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenanananas 393 Add Full Text OCR to Coding Database Record isisisi cece cece cece eee sees a e d 394 Append Full Text to Coding Database Record ccccecececeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeteteeesgegeageaeeetenteneneesegs 396 PFESCNEAUO Merenn A tonaaetasmeuadantisyentedantnareumenbeiaedededs 409 Effective Courtroom PreSentation c cece ccccecce teen cece e eee e ee eee eee rr es eben eee ene EES 409 RODIN O E id 409 ODINS WINGOW noti e re al 410 TRES MOUSS ROMO roo ii o caco pe da eses 411 Presgntationm Window NACO OS 412 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual tem Load Status MACO titan 412 Replace Zone Malcalor atadas 412 Tandem Presentation Indicator airis acia 413 TOODI NC OR AP UPON TA 413 ZONE AGCIVILY INGICALON dd a A AA OR 413 Change the Presentation Background ssssrssssrerrrrrrsrerrsrrrrrrsrerrsrererrrrerrrrrrererrsrrrrre 413 Glose ne Presentation DiSplaVovrciir ica rra 414 General ODIOS datar tidad 425 A NN 425 DETaulE ZOOM TOO luto dd ea 426 Screen Capture FROM burst id dia 4
302. er Open Case Displays the Open a Case dialog within Presentation mode Page Up allows you to page up in a multiple page item Page Down allows you to page down in a multiple page item Pause Multimedia allows you to pause multimedia that is currently playing in the Multimedia Viewer Play Multimedia allows you to play multimedia that is currently paused in the Multimedia Viewer Play Macro allows you to recall the key strokes that were saved as a macro Presentation Preferences Displays the Presentation Preferences dialog within TrialDirector Previous Workbook loads the previous workbook in the workbooks list Previous Item loads the previous item in a workbook 499 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual 900 PO PR None RE ZR None RL RR SI SV SP SD SL Control Page Up Shift Page Up Control Function Key 1 4 None Shift Delete Alt R Shift Left Arrow Shift Right Arrow None None None Down Arrow Left Arrow Previous Overlay allows you to move to the previous overlay when multiple layers of annotations have been used on an item Previous Revision allows you to quickly move to the previous revision of an item Record Macro allows you to save the key strokes displayed in the lower right corner of the screen as a macro Remark Event Log allows user to add textual remark to Event Log Type comman
303. erprise iBlaze so that they work together you will have to take a few steps First you ll integrate the two programs Next you ll exchange the transcripts between each program Finally you ll share the document information in Enterprise iBlaze with TrialDirector After you ve taken all three steps the programs are ready to work together Step One Integration In order for you to use TrialDirector functions within Enterprise iBlaze you will need to make the programs aware of each other This is referred to as integration Follow the instructions below to integrate the programs 1 From the Transcripts Tab in TrialDirector open the Tools menu and select Add TrialDirector to Summation Add Ons E a gi m I E 3 im n L B pl I TimeCoder TimelineXpress Batch PTF Import Tool FileBridge ImageBrander Imagesleuth E Add TrialDirector to PowerPoint Menus Add TrialDirector to Summation Add Ons 2 Close TrialDirector and open Enterprise or iBlaze 3 In Enterprise or iBlaze click on the Script menu and select Manage Script Add Ons 84 Application Integration Context Menu Scripts Manage Soipt Add Ons The Script Add Ons dialog opens ST x Case Add Ons Registered Add One Timehieioress d ThaDirecto Sula 4 Cancel or Cancel 4 You should see TrialDirector 5 on the left side You may see other add ons there depending on how your system is configur
304. ers option is enabled Description Sets the Zone Add Mode as default Sets the Zone Replace Mode as default Description When this option is enabled the last item remaining 429 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual Reposition Set Images Settings on the screen after items in multiple zones have been closed will automatically be resized to fill the full screen or zone 9 This option allows you to set the primary and secondary item prefix parameters for tandem exhibit presentations Tandem Exhibit Presentation Setup E Primacy bern Prefi Secondary Item Preto 0K Cancel The Images tab within the Presentation Options window allows you to set the image viewing options Presentation Preferences I Mukineda DT APPA sane Tog Prefance cx l Image Display Control Suto Deskew 8S mages AF Show Anmnolation Lever Slatus Digoley Callous be nmal Priopecion oom Winda ra Show Caloal Projection Lires Auto Offset Callous Presheated Redaction Display ha Show Outline Show Redacted ii Cenler 5napshokts Las custom Snapshot image save loder peisanapsto ene sf foe mM I mage Display Control Option Auto Deskew 430 Description When this option is selected black and white images B amp W Images Show Call out Projection Lines Animate Projection Zoom Show Layer Status Display Option Show Outline Show Redacted in Center Option Use custom Sna
305. ery S265 label 30 per page Pad List Fie very 5267 label BO per page select Bercade Fek Page id D Al Meri frem All Folder aduenced Cancel Description Prints the first few words of the description underneath the barcode next to the Item ID as space permits Allows you to select which label form you are using There are two label size choices available If you do not plan to apply the barcodes to the original exhibits you can print the barcodes on a plain sheet of paper and use it to recall exhibits during trial Field Determines whether the barcodes will be based on the Page ID Item ID Exhibit Number or Trial Exhibit Number 2 To adjust the barcode positioning on the label sheet click the Advanced button 241 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual Barcode Print Format Adjustments Tou may adjust the sus postion and formal of printed barcodes by using the controls below Click Sane to save changes of bo et click Cancel Barcode Label Form ery 5267 Barcodes Overal Vertical Acjuitmert ial Inches Overall Horizontal Adjustment 015 finches Row OlfsetAdustment 0 finches Column Offset adusiment 03 finches Barcode Height 05 inches Label width 175 inches Save Cancel Option Barcode Label Form Overall Vertical Adjustment Overall Horizontal Adjustment Row Offset Adjustment Column Offset Adjustment Barcode Height Label Width Description Di
306. es dialog for the desired clip On the Extended tab use the drop down menus to set Override options Click Apply to save the changes or Exit to abandon the changes 295 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual Clip Propertiez General Extended Presentation Clip Chosplay Hoda Dvmtnca Use global deta Plaback Mode Dvesnde Presentation bik Clip Wee global hehe Abbana hiatha Ext fo ts Thal Exhte a Display Mode Override options are Option Description Use Global Default Accepts the default settings from the TrialDirector Preferences Display Video and Text Causes this clip to display as Video and Text Display Text Only Causes this clip to display only the transcript Text Display Video Only Causes this clip to display only the video portion of the DVT Playback Mode Override options are Option Description Use Global Default Accepts the default settings from the TrialDirector Preferences Play at Start Stop at End Causes this clip to play from start to finish then close when finished Pause at Start Pause at Causes this clip to open in a paused mode and End pause at the end without closing Play at Start Fade at End Causes this clip to play when started and to fade out when finished 296 lore Information Digital Video Transcript Clips copy Segments to Another Clip Topics Copy Segments within Case Explorer Copy Segments from Segment Viewer Copy Segments wi
307. es po a a a A aA a na eees 481 Hide he role Clon LINES ti E AA ARE AA E 483 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual Animate PrOleCllOn ZOOM EAS A tense 483 Palla ENarged Meira racial einds 484 Daw aN AOW adi AAA O Da 485 UR ANA oa 485 Drw a Ma aos 486 Draw a TES ls dd 486 Draw a nectar ai as a 486 Draw duinkecnanGsWiNe suciaroni uan a 487 Change the Annotation GO ds 487 ONE W a IN 488 APPO Stamps o ae Dri AA IAS 488 REPOSO lampara oa 490 Sn o o aa drae arare 490 OVEIVICW issue ibi bd yal 491 Applying Suckers to am EXI ascii A ia 491 Repositioning Ola DS it ES 493 Removing Stamps atic otadan o ves awsehts osas 493 ZOO CONTO SS pio iso ae tense ele Sesame om eae ataron a rodas 496 MAISON ao co 497 Annotation DO CONTO Sai a o aula 502 ta orina add cd da a pie cada dos 506 What do VOL Want tOdO sii aa ces 507 Export Workbook Contents toa Script Fl A A ENR 507 Create a Script File Using a Text File Edil 1rrdrr aaa 507 Cigcleyc poe y gee en ee eer en a en ee re eee ee eee ee 511 Grab aW W aa A as 512 Oveniew of Projection Zoom CallOUlS asia Ad 515 Salou ES Mes avalar eo aidaa 516 Hide the Frojecuom lines aia ii AS 520 A imate r0 e cu0n ZOO Mera dd iris 521 Fanan EM Ane Mea SN 522 TOO asna RR 523 FIE oi 0 0 O sarita E E E A E E EE iaias 523 IMagJeBr Nde erer aea ee aE a a a eA 524 emage Se e tatiana E ne te ich Tees 526 A A EE E AA A E T A E E oumaneeaue 527 10 Introduction TIMEecoding a Transcend 528 Editing TIM
308. es wath a barscnpt To begn peace select pour heghighing prelesences irom the opbors bely To continue cick Next To erat chock Cancel Text MN Blue Background None e Aulomebcaly color code Ariel Test MM Red Backgmount None Next gt err 3 f Note DVT Clips created from color coded transcripts will use the font colors when presented in TrialDirector 3 To color code questions enable the Automatically Color Code Questions check box Select the desired font color in the Text field or select None to leave the font the way it is Select the desired background color in the Background field or select None to leave the questions un highlighted 4 To color code answers select Automatically Color Code Answers check box Select the desired font color in the Text field or select None to leave the font the way it is Select the desired background color in the Background field or select None to leave the questions un highlighted 5 Click Next 349 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual Highlight Transeript The new barconpl wall now be hghbghbed bared on the This process could take a lew moments depending on tha sine and Icemal of the selected bansonpt To apoly the speciied highlights cick Apply To backup cick Back of bo coat cick Cancel 6 To begin color coding your current transcript click Apply 7 When the progress bar reaches the end click Next Highlight Transcript
309. esired destination folder and mdb file Click Open 3 When the desired path and filename are selected click Next The following window appears Import from Sanction TM Transcript Database Hes pisare erler the deponer name deposition dale woluene runner and any other relevant infommaton for this ES Dagtal Video Trarcerp into the held below To continue chk Net Digital Video j i Transcript pn Michael Middle Irat Last Pa Sae Dale 0777171395 E Volume H fi lt Back Neat gt 4 Enter the information for the deponent The following fields are available Field Description First N Name o Deponent S first name Middle Initial Deponent S middle initial Last Name Deponent s last name 983 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual 984 Surname Deponent s surname Date Deposition date Volume Deposition volume number Other Additional information The Deposition Information and Other Information can be enabled or disabled by checking or removing the checkmark from their respective boxes however both cannot be disabled at the same time If you choose to enable the Deposition Information the First Last Date and Volume fields must be filled in If you choose to enable the Other Information the Other field must be filled in 5 When you are finished entering information into the fields click Next Import from Sanction TM Transcript Database Treader has detennined the folow
310. ew case file and add items to your case e Preparing for Trial Details basic case preparation including how to add mark ups to images add issue codes to transcripts create focused video clips from transcripts and use workbooks to organize exhibits e Presenting at Trial ntroduces the Presentation mode and explains how to retrieve exhibits mark up exhibits and display video clips Other Resources This guide provides a basic introduction to TrialDirector Check out our other valuable resources to help you tap into the powerful features of the program e Tutorials Several free tutorials are available on inData s Web site www indatacorp com e Training Contact inData s Training Department at 800 828 8292 or visit inData s Web site to learn about our training classes e Technical Support The Technical Support staff is available Monday through Friday from 9 a m to 8 p m Eastern Time excluding holidays at 480 497 0066 to help you with any questions you may have about TrialDirector Navigating in TrialDirector The diagrams below explain the main features of the TrialDirector interface To explore these featues open the sample case provided with the program 21 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual Quick Find Tool Quick Item Viewer Desktop Workspace Workbooks Explorer 22 Getting Started with TrialDirector The Case Library consists of the Case Explorer and the LYorkbooks Explorer
311. ewer Type e En Lime DDE See Once DDE is selected as the Viewer Type additional fields appear 118 5 6 7 Application Integration Complete the New File Viewer dialog box as shown below Browse to the location where TrialDirector is currently installed The example below shows the default installation path for a single user license of TrialDirector 5 x If you have TrialDirector 5 x installed to a network server location browse to the UNC path ex Server Share Apps inData TrialDirector 5 exe for the TrialDirector application New File Viewer ewer Name viewer Type TriaiDirector 5 DDE pplication Path slinDatalTrialDirector S TrialDirector 5 exe Browse DDE Data Application Service TrialDirector Topic COImage SHOW IMAGE 1 Cancel Once the file viewer has been configured click OK to save the changes and return to the File Viewers dialog box Now that the File Viewer has been created it must be set as the default viewer for the current case Select TrialDirector 5 from the list of viewers and click the Default button 119 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual File Viewers Default Viewer for Case Windows Files TrialDirector 5 Windows Files 8 Click Yes to confirm TrialDirector 5 as the default viewer CaseMap 6 1 Do you want bo use TrialDirector 5 as the default For this case 9 TrialDirector 5 is now displayed as the default viewer for
312. eys at Lar Redaction as seen in Presentation mode Redactions are temporary overlays on the image while in the program There are three ways to make a redaction permanent Print the image with markups see Print Images Export the image with markups see Export Folder Contents to a Volume Perform a Grab Window in TrialDirector Add Text Use the Text tool to add text to an image When the Text tool is selected the Annotation Toolbox changes and displays a color selection grid along the bottom Choose the desired text color and then click and drag the cursor in a rectangle around the area where you would like to place the text Type the text and click elsewhere on the image when you are done The box disappears leaving only the typed text 202 Document Manager Added text Main Road Edit the Text in a Text Box To edit the text in a text box select the text box using the Selection tool and then double click on the box to enter edit mode The cursor will appear at the left side of the text inside the box Position the cursor where you would like to change or add text and begin typing The text box is always in insert mode Click elsewhere on the image when the changes are complete Change the Font in a Text Box To change the font font color or size of the text select the text box using the Selection tool and then right click on the box and select Choose Font from the drop down menu Select the desired
313. f Show Exhibit Full Screen is selected the DVT appears in full screen When an exhibit is referenced in the video testimony the exhibit will then appear on the full screen and will automatically fade back to the video testimony or you can pause the presentation to allow the jury extra time to view the exhibit This option allows exhibits to be automatically loaded onto the presentation screen when a keyword is detected 433 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual Other Options Fade Between When enabled this option will produce a fade in fade Segments of out effect when transitioning between segments during DVT Clip DVT Clip playback Note Fade performance when using this option may be affected by the display adapter installed in your PC Show clip When this option is enabled the segment of the clip segment in in a multi segment clip exhibit will appear in the top Video Window righthand corner The segment can also be toggled on and off by clicking the right mouse button in the top right corner of the video Presentation Background Presentation Preferences General Zones Images Multimedia DVT Appesrance Tool Preferences Presentation Background E Color gt Preset Classic C Deep Purple Fog C Luminous C Desp Bhe f Custom Cistoen Option Description Select Color This option sets the background color for the Presentation Display ver 4 4 Note For best appearance leave the pre
314. f the items you want to import into the case TrialDirector reads a special kind of batch file called an object load list oll Object load lists can be manually created using a text editor or automatically created from TrialDirector when importing files from another case The FileBridge utility under the Tools menu can also be used to convert load files that were formatted for other applications and use them with TrialDirector Case items can also be loaded using other kinds of batch files that TrialDirector temporarily converts into readable object load lists Other formats currently supported are TrialDirector database files mdb CT Summation iBlaze Document Information Index files dii IPRO Load files Ifp DocuLex Volume Contents files txt DocuLex Database Files dbf Opticon v2 0 ImageBase Load Files and Generic Image Load files log Check to see if your image volume has a batch file before deciding to load items using another method ur 4 Note If you are adding items from a volume that you have exported from TrialDirector use the database file mdb rather than the object load list oll so that any annotations on the items will appear 184 Document Manager 1 Select Import New Items from Batch file I mport from the Items menu Batch import Mew Items This varad wall help pou lo impor new eens inba pour Case by using a batch import file Please select the appropriate hie lomna a
315. fault when you open a Digital Video Transcript This option will display any annotations or issue codes each time a Digital Video Transcript is opened This option will display attached exhibit designations each time a Digital Video Transcript is opened This option makes beginning of deposition video markers visible by default when you open a Digital Video Transcript Description Transcript Manager Options Single This option single spaces transcript text 1 5 Lines This option spaces transcript text by 1 5 lines Double This option double spaces transcript text pn 4 Note Case data carried over from previous versions of TrialDirector may be double spaced by blank lines Font Size This option sets the font size in pts Highlight Tab This tab allows you to change the options for the transcript highlight bar that moves through the transcript when the Digital Video Transcript is playing TrialDirector Options General High ght Cip Toots Atiibutes Use custom Grapbes C Program FlestirDala TialDrector S Highights Luna Bross 7 Use Custom color scheme F C Uss Windows color scheme Size and Postion Height 3 fines Apgmert Cente I Scrolling Speed 250 imiiseconda D Send pagesine to Binder Attributes Description Use custom This option allows you to browse and set a graphic for Graphic highlights 265 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual Use custom color Use this option if you wis
316. ff here Image Annotation Tools Image Annotation Tools TrialDirector Jones v Smith Wones v SmithWones v Smith B CMS File Edit View Documents y ca bh are Ph O lel el E AGREE ECT esi CO 2 Case Explorer el a 48 View by All Documents aa Jones Smith E a Documents oooo0000 Welcome 1 Ha i ae aa a a a a a d aS edia Workbooks Coding Tools Help Fresentation Presentation Preview Pe The image annotation tool bar can be Torn off resized or moved around to a convenient location of your choosing The diagram below outlining the available annotation tools shows the toolbar after it has been torn off and resized Redaction Tool Freehand Draw Tool Text Tool Ellipse Tool Sticky Mote Tool Rectangle Tool Hot Spots for One Click Scripts Line Tool Stam ps Arrow Tool Label Highlighter Tool Deskew Image Selection Tool Save Annotations Default Layer 1 ANB BEEBE ENK OMMA E _ _ lt Layers Prrririridd Show All Adjust Arrow Pointer Size Color Selection Palette Selected Color Adjust Tool Line Width The appearance of the Toolbox changes depending on the annotation tool selected The functionality of each of the annotation tools is described in the following sections 198 Document Manager To close a torn off Annotation Toolbox click the X in the upper right corner ur A Note If no annotation tools are enabled you
317. field You can also enter a Matter Number and Notes if desired 5 Select Use Case description for directory name if you want the directory name to be the same as the case Description 6 Click Next Create a New Case Fma pou can seleci to protect pour valuable care dala by energy Cape SCORss POCA To ceata the new cara cick Cieala To backup chk Back of bo mat cick Cancel Create a T Enable case access society 7 If you want to enable case security select the Enable Case Access Security checkbox and enter an Administrator User ID and Password To further secure case data select the Enable Case Encryption checkbox see Enable Case Security 8 To create the new case click Create When the new case is created the Case Explorer displays empty folders for Documents Transcripts and Multimedia items and the Workbooks Explorer displays an empty workbook organizer The Title Bar displays the name of the new case and the case number 145 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual More Information Create a New Case Open a Case Enable Case Security Administer Case Users Manage Case Databases Remove a Case Menabie Case Security When you enable case security for a case a user name and password will be required to access case data You can also encrypt case data so that it cannot be opened and read by any other person or program You can allow multiple users to have access to the case 1 Select Create a
318. file is in document entry format Document Manager ignores everything after the first space in each entry e g ABCOO1 ABCOO2 would be treated as ABCOO1 Page Range Entries The page range entry format lists the beginning Page ID and the ending Page ID separated by a space dash space ABCOO1 ABCOO1 ABCOO2 ABCOO4 ABCOO5 ABCOO6 ABCOO7 ABCOO7 If a beginning Page ID is listed without an ending Page ID it will be treated as a one page range i e ABCOO01 would be treated as ABCOO1 ABCOOL1 Each page range entry in the subset case batch file will become a document in the new case regardless of where the beginning and ending Page IDs fall in the original case For example ABCOO2 will become the first page of a new document in the new case even if it was the second page of a document in the original case Rename Items in a Subset Case There are two ways to rename items in a subset case Enter a new beginning Item ID in the Create New Case From Batch File dialog box All remaining items are renumbered sequentially OR Enter a new Item ID for each entry in the batch file This method allows you more control because entries do not have to be renamed sequentially and not all entries have to be renamed Entering a new beginning Item ID in the dialog box will override anything entered in the batch file Enter a New Beginning Item ID in the Dialog Box The Create New Case From Batch File dial
319. find in the Search for box 41 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual e Use the wildcard character to locate variations of a term For example search for claim and you will only find where that exact word appears Search for claim and you will find all occurrences of claim claims claimed claiming Transcript Segment Editor Search search for F Search Ibi Search method fan Transcripts an exact phrase match al Barthel Edwin Vol 01 01 24 2002 4 matches found El Page 3 5 the property Pa a ee a i MMM 00008 03 0 And as you sit here today you have no 04 recollection of what caused the contamination at 5 the property A No air 7 E Ta OK XA AS a _ _ EE m M ee za cn E D Fage 11 22 at the Harz property EE Page 12 4 the property correct Lf LJ Page 14 7 the dry cleaners are to the property where the post Bell Randall Vol 01 02 27 2002 193 matches found Cormack William T Vol 02 03 13 2002 30 matches found DeLoreto John R Vol 01 02 07 2002 53 matches found Franc Peter J Vol 01 03 10 1999 37 matches found Vinckier Thomas RG Vol 01 03114200 30 matches found 3 From the pull down menu select whether you want to search all of the transcripts only selected transcripts or only the current transcript A From the Search Method pull down menu choose whether you want to find the exact word or
320. focus on your specific needs rather than using our standard outlines We ll also assist you in using PowerPoint and TrialDirector s PowerPoint plug in and designing opening and or closing presentation s For pricing availability and enrollment call 800 828 8292 or email sales indatacorp com 18 Introduction Certified TrialDirector Trainers in Your Area inData has a network of certified TrialDirector trainers across the country If you prefer a local presence for your training needs inData will gladly refer you to a certified TrialDirector trainer in your area For references call 1 800 828 8292 or email sales indatacorp com Help Menu Sometimes it s easy to forget that help is just a click away but it is Accessed directly from within TrialDirector the Help file allows you to search for topics and get specific answers to your questions with step by step instructions for using various features TrialDirector Quick Start Guide This simple guide walks you through the most commonly used features of TrialDirector A hard copy of the Quick Start Guide is included with the software and available in Acrobat PDF form on inData s Web site Additional hard copies are available upon request for a minimal charge Getting Started information is also available in the Help file Mcontacting inData inData Corporation 1325 N Fiesta Blvd Suite 4 Gilbert AZ 85233 USA www indatacorp com Phone 480 497 8595 Toll Free 877 inD
321. gar Resulis The folowing deposbords were imparted Bathe Edem fol 01 01 24 2002 Sl ae ES Note Click the Again button to import another transcript file 8 Review the import results to ensure no warnings were issued Click OK to return to complete the import process 9 TrialDirector will then prompt to index the transcript as show below Indexing the transcript creates a searchable Word Index Also indexing will allow you to print reports and transcripts TrialDirector 2 Would you like to index the transcripts now Mo 10 Click Yes to begin the Indexing process Click No to return to the Transcript Manager Import a Digital Video Transcript from inMotion DVT Media 1 To import a Digital Video Transcript from inMotion DVT media select Import Transcript s from inMotion DVT Media from the Transcripts menu 324 Transcript Manager Import Digital Video Transcript s This vazand well help you bo impari ona or mora Digital Video is Tramacnplls a Enter a path and filename for the TrialDirector Case file contarang the desed Digia Video Tianscopil below To continue chick Next IMB OFT Tom click Cancel Digital Video Transcript e leet a TrialDitector Case Fie 2 Click Next to continue and then skip to step two under Importing a Digital Video Transcript from a TrialDirector Case File to finish importing the Digital Video Transcript s Import Portable Transcript Fo
322. going to pick up right where it left off If you switch modes or rearrange a lot of items the script may not move items around the screen the way you wanted it to Press Esc to close a Script lore Information Control the Presentation Display Scripts Micra Commands Screen Capture Topics Grab a Screen Grab a Window Zone 910 Presentation The Grab Commands allow you to capture the entire Presentation display or a specific zone exactly as you see it on the screen and save it as a new item on the Document Manager Case Explorer There are many uses for this Save time during the courtroom presentation by setting up your screens prior to trial with annotations rotations enlargements and projections and then saving the screens as new items for recall during trial Save exhibits marked up during trial by a witness as new exhibits Create slides for Microsoft PowerPoint presentations Barcodes can be created for the captured screens so that you can easily recall them during trial The Grab commands that allow you to save items while you are working in the Presentation Module are the Grab Screen GS and the Grab Window GW commands Grab a Screen The Grab Screen GS command allows you to load items make annotations and then save the screen as a new item The new item can have a barcode associated with it for recall during trial To use this powerful feature load items into the desired zones
323. gt Padded to at least 1 digit ex 1 or 15 or 273 lt SP2 gt Padded to at least 2 digits ex 01 or 15 or 273 lt SP3 gt Padded to at least 3 digits ex 001 or 015 or 273 622 Appendices and so on up through SP9 lt SP9 gt Padded to at least 9 digits ex 000000001 or 000000015 or 000000273 Starting Line Number Formatting lt SL gt Unpadded start line ex 2 or 15 same as lt SLO gt or lt SL1 gt lt SL1 gt Padded to at least 1 digit ex 2 or 15 lt SL2 gt Padded to at least 2 digits ex 02 or 15 Volume Number Formatting lt V gt Unpadded Volume Number ex 1 or 24 lt VV gt Padded Volume Number ex O1 or 24 BaP appendix J Barcode Equipment TrialDirector accepts a broad range of industry standard barcode equipment When selecting your barcode reader the following three items are necessary for proper function 1 Ability to read Code 128 2 Ability to read Code 3 of 9 sometimes listed as Code 3 9 Code 3 9 or Code 39 3 Ability to issue an add a Carriage Return Suffix command We recommend the following as nice to have items 1 Gun style instead of pen wand style 2 USB connection instead of Serial RS232 or PS2 wedge If you have questions or concerns regarding barcode equipment please contact inData Technical Support MN copyright Acknowledgements Windows is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation Access is a trademark of Micros
324. h segment when a clip is loaded in the Segment Editor This option sets the number of seconds before or after the segment start time to which the multimedia jumps when you seek to the start of a segment For example if the segment seek to start adjustment is set to 2 seconds and you seek to the start of a segment that begins at 00 00 03 00 the multimedia will automatically jump to 00 00 01 00 This option sets the number of seconds before or after the segment end time to which the multimedia jumps when you seek to the end of a segment For example if the segment seek to end adjustment is set to 2 seconds and you seek to the end of a segment that ends at 00 00 45 00 the multimedia will automatically jump to 00 00 47 00 Transcript Manager lrialbirector Options General Highlight Cp Toots User Defined Tools Add Ins Description Options New Allows you to add a new application short cut to the Tools menu on the TrialDirector Menu Bar Edit Allows you to edit the path and name of an application short cut on the TrialDirector Tools menu Remove Allows you to remove an application short cut from the Tools menu on the TrialDirector Menu Bar More Information Options Managing Shortcuts to Applications Mworkino with Transcripts 2 1 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual When a Digital Video Transcript is open the transcript text appears in the Transcript Window You can copy search and print the tr
325. h and filename are selected click Next 570 Tools Export to TrialPro T1M Post production Time Stamp file ed EJ Working The Digtal Video Tionsonpi vell now be expected Tha process could take a lew moments depending on the ace of the deposition tramecnpt To begin the export process cick Export To backup cick Back of bo eet chek Cancel 5 Click Export to begin exporting the Post production Timestamp file When the progress bar reaches the end the export is complete Export to TrialPro TM Post production Time Stamp file e Finished The Digital Video Transcrpt has been expected Please view the export results corebulk bo ensure mo MANOS elo pued To oat cick OF Results 6 Review the export results carefully to ensure that no errors were encountered 7 Click OK to exit the export process lore Information Timecoding Importing Transcripts MN rimecoder Importing a Digital Video Transcript 9 1 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual Topics mport TrialDirector Case File cms Import LiveNote VideoNote File ptf vid Import RealLegal E Transcript Files ptx Import Sanction II Transcript Database mdb Import Timaro Post production Time Stamp File pts Import TrialPro Post production Time Stamp File pts Import YesEdit CD ROM with Sanction Transcript Database mdb After a transcript has been synchronized us
326. h to designate distinct colors scheme Highlight Background Display Highlight with Border Use Windows color scheme Size And Position Height Offset Alignment Scrolling Speed 266 for the highlight bar and the transcript background This field allows you to change the color of the highlight bar Click Pick to open the color palette and choose an existing color or create your own This field allows you to change the color of the transcript background Click Pick to open the color palette and choose an existing color or create your own Check this box if you want to have a thin black border around the highlight bar Use this option in order to properly display the transcript text and scrolling highlight bar under High Contrast display settings Description This field allows you set the height of the highlight bar Changing to a lower number makes the bar smaller Changing to a higher number makes the bar bigger This field determines the position of the highlight bar from the top or bottom of the page and works only when the Alignment is set to Align Top or Align Bottom An Offset of zero 0 and Alignment of Align Top places the highlight bar at the top of the page This field presents a drop down list of three choices for the position of the highlight bar Align Center Align Top and Align Bottom It works in conjunction with the Offset to determine the location of the highlight bar on the
327. happen e The transcript is highlighted to reflect the color of the issue you assign If you assign more than one issue to the same text only the color of the last issue code appears on the screen e Inthe Transcript Explorer the text citation appears under Issue Codes and Annotations for that witness organized according to issue trab rector Sete Dero Case 5 0 CD TIDIE II Harz family s claim z Ho sI I don t ae Barcel Edwin vel Qij DURA rotg And ri yi aie here today you have oo L 4561 Treewornt tor Barthel Edw Feecllection of what ceased the cantazineties at Sy Aude Vices Peet 01 for Barrel E che property MM cip ES GUZADOCOTZS Ds you re r iy Fui gip Beginning at pT 2 W Page 7 24 to 808 E ar F a SSS fe oe A eh OE a th CA ds Gh BS A ay Etts 5 Yes E havr Comme ang Ansetations 11 Q What do you understand date of loss to CS Sreseqeenta Dar pes dd ea En id An The date that the accident actually a Page 15 to 6 18 AETH Er la Sapport Go poa Tails That secures ever T Page eT 7 14 pct cea Dirisio Neghpence a Page 26 to 8010 if A Itoalda t tell you I couldn t remember i Page S609 8 10 19 L Asi does peting Exhibit 3 or Exkibirc 15 a Page d20 te 08 20 seeing the Gave of lors shown aa Uovesber V 1 ED on Ext PENG E Puntive Damages on W Page 7 te 5 7 FE ul Vietual Dip ES 0124 virtual gig fe 2 E D Bel Aastal wol Gt LITA ai a By Cormack Wika T ol 02 01112
328. he image e Native tab Opens the program used to create the file and displays the fully functional version of the file within TrialDirector This tab is unavailable grayed out if native viewing is not supported for the file type or if the program used to create the file is not installed on your computer 127 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual e Text tab Displays full text OCR for files that were scanned Use this tab to edit the text if needed e Presentation Preview tab Case Library Only Displays the presentation view of the item where you can prepare and preview on the fly enhancements without impacting the actual presentation until you are ready to activate the changes Pages from PDF files are displayed both as static images on the Image tab for annotation prior to trial and as they appear in the fully functional PDF file on the Native tab Many Advanced PDF Support features are available in TrialDirector Case Explorer tem Wiewer Es Iii ir Erin Er foes A AA o a e fie Di ga Dorado ules wifes Cobra Load pm b Ah Be amp FAD ane bP 1 11 MN 310 3 A ore Caos Eslora 5 Vest Jl bee hae Prii Prisa y Bar E DEE Pinea io Da rai E A AL AO ETP jara A a ep A de A E a w E Do a ie Dimne Parr bo Feel a A bo ee i cis 18 100 a ado Co ren E PA a p i E r 1i 17E ee hP Card kas ii thk me da E rl Da AA A isfuary 10 3000 ier do Dal Carr Sa y 18 JE e e Fl er E A A Caicar
329. he way that you are viewing For example if you have a document expanded to display the individual pages the Item Properties will move from page to page within the document If a document is not expanded the Item Properties will jump to the next document 4 When you re finished click Save to save your changes and close the window or Exit to close the window without saving err f Note Since changes are automatically saved as you click Prev or Next the Save and Exit options only apply to the last Item Properties dialog box 126 Case Library ltem Properties General Documentid DEMODO 34 Page Id MOUI Page Ho 1 El Annotated Description EJ Memo Attached september 1 1992 report letter from Dames Moore to CROCE PathiFilename e Spartacus Y Rome Docs 01 1demo000 294 tit Browse Exhibit 9 Record No 304 Created On 031 2004 02 38 55 Phi Trial Exhibit PTXOOg Moditied On 03302006 09 56 05 More Information Filter Case Explorer by File Type View Case Items view Case Items When you are working in the Case Library or Document Manager and select an item in the Case Explorer the Item Viewer displays it on the right side of the screen You can also view items when you work in the Coding module Depending on the type of item one or more of the following tabs are available at the top of the Item Viewer e Image tab Displays any supported image file and enables you to annotate t
330. he Rubber band zoom in zone 1 is centered in the shape selected by the user independent of the zone size and shape 480 Presentation Fill zone zoom Rubber band zoom Mo zoom Right click and drag to pan within the zoom window or use the Up Down Right and Left arrow keys Double click on the zoom window or press home to restore the image to the full size of the zone Area Projection Zoom Topics Area Projection Options Hide Projection Options Animate Projection Zoom TO project an area of an image open the Presentation Toolbar and select the Area Projection tool Using either a mouse or light pen click and drag to draw a box around the area you want to project When you release the mouse or light pen button the projection appears with lines indicating the position of the projected area in relation to the original item as shown in the figure below A maximum of ten 10 projections can be used simultaneously but the Area Projection tool must be selected again before a new projection can be drawn 481 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual Click and drag the corner of the projection window to resize the projected area Click and drag to move the Projection window This is the selected area or magnifier Click and drag the magnifier roject a i st different area aire Tienda _ Hablar peo E Ez You can resize the projected area by placing the cursor on any edge of the projection
331. he export results carefully to ensure that no errors were encountered Click OK to exit the export process i nore Information Export TrialDirector Case File TimeCoder Pe rimecoder Exporting to AMICUS Format 949 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual Any transcript may be exported to AMICUS ami trn format To determine which format is ideal for your purposes consult the product manual for the application you plan to import the transcript into 1 Open the DVT you want to export 2 Select Export to AMICUS Transcript ami trn from the File menu Export to AMICUS Transcript Thee wed wal help you lo export a Digtal Video Transcrpe at an AMICUS Tranecopi his Please erie a path and Menara for the exported Iranscop To continue ckek Hed Export A To ent cick Cancel Transcript Selecl the ancenpt path ard Mena CAMPO 95 ami Export with page breaks Browse T Export double spaced E Export pah lemacodes e Incluida pllsecond err A Note At any time during the export you may click Back to return to the previous export window or Cancel to cancel the export 3 Set the export options as described below Export with Page The exported transcript will contain page breaks Breaks Export Double The exported transcript will be in double spaced Spaced format Export with The timecodes that you placed in the transcript will Timecodes be preserved in the exported transcript This may be h
332. he instructions in Modify Multimedia Source Transcripts DVTs Paths For information on database management tasks such as backing up a case database repairing a case restoring a case database etc see Managing Case Databases i nore Information Manage Cases Manage Case Paths Pea mManage Case Paths The locations used to store cases on your computer or network are recorded by TrialDirector so that you can easily find and share cases When you create open or remove a case you have the option to chose a different case location than the one presented You can select an alternate path from a list of previous case locations add a new case location or remove case locations from the list A Note If your case exhibits have moved to a new location use the Global Path Editor to update the path s To select a case path 1 Select Create a New Case Open a Case or Remove Case s from the File menu Each of the three dialogs displays the current case path as shown below Selecta case location erst A Note TrialDirector case locations can be on local hard disks shared network drives or even UNC paths 153 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual 2 The paths that have already been added on your system are listed in a drop down list To change the current path click the drop down arrow and select an alternate path from the list 3 After you ve identified the case location you can select the desired case from the l
333. he new Digtal Video Tranecopi has been creabed ga Please review the creation results carefully to ensure no Meninas eee od To ed cick DE Finished Menir 12 Review the import results carefully to ensure that no errors were encountered 13 Select OK to complete the import process i nore Information Importing Digital Video Transcripts Pea rimecoder Importing a Sanction II Transcript Database When a synchronized transcript database is created within the Sanction II application the corresponding mdb file can be imported into Timecoder Follow these steps to import from a Sanction I Transcript Database file 1 Select Import from Sanction II Transcript Database mdb from the File menu Import from Sanction TM Transcript Database This vazand well heip pou bo pnpod a Sanction MTM Tranecnpt Database for use vatin TeneCodes i raph ale AE sal elie Sanchon TM I Transonpt O stebase you would ike to ups rte the held below Digital Video Tocontinue cick Nest TTANSCTIPI To ext cick Cancel Select a Transcopl Database 982 Tools 2 Enter a destination path and filename for the mdb file or click Browse to navigate to the desired path and filename a If you click Browse the following window appears Hires Lor Fila Look an E i i 4 a ache Ed rnd a Filey nsare pol Ed rock Fit of ypa Werdcl Sycterma TM Tesmonpt Database are b Select the d
334. he tools a description of the tool s function appears on the right side of the Presentation Toolbar To view additional tools that are not immediately displayed on this list click gt An expanded toolbar is displayed Add or Remove Buttons To add and remove tools on the Presentation Toolbar select Add or Remove Buttons on the expanded toolbar A checkmark adjacent to a listed tool indicates that tool current appears on the Presentation Toolbar Click on a checkmark to clear it Click next to a tool that does not have a checkmark and that tool will be displayed on the toolbar 9 Hga losas eras Mel Poder Cure Fer Leon Cure Foki Hut Cure Bern ropa Gare bem lion Shorey Bem TO Show Pre Bern Sal Head Zona Ampa Highbpia Rectang eS Freehand Draw Ted Tod padis Tom SAFE gij Siecle Cata Shiste Ariel E Aron Dada Atar EA Artola Erica e Di Zoom Rega RG Cibu Zoo Da Po haa Dant 00 E Rotate COW Co Raie i Ca Fim ta Fimi wf 0 Foam ff lo with TEEN Fall pee A ml fe A Gorg pel 96 Getting Started with TrialDirector Displaying Video Clips 1 In presentation mode select the workbook that contains the clip s you want to play e You can also enter the item ID number for the clip just as you can with documents and other items in your case 2 When you click the to display the workbook item the clip plays on the presentation workspace A Yes believe did a 16 Q Wh
335. here today you have no determine 8 9 1220 Dd recollection of what caused the contamination at determined 7 24 0S the property diablo 2 15 dE A Mo sir done 10 9 27 T Was ont of the things yeu tried te doubt 7 17 wf down 6 24 10 20 j Preparing for Trial TrialDirector gives you the option to assign issue identities such as elements of proof defenses and specific witnesses to documents transcript testimony and other pieces of potential evidence in your case You can search document indexes the content of documents if they were run through a full text process and testimony Attach memos and notes to items in your case Add highlighting redactions and other mark ups Annotations to images in your case in order to focus on key points you may want to pursue Mark ups can also be displayed during presentation in the courtroom or you can create mark ups on the fly in presentation mode For suggestions on using mark ups during your presentation see the Presenting at Trial section of this Guide Working with Coding Information about the documents in your case may be imported into TrialDirector from other database programs such as CT Summation Enterprise or iBlaze You can also enter information directly into TrialDirector s Coding tab Certain fields from the Coding tab can be 37 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual synchronized with the items listed on the Documents tab using TrialDirector s synchronization featu
336. hich format your file is in and it assumes that the rest of the file is in the same format Document Entries If the first line in the batch file is in document format Document Manager will assume the entire file is in document format The document entry format simply lists the Document IDs of the documents ABCOO1 ABCOO2 ABCOO5 ABC007 When the batch file is in document entry format Document Manager ignores everything after the first space in each entry e g ABCOO1 ABC002 would be treated as ABCOO1 However if the first line in the batch file has a range entry Document Manager will assume the batch file is in page range entry format and will treat it as such Page Range Entries If the first line in the batch file is in page range format Document Manager will assume the entire file is in page range format The page range entry format lists the beginning Page ID and the ending Page ID separated by a space dash space 602 Appendices ABCOO1 ABCOO1 ABCOO2 ABCO04 ABCOO5 ABCO06 ABCOO7 ABCOO7 Pages can also be listed as specific page numbers of a document In this case the Document ID is followed by a pipe and then the page number of the document For example the same list from above could also look like this ABCOO1 1 ABCOO1 1 ABC002 1 ABC004 3 ABC005 1 ABC006 2 ABC007 1 ABCOO7 1 If a beginning Page ID is listed without an ending Page ID it will be treated as a one page range
337. i e ABCOO1 or ABCOO1 1 would be treated as ABCOO1 ABCOO1 or ABCOO1 1 ABCOO1 1 However if the first line in the batch file does not have an ending Page ID Document Manager will assume the batch file is in document entry format and will treat it as such pn A Note If video or deposition items are listed in the print list file a placeholder image will be printed in place of the item The footer and barcode will still be printed if selected Problems List Problems list files consist of a list of Item IDs Object IDs that have duplicate entries in the batch file or were not found in the case Objid ABCO20 was not found in the case Objld ABCO21 was not found in the case Objld ABCO22 was not found in the case Duplicate Record on gt ABCO10 pg 1 ABCO1O Duplicate Record on gt ABCO10 pg 2 ABCO11 Duplicate Record on gt ABCO1O pg 3 ABCO12 There is an entry for each occurrence of a duplicate or missing Item ID Subset Case Batch File Rename Items in a Subset Case Assign Exhibit Numbers or Trial Exhibit Numbers to Items in a Subset Case The subset case batch file can be in document entry or page range entry format Select the format your batch file is in from the Create New Case From Batch Fie dialog box Document Entries The document entry format simply lists the Document IDs of the documents 603 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual ABCOO1 ABCOO2 ABCOO5 ABCO0O7 When the batch
338. ial and to easily create a PDF file of the images in the workbook among other things Creating a New Workbook 1 If you want to create a workbook at the main workbook level click on Workbooks at the top of the Workbook menu To create a new workbook as a subset to an existing workbook click on the desired workbook and the new workbook will be created under the selected workbook 2 To create a new workbook click on the 4 tool on the toolbar or right click anywhere in the Workbook Explorer window and select Create New Workbook 91 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual es Create Mew Workbook Select Workbook Color Show in Presentation Mode Manual Sort Order Item ID Sort Order Cut Chrlex Copy Ctrl C Send Workbook contents to Microsoft Wordftrn Exhibit Cutline Send Workbook contents to Presentation Script e Export Workbook contents to mew olume ES Make PDF File From Selected Workbook t Print Workbook contents Apply Current Label To Workbook Items Rename Workbook 3 You can set several characteristics for any workbook from the Workbook shortcut menu e To change the color of the Workbook select Select Workbook Color from the menu e Workbooks can be used for easy access to your exhibits in presentation mode If you want the newly created workbook to be available to you in presentation mode make sure the Show in Presentation Mode option is selected e You can sort the items within any individual wo
339. ick Back of bo ect cikk Cancel 10 Click Create to begin the import process When the progress bar reaches the end the import is complete The rew Digital Video Tronson hos been creabedl Fieste tensa the cresbon ietis carefully lo entire no To et chk OK Results 11 Review the import results carefully to ensure that no errors were encountered 12 Then select OK to complete the import process i nore Information Importing Digital Video Transcripts Pei rimecoder Importing RealLegal E Transcript Files 9 8 Tools When a synchronized transcript is imported from a RealLegal E Transcript file you will need to import the ptx file that was created in the original application To import files from RealLegal 1 Select Import from RealLegal E Transcript ptx from the File menu Import from Reallegal E Transcript Thee vazand all help pou to mpat an E Tranecoel TM hor o To begn please enter the path and filename for the E Trarcnpa TM pos would ike to use mio the held below Digital Video To continue chek Ned Transcript Toe click Cancel Sebeci an ET ransenpe Browse SiS Sue ERA 2 Enter a destination folder and filename for the PTX file or click Browse to navigate to the desired folder and filename a If you click Browse the following window appears Look E Depos T HPOL pl Hp Drar if Hi Compite Ml F MPDP ot
340. ick the Show Hide Item Viewer button The following diagram shows some of the features in Case Explorer Explorer Tree Expand All Collapse All Cage Explorer AE x Views by 7 images Diramas a Doc E Descrpton Trial Exbibt No Exhint No Hide Case TrialDrector Sarrole Case 504 terma A Explorer G Documents C tenoro Hence of Deccemnen of Cabos Copla nauresce date L he DEMENTI Defendants Chechen af Motos to Deppaben ef Cait Tagged E GP tememen May 11 1951 eter to Clare Macdonald trom P Dawid Emery paas Her e 2 fl DEMWOGOOSO api My 11 155 iener to Clare Macdonald trom P Da Preia C DEVOOONSO 02 Bukit 2 DEMODO0LLESO1 Snapshot Viedoeaday War 31 2004 03 05 Pe Pre tem ID J DEVOOOOSA OSOS Snapehet Viedoeaday Lar 31 2004 04 07 PU E aein 015501 Srapeest ejne War 31 2005 04 44 PJ Pred O 1 Dewob00s0 6503 Snapshot Viedsentay War 31 2004 04 47 Pu PTA O 9 bruooc0s og 2 C Dedos 53 L veworesss Juby 12 TPPA igner to Crass Granel from P David Emery mH 4 O gp DEmpo0ss Mub ayer Bi PTOS i Editing the Document Description Properties If needed you can add or modify the description displayed in the Case Explorer using either of the following methods e Open the pop up column editor e Open the Item Properties dialog box To open the pop up editor 1 Click to select the desired document then right click and select Edit You can also select the desired item and click the F2
341. ideo Transcript folder and select Open or Play from the drop down menu Click on the multimedia and drag and drop the file into the Multimedia Manager This method is especially useful when you are missing the first multimedia volume in the Digital Video Transcript because it allows you to load a subsequent volume first Both the transcript and the multimedia are loaded regardless of which one you open 2 6 Transcript Manager E A Note Transcripts that have not been indexed appear with a yellow exclamation point within the Case Explorer It is safe to open these transcripts However it is recommended to index transcripts in order to take advantage of the Word Index and Printing functions err A Note If TrialDirector cannot find the volume that contains the Digital Video Transcript multimedia a dialog box will appear to prompt you to mount the volume see Change CD s or provide the correct path Upon opening the transcript appears in the Transcript Window and the multimedia is loaded in the Multimedia manager The Digital Video Transcript does not automatically begin playback lore Information Digital Video Transcript Import a Digital Video Transcript Open a Digital Video Transcript View a Digital Video Transcript Change Digital Video Transcript Properties Close a Digital Video Transcript Remove Digital Video Transcripts Bai ciose a Digital Video Transcript To close the current Digital Video Tr
342. ideo Transcript information that appears next to the Digital Video Transcript folder in the Case Explorer 1 Right click on the desired Digital Video Transcript and select Properties from the shortcut menu 345 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual Deposition Properties Gereral Extended i Deposition Digital Video Transcript O Coral Wednesday Mach 19 2003 01 05 09 PM j Modhed Prd March 24 2006 00 33 30 PH ly Deporbon Intoemahor Fest Hame Eder Hidilelriial Last Mame Earthel gum Date 1012442002 Youma amp 1 l Oier Digital Video Transcript 2 Alter the Deposition Information fields as desired and click OK to save the changes or Exit to abandon the changes If the OK button is not available make sure you have filled out all of the required fields and try again The following fields are available for modification Field Description First Name Deponent s first name Middle Initial Deponent s middle initial Last Name Deponent s last name Surname Deponent s surname Date Deposition date Volume Deposition volume number Other Additional Information The First Name Last Name Date and Volume fields are required if the Deposition Information box is checked To disable the deposition information un check the Deposition I nformation box An entry in the Other field is required if the Other box is checked To disable the Other field un check the Other box errr f
343. ides you with a list of possible commands to use while in the TrialDirector Presentation Module Each shows the description and the keyboard command necessary to implement the command Command Keys Description Z1 F1 Zone 1 vertical split left side of display Z2 F2 Zone 2 vertical split right side of display Z3 F3 Zone 3 horizontal split top of display Z4 F4 Zone 4 horizontal split bottom of display Z5 F5 Zone 5 quadrant split upper left corner of display Z6 F6 Zone 6 quadrant split upper right side of display Z7 F7 Zone 7 quadrant split lower left corner of display Z8 F8 Zone 8 quadrant split lower right corner of display Z9 F9 Zone 9 Full Display Transfer Zone Mode allows you to transfer an item TZ F10 from one zone to another Add Zone Mode allows you to add items into specified zones moving items previously displayed AZ F11 into other zones or off the screen It remains active until another zone command is used Disables Replace Zone Mode Replace Zone Mode allows you to replace an item RZ F12 in one zone with another item leaving all other items in other zones in place 496 Presentation Main Controls The Main Controls table provides you with an alphabetized list of possible commands to use while in the TrialDirector Presentation mode Each shows the description and the keyboard command necessary to implement the command Command Keys Descri
344. ields click Next Import from LiveMote TM VideoNote TM files mioimabi n ka the peched bartonp Please venly thet information and Cone as needed To continue check Hed Digital Video Eka page contaning ine numbers Zz in Transcript Laie renee oai p Last page contiming boe numbers Numbered nes per page Bock Next gt 6 Ifthe first page of the transcript that contains line numbers is a page other than one enter the correct page number or use the small arrow buttons to select the correct page number 7 Click Next to continue Import from LiveNote TM VideoHote TM files may opborady prevperve the bmecodes found rahn thes Videobletel TMI ser horain fe vid lh pou peeserve b mecodes pou mut opacity afl abaden renounce 3 hor thes Digital Video Traemecrpt in chronologica order al his Emma Multimedia _ Preseree MideoHote TM imecodss 8 If you would like to preserve VideoNote timecodes you must specify all multimedia resources associated with the VideoNote vid file in chronological order Click here for instructions on preserving timecodes 9 Click Next to continue 577 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual Import from LiveNote TM WideoHote TM files The new Digtal Video Transcnpt vel now be created d on the infomation green Thi process could take a lew moments depending on the se ond lormal of the selected thanpcnpt To beyn the creston process chock Craats To backup c
345. ig Peter Fri EF Poli Mici Open in TrialDirector se Wong L Print Preview with TrialDirector HZ Check Search Box ee EF Poli Mic Print with TrialDirector HE Jones J l 3 TrialDirector s printing options dialog opens Click on the drop down arrow to view the printing choices 110 Application Integration Print Preview An example of TrialDirector s Condensed Transcript Format 111 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual Cord Teor pa ol ome Job LOL F a Se Tossa Apri 26 205 057 FM P Franc Vs E Morris verzion 2 5 Papu 7 Die LE ay ds Cs Ca E E yra mi a er em er A ee Te ey AZ HA A ra a ra a aa arar Soe da di pl i H P ss A Te yrs ra eT Sees La Pauly San em DT E ee PA Fare Dra Gece a T T DELI yirs A en G bm yira A A A AA Ter IT Tirar Sree a eeb BE A ek AS LA Sinn g Ae yra em ne beqer eranmi Der Tam in Dis ssm le eT merrel ofof OF oO Fo po A Tee g Ae yrs ey beeper eranen Ter Soe fae ia ay eee A Tirs meen TLE E Er y Ma a n g Te re A reprenet Gey Teer Srey A peim eme yT A Em 2 s eo a Aa A A on Gem A cre ie i SO Oe A A Ge yira bii a A ii PEI ebe E hk b E A A ee mame oy perm i any reps a So A a Tiea A es ara A a Te aur A T Gee Ss sen IEE et ae A F A A A RA E Im eraba en UA BEEE Ta oe a Wm erabi LT Darme eevee A SHEREE ES EERE EEE ee a SS sn ee ee ee IA E g Meri DT Tr A vle A TEE PEEP REEER ERE LL
346. ile txt from the Microsoft Windows Explorer iii A Note For best results it is recommended that you limit each page to 50 lines of text with 80 characters per line For large text files without embedded page breaks you will need to manually break the text into manageable segments 219 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual Quick Test Exhibit Creator Fie Format Edit ASA Mike umidi pou state pour mme for the Michel Poli You re an attorney de that right Yao I om find hoor Los have pou been in private 13 practice 4 Format the text using the formatting Toolbar buttons as desired 5 Enter an Exhibit Id 6 To create an image of the text click the Create Snapshot Exhibit Button on the window Toolbar The new image is saved and placed in the Document Manager Case Explorer pur f Note This feature is particularly useful for creating image files from transcript text which frequently includes embedded page breaks The page breaks will not be visible When creating images from transcript text try to paste and save the entire text first before manually segmenting the text Annotate Images Annotations added text and markups added markings such as arrows highlights redactions etc can be applied to an image using the Annotation Tools Rotate Images To rotate an image 90 degrees clockwise do one of the following Click the Rotate the Current I mage Clockwise button on the Toolbar
347. ile and an associated digital transcript Documents include almost everything else such as image files photos native files Word PowerPoint and so on and many multimedia file types If you re going to be moving and sharing files across multiple computers we recommend that you establish naming conventions for your file system This will simplify or even eliminate some file movement concerns For a very simple example if your computers all have a CD drive identified as D and your image files are always stored in D 1CaseDatall mages you could move any case to an alternate computer and it would always find its files if the correct CD was in drive D 1 TrialDirector Terminology Term Definition Case File A TrialDirector Case file contains the organization and annotation instructions that you have applied to the case exhibits This includes all of the databases workbooks issue coding annotations notes security options scripts and so on related to the case Your selections within TrialDirector are applied to exhibit files which can be thought of as existing separately er A Note The exhibit files in your case such as the image files and video depositions are not part of the case file When TrialDirector case files and their associated document files are moved to a different computer the document files must be reconnected to the case files unless the file and path names are exactly identical in the new locatio
348. ill move one place forward through the Item list Each right mouse click on the button will move one place back through the Item list Changing the Toolbar Settings Tools can be added or removed from the tool bar By clicking the A found on the right side of the last tool icon on the toolbar the Add or Remove Buttons dialog box shown below is activated Click the arrow on the right hand side to display a drop down list which contains all the available tool and menu items 474 Presentation Click to ia View el Toolbar Add or Remove Options Buttons Box Acd or Remos fe e Button me Main Toolbar Click to Open the Add or Remove Buttons Box Loading Items onto the Presentation To load the selected item click the green up arrow as seen below To load the previous item click the green down arrow as seen below Toolbar Zone Controls By clicking the Set Next Zone button you can set the way that items are loaded into the presentation area There are two modes available Replace Zone Mode Modes Zones CETET Click the Set Next Zone Button to see Avallable Choices Main Toolbar The Add Zone Mode places the next Item to be loaded into the first zone moving any other exhibits into the next available active zone If there is no active zone available the Item moves off the presentation screen Add Zone Mode 475 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual Modes Zones A Replace e EN EAE Clic
349. illiseconds milliseconds in addition to hours minutes and seconds This option can only be selected if the Export with Timecodes option is also selected 4 Enter a destination path and filename for the exported transcript or click Browse to navigate to the desired folder a If you click Browse the following window appears 993 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual Save Trarecripl As b Select the desired destination folder and type a name for the txt file in the File Name field Click Save to save the selection 5 When the desired folder and filename are selected click Next 6 Click Export to begin exporting the transcript When the progress bar reaches the end the export will be complete Export to ASCII Transcript The Digia Video Tranccnpt wil now be exported This process could lake a few moments depending on the sine Of the deposition tranccnpe To begin the expod process ciek Export To backup cick Back or to et cick Cancel Progress 7 Review the export results to ensure that the operation was completed successfully 994 Tools Export to ASCII Transcript The Digital Video Transcnpt has been exported E Please rene the export requis carefully bo ensure no WATE wena id To wat check OF Finished Feruk The operation wat completed succenstully 8 Click OK to exit the export process i nore Information TimeCoder Pei rimecoder Export to LiveNote VideoNote Format
350. in zone 2 will be moved off the display See Also Table of Zone Activity in Add Zone Mode The Replace Zone Mode allows you to replace the item in the active zone with a new item while leaving items in other zones in place A small blue bar called the Replace Zone Indicator appears in the lower right corner of the Presentation display when Replace Zone Mode is active For example if zone 6 is displaying a video and zone 1 is displaying a related document select Replace Zone Mode before paging down in zone 1 to prevent the video from being closed and moved off the display by the new page See Also Using Replace Zone Mode The Transfer Zone Mode allows you to transfer the item in the active zone into another zone See Also Transfer Zone Mode Control the Presentation Display Zones Pei transfer Zone Mode Transfer Zone Mode allows you to move items from one zone to another The following is an example of the process From a blank display load an item into zone 9 by pressing F9 and then typing the Item ID or scanning the appropriate barcode 449 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual Item in Zone 9 Transfer the item into zone 3 by pressing F10 to enter Transfer Zone Mode and then pressing F3 to move the item into zone 3 Item Transfered to Zone 9 After one transfer is made in Transfer Zone Mode TrialDirector reverts back to Add Zone Mode or Replace Zone Mode depending on which one was most rec
351. ind the text box shows through Transparent The background color is invisible Select the desired background mode and click OK to save the changes or Cancel to abandon the changes Add a Sticky Note Use the Note tool to place a note on the item When the Note tool is selected the Annotation Toolbox changes and displays a color selection grid along the bottom e j Pa FARR ASSOCIATES Choose the desired color for the background of the note then click and drag the cursor ina rectangle around the area where you would like to place the note Type the text and click elsewhere on the image when you are done Notes are useful for the clarification of illegible handwriting Edit the Text in a Note To edit the text select the note using the Selection tool and then double click on the box to enter the edit mode The cursor will appear at the left side of the text inside the box Position the cursor where you would like to change or add text and begin typing The note is always in an insert mode Click elsewhere on the image when your changes are complete Change the Font in a Note 204 Document Manager To change the font color or size of the text select the note using the Selection tool and then right click on the box and select Choose Font from the drop down menu Select the desired font color and size for the text Click OK to save the changes or Cancel to abandon the changes Set the Background Colo
352. ine the actual path of the current case More Information Create a New Case Open a Case Enable Case Security Administer Case Users Manage Case Databases Remove a Case remove a Case To remove a case 1 Select Remove Case s from the File menu 165 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual Remove Case s Please select the case s you would like to remove Remember removed cases wll be permanenti deleted Select a case location o AN TmalDlrector Sample Case Tha Director Sample Care EA washington w Corialis EA Water v Oi Remove Cancel ss 4 Note When attempting to remove a secure case the user is prompted to login with a valid username password prior to removal Only those users with valid privileges are allowed to remove cases Secure cases are indicated with a padlock icon as shown in the image above 2 To edit the case path click Edit see Manage Case Paths 3 Select the case or cases you would like to remove A special icon indicates that a case cannot be removed because it is currently open If you want to remove the case that is currently open you must open a different case before attempting removal 4 After you have selected the case s you want to remove click Remove A warning message will appear allowing you to confirm the removal 5 Click Yes to remove the case s or No to cancel the removal 7 Note If you are working in a network environment
353. ing Clipboard inking arenis a a e a EE EASA 335 Glipboard Linking Command Sissi AN E N SN 335 Gopy Selected Textito the Glpboatd siii a e AE E a tii na 337 SICCA o O PA En o E un O a e a 337 Play SeleCled ex PO CORO OO tee Melmates Tirso tees each ade ty Grae so tes Soe Beacea ere Ti 337 Add Selecied Texto a lps cnica ceva a e eve danet eae iii 337 clear Oe CCIE Toca ade aint mentees tenes 337 Exporta TranScnpt to ASGIIFOMMNal resnici E EEn aA nes Generate a d 339 Introduction Export a Transcript to Portable Transcript Format PTP o ooocccccccccccccccconnnc no rnrrrrr 339 Attached and Synchronized Exhibits oocccccocccccccnccnccc cnn rrnnnncn nr rr rr 340 DiS play HionigNUng sr Sacos 347 Ig MliGhta ex or Change Fon Colada da 347 Rem ove a HIONI Or FON OOl r insiren in ai as 348 Automatic Color Codi dira trar ciao eii 348 Remove Al FIGMIGING scort drid 350 Creating ISSUE CodeS tradicion 351 ASSIGNING SSUS COC CS iS AAA AA 352 Printing ISSUE Code REDONS icici AAA a 353 ES OM y E Mu AN 366 Present VIGGO DA ae 366 Present Current Segment On Vas io ada 367 Present Selected Text in Presentation Mode ccc cece cece eee e eee cesses esse seen seen nn rn ee rr rr cnn rra 367 Add an Applicaton onor t GU tai dd 368 Editan Applicatlom onOn OU arisna a Aroa 370 Remove an ABR Icalon ono GU ida da 370 Cure Transcend eka ena aes 373 Current Transcript Condensed rro 375 Current Transcript Word Index rara iaa 376 Issue Codes R
354. ing OCR TEE rai iS NA ais 232 Navigating Through Full Text for Multi lmage DOCUMENTHS cece cece eee eens rr rr 233 Add i glO bala 4 Wil ai cee ene ee eee ai ia doi 233 A O RE 237 Select Printer QUID uasa artilleria ARAS 237 prole PeAP t A DN 237 IMAGES Pages o Una 237 Images Pages CLNUMDNAIIS edwin chad a ar 239 images PAGES LEISURE DOM arar ata A tdsbal ea eeataeine 240 O e mel deanene aes 240 Select Print Rane ira ria 243 Standard TODA A A EA OAE EEA 246 PANG A tie pao Cal 249 ZOOMING AA A AA AA A A a A i 249 Transcribe Mona dera c o acres 251 Synchronize the Content cuts ai NA ie 254 Show and hide the Case Explorer ii ers 255 Segment Editor Tab rerea A A A IO AS ee A 256 Search Ta a 257 Standard TOD aaa aaa do 259 TOPICS isicurdact ratico 200 Multimedia CONTO BOX aerosol 261 Se OMe Edo MOS li iRn 262 Cencral tab dd maroc ease 264 a AAN 205 ITA i 207 TOOS TaD it int bea aia 270 Playa Digital Video MaNsCriDl essri E a a a EEE 213 Pause a Digital Video Transciblasa A A O ei ees 274 Stop a Digital video TransCiip letrina teenage ate dameeS a a a aa 274 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual Ghange Playback Speed coo 274 seek inca Digital Video Trans Cripple nan a a a a aE Eaa 274 Move Around in a Digital Video Transcript ooocccocccccccccnccccnncnn nn rar rr rr rr 275 OlIPS ana S comen Sn IA da 278 Create Clips Fromm S SUE COES cos id 286 Rename GD eerren a r E ein 295 Ghange Clip Descrip lios i
355. ing criteria e Item ID number e g DEMO00002 e Description a brief shorthand title for the item to help you identify it quickly during trial e Exhibit No deposition exhibit number e Trial Exhibit No trial exhibit number e Notes amp Memos the contents of the Summary field if data is imported from Summation Alternatively you can easily add memos to any of the items in your case 1 Click on the de tool on the toolbar OR click on the Edit menu and select Find 38 Getting Started with TrialDirector Edit di Cut gt Copy Paste cf Clear Select All Select Items b Tag Items iM Find Next Find Specific la oc Replace 2 In the Find dialog enter the word you want to look for and the other criteria for your search Find po Find mb lua Exact matches only Browse Results Inderdually My Send results bo Workbook Find Within fh tems Object id s D items Starts wath only be Desenplicas Adrriitad Field fw Exhbi No s Tes erences enna W Tna Exbhibit Hos 7 at eeuu Y Notes amp Memos 2 o 9 EHe e To view each item one at a time on the desktop select Browse Results Individually Click Find First to display the first item Click Find Next to continue viewing each of the other items found as a result of the search 39 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual lar gt reir eee li Lar A ad o El El A SEI A A A AE 303 j i
356. ing either the TimeCoder application or a third party program it can then be imported back into TimeCoder The TimeCoder import features are especially useful for converting one timestamp file format to another For example a Sanction II transcript database mdb can be converted to a TrialDirector Case File cms via the TimeCoder import export features i nore Information TimeCoder Pe rimecoder Importing a TrialDirector Case File TimeCoder can import existing cms files that may have been created in previous versions of TimeCoder TrialDirector or DVTWizard TimeCoder users may want to import legacy cms files to correct timecodes add remove multimedia resource files adjust timecodes etc After the cms file is imported into TimeCoder it can even be exported to other formats When a synchronized transcript is contained within a TrialDirector Case we will need to import the corresponding cms file Follow these steps to import from a TrialDirector Case 1 Select Import from TrialDirector Case file cms from the File menu 572 Tools import from TrialDirector Case File The wizard wall help pou lo mmpor one or mote rew Digtal Video Transcnpile for use vihan Tree Coder i Enter a path and fename foe the Taal recio Cape file containing the dered Digital Video Transcrpt s below To contrae cick Heyl Digital Video 10 el ek Cancal Transcript Select a TnaDiecios Case File
357. ing page and ine riomaton los the peched transcapl Pisare very this a informabon and conect as needed To continue chck Nest Digital Video Fast page contara ine numbers Transcript Line nuniberad pagetst Last page contara ine numbers If the first page of the transcript that contains line numbers is a page other than one enter the correct page number or use the small arrow buttons to select the correct page number Click Next to continue Once all adjustments are made 1f necessary select Next to continue The following window will appear Tools Import from Sanction TM Transcript Database pesar r n nl ee ee eee F tansenpi dalabase Qe DY pocas Res ou Tt speci n all sudor deo vessel Kor Us Digital Video Transenpt in cheorologecal Onder al thes Lera Multimedia This window will allow you to preserve timecodes which may appear in the original printed transcript If you want to preserve timecodes you must specify all audio video resource s for this Digital Video Transcript in chronological order Click here for instructions on preserving timecodes 7 If you choose not to preserve original printed timecodes select Next to continue The following window will appear Import from Sanction TM Transcript Database The new Digital Video Transcript val now be created based on he infomation green This process could lake a few moments depending on the sine and formal of the selected bamscnpt T
358. ion if you need to enable ADF or Similar advanced options b Once any needed scanner options are selected click Get Page From Scanner and wait for the scanner to finish 4 Click OK The new page appears in Case Explorer 190 Document Manager lore Information Exhibit Management Adding Items to a Case nsert Remove Document Break Fe nsert Remove Document Break A convenient feature in Document Manager is the ability to quickly insert or remove document breaks within the Case Explorer This feature is beneficial when an existing document s page boundaries need to be changed on the fly errs 4 Note You cannot insert or remove page breaks in PDFs or multi page TIF files However you can use TrialDirector to split multi page TIF files into single page TIF files through an export process Topics Insert Document Break Remove Document Break Insert Document Break To insert a document break 1 Select the page where you wish to create the new document 2 Right click and select Insert Document Break from the shortcut menu as shown below Do not right click directly on the desired page click off to the side in the Case Explorer panel 191 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual Cheese v Crackers Documents e 1 HIERARCHAL FLOW e 18_TEMIZED CHART e O Lg 24_INTERSECTION DI O g 7_STEP PROCESS C g 8 SHOULDER SURGE Demoon0s3 C 1 DEMooonss O DEMOCO00054 01 D
359. isplayed 81 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual LiveNote 4 Click OK to Close e If you selected the Enable Transfer and Present after Transfer options outlined in establishing the LiveNote annotation clip will automatically play in TrialDirector seen below te Pu oF ot E D Mh Amin pel urdani Aat te latii hai yai wa bd alge diat ay cle Thi auras Coapa bc trek imp E a of T gt Q Mes Reeves you understand that this 12 lawsuit that you ve filed alleges that my client The 13 Insurance Company breached the implied covenant of 14 good faith and fair dealing in the handling of your 16 A The way they handled my claim 17 Q And do you recall all of the activity 18 that took place in that claim 19 A Well alot of things happened mean 20 it s going to be really hard for me to remember O gt m F a E La lore Information Presentation Mode usino LiveNote with Transcript Manager If you have created a link created or added the annotations to an existing Case the annotations will also be available in Transcript Manager You will be able to perform all of the editing features available in Transcript Manager 82 Application Integration For example the Transcript Explorer below shows the annotation that was created in LiveNote and sent to TrialDirector Transcript Explorer fy pa View By y All Transcript tems y Sox Yankees 2 Reeves Lisa Vol 01 03 79 1998 do ASCII Trans
360. ist of all cases in the location Click Open to open the desired case Selecta case location Browse Edit Selecta case Aso Yankees y Nimitz Yamamoto y Smith Johnson y Sox v Yankees y Spartacus Rome Open Cancel Add or Remove a Case Path You may occasionally need to add or remove a case path For example you may need to access a case on a network computer or you may wish to simplify your path lists by removing old cases 1 To change the list of available paths click Edit Selecta case location 2 The Manage Case Path s dialog opens 154 Case Library Manage Case Path s ThalDirector supports multiple case paths You may To use the new case path bet cick OK To et and ignore changes chek Cancel Manage Select a path Case Paths Ej C Program Fies nDatacases fed C Program Files inData cases CASEOO01 E C Program Filez inD ata cases CASE O02 3 To add a new path click Add In the resulting selection window browse to the new path and click OK to return to the Manage Case Paths window The new path will be listed in the window Manage Case Path s Browse For Folder apices TnslD rector supports multiple cane paths You may Please select a folder to add to your bst of avaliable case manage your kst of avadable case paths below To use the new case path ka cick OF GF Desktop To el and ignore changes chek Cancel My Compajber Select a path E Y 34 F
361. items just as you would in Presentation mode For example as you drag an item to the preview screen the Zone Activity Indicator in the lower right corner shows where the item will be displayed When the desired zone appears release the mouse and the item will appear in that zone e You can prepare the displayed items for presentation using the full Presentation mode tool set and all of your notations will appear when the preview is transferred to active Presentation mode Video and transcripts will present just as shown 467 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual e When you click on a document or other item in the Case Explorer tree it will automatically display the item in the middle Zone 9 of the Presentation Preview screen As an option you can disconnect the Case Explorer tree from the Presentation Preview Viewer by clicking on the Connect Disconnect button at the top of the screen This will prevent items in the Case Explorer tree from automatically displaying in Presentation Preview when clicked on You can still drag and drop any item from the Case Explorer tree into the Presentation Preview viewer even while the Case Explorer tree is disconnected e You can also drag and drop items from the Case Explorer tree into the Presentation Preview which is especially handy when working with zones e The Presentation Preview comes with a default toolbar that is separate from the Standard Presentation toolbar You can customize either toolba
362. ith a change of media during a deposition or hearing For example if a deposition takes an entire day typically four videotapes will be utilized At the change of videotape a marker will be embedded in the transcript to reflect the change This marker is the Beginning of Deposition Video marker 1 To search for a marker click the Other tab in the Find window 331 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual Find Other Depostonbrector can peronn a simple search hon special markers vatren the curent transcript Find what Beginning of Deposition Multimedia Fired Next Cancel 2 Make sure the Display Multimedia Markers option under the Transcript menu is enabled prior to using this particular search type 3 Click Find Next to find the next marker Use the Find Next Command The Find Next command allows you to find the next occurrence of the most recently defined search criteria To find the next search item do one of the following Click the Find Next button on the Toolbar Select Find Next from the Edit menu If you have not already performed a search during your current TrialDirector session the Find Next command will bring up the Find dialog Using Search Tab The Search tab in the Transcript window can be used to perform advanced searches on text in the open transcript selected transcripts or all transcripts TrialDirector can search for multiple keywords across dozens of transcripts in just a couple of se
363. ity to the Spacebar Mark Missing Timecodes Begin playback of the Digital Video Transcript by clicking the Play button on the VCR Control Enable Timecoding mode by clicking the record button B within the VCR Controls This button will turn red when the Timecoding mode is enabled Use either the y button or N key to move to the next missing timecode Playback will commence from the timestamp located directly above the marked red line This will give the Q C operator ample time to mark the timestamp for the red line Press the Spacebar to timestamp the red line The Spacebar should be pressed at the first sooken word of the marked red line The red line will turn to blue and the playback will continue as shown below Py ar Mariai Tae rh Wi ol on MALES CR rao ober pe Pe El Yes Mimis lo Hep io MAS Y 0 4 0 b H l Haves and Cerda HHR epa HOME Merve lo begining of bansenpl END Moree lo eri of banccnpe PAGE UF Meret ug ir daipia pipe PAGE DPWH More diesen cree dpi page LIF AR Mort up org inaen ne COPA ARR More dean ore rapa ine LEFT ARAFO Jer mirak tuck FIGHT ARARA See miada ioed ADD niesie manj SUBTRACT F Decresie patak peel SPACERAR Place Tmelods on cunerd Ire DELETE Aere Tiree bon Ee PALISE Pl Porres times chee COM0078 662 za HRPE M T i LE SD Ara dees this ele refresh your 20 35 496 LF sli AT all as to the time peried yeu
364. ividual items or pages are shown on the right side of the window The toolbar contains the icons available in the Document Manager and the Module tabs are shown below the Case Explorer 167 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual Show Hide Show Hide Image Wiewer Case Explorer Image Wiewer Acrobat document shown Acrobat Toolbar Trainee ee Jona im ith Jor Sena ened Smith HDAS Ele pi Yew Roouments ce Co pimeda Workbooks Cpg Dook Hal Toolbar rea AA E a vas Caw A el Image Native Tes il sana E LE na E aba ar o e O i This is Trial _ with TrialDirector Case Explorer a dg a H 1 ec co O 2 Heol dla lk Module Tabs UAG THIS IS TRIAL FIWwS THIS IS TRIAL A Document ID Page No tem ID Toolbar The Toolbar provides you with shortcuts to perform menu commands Case Explorer The Case Explorer contains the universe of case items including documents charts photos animations DVT clios OLE objects and coded data Item Viewer The Item Viewer displays any case item selected in the Case Explorer Images videos and OLE native format files can all be viewed in the Item Viewer Module Tabs The Module Tabs allow you to switch modules in TrialDirector J ust click on the desired tab to make it active Menus will change as you change tabs Change the Window Split To change the way Document Manager splits the display bet
365. j Would you like to index the transcripts now 1 Indexing Transcripts 35 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual If you choose not to index the transcripts when they are loaded you can index them later from within the Transcript Manager To do so 1 In the Transcript Manager select the Transcripts menu and select Index Transcripts Index Transcript s Pleace select the Tranconpl s you vould be bo indent To contrue chick Ned To eat chek Cancel Select Transcrpils a E Barthel Edvin Vol 01 01 24 2002 Index Transcript 2 The transcripts requiring indexing are listed Select one or more transcripts or click Select All to choose all of the transcripts Then click Next 3 Select Index and allow the program to index the transcripts Index Transcript s The selected Trarmenptls wall now be indexed ie Depending on the number of ranscrpt selected the i made process may laka a few minubas To begn indexing click Index Working To backup cick Back or bo es cick Cancel Tranccapt Progress DO Total Progress 4 When indexing is completed click OK Now you will be able to search the contents of the transcript as well as view the list of words contained within the transcript 36 Getting Started with TrialDirector Transcript Segmert Editor Seach 20 O Did you take adjuster notes Is that what aj Word index x 21 yeu call them
366. k the Stamp Segment End button at the desired point The ending clip position is set at the current frame position If you do not stamp the exact position you can use the or buttons to adjust the end position forward or backward one frame at a time Save the clip by clicking the Update Segment button This adds the clip to the Multimedia folder under the original item using the original multimedia file Item ID plus an additional three digit extension as shown in the figure below The extensions for successive clips increment automatically Barcodes can be created for multimedia clips which can be used to recall the clips in TrialDirector Case Explorer af wiew Dy E All tems hd oa Cheese Crackers Documents E Transcripts gt 5 Multimedia 5 E Ej Leco 3 C El Leco2 001 O H Lecos MI Sey cL Po EME gt Verify the accuracy of the new clip by selecting it from the Case Explorer and replaying it If adjustment is needed you will need to edit the clip Note You cannot create a clip from a clip You can only create a clip from the original multimedia file Edit an Existing Clip The start and end positions of a clip may not be set at the exact positions desired Follow these steps to adjust the beginning or ending positions of the clip 1 2 a 226 Select the clip in the Case Explorer Click the Record button on the Multimedia Control Box to enter Edit Record Mode Click the Pl
367. k the Set Next Zone Button to see Avallable Choices Main Toolbar The Replace Zone Mode places the next Item to be loaded into the current active zone removing any existing exhibit and or any zones that the zone selected needs to cover lore Information Control the Presentation Display Display Items Mentarge lmages Topics Standard Zoom Zoom to Top Zoom to Bottom Rubber band Zoom Fill Zone Zoom Area Projection Zoom Pan an Enlarged Image There are several ways to enlarge an image in Presentation mode ee Enlarge and reduce an image relative to the center of the zone using the standard ZOOM Enlarge an image as much as possible in a zone relative to the top or bottom of the item using the zoom commands Enlarge and center an area using the Rubber band zoom Enlarge an area to fill the entire zone using the Fill Zone zoom or project an area using the Area Projection tool Note If you use the standard Rubber band or Fill Zone zoom the zoom will be retained when you page up or page down but the zoomed area will begin at the top of the next image 476 Presentation Standard Zoom The standard zoom allows you to use the insert and delete keys to enlarge or reduce an image in the active zone relative to the center of the zone as shown in the figure below tem before enlargement Enlarged area using the Insert key Right click and drag to pan within the zoom window or use the Up Down
368. k will appear in the window next to the watermarks list 3 Click Set Z Note There will be no visible indication on the images in the Case Explorer that a watermark has been set The printed or exported images will have the selected watermark applied More Information View Case Items Annotations 214 Document Manager memos Topics Attach Memos Open Memos Delete Memos Load Memos from a Batch File Re Index Memos Document Manager allows you to attach a memo to any item except a DVT clip The Search tool allows you to search for text in the memos A small red or blue paperclip on the Item Type Icon and a yellow Memo Indicator in the status bar indicate that an item has a memo Attach Memos To attach a memo 1 Select the desired image in the Case Explorer 2 Select View Item Memo from the Documents menu Memo 00065043 Fe Egt Yew Fo Aris p a r u F a jm 5 3 15 shoes again ihe mpornanca wires placed on projacd JO and the miagritide of the 5 Savings 201999 3 The Memo window is a text editor allowing you to type in your memo 4 After you have typed your memo select Save Changes from the File menu within the Memo window 5 Close the window by clicking the X in the upper right corner or selecting Close from the File menu Open Memos After a memo has been attached to an image you can open the memo by 1 Selecting View Item Memo from the Documents menu or by right c
369. kbook unavailable right click on it and clear the Show in Presentation mode selector Move Items into a Workbook There are two ways to move items to a Workbook 1 From the Case Library tab select the item in the Case Explorer and drag the item to the desired workbook 2 Click on any Workbook to select it then select items that you would like to add to the workbook Shift Click or Alt Click Right click on any of the selected items then select the Send to Workbook command from the shortcut menu ES Print selected Item s A Make PDF file from Selected Items Send selected Items to Microsoft Word tm Exhibit Outline Send to Workbook Witnesses Exe e view Item Memo View Edit Full Text of this Page Remove Document Break x Remove selected Item s Batch Field Fill Selected Items EI Explore Containing Folder Edit Select All Tagged Items Propertes pur A Note You can put the same item in one or more workbooks while still retaining its presence in the Case Explorer You can also put the same item in a workbook more than once 131 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual Sort Workbook Contents There are two options for sorting items in a workbook Manual Sort Order sorts items in the order they were inserted or manually arranged see Rearrange Workbook Contents below Item ID Sort Order sorts items in alphanumeric order by Item ID By default items in a workbook are sorted in Manual Sort Order
370. ked Summaries to TrialDirector ccc cece ccc eeee eens eset eeeeeeeeeneeees 94 Adding a Single Enterprise iBlaze Document to TrialDirector ccc eee c cece cece cece eee eeeeeeeeeeenans 96 Presenting a Document Directly from CT Summation Enterprise iBlaze cc cece cece eee ee eens 97 Creating VICO CIS adas 99 Creating ClipS DaseG On AIN asada ii a ata 99 Creating ClipS trom Transcript NOS cascos sir ls 101 Playing Enterprise iBlaze Transcript Text in TrialDirector cece cece cece cece cece ee eeeeeeeeeeneeeanaas 104 Creating Quick Exhibits from Enterprise iBlaze Transcript EXCerptS occccccccccccccccnnncncnnnnnnnn o 105 Presenting Testimony Directly from EnterpiSe iBlaZe ccc ccccccccce eee eee e eee rr rr 107 Printing from Enterprise iBlaze using TrialDirector s Printing TOOIS cc cece cece cece cece eee e ees 110 MICrOSO ML ACCESS ANISTON A duis a 113 ESTADIS UMMC MONK lt a iaa Airis aio eds 113 Using Microsoft Access with TrialDirector ooccocccccccccccccocccncnc narran nar rr 114 CONGUE GHP OW Cl POA td 114 Incorporating TrialDirector into POWerPOINL cc cceccce eee e eee e tees eeeeeeeeeeeeeeesneenennennes 116 Case LDV ALY erari iow AS AA AAA a aaa ee ee hans 123 The Case Lira 123 Editing the Document Description Properties ccceeee cece eeeeeseeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeanntenees 125 Item is Not Located on Your Computer Mount the Volume Message
371. key 125 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual The pop up editor appears 7 1 DEMO00246 D temo Es Coral dl ds Paddy Cris span Diari bas Clari 2 Select the information in any column and edit it Changes are saved automatically Use the mouse or tab key to move between columns uri rd Note If you edit the Description or the Trial Exhibit No here TrialDirector will update this information in the Coding database also To edit the information for another document use the up and down arrow keys to move between documents 3 ars A Note The arrow keys move through the explorer grid based on the way that you are viewing For example if you have a document expanded to display the individual pages the pop up editor will move from page to page If a document is not expanded the pop up editor will jump to the next document To edit from the Item Properties window 1 Click to select the desired document then right click and select Item Properties 2 iS Description Path Filename Exhibit and Trial Exhibit boxes are all editable A Note If you edit the Description or the Trial Exhibit here TrialDirector will update this information in the Coding database also You can move to the previous or next documents in the Case Explorer by clicking Prev or Next Edits are automatically saved as you click Prev or Next 3 piro 4 Note The Prev or Next buttons move through the explorer grid based on t
372. kup cick Back or lo eat cick Cancel Progreds f Note Make sure the transcript pertaining to the ccs file is opened if the deponent name is not specified within the script 7 Click Execute to begin creating clips using the script file When the progress bar reaches the end click Next to continue 8 This window displays the clip creation results If any errors have occurred they will be displayed here Click OK to return to the Transcript Manager tab Execute Clip Creation Script 005 The new Cip has been crested ibs Pleste ceva the creshon tenuis careluly lo aniue ro Toma cick DE Finished Results Tabra has rehe executing fhe peched Lip Creahon Sogi 291 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual ur f Note The results dialog will inform the user if the specified DVT cannot be found Create a New Clip Container TrialDirector allows you to create empty clips to which text selections can be added as segments at a later time Follow these steps to create a clip container 1 Open the desired Digital Video Transcript 2 Choose Create a New Clip from the Clip menu Create a Mew Clip Pleste enter he desenphon and aderbher for ha new Chp To create the new Cip cki Create To mal without creating chck Cancel Create a OGlpgencapbon New Clip SUPERIGA COURT OF ARZUMA Dip irii HPOH 000107 007 The Clip Identifier defaults to the Deponent Initials Deposition Date Page Line reference of th
373. l SUPERIOR COURT OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA FOR THE COUNTY OF SANTA BARBARA WILLIAM H HARZ HERMINE H GALLUP And GRETA HARZ HOWORTH Plaintiff A Case H 1044974 CALIFORNIA MUTUAL INSURANCE COMPANY a California Corporation and CALIFORNIA CAPITAL INSURANCE COMPANY a California Corporation Defendants Z Note By default TrialDirector will preview the transcript in WordPad However opening the file within Notepad can reveal special formatting characters within the transcript 4 When the deposition information is complete click Next to continue TrialDirector automatically tries to determine the page and line information for the selected transcript This window allows you to verify that information import Transcript The folowmg page and ina indonmabon was debermined for the spechied tanscopi Please wendy ther infomation E cocect To open and mmea the rors cik Ect Import a First page contaning ine numbers i ET Transcript Line numbered pagels Last page containing ine numbers Numbered ines per page Edi Back Mem Z Note Page and Line Information Note that TrialDirector is detecting the first page containing line numbers not the absolute first page of the transcript For example the title page of a transcript may not contain line numbers In that instance TrialDirector would detect the first page containing line numbers as Page
374. l automatically begin playing if the Automatically play clips and segments after drag drop option is selected in the Transcript Manager options Hide Segment Breaks in the Segment Editor If you would like to prevent the segment breaks from appearing disable the Display Segment Breaks in Segment Editor option from the Clip tab in the Transcript Manager options Add Segments to a Clip To add segments to a clip in the Segment Editor use the mouse to select a segment in the Transcript Explorer Click and drag the cursor to the position in the list of segments where you would like to insert the selected segment and release the mouse You can also right click on a segment in the Transcript Explorer and select Cut or Copy from the shortcut menu Place the cursor at the position in the list of segments where you would like to insert the selected segment right click and select Paste from the shortcut menu 300 Transcript Manager Delete Segments in a Clip To delete a segment from a clip in the Segment Editor 1 Select the segment you would like to delete right click and choose Delete from the shortcut menu TrialDirector The selected Segments will be removed This operation will be permanent and cannot be undone Are vou sure vou want to remove the selected Segments 2 Click Yes to delete the segment s or No to cancel the deletion Rearrange Segments in a Clip To rearrange the current order of the segments
375. l gee hi aieeaa bn a yir st d wie chided le pean i a miin Send All Summaries to TrialDirector Workbook 1 ube ieee tee adi ara dina mai d de ia Je q Fu if F f w Jm y 1 j A aT ul inmi diih Bad ty da i aes Aa Send Marked Summaries to TrialDirector Workbook zigass pian begue ki Re ae ona ep argv cet pe eee oe Pe ana cesar a Ea e pe paie aariat adad iiaia The ype Send Un Marked Summaries to TrialDirector Workbook y Hub tha ap AS poros de de mm Hin panpacty Add Item Image s to TrialDirector mandos this Lavell af ada de pat i y Image in TrialDirector Presentation Mode As punt THe ppal Mr appir fo ba rail ta mal T a af e dis aiey pia perro te i Fa a apa Pa Ea gilt pri teen E ES p dru pul TE adds PE a IE pre pacta aa T re ei de eral Sa pe e a par ad E pala a had jon et sehen Tit ff B a EE BRAN lore Information CT Summation Enterprise iBlaze Integration Sharing Transcripts with CT Summation Enterprise iBlaze snaring Transcripts with CT Summation Enterprise iBlaze When your cases are shared by TrialDirector and CT Summation Enterprise iBlaze you have easy access to several of TrialDirector s advanced transcript handling functions From within Enterprise or iBlaze you can create transcript clips which will present in TrialDirector clips will present with video if TrialDirector has the DVT create quick text exhibits from transcript text to display in Presentatio
376. l still retain all user names and associated privileges errr f Note When you create a copy of a case any changes that you make to either case will not be reflected in the other case This is because the cases do not share case data To create a copy of a case 1 Open the case you would like to copy 2 Select Case Databases Copy from the File menu 158 Case Library Copy a Case Please zeleci the deshnabon locahon pou woud ika to To continue chek Mest Toma chek Cancel ES Note The destination case location can be a shared network drive or a removable disk such as a Zip disk This provides an effective way to backup case data Also the destination case location can be a shared directory on another PC This is a great way to transfer case data to a trial PC 3 The default case path is automatically selected as the destination location for the case files 4 If you want to edit the case path click Edit see Manage Case Paths You can also rename the case if desired using the New Description field 5 Click Next Copy a Case The selected case el now be copied bared on the i ae This process could take a lew moments depending on the sue of the selected case To begn the copy process click Copy To backup cick Back or bo et chek Cancel Copying DEMODO032 ba 6 Click Copy The duration of the copy process depends on the number of items to be copied 159 TrialDirect
377. lay a Clip Edit a Segment Remove a Segment 2 8 Transcript Manager Use the Segment Viewer Copy a Segment to Another Clip Change Clip Properties Present a Clip in TrialDirector Close a Clip Remove Clip s Export Clips to Clip Creation Script Generate Excerpts from Clips pray a clip To play a specific clip open the transcript folder expand the desired clip folder and double click on the Full Clip icon You can also right click on Full Clip and select Play from the shortcut menu You can also play an open clip by clicking the Play button on either the Toolbar or Multimedia Control Box lore Information Digital Video Transcript Clips open an Existing Clip To open an existing clip 1 Select Open a Clip from the Clip menu 2 9 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual Open a Clip Pleate elect the Cip pou wouid kke bo work wath from the ka bec To open the selected Cip cick Open To ed vealhoul opere chek Cancel 6009100000110 8 2009100001107 4 009100001116 2 20 910 0001412 4 20 0910 0001673 pen column heading Do pou rescognize th Did you enclose art When pou ta ai ol L When war that Do vou recall peng 4 Note The Object ID and Description columns can be sorted by simply clicking on the 2 Select the desired clip and click Open or double click on the clip Clips are listed in alphabetical order by clip description To exit without opening a cli
378. lder Please select an output Folder for the Digital Video Transcript Yolurmels Ef Desktop ES G My Documents 4 My Computer r E MA My Network Places Make New Folder OK b Select the desired output folder for the SMI file from the Browse For Folder dialog Click OK to save the selection or Cancel to cancel the selection and return to the Export To Media Player Synchronized Accessible Media Interchange Files smi window 5 When the desired path and filename are selected click Next The following window appears 999 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual The Digtal Video Transcript wil now be exported Thus process Could take a lew moments depending on the sue of the deposiion hanicapl To began he expcel process chock Export To backup click Back or lo eat cick Cancel 5 Click Export to begin exporting the smi file When the progress bar reaches the end the export results are displayed as shown below Export to Synchronized Accessible Media Interchange files The Digital Video Transonpt has been exported To eat chk OK Finished Fesultx 5 Review the export results carefully to ensure that no errors were encountered Click OK to exit the export process i ore Information Export TrialDirector Case File TimeCoder EE porting to a Sanction Transcript Database mdb 560 Tools When a synchronized DVT is exported to the Sanction format it can then be imported into
379. le editor Export Workbook Contents to a Script File The Document Manager allows you to create a script file from the contents of a workbook by right clicking on the desired workbook and selecting Send Workbook Contents To Presentation Script from the shortcut menu see Export Workbook Contents to a Script File The script file is automatically saved in the Scripts folder within the current case folder e g Case0000 Create a Script File Using a Text File Editor Open any text file editor such as Microsoft Notepad and list each command in order that you want TrialDirector to perform when you execute the script For example if you want TrialDirector to load item DX000728 001 into zone 9 in add zone mode you would list the following commands in the script file AZ Z9 DX000728 001 A blank line in the script file indicates that you want TrialDirector to stop at that point and wait for you to enter the Step Script command ss or spacebar before continuing 907 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual For example if you want to pause after loading DX000728 001 before transferring the exhibit into zone 1 and loading item GRAPHICO1 into zone 2 you would list the following commands in the script file AZ Z9 DX000728 001 Z9 XR Z1 Z2 GRAPHICO1 A semicolon at the end of the last line of a step of the script indicates that you want TrialDirector to step the script automatically after waiting for the number of seconds indi
380. lect Print Workbook contents from the drop down menu Select Print Workbook contents from the Workbooks menu Export Workbook Contents to a Script File Script files are used in TrialDirector to automate exhibit presentation When a script file is created from the contents of a workbook the workbook items are listed in the script file in order allowing you to present the workbook items sequentially by executing the script L 4 To export the contents of a workbook to a script file do one of the following Right click on the desired workbook and select Send Workbook Contents To Presentation Script from the shortcut menu Click on the desired workbook and select Send Workbook Contents To Presentation Script from the Workbooks menu Enter a name for the script in the Script Name field Export Folder To Seript This wtzaed wall help you bo espod the contents of the cuenh selected fodder to a Presentation senpi his To export chock OF To eat vethoul esxporina cick Cancel Generate Please enter a Script Neme Presentation Advance items sulometicaly every OR Cancel If you would like the script to advance automatically without having to enter the step script command select the Advance Items Automatically Every Option Adjust the advancement delay slide interval as desired Click OK The script file will be saved in the Scripts folder within the current case folder for example C Program Files inDat
381. lected Text from the Clips menu or right click on the Transcript Window and select Play Selected Text from the shortcut menu Add Selected Text to a Clip To add a text selection to the current clip highlight the desired text and select Add Selected Text To YourClipName from the Clips menu or right click on the Transcript Window and select Add Selected Text To YourClipName from the shortcut menu Clear Selected Text To de select all text selections click the Clear amp button on the Toolbar or select Clear from the Edit menu lore Information Digital Video Transcript Transcript Text Me xport a Transcript Topics Export a Transcript to AMICUS Format 337 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual Export a Transcript to ASCII Format Export a Transcript to PTF Format Any open transcript may be exported in AMICUS ASCII or Portable Transcript Format To determine which format is ideal for your purposes consult the product manual for the application into which you plan to import the transcript The example below represents an AMICUS transcript the ASCII amp PTF steps are virtually identical Export a Transcript to AMICUS Format 1 Open the Digital Video Transcript you want to export 2 Select Export Transcript To AMICUS Transcript ami from the Transcripts menu This vezard wall help you to export a Digital Video Transcrpt as an AMICUS Transonpl fle Pisas enter a path and filename for the esporned tr
382. licking the item and selecting View Item Memo from the shortcut menu 2 The Memo window will appear allowing you to view or edit the memo 3 If the memo is edited it must be saved again by selecting Save Changes from the File menu 215 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual Delete Memos To delete a memo pad Select the desired item in the Case Explorer and open the memo 2 When the Memo window appears choose Remove Memo from the File menu within the Memo window 3 After the text has disappeared click on the X in the upper right corner of the Memo window or select Close from the File menu to close the Memo window Load Memos from a Batch File If you have a memo field in a third party database you can transfer the memo information into TrialDirector memos by loading memos from a batch file To load the memos l Select View Item Memo from the Document menu When the Memo window appears choose Load Memo Text From Batch file from the File menu in the Memo window 2 In the resulting navigation window locate and click on the memo batch file Then double click on the file name or click Open to begin loading the memos from the batch file 3 If there are Item IDs in the memo batch file that Document Manager cannot find in the Case Explorer a warning message will appear asking you if you want to view a list of the memos that could not be added Click Yes to view the list of memos that could not be added or No to return
383. links are 600 Field 5 Field 6 Field 7 Field 8 Field 9 Generic Tiff Load File Appendices always page 1 Videos can have clips and multiple segments but once a segment is created the number cannot be reused Z Note Since long file names create long barcodes which may not fit the print options try to keep Item ID between 5 and 12 characters if you plan on printing barcodes Description this field is not required and is editable within the Case Explorer Volume Label this field can be blank as long as the load file OLL exists on the same volume as the files and images The path is relative to the location path of the OLL file Paths are Volume label based so that on removable drive systems the drives can change and Document Manager will continue to find the items Path stores the exact location of the item with no leading or trailing backslash Filename the actual filename of the object e g 001 TIF Special Field used internally by Document Manager only If you are creating a load file leave this position empty If you are editing an existing load file do not modify this position Several popular image production systems produce image volumes containing a load file in the following format G0010104 Y E 5Sh03EX081 01011 01010001 tif G0010105 E Sh03EX081 01011 01010002 tif G0010106 E ShO3EX08 01011 01010003 tif G0010107 E ShO3EX08 01011 01010004 tif G0010108 E ShO3E
384. lip toolbar i button Select Add Selected Text To Clip Clip 1D from the Clips menu Right click on the Transcript Window and choose Add Selected Text To Clip Clip 1D from the shortcut menu The segment is automatically added to the open clip 293 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual 08 A I think I renenber that I s not Sure A Q Here You avare prior te filing the Fi A A ended Complaint that the phone log existed A I don t Know Q Do Fou have any recollection of che phone log prior to filing the First Amende Complaint I don t remember 16 O Since Mr Ball s deposition L A dust so you re aware what we reviewed 18 was like a prior to filing the First Amended 19 omniainr thew sent mmer thess bir secordion folders 20 d E no question SNUG Copy Ctrl aa i p ami tell you Pe Eme just say 26 Create New Clip from Selected Text WAS part of w Add Selected Text to Cip MP 01230 18 01 kr it Was Of n 03 p Play Selected Text E and going ba Og Present Selected Text in TrialDirector 04 hand 07 tcordion file og 07M hand the witne os TE ast be really Create new Exhibe from Selected Text 1 T Rap ones The dO Attach Synchronized Exhiki rap 14 Clear Synchronized Exhibit I 13 16 e gon it i e Oe Crt ihe document 18 Close Cogital video Transcript Ctrl T as the Greyho Lg phone log With respect to the Ches Lig transaction 0 Reviewing that document does it TEILE gt 3 Add a
385. ll be logged off and the Secure Case Access Login screen will appear allowing you to log in as a different user More Information Create a New Case Open a Case Enable Case Security Manage Case Databases Remove a Case Change Case Properties Pea mManage TrialDirector Cases TrialDirector uses cases to collect and organize all exhibits associated with a specific matter The first step in using TrialDirector is to create a case The links below lead to descriptions of common tasks used for case management Topics Create a New Case Open a Case Enable Case Security Administer Case Users Manage Case Databases Remove a Case Change Case Properties Mmovino and Copying Files When working in TrialDirector you may need to move or copy entire cases or files linked in to cases The Common Tasks table below lists examples and the recommended method for completing each task Before you use any of these methods ensure you are familiar with File Management in TrialDirector 150 Case Library Keep the following in mind The exhibit files in your case such as the image files and video depositions are not part of the TrialDirector case file They exist as separate files on your computer or network but are used by and displayed by TrialDirector TrialDirector divides exhibit files into two broad categories Digital Video Transcripts DVTs and Documents DVT s include a specific type of video f
386. ll highlight each key word from the query This tool is useful for identifying key documents from among thousands of others To query full text OCR perform the steps below 1 You should complete the entire OCR process on the current case using a third party product Completing the OCR processing on the case will ensure more complete results since text for all images will be searchable 2 From the Tools menu select Full Text then Full Text Advanced Search The following dialog will appear 227 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual Full Text Search Quey Dictionary Eno OCA Wioed List Search Method Maskat on Aree werd UR Sand Results to workbook Peco of OCR Completed 153 3 Even though there are words in the OCR Word List the list is left empty upon load to save memory when large numbers of images have been processed nr A Note Type in the OCR Word List text box to display the entire word list This may take a few moments on large cases 4 Note the colored progress bar under the Percent of OCR Completed heading This indicates how much of the current case has been OCR processed Any percentage under 100 will display a red colored bar indicating that some documents in the case have not been fully OCR d Note that some documents such as a handwritten page may not be OCR processed and would cause the percent of OCR completed to be less than 100 When running searches on lower percentage completed
387. llowing window appears Save Tranacr pl da Sevein E TEP om E Hridi Filename a Finiti cel Sara an ip Portable 1 anon Fon mii 2 Select the desired destination folder and type a name for the TML file in the File Name field Click Save to save the selection 4 When the desired path and filename are selected click Next 966 Tools Export TimeCoder Multimedia List The TimeCode Multimedia List vel now be expoded Thus process could take a few moments depending on the ee of the mutineda kL To began he epal process chock Export To backup click Back or lo et cick Cancel Progress 5 Click Export to begin exporting the TimeCoder Multimedia List file When the progress bar reaches the end the export is complete Export TimeCoder Multimedia List The TinmeCoder Mulimeada Lid has beer exported i Pace nee the export results carefully bo encune no j o vestrangs were issued To exa chck OF Finished Aesuks 6 Review the export results carefully to ensure that no errors were encountered Click OK to exit the export process i nore Information Export TrialDirector Case File TimeCoder EE porting to a Timaro Post Production Timestamp File 567 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual TimeCoder can export a Digital Video Transcript to the Timaro pts file format To export to a Post production Time Stamp pts file 1 Open a Digital Video Transcript 2 Selec
388. locate Audo iden Fat Di fice Sra Cos Cama Modify Multimedia dad ile nd E Audio Video Part 01 fee Barthel Edwin Wol DO AudioVideo Part 01 fee Pod Michael vol DO AudioVideo Part 01 for Glass Tus F Wal Ct AudioVideo Part 02 Toe Gloss Tia F Vol Select al Clear Al Fieste select a nee location for the selected miltmedia seme To continue clock Next MIOCITY To backup cick Back or to ent cick Cancel Multimedia Select a new multimedia locahorc C Program Fistin sia 359 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual 3 Click Browse to select a new source path for the multimedia file or type in the fully qualified path including drive letter Click Next Z Note The new source path can be a local or external hard disk network drive or UNC path Modify Multimedia Location s The locabor of the selected mulnedia dreams vall row Depending on the number of multimedia streams nected the process may take a lew moments To begn processo chck Relocate To backup check Back orto eat chick Cancel Progress Z Note If you simply enter the drive letter or beginning portion of the new source path TrialDirector will parse the sub directories to find the proper source files 4 Click Relocate to change the source file location information 5 When the progress bar reaches the end click Next Modify Multimedia Location s The reudinecks meam have
389. loppy A ans CCa Rancio i Ft C Documents and SettingsuleahyiDeskt 13 Activation code generator 8 CADocuments and Settings ste DEVEL E CD Activations E O Case Repository El C Documents ad sempre DEVEL SH SE A y en A A Folder Cate Repository 4 To remove a case path select the path you want to remove and click Remove 5 A warning message will appear Click OK to remove the path or Cancel to return to the Manage Case Paths window without removing the path Z Note This operation will only remove the selected path from the list of case paths and will not delete any files or directories from the selected path 155 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual lore Information Create a New Case Open a Case Enable Case Security Administer Case Users Manage Case Databases Remove a Case Pea mManaging Case Databases TrialDirector includes several features you can use as needed to maintain your case database if you want to Puse mis Back up your case database i e all notes markups annotations and coding information Try something out on a copy of your case i e you think a document could be corrupt and want to try adding it toa dummy case before adding it to your master case Improve performance for a large case particularly if the case has had a large number of deletions Fix a case that Is displaying strange information i e erratic database behavior fields not prope
390. lorer that contains the desired segment to start the desired clip Go to the VCR controls and click the stop button 3 Inthe segment list of the Segment Editor click on the segment that you want to edit to display the start and end points i silence aln Segment Editor l Seach 7 AN Sound po JARA CIR a j pE Click and Waveform Li Ed i drag the q j yello endpoint indicators an ajaj al bl ula al aja il A i Voor gt e sta Segre Start Tine nd Time Duration A and end a Pans 3312 io 3814 0034 33 000 0 4050 204 00 06 17 598 points aT Page 39 15 lo 40 05 00 41 12 000 00 43 06 000 A oom in on Waveform for more precise editing po a oom out on Waveform for large changes Save Changes err A Note The Segment Editor times are shown in Hours Minutes Seconds Milliseconds 3 To review the start point for the clip click Play P in the VCR controls below the Start of Segment Audio panel and listen to audio track Click Pause Ill to stop the playback 302 Transcript Manager 4 To increase the amount of silence at the beginning of the segment drag the yellow endpoint indicator left toward a silent area of the waveform To decrease the amount of silence drag the endpoint indicator right toward the speaking area of the waveform pan Note You can use the zoom controls to facilitate finer or coarser adjustments 5 Use the same technique in the End of Segm
391. los My A atiri D courants Dirktos Mp Derr Hu Computer File ase codragireid Mp Nesai Files of pe all Fes I Places FF Open as pec coral 2 Select the comma delimited text file you wish to import and click Open The following screen will appear Dotsbeso kapari irom Fit 3 TrialDirector will read the first record of the input file to determine the Import File Fields These fields are listed in the left side column in the screen above The available Database Fields are listed in the center column Finally the File Fields Matched to the Database are listed on the right column The user needs to match or map the file fields from the import file to the available fields To perform this task perform the steps below a Select the first Import File Field b Find the appropriate field within the listed Database fields that most closely matches the Import File Field c Click the arrow button ES to move that field to the File Fields Match to Database column d This action will cause the moved item to disappear from the Import File Fields column e Repeat these steps until all the fields in the Import File Fields have been mapped Any fields remaining will not be imported 389 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual 4 When all of the fields have been mapped the import dialog will look similar to the once below Click Import to start the process The import process time is determined by the amount of data includ
392. ltimedia file in Presentation mode TrialDirector will either begin playback or wait for the playback command depending on the preference selected see Presentation Preferences 458 Presentation Multimedia files can be moved around the Presentation Display the same way images are moved see Control the Presentation Display and you can play up to four videos Simultaneously as long as one of them is a digital video transcript Double Click Anywhere in the Zone Header Video Controls Audio Video Viewer to Toggle Between Play and Pause Click the VCR Button to Open and Multimedia Control Box Close the Multimedia Control box To toggle between pause and play double click anywhere on the Multimedia Viewer For further control you can do one of two things 1 Click the VCR button on the toolbar to display the Multimedia Control Box at the bottom as shown above To close the Multimedia Control Box either click the VCR button again or click the X located at the top right hand side of the Multimedia control box 2 Activate and use the Zone Header Video controls located at the top right hand side of the zone The Multimedia Control Box The Multimedia Control Box which can be opened by clicking the dark gray box around the Multimedia Viewer allows you to play pause rewind and adjust the volume level of the current multimedia in the Multimedia Viewer A diagram of the controls is shown below 459 TrialDirector v5 2 User
393. ly access applications using shortcuts on the Tools menu TrialDirector automatically scans your computer to find applications it recognizes for example TimeCoder and adds them to the Tools menu In addition you can add short cuts for any other desired application for example WordPad to the Tools menu Add an Application Short Cut To add an application short cut to the Tools Menu 1 From the Transcript Manager open the Options dialog under the View menu lrialbirector Options Geresal Hightght Cip Toc User Delmed Tools 2 Click New to add an application 368 Transcript Manager New Add In This wierd vell help you bo quickly manage your Tools 1 You may modiy the description and executable pathvfile infomation forthe Tool below To save pour Tool c ck OK To et vethoul caving cick Cancel Application ACC INS Enter new Tool desception Micsozodt Word Select Tool path and hiersie ae i CAProguaen Fies Microsol Office OFFICE 11 WIN 3 Enter a description for the new Tool The description will appear as the short cut name on the Tools menu 4 Enter the path and filename or click Browse to navigate to the application file 5 When the correct description and path are displayed click OK to add the application shortcut or Cancel to cancel the process If you click OK the new Tool name will now appear on the Tools tab as shown in the figure below Trialdirectar Options
394. m a search query to be sent to the currently selected workbook 1 In order for this option to be available first perform a search on the coding database 2 Make sure that a workbook is selected highlighted on the Case Library tab 3 Select Send Result s to Workbook from the Coding menu The following dialog will appear 399 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual TrialMirector Document Manager gt The 6 query result s and all associated SA pages Will be added to the current workbook named Search Results Are you sure od want to do this 4 Click Yes to send the results to the current workbook pee 4 Note All associated pages of multi page documents listed within the coding database search results will be added to the current workbook More Information Coding Database sena Selected Items to Workbook This option allows users to send selected items within the coding database to the currently selected workbook 1 Make sure a workbook has been selected You can display the Workbooks Explorer by clicking the Case Library tab eis f Note This operation can be used either on a search results list or an all coded items list 2 Click the record selector on the left side of the database grid to select the records you wish to send to the workbook You can use Ctrl Click to select multiple non sequential items See below 400 Coding _ Jind Pageld JOse Tape wees val F E E AE AN Fj ta ell
395. mData TrialDirector 5 Trial Presentation Software USER MANUAL O nData PRESENT WIN Contents FIN EEOOUICTIO A xiciccgrewe denen noses ccaaeanasueunnseauntomancareme ais eones 12 introducing MData TriallDireClOr aussi cda a 12 Whare NEW Ii Tra lDIF CEOF ecccesevanctensc vied dedeydoiseees E AAA AEN RANE UERR EDENA 12 TESIDIFECTON V9 2 rnssararasiir oe a aaa 12 dd 11B 5 000 ge Va OPA ANP o EE senveweus 14 TASIDIFSCEOR N Gaccxceneancactcemenpongcencs ptr thes esos IE O e pss 15 SS ten REQUIERE Ea 16 Other Ways to Buy TrialDirector ococccccocccccccncnncononancrnnnncnn nora rara nn n nr rr rn rra nana 17 Converting an Evaluation COPY cccccccc cece cece cece eee seen rr nnn nr rr 17 Ordering Additional COPIES cece cccece eee e eee e cece ee eeeeee eee e nese rr rr rr 17 Don t forget our other fine products ccc cece cece eceee seen seen ee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteneeaaennenegs 17 Ways to Increase Your Trial Presentation SKIIIS cece cecce sees ee eee eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeseaeanes 18 COMLACUNG MD trino eueenas tee enter ee erie anans 19 Seri E Mail Adore S ecards 19 TECANICA NL SUDDO anne errr nt ent tre tet E ar ener rr T as 20 Getting Started with TrialDirector s sesesserererrrrererrerrrrrrererrrrsrrrrrrsrerrererrrrrrerrrrrrerre 21 Getting Started With TrialDirector ccc cece cece eee ee seen eee eeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeaneeeeeetennas 21 Ror ROSOUFCSS ate trees ears
396. made in the Print dialog your issue report may look like the following example 46 Getting Started with TrialDirector Case IssueCodes Detailed Report Friday April 14 2006 4 07 00 PM Jones v Smith Barthel Edwin Vol 01 01 24 2002 Page 5 16 to 5 19 FT FIDUCIARY LAPSE C FIDUCIARY LAPSE THE LETTER ABOUT DEATH L 3 Exhibit 3 3 Take as long as you like to look at 14 Exhibit 3 15 A Witness complies 16 a Do you recall receiving Exhibit 3 17 Mr Barthel 18 A 1 don t have no specific recollection of 19 it 20 o Do you have any understanding as to 21 whether your investigation was completed before 2z Mr Emery sent the May 11 1993 letter denying LJ Page 5 25 to 6 05 __ FIDUCIARY LAPSE 22 Mr Emery sent the May 11 1993 letter denying fd coverage 24 A I wouldn t be able to remember that 25 a Would it have been Mr Emery do you 00006 01 have any understanding as to Mr Emery s custom and e mr F Wann T A T es 4 eee 1 TERNA mr 7 mE A TT Working with Video Clips Creating a video clip is easy in TrialDirector A video clip consists of one or more segments taken from a digital video transcript By combining several segments into a single clip you can play relevant testimony without interruptions such as long pauses objections or irrelevant testimony In this section we ll show you how to create a video clip using one method TrialDirector gives you the flexibility to create
397. mages Topics Changing Pages Copy an Image Area to the Clipboard Create an Image Using the Quick Text Exhibit Creator Annotate Images Rotate Images Enlarge Images Pan Enlarged Images Restore the Images Original Size Magnify and Image Area in a Separate Window Images are non editable files usually photos or scanned versions of hard copy documents Images can be black and white or in color You can use the Document Manager to organize and annotate images including creating multiple versions of images with different annotations or annotations in layers that can be used to show focus attention in a specific order 217 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual Prica Fonos y 9 Abonos y hemo mb A CA A RETA AAA A A oer y 7N00L0MON DE O ugg EE 085640 08 06 6 1 of ee Pura Pa E SLE NML SS eed ee eee SS BE uf ee a A a ee ee a ee ee ee ee a n mrap a DL ee a ie rl TA AA l merirem par r e br eirg en E is a ee E Lap ae ol YY a A eager dl arc pair re ere A ee r eg Sea r bif ari r prm h peg rra A eee me uor ee Se Pep Gee ee ee eee nee rei eed ey Pe 21 a PA A a wy E HIE a AAE i a PA PF A mari e PA ra eed ee Se E eee ee Pr mee Pipes es A q eee ge ee i Cie Li ie rr ee a Pa A Pe ai a eS ul Ls aja ee ee ee O ie Cr GF roca de a a a ee pee aa oe bri e ST Gee eres Bees Laa eee a En eg oy i a EAT PS eee i PLATE Document Document Pages Page Scroller Changing Pages The Page sc
398. mation about the Layer Status Indicator click the link at the bottom of this page Set a Global Watermark 212 Document Manager More Information Layer Status Indicator View Case Items Miwatermarks Topics Create a Watermark Set Global Watermark Create a Watermark 1 Open the Annotation Toolbar and annotate an image with the annotation that you want to use as a watermark 2 When you have created the desired annotation click the Save current image s markups as a global markup e button from the toolbar 3 Enter the Name for the Watermark in the resulting dialog box saving Current Annotation Markup to Watermark List lx Enter a name for this Watermark 5 Click OK The watermark will be added to the list of available watermarks Click Cancel to exit without saving Set the Global Watermark When printing or exporting images you can choose to apply a global watermark to all printed or exported images 213 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual 1 To set the global watermark for printed or exported images click the Pick button Rotaba images lor Bel Fit EF Deri uh Biss Paria 2 A selection screen appears Click on the desired watermark Sel Current Watermark Image Select the Global Markup that you vish do apply ar a walermark on pour apes Global Marcu Wales Aciocosted wath thes Casey Select Watermark Ferme jee Cancel A preview of the selected watermar
399. mdE a Summaton tm Document Information Inde dii Ipro Load File lfp Doculez tm Volume Contents File tat Doculex tm 3 0 Database File dbf Doculex tm v5 0 Database File dbf Generic Image Load File log gipticon v2 0 Imagebase Load File log he ethers the Batch Import path and hlename 2 Click on the drop down arrow to locate the file format of the load file you re using If necessary click on the Browse button to navigate to the location of the load file Once you have selected the file format and located the file click Next 3 The following dialog provides options to set a standard rotation for images and to adjust some settings for better viewing of images within Summation See Import Image Information from Summation in the Help file for more details about this dialog Click Next 30 Getting Started with TrialDirector Batch Import Mew Items You may alzo optionally select lo automaticaly apply rotation information to imported items po are importing from a Summation Document Infcemalion Index tie please adjust volume and path ICM Tae 45 PEAY Acid leme To contnue cick Next To backup check Back of to ext cick Cancel Rotate imported pages by 0 degrees clockwise Replace EM Volume Label Path wath F Increment documerd page wth suie IE 0002 4 Click Import on the following dialog and the progress bar will advance as items are loaded into your case Batch Import
400. mp Tool is Selected Stamp Tool Button is Highlighted when its the Selected Tool 4 Hold the left mouse button down and drag to create a white square rectangle to the size of the stamp that you wish to apply The Stamp Will be This Size 5 Once you have created the desired size of the stamp release the mouse button 6 The stamp will be created inside the rectangle that was drawn 489 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual The Stamp Will Appear When the Left Mouse button is Released Reposition Stamps Hold the Shift key down left click on the stamp and then drag to reposition it Removing Stamps Hold the Shift key down right click on the stamp to remove it lore Information Presentation Mode Control the Presentation Display Presentation Toolbar Ma ppiyino Stickers Topics Overview Applying Stamps to an Exhibit Repositioning Stamps Removing Stamps 490 Presentation Overview The sticker tool allows you to place identifying numbers letters or symbols onto an exhibit during presentation There are five sets of stickers available to you By clicking the down arrow on the right side of the sticker tool the selection box shown below appears Right clicking on one of these will bring up a further selection box This box allows you to choose which number letter to start from when applying your stickers The diagram below shows all of the selection boxes Fs O cs Pi VOPQRSTUVWXYZ
401. ms Database 3 The following Items Database fields are imported into the corresponding Coding Database fields Items Database Doc ID Parent Page Page 1 Doc ID Last Page Description 404 Coding Database Doc ID BegPaal d Doc ID End Page Id Title Coding More Information Coding Database usina Advanced Query Builder The Coding Database allows you to use more advanced search strings to locate specific Items 1 Select Use Advanced Query Builder from the Coding menu The advanced query search area appears in place of the simple search area as shown below Z Note Documented below are the steps to search a coding database using elementary conditions Using one or more elementary conditions will work for most users Using multiple elementary conditions allows one to search multiple database fields 2 Click on the highlighted All link the following list appears M Select records where 1 of the following apply all EM 3 Select your search condition all any etc 4 Selecting the box to the left of the search string a gives you the following advanced options 5 Select Add a New Elementary Condition from the list ei Selectrecords where all of the following apply Add a new elementary condition Add a new complex condition 6 Search by adding a new elementary condition gives you the following options 405 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual D Selectrecords wher
402. multaneously you can set up zones 1 and 2 to split the screen vertically The figure below displays documents in zones 1 and 2 The Zone Activity Indicator displays both zones with the active zone highlighted in blue Zone 1 Zone 2 JB BIKE Bae Zone Activity Indicator Zones 3 and 4 If you want to display two items on the top and bottom of the screen simultaneously you can set up zones 3 and 4 to split the screen horizontally The figure below displays exhibits in zones 3 and 4 The Zone Activity Indicator displays both zones with the active zone highlighted in blue 437 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual Zone 3 ipprairata FCE Concentrados Lara sl erp Dept Miga Frepeberp one 4 Zone Activity Indicator Zones 5 6 7 and 8 If you want to display four items simultaneously you can use zones 5 6 7 and 8 to split the screen into quadrants The figure below displays exhibits in zones 5 6 7 and 8 The Zone Activity Indicator displays all four zones with the active zone highlighted in blue Zone 5 Zone 6 AET EA ETE Agpo PLE Coremiention a pl rs Dari Mad ardor A ME B Be Zone 7 Zone 8 Zone Activity Indicator 438 Presentation Zone 9 Zone 9 is the default zone and represents the entire Presentation display The figure below displays an exhibit in zone 9 The Zone Activity Indicator displays only one zone which is highlighted in blue because it is active Zone 9 i lE BAE
403. n Control the Presentation Display Presentation Toolbar Mi ciear the Presentation Display To clear all items on the Presentation display Press Esc or open the Presentation Toolbar and click the Clear Screen button E fi la Ay E S En Clear Screen Add or Remove Buttons i nore Information Control the Presentation Display Presentation Toolbar Mi ciose Items Do one of the following to close an item Open the Presentation Toolbar and select the Remover tool The pointer changes into an X Position the cursor in the upper left corner of the item and click This method does not work for OLE files If you have Zone Headers enabled position your cursor in the upper right corner of the item When the Zone Header Controls appear click the X Enter the appropriate close zone command For example to close an item in zone 1 enter X1 and press Enter When only one item remains TrialDirector automatically resizes the item to fit in zone 9 if the Last Zone Auto Reposition option is selected in the Presentation Options i nore Information 495 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual Control the Presentation Display Presentation Toolbar Mcommanas and Keyboard Shortcuts Topics Zone Controls Main Controls Annotation Tool Controls The following are the keyboard commands that can be used in the TrialDirector Presentation mode Zone Controls The Zone Controls table prov
404. n Exhibit File Exhibit files are the documents photos multimedia files and so on that comprise trial evidence These items are maintained separately from TrialDirector case files TrialDirector makes use of them but does not alter them For example annotations or redactions appear as a separate layer or layers above the original document Load File or A load file is the easiest way to add a large number of documents Batch File to TrialDirector For example if a vendor has prepared a large number of scanned OCR d image documents related to a case you will usually be provided with a load file for the documents When you import the documents using the load file the documents are added to your case and all the database records to identify 151 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual them are created automatically You can use TrialDirector to either import or export create a load file Volume A volume is the storage location for exhibit files used by TrialDirector A volume can be on your computer s hard drive a hard drive on your company s network or a removable storage device such as a CD or DVD ROM a ZIP disk or a flash drive Note that a volume does not have to be the entire storage media A volume can be a folder on a hard drive for example or it might be a CD ROM Path The path is the address of a file or it s folder on a volume Here s an example of a path from an Item Properties screen Pathif
405. n an item For instance you may want to move a highlight from paragraph to paragraph as you review important points Or you may want to begin with a highlighted section and add each paragraph one by one during the presentation to build a large highlighted section You create these effects during the pre treatment process by defining annotation layers Each annotation tool allows you to select which layer you 210 Document Manager want the annotation or markup to display on Then during the trial presentation you move from one layer to another with the Next NO or Previous Overlay PO commands This gives the appearance of stepping through the document For example open DEMOO00054 and then press Ctrl Page Down This applies the next overlay allowing you to view the original document and then the marked up document st Note You can create the same effect by building multiple revisions of an item with a different annotation on each revision open DEMO0O0054 and press Shift Page Down to view revisions However if you use this method and you have zoomed or rotated the original or a revision you lose the zoom and rotation because the next or previous revision loads as a new object Defining Layer 1 Layer 1 is the default layer for all annotations and markups When you are in the Presentation Mode layer 1 is the only layer you can add or remove markups from You could spend a substantial amount of time preparing it
406. n created and that at least one of the corresponding multimedia files has been loaded Timecoding a Transcript To begin timecoding a transcript 1 From the Tools menu select Timecoder The following windows appear 928 2 a Tiree A E OT rn as tay ll Re Est fee Bees Tos pep 1G AGLAW cet EO bo Rarigation and Ceti Hole HOHE bora do beer d AID EME Mira lo eri of ra PAGE ur Bios re IEA pue PAGE Cua Bipa ie res di une LP ARRIA ero up me areal lie DO EA More don ora barrios la LEFT ARR Geek red b k RIGHT SARDA Seek mbr brag ADD 44 incre playback apes SUBTRALCT H Depese piaia perdi SPACE BSF Plate Trrelode or cured bees DELETE Barca roda bora ra PASE Flap Feja mimada rejas A Ga GP UE lane OF GREE fw FOR TEE ESOSTY SF SEITE MEMEL pi ae oe Page 1 Line 1 No boaa Open a Thettal Video Transcript Pisat seleci he Diaa Video Tiati pou eroded Mice bo werk wath bom He beat Eolica To open the selected DWT cick Open To eet mihou opera cbck Cancel Digital Video SelectaDVT CADOCUMENTS AND DEPOODO Transcript Cy Busthel Edwin Vel 01 01 24 2002 Da Tools In the Open a Digital Video Transcript window select the appropriate multimedia file from the Multimedia Selection Box If there are no multimedia files to choose from load the appropriate multimedia files Find the place in the transcript where the selected multimedia file begins To do thi
407. n in the figure below W Cikeris Ris atra ara ds EFE PROGRAM 1315 ETATE STREET SANTA BARBARA KEQUEST FOR COMMENTE BEEMAN GLOBAL CEOCIEMISTREY GORTORATIONS REPORT CONCCAMING THE SouncE OF CNLORTNATED SOLWENT CONTAMINANTE Fi GROUND WATER AT 2148 ETATE STREET BART A 4 ATA Animate Projection Zoom To animate projection zoom check the Animate Projection Zoom option and click OK When you use the Area Projection tool the projected area will gradually enlarge to full size as shown in the figure below When you close the projection it will gradually retract in the same way 483 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual Pan an Enlarged Item When an item has been enlarged you can pan the item within the zoom window by right clicking on the zoomed tem and holding the mouse button down while moving the mouse You can also press the Up Down Right and Left arrow keys to pan the tem in the active zone If your light pen does not have a secondary button use Right Mouse Button Mode to right click on an item i nore Information Control the Presentation Display Presentation Toolbar Mr otate lmages To rotate the image in the active zone open the Presentation Toolbar and do one of the following E Click the Rotate Left Sutton to rotate the image 90 degrees counter clockwise Click the Rotate Right IS button to rotate the image rotates 90 degrees clockwise In the example below the image in zone 2 is r
408. n mode or even present clips directly from Enterprise iBlaze to TrialDirector s Presentation Mode 98 Application Integration Creating Video Clips If depositions shared between TrialDirector and Enterprise iBlaze are associated with video you can create video clips directly in Enterprise iBlaze You can use two techniques one is to highlight the text and create the clip based on the highlighting The second is to create Transcript Notes for your video clips and send all of the notes over to TrialDirector The second technique sends all notes to TrialDirector whether or not they are ones you specifically designated as video clips If you use the second technique you may wish to limit your Enterprise iBlaze Transcript Notes strictly to create video clips Creating Clips based on Highlighting 1 Double click on the transcript name in the Enterprise iBlaze Case Explorer to open the transcript you want to work with 2 With the transcript open and in the active window conduct a search for the text in the transcript you want to identify as a clip or scroll through the transcript until you find the first selection 3 Highlight the lines of text for the video clip You can highlight the lines by holding down the left mouse button and dragging the highlight or if you have to cross over a page break you may find it easier to highlight lines using a combination of the SHIFT key and the keyboard s arrows 00021 Copy to Clipboard C
409. n of the Print window allows you to select a destination printer and set the printer and page properties Printer Haste HP Lazeta 2100 Fimi Setup Sia Fie Print Qualy Low 300 dpi Postscript Panter To select a printer click the arrow in the Name field and select the desired printer from the list The current properties for the selected printer appear beneath the printer name To change the page layout properties click the Print Setup button To change the printer properties click the Print Setup button then the Properties button on the subsequent window err A Note For information on setting up printers print properties or page layout refer to your Microsoft Windows documentation Select Printer Output The Print What section of the Print window allows you to select the desired printer output as well set the options for the selected output Topics Images Pages mages Pages Thumbnails Images Pages List Report Barcode Sheets Images Pages Images Pages can be printed for Document and Photo item types This option prints one image per page To print images select Images Pages in the Print What selection box 237 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual Print What E Images Pages bl o Print with Watermark Pick Main Paper Tray Print Slipsheets Default W Rotate Image for Best Fit Print with Page Footers Me dd Barcode to Footer Use C
410. n resized to fit into the zone it is being displayed in you can use the Zoom to Bottom ZB command to enlarge the image as much as possible within the zone relative to the bottom of the item For example if you wanted to compare a portrait document with a landscape image you might load the items into zones 3 and 4 as shown in the figure below 478 Presentation To enlarge the document as much as possible within the zone relative to the bottom make zone 3 active by pressing F3 and then type ZB followed by the Enter key or scan the Zoom to Bottom barcode to zoom to the bottom ae iS opil and qooundwahepy Gauge thereby 19 Plaintiffs ore informed and believe ard thereupon a thet ln Gennecticn with the a Ts and cadesiens olleped hardin tha OE EOIR IHARTIATZTHG DEFIHOAN PS iad ee RICHARD es Se 27 DEFENDANTS felled to dkercisae resmenabla cere oii failed coy sard iv in Ml ica i aaj With applicable si totes cequlstiona asd pr lRineenr y 2 Right click and drag to pan within the zoom window or use the Up Down Right and Left arrow keys Double click on the image or press home to restore it to the full size of the zone Rubber band Zoom By default the cursor or pointer is the Zoom tool The Rubber band Zoom Mode is the default zoom when you enter TrialDirector unless you have selected the Fill Zone Zoom Mode as the default zoom in the Presentation Options To use the Rubber band zoom po
411. n the same folder as shown below Media Player will be able to use the synchronized transcript text Mame Size Type 6 mP0721 mpg 442 618 KB Movie File MPEG MPOFZ1 smi 73KB SMI File Enabling the Captions option within Media Player will allow any corresponding smi file to be used for text synchronization The example below demonstrates Media Player displaying a text caption from a smi file exported from TimeCoder 0 Binds Media Placer des les Poy Toe be rs L Note Please reference the Windows Media Player help for instructions on enabling the Captions option The method to enable Captions depends on the version of Windows Media Player Exporting Digital Video Transcript to SMI File Follow these steps to export a Digital Video Transcript to a smi file 998 Tools pa Open the timecoded DVT 2 Select Export To Media Player Synchronized Accessible Media Interchange Files smi from the File menu Export to Synchronized Accessible Media Interchanpe files This mazard wall help pou bo export a Digia Vickeo T ranacipl at one dl mote SAMI fies Pieace enter the output path to espot the SAMI files bo To contras chok Heri EXPOr A Ta enit cick Cancel Transcript Select the ouput pathi CME Mpls 3 Enter a destination path and filename for the SMI file or click Browse to navigate to the desired path and filename a If you click Browse the following window appears Browse For Fo
412. nclude e A Tour of the TrialDirector Interface e Organizing with Workbooks e Working in Presentation Mode e Preparing Video Clips Using the Segment Editor e Creating and Assigning Issue Codes Tutorials are available on inData s Web site at www indatacorp com gt Resources gt Support Training by inData Presentation Professionals inData offers several training programs to increase your comfort level and quickly expand your presentation techniques using TrialDirector Taught by inData s professional trial consultants these training sessions are designed for hands on participation You can attend training at inData s mock courtroom in beautiful sunny Arizona or have one of our professional trainers visit your firm Several class topics are available including e The Basics 1 Day A tightly focused introductory training session with an emphasis on the case management aspect of the software e The Advanced 2 Days An extended intensive training course providing thorough instruction on the entire TrialDirector program Includes training on how to create and edit video clips from digitized video depositions e Trial Boot Camp 1 Day An intense focused training session for up to the wire trial preparation The Trial Boot Camp is specifically designed for trial attorneys and their support staff who need immediate specialized training and assistance in preparing for trial We work with your own case material and will
413. nd enter a path and Herame for tha mpat batch ie belys To contmue cick Het Add tems To ext cick Cancel Select he Batch Impal file format Tonslbrecto Document Hanget Losd Fide 0d Select the Patch impor path and herisme CAProgram Files ats Copos hor Cases ones y 5 N In the first field select the type of batch file you are importing 3 In the second field type the path and filename of the batch file you are using for example C images load oll or click Browse to locate the file 4 Click Next Batch Import New tems Tou may ako openly pelect bo atomaticaly 5 tolabor rimar lo mipolted tends Add lems To continue cick Het To backup chick Back c lo eat ciek Cancel Fictate imported pages by O degrees clockwise _ fick Hear 5 Ifthe items you are importing need to be rotated select the number of degrees clockwise the images should be rotated 6 Click Next 7 When you are ready to import the items from the batch file click Import The duration of the import process depends on the number of items to be imported 185 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual Batch import Mew Items Tie temsa spaced for Batch import wal now be z mpoded rio the cuten capa E Dependng on the number of Hamia selected tha imput process may lake a hee momanti To begn the mpor process click import Working To backup cick Back or lo ext cick Cancel Progress 8 Wh
414. nd the exhibit to fill the whole height of the available zone MiZone Shape Zoom This tool zooms in on the region that is outlined by drawing a rectangle around the required area and zooms in This tool is used in conjunction with the other zoom tools By holding the right mouse down and moving the mouse the area that is magnified will be moved 419 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual E Counter Clockwise This tool allows you to rotate the image in the active zone 90 degrees counter clockwise each time you click the button Ei Clockwise This tool allows you to rotate the image in the active zone 90 degrees clockwise each time you click the button Ei Up This tool allows you to move to the previous page of a multiple page document Ei Down This tool allows you to move to the next page of a multiple page document Ej This tool allows you to undo the last action You can undo as many actions as necessary a Screen This tool allows you to clear the Presentation Display of all items a Blanker This tool will send the presentation blank by clicking it a second time the screen will be restored to its previous state When the Screen Blanker tool is in use a white line appears next to the zone indicator as shown below White Line Indicating that the Screen Blanker Tool is Active one box e over This tool allows you to remove annotations on an item by positioning the X over the markup you want t
415. ndby 2 secondi Editing and Review Oplions f Automatcaly play Cips and Segments alter deag deop e Display Segment besas m Segmert Viewer Adal segment seek lo start by 3 seconds Adel segerent peek lo end by E seconds Clip Creation Description Options Enforce Unique This option forces each clip to have a unique Clip ID Clip Identifiers within the same case within current case only 267 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual Confirm identifier When selected this option will prompt to confirm the and description when creating a new Clip Use custom formatting for clip identifiers 268 information is correct before proceeding to create a new clip This option allows you to format custom clip identifiers using the codes shown below For example lt FI gt lt LI gt lt MM gt lt DD gt lt SP5 gt lt SP2 gt Click here to display the available codes Separator Name Formatting lt FI gt First Initial lt LI gt Last Initial Date Formatting lt MM gt Month lt D gt Unpadded Day ex 5 or 12 lt DD gt Padded Day ex 05 or 12 lt M gt Unpadded month ex 2 or 11 lt MM gt Padded Month ex 02 or 11 lt YY gt Short Year ex 97 or 03 lt YYYY gt Long Year ex 1997 or 2003 Starting Page Formatting lt SP gt Unpadded start page ex 1 or 15 or 273 same as lt SPO gt or lt SP1 gt lt SP1 gt Padded to
416. ne click the Maximize Zone button on the zone header controls To retract an expanded item click the Maximize Zone button again Drag an Item into Another Zone 1 To move an item into another zone position the cursor over the Click and Drag To Move Zone button on the zone header controls until the four sided arrow appears 2 Click and drag the mouse pointer to the center of the zone where you want the item to be displayed 3 Check the Zone Activity Indicator to ensure that the target zone is selected as indicated by a white outline 4 Release the mouse 455 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual The item will move to the selected zone Zone Header Video Controls The Zone header video controls provide basic controls whilst using video exhibits The controls available are Play Pause Seek to Start Seek to End Show hide Closed Captioning Close an Item To close an item click the Close Zone button on the zone header controls i nore Information Control the Presentation Display Display Items Mexpana or Retract Zones To temporarily enlarge a zone to fill the entire screen without clearing the items in other zones press Shift Insert or enter the Expand Zone ZE command and press Enter The active zone will expand to fill the entire display as shown in the figure below 456 Presentation tem Temporarily Enlarged Items in Other Zones Remain in Place To retract the active zone press
417. ng Enter the desired page and line number Use the up and down arrows buttons to increase or decrease the current page and line number selection 3 Click Find Next to jump to the selected location in the transcript 330 Transcript Manager Find a Timecode The TimeCode tab allows you to seek to a particular time in the Digital Video Transcript 1 To search for a timecode do one of the following Click the TimeCode tab on the Find window Select Find Time from the Edit menu if the Find dialog is not already open Text Phrase Question Answer Page Line TimeCode Ores Find TimeLode DeposiionDrecho can perfor a simple search hor a green tmecode vihm the curent hanscrpt Find Time 01 15 25 Z Note Users can search across multiple multimedia reference files using the total elapsed time of the Digital Video Transcript The time is expressed in Hours Minutes Seconds HH MM SS 2 Do one of the following Enter the desired time Use the up and down arrow buttons to increase or decrease the current time selection 3 Click Find Next to jump to the selected time in the Digital Video Transcript Z Note This operation requires the transcript be time stamped If it has not been time stamped this option will not work Other The Other tab allows you to search for Beginning of Deposition Video Markers Beginning of Deposition Video markers are markers in the transcript that are embedded w
418. ng 10 Key Controls Available Case Privileges Profile Options Clip Naming Customization Commands Copyright Acknowledgements aprendi A Sample Files Topics Clip Creation Script Cross Reference File Load Files Memo Batch File Print List File Problems List Subset Case Batch File Clip Creation Script File Clip creation script files list segment ranges sorted by clip for automatic clip creation in Transcript Manager The file also offers the ability to open a specific Digital Video Transcript and override the default clip identifier and description generated by Transcript Manager The following is a list of possible commands Command Function IDeposition Opens the first matching Digital Video Transcript found C Clip Identifier Overrides the default clip identifier D Description Overrides the default clip description HHH A series of four numbers separated by any non numeric character represents the beginning page and 597 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual line or ending page and line of a segment The page or line specification can also be represented by a single digit number e g 1 1 page 1 line 1 Blank line Indicates the end of a clip The format for a clip creation script is as follows Poli Michael C POLI 0001 D Review of Exhibit 417 12 15 12 20 15 1 15 23 First the Digital Video Transcript with a description that most closely matches Poli Michael will be opened If there are m
419. nications TrialDirector will search the first three words pasted on the clipboard for a match to a known Item ID If a match is found TrialDirector displays the item Example The following text pasted to the clipboard causes TrialDirector to display the item DOCOO1 THIS IS DOCOO1 IN THE DATABASE 609 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual The following text pasted to the clipboard causes TrialDirector to display the Document for DOC001 Page 2 DOCUMENT DOCOO1 2 TOPMOST Puts TrialDirector on top of all other application windows on the screen More Information Appendices aprendi C Custom Footer Commands Document Manager allows you to customize the footers printed across the bottom of images There are four possible section designations in the footer Command Function LEFT Left justifies the text following the command CENTER Centers the text following the command RIGHT Right justifies the text following the command This command is overridden by the BARCODE command BARCODE Prints a right justified barcode This command overrides the RIGHT command Each of these commands must be upper case The section commands can be used in any combination However the RIGHT and BARCODE command should not be used together because the BARCODE command will override the RIGHT command If none of the section commands are used the footer text will default to left justified However if any of the commands ar
420. not press the spacebar in time to place a timecode on a line of transcript simply rewind the multimedia file by pressing the LEFT ARROW key on your keyboard When the multimedia file reaches the appropriate position again press the SPACEBAR and continue timecoding as you normally would Changing an Incorrect Timecode If you press the SPACEBAR at the incorrect time or on the incorrect line pause the multimedia file by clicking Pause Zor by selecting Pause from the Multimedia menu Then use the UP ARROW or DOWN ARROW on your keyboard to move the highlighter to the line with the incorrect timecode Press the DELETE key on your keyboard to erase the timecode Rewind or advance the multimedia file as necessary and click Play or select Play from the Multimedia menu When the multimedia file reaches the appropriate position again press the SPACEBAR and continue timecoding as you normally would errr A Note If you are in Timecoding Mode and the highlight bar is on a line that already has a timecode pressing the SPACEBAR will overwrite the old timecode with a new timecode that corresponds to the current time in the Multimedia Control Box i ore Information e Exporting a Digital Video Transcript creatina a Digital Video Transcript DVT During the DVT creation process the deposition transcript is processed into the DVT database You can also process the associated Audio Video reference files along with a pre timecoded transcript
421. nscripts menu Import Dipital Video Transcript s This wierd wal help pou bo moot one of more Digital Video l mo Tracia Sy Erte a path and filename foc the TralD recto Cave file containing the damed Diyal Video Tranmonpi s below To contrae cik Next MOTE Tg anit cick Cancel Digital Video Transcript Select a TiaDirector Case Fie CAProgiara FlestinData Conperstion Cases Boogar y Brow Z note The cms file can reside on a local hard drive floppy disk CD DVD ROM a network drive or UNC path The cms file is simply imported from the source into the current case 2 Click Browse to navigate to the desired Compound Media Storage cms file 3 Select the desired cms file and click Open or double click on the filename to return to the Import Digital Video Transcript s window 4 When the correct path and filename is displayed click Next to continue Import Digital Video Transcript s Plaate select the Trancenpl s pou would lve bo ipot Ey To corine cack Mod To backup cick Back or to edt cick Cancel pee Select Digital Video Trececreti Di gil al Video Diron Becky Vol On ani 357 OS Bortems TJ Mol 01 0772271997 DOG Aci Patty fol 01 1170 1998 DC Acn Paty Mol 02 11 11 1998 DS Ameh Jess Vol 01 01 11 1569 Transcript 314 Transcript Manager 7 Note Importing Digital Video Transcripts will preserve all clips attached exhibit designations and annotations 5 Sel
422. nt Manager Queue Items for Import To select the items you want to import into a case follow these steps 1 Decide which item type you would like to add Item Type Description Documents Scanned B amp W images and ASCII text files Photos and Other Photos charts or other graphics Graphics Multimedia Files Video DVT clips and animations OLE Objects Native file documents such as Adobe Acrobat and Microsoft PowerPoint presentations 2 Do one of the following Right click or double click on the desired item type in the panel on the right A pop up menu will appear which will allow you to select the Add option for the selected item type Select the desired item type folder in either panel then select Add Items from the File menu After you have made your selection a Select Items window will appear so that you can choose the files to add Select Mems s Lock ax a My Dorumerte B About TDS JPG BY TrialDirector License Korber JPG B Batch Import Mew Items JPG BT copy case PG Bf Copy workin2 JPG BY copy working JPG Bf JacobVachecord Pp B Main Screen PG OT New Case Lst Screen JPG B TOS transogt JPG M 105 26 Files of ppe Petra Graphics f W jpeg ete M Oper stado 3 Select one item by clicking on it or select multiple items by holding down the Control key and clicking on each item Click Open 181 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual 4 A file naming screen opens displaying the
423. ntation Display Step Script allows you to move to the next item in the script Tandem Mode sets Tandem Exhibit Presentation Mode Text Only presents the transcript text only for DVT clips Toggle Play Pause of Multimedia Toggle the Presentation Toolbar On Off 901 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual TB ALT Page Down TO CTRL ALT Page Down VC Alt V DVT1 Shift F8 DVT3 Shift F10 Zi Insert ZO Delete ZB Shift Down Arrow ZT Alt W Annotation Tool Controls Top Bottom Zoom Displays the bottom of the current image page and the top of the next page simultaneously Use this command to view a paragraph that spans more than one image page Use this command when the current image page resides in Zone 9 Top Image Only Used in conjunction with the Top Bottom Zoom command Displays the top half of the bottom image after a Top Bottom Zoom command has been initiated This command is designed to focus attention back to the next image page Use the Top Bottom Zoom command TB to continue browsing the remaining pages in the document in a similar fashion VCR Display Toggle shows or hides the Multimedia Control Box Video and Text presents all DVT clips with both video and text Video Only presents the deposition video only for DVT clips Zoom In allows you to enlarge an item relative to the center of the zone Zoom Out allows you to reduce an item relative to the c
424. nte thes indommati n and comect a To open and review the barecapt chck Edt Fx page containing ine numbers Lanes nambered papist ha 4 Confirm the page and line information for the transcript text file Click Edit if you wish to view the actual transcript text file Click Next to continue The following screen will appear Create a New Dipital Video Transcript Multimedia Tou may optionally preserve the p rted bmecodes hound A E ll you p epeme irrecodes you muti spechy all sudo ndeo Len la Video Trane m chonological order al You have the option to preserve the original timecodes within a deposition transcript if they exist Click here to view the steps involved to preserve timecodes If you wish to import the transcript without timecodes click Next to continue Click Create to begin the DVT creation process 933 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual Create a New Eipital Video Transcript The new Digia Video Transa vell now ba created based on the micemation green This process could lake a few moments depending on the qe and foma of the peleciod transcript To bagn the creation process chk Create To backup chck Back or bo eat click Cancel 5 After the process is completed click Next to continue After the DVT has been created the screen below is displayed so you can review the creation results Create a New Dipital Video Transcript The new Diaa Video Traricapi hat been created E Pis
425. o on a single screen and display them in trial more Information 1 What s New 2 Getting Started with TrialDirector Manage Cases what s New in TrialDirector TrialDirector v5 2 e Advanced PDF Support You told us that PDF files are becoming a key component of your cases and we responded with robust PDF support With Introduction TrialDirectore v5 2 you can instantly view annotate and redact PDF files including those containing Chinese Japanese and Korean character sets without Adobe Acrobat Reader or any special plug ins installed on your computer Working with a PDF is now as easy and seamless as working with any standard document in TrialDirector perhaps even easier In addition TrialDirector v5 2 delivers maximum flexibility in customizing and printing PDFs Instantly create a new PDF file out of selected documents or pages print PDFs with or without annotations and much more More Information MPEG 2 MPEG 4 VOB and QuickTime Support Display crisper clearer video depositions or other video footage for the jury at trial In addition to the standard MPEG 1 format TrialDirector now supports the higher resolution MPEG 2 MPEG 4 and VOB formats It includes an MPEG 2 codec right out of the box and a utility to convert DVD Video to MPEG 2 program streams More Information Automatic Exhibit Numbers Quickly assign an exhibit number with a simple right click of the mouse The easy to use wizard walks you
426. o Transcript are accurate the created clip Should need only minimal fine tuning 11 Click Create to create the clip 12 When the progress bar reaches the end click Next to continue Clip Wizard The res Cip has beer created i Y Pleste ies the ceaiin iuit carelully bo entute no RTE wee instep To eat chek OF Finished Fresuls The requeited hp was ened success 13 Review the clip creation results to ensure that the process was completed successfully Click OK to exit the clip creation process or click New Clip to begin creating the next clip using the clip wizard Create Clips From Issue Codes You can create clips from any issue codes applied to your transcripts 1 From the Clips menu select the Create Clips from Issue Codes Command 286 Transcript Manager Clips Multimedia Workbooks Coding Tools Help wie Create a New Clip a Open a Clip Clip Wizard Create Clips from Issue Codes Execute Clip Creation Script ccs dd Selected Text to Clin Update Segment within Clip ie gt IE LE LI si Som P Play Segment D Play Clip Present in TrialDirector as Create Clips from Issue Codes This wizard wll help you lo create Cips from Issue Codes pou have appbed bo banscapis To bagn select the 11102 Codes pou would ike lo cresta Cips trom To contras cick Next To et cick Cancel 3 Select the transcripts that the clips will be generated from 287 TrialDirec
427. o begn the creshon process chck Create To backup cick Back orto eat check Cancel 8 Click Create to begin the creation process The following window appears 985 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual Import from Sanction TM Transcript Database The new Digital Video Transenpt has been created X Fieste review the creahon results carefully lo ensure no Ne AIT er Weete pued To eat chek OF Finished Fests The opman ves completed successfully 9 Review the import results carefully to ensure that no errors were encountered then select OK to complete the import process i ore Information Import TrialDirector Case File Import LiveNote VideoNote Files Import TrialPro Timaro Timestamp Files Pe rimecoder Importing Timaro Post production Time Stamp Files When a synchronized transcript is imported from a Timaro Post production Timestamp file you will need to import the pts file that was created in the original application 1 Select Import from Timaro Post production Time Stamp File pts from the File menu 986 Tools Import from Timaro 7M Post production Time Stamp file Theat vazad well help pou lo import a Tras TM Post production Time Stamp fle lor use vatani TimeLCoder ay To bagn please enter he path and herana o tha Timaroa TM Fost produchor Time Stamp fiie you would Woe ho use rio the faid balka Digital Video To continue cick Next Transcript Toma cick Cancel
428. o remove and clicking The Remover tool can also be used to close any tem except an OLE file by clicking in the upper left corner of the item This tool remains active until you turn it off 420 Presentation E enccrivt Search GoTo Page This tool allows a transcript to be searched when loaded into TrialDirector To tool can also be used to go to a different page in the transcript Search Transcript for Words depositiorl Wi hole Word Goto Page oe This tool displays the VCR controls shown below o me de amp te 0 OF B gt cl Displaying or Hiding Buttons To display or hide a button 1 Click the More Buttons icon gt 2 Point to Add or Remove Buttons A list of all buttons appears with a checkmark next to each button that is currently displayed Click the button to toggle display on or off When you are finished click anywhere in the presentation display Follow the Saving Your Toolbar Layout instructions below to save the custom toolbar with a new name Do not save over the default toolbar Default tlb A Removing Buttons D Caution Using the method below is equivalent to throwing away a toolbar button and the only way to retrieve it is to load the default toolbar If you may want to use a button later on follow the procedure above to hide it rather than remove it To remove buttons 1 Click the first button you want to remove on the toolbar 2 Hold down the ALT key while you d
429. o search on from the first drop down list 2 Select the search operator is equal to is greater than from the second drop down list 3 Type in the search string into the text box A typical search would be similar to the one shown below pa Select all Documents where Date b lis Greater than or Equal to 3 21 21999 4 Click the Search button on the right side of the screen The search results will be displayed in the coding database column view as shown below You can now sort the field you searched upon to view the items in ascending order for example sort by date 398 fl chord irom P Durid I C DEMOS DEMOOOOS3 7 18 Letter Ad 18 1364 P Danid Emay letter bo Craig Grae Hoa F ent Eee LEA Did Ermey E C C timmi DEMOCOOA WZ Letia Mullet Budd F Dand Emesty FP bemoans IDEMOCODS ASS Letter Multitepes Budd P Dirid Emery C C C teeta DEMOGO 7H eS Paga Budai P Did Emay Euki IE C C DEn DEMOOO73 W257 Page Buin F Dand Emp Buse AN CL E a 100 Dees DEMOONOGT S 11 Let May 11 1983 P Dad Enay better bo Cire 37291993 41021334 _ _ 31572001 Coding After reviewing the search results you can click the View All button to return to the all coded items display within the column view Optionally you can Send Results to a Workbook More Information Coding Database sena Search Results to Workbook This option allows users to send the results fro
430. o the application window Restore a Database Restore a case database from a backup if one of the following occurs 161 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual The case will no longer open in TrialDirector Erratic results continue after you have used the Repair Case Database utility It s necessary to return to a previous database state for example if incorrect changes were made to the case that are not easily reversed you can restore the case database using the previous day s backup To restore a case database 1 To determine where the case database files are located on the File menu in TrialDirector click Open a Case Select the case name to display the case location Please select the case you would like to work with from the Z list below a case location L Documents and Settings V4ll Users inD ata Triall ia B Edit Case POW Se Edi Selecta case BOW llame eb Brown Allariz pean or het cee ee E Smith v Johnson Bami E A A A A A a i a TrialDirector Sample Case Open Cancel Navigate to this location in Windows Ensure the case is not open in TrialDirector Then copy all files in the case folder to a new temporary folder for example Smith Case OLD Navigate to the location where case backups are stored and locate the most recent backup of the case Copy all files from the backup case folder to the active case folder you located in Step 2 When the prompt appears click Yes to confirm you want to r
431. oad What do you want to do Drag and Drop Items onto the Display Load Items Using a Keyboard 469 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual Load Items Using a Barcode Reader Load Items Using the Item Toolbar Load Items Using a Script i nore Information Control the Presentation Display Display Items E oad Items Using Barcode Reader To load an item using a barcode reader scan the barcode associated with the item The scanned item appears in the selected zone indicated by a white outline it ore Information Control the Presentation Display Display Items E oad Items Using a Keyboard Topics Load by Item ID Load by URL Load by Exhibit Number Load by Trial Exhibit Number Load by Macro Create a Macro Execute a Macro You can use the keyboard to load items into the Presentation Module by Item ID URL web address Exhibit number or Trial Exhibit number Load by Item ID To load an item by Item ID simply type the Item ID and press Enter The Item ID will appear in the lower right corner as you type it 470 Presentation Load by URL TrialDirector allows you to type in a live web address URL and navigate a web site from the presentation display To load an item by URL type in the full web address beginning with www and press Enter ir A Note The web address must begin with three W s followed by a period in order for TrialDirector to load the web sit
432. ocument in the images database 2 Make sure that third party images and OCR text have been imported The more images that have been processed will mean more items can be reviewed 3 From the Coding tab select a document and display the Text tab 393 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual Text Tab Gy lonhrertor lrtallHrector ap le Laa LAA O DA La E E fe Pome Bimel Boii Cody oo Heb 63 AY De amp YiAtes en Artes 390 aaa boo Tas Dec it a fet 0 OOS HOCTION mu mg Thee has gl r Gee comida a may Pu of ghia ine EET F Gr Co mpy ha a Sd irr bihiak laikinai s H Pipe kH fie lo ASHI Hha ey piir Dagaa Poll Tia EET or ma bh Aiha niab or d aga wah do prada n Tht Sure TIR rra a ce i dd 2 ilus ore Th Gr ya oe gcinn Eu F Cool Eire nd Salsa Tank To Appar Saected Tent To Cu Loge Parte hiiti Ta Epi a i Brad on hs Page 100 Dress Case lbray Docent Manager TarqcetMarager Coding ately CMMs GEMIEN Paiz rr A Note If reviewing coding records from the Form View use the View Edit Full Test For This Page option under the Items menu to display the window shown above 4 Because the coding records are on a document level full text additional pages of the document can be viewed by using the Previous and Next buttons Add Full Text OCR to Coding Database Record To add full text OCR to a coding database record follow the steps below 1 In the Text view window highligh
433. ocumentation written and compiled by inData Technical Publications inData Corporation 1325 North Fiesta Boulevard Suite 4 Gilbert Arizona 85233 Visit inData on line http www indatacorp com 624
434. oft Corporation Internet Explorer is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation 623 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual PowerPoint is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation iBlaze is a registered trademark of CT Summation Binder is a registered trademark of RealLegal E Transcript is a registered trademark of RealLegal CaseMap is a registered trademark of CaseSoft TimeMap is a registered trademark of CaseSoft iConect is a registered trademark of iConect LLC Concordance is a registered trademark of Dataflight Software DepositionDirector is a registered trademark of inData Corporation DocumentDirector is a registered trademark of inData Corporation TrialDirector is a registered trademark of inData Corporation TimeCoder is a trademark of inData Corporation LiveNote is a registered trademark of LiveNote Technologies Inc Sanction is a registered trademark of Verdict Systems LLC YesEdit is a registered trademark of YesVideo Inc All other product names and logos are trade and or service marks of their respective companies and are hereby acknowledged Information in this document is subject to change without notice This documentation may not be copied photocopied reproduced translated or reduced to any electronic medium or machine readable form without the written consent of inData Corporation 2008 by inData Corporation All rights reserved Printed in the United States D
435. og box allows you to rename the items in the subset case by entering a beginning Item ID in the Start Renaming With field The beginning Item ID will be incremented at each document or each page depending on which option is selected in the dialog box The results for each option are shown in Tables 1 and 2 604 Appendices For example if you entered XYZ001 in the Start Renaming With field the items in the sample batch files below would be renamed as shown in Tables 1 and 2 respectively Document Entry Format ABCOO1 ABCOO2 ABCOO5 ABCOO 7 OR Page Range Entry Format ABCOO1 ABCOO1 ABCOO2 ABCOO4 ABCOO5 ABCOO6 ABCOO7 ABCOO7 Sequencing format when incremented at each document Document ID Page ID New Item ID ABCOO1 ABCOO1 XYZ001 001 ABCOO2 XYZ002 001 ABCOO2 ABC003 XYZ002 002 ABC004 XYZ002 003 ABCOO5 XYZ003 001 alee ABCO06 XYZ003 002 ABCOO7 ABCOO7 XYZ004 001 Table 1 Sequencing format when incremented at each page Document ID Page ID New Item ID ABCOO1 ABCOO1 XYZ001 ABCOO2 XYZ002 ABCOO2 ABCOO3 XYZ003 ABC0O04 XYZ004 ABCOO5 XYZ005 ASEOS ABCO06 XYZ006 ABCOO7 ABCOO7 XYZ007 Table 2 605 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual Enter a New Item ID in the Batch File For each entry in the batch file you can enter a new Item ID The format is as follows ABCOO1 as XYZOO1 ABCOO2 as XYZ002 ABCOO5 as XYZ003 ABCOO7 as XYZ004 OR ABCOO1 ABCOO1 as XYZOO1 ABCOO2 ABCOO4 as XYZ002 ABCOO5 ABCOO6 as XYZ003 ABCO
436. om Clips Generating excerpts lets users extract precise pieces of deposition video reducing file sizes from gigabytes down to megabytes allowing the resulting video to be shared more easily The excerpt files can be e mailed to associates opposing counsel or expert witnesses This process will create an MPEG file with embedded text captions The text captions are comprised of the transcript text associated with the DVT Clips The text captions can be synchronized to the video stream 1 Click the Transcript Manager tab and select View by Clips in the Transcript Explorer 2 Choose the clips you want to make excerpts for by selecting the check box next to each desired clip 3 Select the Generate Excerpt s From Clip s option under the Clips menu The following dialog will appear Generate Excerpt s from Clip s This vazand val help you bo generate Excenpif trom one oF mon selected Chos z An Excerpt 6 a subset of trarecapl andor marsha ach has bean extracted trom the cignal source for ut mu brad produchon requests puny reves ec Generate Te continue check Nest To eat chock Cancel Wihal would you ike bo do Generate Excepels fom Al Chips Generate Excerpts from ony Selected Ckpj 4 Select either the Generate Excerpts From All Clips or Generate Excerpts From Selected Clips option as shown above 5 Click the Next button to continue The following screen will appear 306 Transcript Manager
437. om multiple multimedia sources For example one segment might be from the first CD and another segment from the second CD This option will split a transcript text selection that Spans across multimedia breaks and create two separate segments This option will split a transcript text selection that contains objections and create two separate segments This option will split a transcript text selection that contains excessive periods of silence and create two separate segments This option sets the number of seconds by which the start time is adjusted when a segment is created This option sets the number of seconds by which the 269 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual Review Automatically play Clips and Segments after drag drop Display Segment breaks in Segment Editor Adjust segment seek to start by Adjust segment seek to end by Note If your Digital Video Transcript timestamps are precise both of the Automatically adjust segment time settings can be set to 0 This would minimize the need for clip editing Tools Tab This tab allows you to add application short cuts to the Add Ins menu on the TrialDirector menu bar 2 0 end time is adjusted when a segment is created Description This option causes segments and clips to be played automatically when they are dragged and dropped into the Transcript Window This option causes segment breaks to be displayed between the corresponding transcript text for eac
438. om selected pages of different documents will result in creation of a single PDF file This feature is not designed to create new PDF files at document boundaries e Order of the items in the new PDF file is determined by ID not by the order in which you select the items For example if you select TREXOO5 TREX003 and TREX0OOO9 they will be listed in the following order in the PDF TREX003 TREX005 TREXOOY e If you select a Microsoft PowerPoint Excel or Word native document to include a print placeholder will appear in its place within the PDF file Hold down the CTRL key and click the ID not the check box for each item you want to include in the PDF document as shown in this example P re C JU DEMODODO C 0 a E Bii 00050 Right click to open the menu and select Make PDF file from Selected Items In the dialog box that opens either enter a file path and name or click Browse to navigate to a location and specify a file name To include any annotations markups that you have added and saved to items in the workbook select Apply All Markups Permanently to Exported I mages If you selected the previous option you can also select Convert all Highlight markups to redactions if needed The images in the PDF file will include the Redacted box wherever you used the Highlighter tool on the original images When the confirmation box appears indicating the file name and location click OK More Information 24
439. omenis depending on the size of the deposition transcript To begr the epot process cick Espul To backup click Back or bo gt cick Cancel Progress 3 5 Click Export to begin exporting the DVT to LiveNote VideoNote files When the progress bar reaches the end the export is complete Export to LiveMote TM VideoMote TM files The Digia Video Trancenpt has been exported Please review lhe export resulls carefully to ensure no PASTOS ebro poued To eo chek OF Results The operabon was complehed successiu 6 Review the export results carefully to ensure that no errors were encountered 7 Click OK to exit the export process i nore Information Import LiveNote VideoNote Files EN imescocer Export to Media Player Synchronized Media Interchange 557 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual Topics About Synchronized Media Interchange Files Export DVT to Synchronized Media Interchange File About Synchronized Media Interchange Files TimeCoder has a transcript export option that will create smi files for use with Windows Media Player The Synchronized Media Interchange smi file contains the timecoded Digital Video Transcript specially formatted for use as synchronized captions within Windows Media Player Utilizing the smi file format allows a Windows Media Player user to view synchronized transcript text When the smi file resides next to the source multimedia file ex mpg withi
440. ompatible Continuing our support of Microsoft technologies TrialDirector 5 1 is fully compatible with the Windows Vista operating system Editing in the Case Explorer TrialDirector 5 1 now provides the ability to edit document information directly from the Case Explorer tree Users can edit the document s Description TrialExhibit Number and Exhibit Number fields in a grid like view while still working in a case tree structure We also added an Expand All button to speed up case tree navigation Product Integration TrialDirector now fully integrates with CT Summation Enterprise in addition to other third party applications The TimeCoder tool in TrialDirector also now allows users to create exhibit links to transcripts and export transcript files in multiple file formats including a CT Summation Briefcase File sbf Faster Document Loading for Large Collections Document Management has been enhanced resulting in noticeably faster loading or transfer of large document collections Send to Workbooks A new simpler right click dialog allows you to quickly send your documents or pages to a selected Workbook in addition to the standard drag and drop method Automatic Updates Notification An automatic updates dialog will now notify you when a new version of TrialDirector is available for download To allow for administrator control this feature does not apply to network versions Easy Conversion of Evaluation Softwa
441. on Folder The workbook coment eel now ba exported based on the infoematon green To begn the export process chock Export Working Tobeckup cick Back of to eat cick Cancel 13 Click Export to begin exporting the volume TrialDirector will then prompt for the Volume Name for the export folder about to be created This volume name is used for the export folder name load file names and volume label references within some of the export load files For example the CT Summation dii load file within the export volume will reference a volume name of V0303091501 as shown in the figure below Please Mount Media for this New Volume Please enter or confirm the Volume name that i about to Ok be created Cancel Enter the desired volume name and click OK to continue Clicking Cancel will cancel the export When the export begins up to three status bars appear at the bottom of the Export window The Export Process status bar shows you the progress of the entire export When this bar reaches the end the export is complete This status bar is always displayed 139 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual 140 The Volume Size status bar shows you the progress of the current volume When this bar reaches the end a new volume will be created and the export will continue This status bar is always displayed The Creating Excerpt status bar shows the encoding progress of the current media clip excerpt This status
442. on color open the Presentation Toolbar and right click on the annotation tool you want to change A color palette will appear above the tool as shown in the figure below 2 Select the desired color Click in the black area to the left of the color palette to close it without changing the color 487 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual rra A Note You will not be able to clear the presentation display when the color palette is open The annotation tool will show the new color as shown in the figure below Old Color New Color i nore Information Presentation Mode Control the Presentation Display Presentation Toolbar Ma pplying Stamps Topics Overview Applying Stamps to an Exhibit Repositioning Stamps Removing Stamps Overview The Stamp tool allows you to place stamp marks onto the exhibit in Presentation mode There are four stamp marks available to you By clicking the down arrow on the right side of the stamps tool the selection box shown above is made available err f Applying Stamps to an Exhibit Note Stamps applied in Presentation mode are not saved when the exhibit is closed 1 Click the Stamp Co on the presentation toolbar 488 Presentation 2 You can change the stamp by right clicking on it and select one of the four choices available 3 Move the pointer to the point of the exhibit to where you wish to apply the stamp Cursor Changes to An X Indicating Sta
443. on the Toolbar Open a Case E Hansel v Gretel E Smith v Johnson TialDrector Sample Care 142 Case Library Use the drop down list to select the desired case If you want to edit the case path click Edit see Manage Case Paths Click Open If you are opening a secure case the Secure Case Login window will appear as shown in the figure below a ie Secure Lase Access Login Washington Comwallis This case has secunly enabled and requires a vabi user logan in onder to be accessed Please enter pour usemame and password for this case Por Secure Case To login to the case cick Login To mot without logging in chck Cancel Username admin Loge Cancel Enter your User ID and Password Click Login to open the case or click Cancel Clicking Cancel will return you to the Open Case window which will allow you to select a different case to open 8 If you are an Administrator you will be prompted to backup the case shown below oe TrialDirector Document Manager The requested case database files were automatically backed up on Wednesday March 06 2006 at 3 54 57 PM Would you like to automatically backup the case database Files at this tine This will overwrite the previous automatic backup Yes Po 9 When the case opens the Case Explorer will display the case items and the Title Bar will display the case name and case path More Information Create a New Case Open
444. ons on preserving timecodes 8 Click Next to continue 9 If you choose not to preserve original printed timecodes select Next to continue The following window will appear 589 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual Import from Timaro TM Post production Time Stamp file The new Diaa Video Traneenpl vell now be created This process could lake a few moments depending on the se and bormal of the selected tramscnpt To begin the creation process cick Create To backup click Back of lo et cick Cancel Progress gt 10 Click Create to finish the creation process The following window appears Import from Timaro TM Post production Time Stamp file The mew Digital Video Transcapt has beer created iM Please mew the creahon ren codul to ensure no wangi vete rsued Finished 11 Review the export results to ensure that the operation was completed successfully Click OK to exit the export process lore Information Import TrialDirector Case File Import LiveNote VideoNote Files Import Sanction II Transcript Database NN mecocer Importing TrialPro Post production Time Stamp Files 990 Tools When a synchronized transcript is imported from a TrialPro Post production Timestamp file you will need to import the pts file that was created in the original application 1 Select Import from TrialPro Post production Time Stamp File pts from the File menu Import from TrialPro TM Post pro
445. ontrol Box Segment Editor Mode Multimedia Player The Multimedia Player is located in the upper right corner of the Transcript Manager tab The Multimedia Player allows you to control the multimedia resources associated with a DVT 260 Transcript Manager There are two Multimedia modes View Mode allows you to play pause stop rewind and fast forward Digital Video Transcript Multimedia resource This mode is primarily used to review testimony Edit Record Mode allows you the additional capability of playing and editing clips and segments Multimedia Control Box The Multimedia Control Box appears at the bottom of the Multimedia Player and functions similarly to standard VCR controls View Mode is used for simple playback of Digital Video Transcripts The playback status is indicated with a green colored button Frame Position Status Indicator Volume Slider 00 12 12 100 tm ri HILNNNNANNNUNUNUANANANNANNNANUNUNUNUNI TOP MAA Fo me i amp w 0 0 fH ea Record Seek to ed En Super Slow Fast Forward Motion Slow Motion Rewind Play Seek to Segment Start Play 2x Stop Pause 261 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual Segment Editor Mode The Segment Editor Mode is used for editing Digital Video Transcript clips When the Record Mode is active the record button will be colored red The Multimedia Control Box looks like the following A ULNNUNNQUNQUUNQUNOQUONUUONUEAUUENTIII 00
446. oolbar Layout EST fy General Options The General tab within the Presentation Options window allows you to set the options for the Presentation Mode Toolbar screen display screen capture format and other miscellaneous items Presentation Preferences General Jones imaga Mudterecdia DVT tppaaance Tool Preferences Tool Cleanng Display on Screen DoubleClick Pomar Mondor 7 hita Esch Use Default Zoom Tool f Region ARubberband Zoom C Poeci Callout Zoom Screen Capture Format f EMP bmp F PNG pnl Presentation Event Log EA Dippy ltem ID in Status Box Log Prerentabon Events 1 Hide Toolbar al Staup Hide Toolbar aer Screen it Ciesed Wo Synchuorazo Case changes Auto Hide Show Toolbar an Demand New Lon Rf Entomabcady corres POF to Imaga Tool Clearing Option Description 425 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual Double Click After Each Use Default Zoom Tool Option Rubber band Zoom Projection Callout Zoom Screen Capture Format Option Bitmap Portable Network Graphics Presentation Event Log 426 Option Log Presentation Events This option allows you to clear the current too selection and return to zoom mode by double clicking on the presentation display When this option is enabled your tool selection will be cleared after you use the tool once Description This option sets the default zoom mode to the rubber band zoom When used in conj
447. option prints a report that includes the Item ID description memo Exhibit Number Trial Exhibit Number thumbnail and barcode Allows you to enter a report title which will be printed in the upper right corner Images Pages List Report List reports can be created for any item type and can be used to organize exhibits in a trial notebook To print an exhibit report 1 Select I mages Pages List Report in the Print What selection box Option Include Memo Preview Report Title Barcode Sheets Print What E Images Pages List Report hi Options Include Memo Preview Report Tithe AAA Description Prints the first few words of the memo in the notes area of the report as space permits Allows you to enter a report title which will be printed in the upper right corner Barcode sheets can be printed for any item type and can be used to load items in the TrialDirector presentation module by scanning them with a barcode gun 240 To print barcodes Document Manager 1 Select Barcode Sheets in the Print What selection box fv Reban bo pet disko afte ob has been nent lo prie Option Append Description to Label Text Format Select Barcode HP Lasla 2100 Pert iip Lew pi Punt What 1100 Barcode Shes Postecnpt Printer Prnt Rana C Cunget Page DEMODO01 C Entre Document 000000 AN Sebsched bams Opent M Append Descaption to Label Ted A Documents Format 7 Av
448. or another item in your case Be sure to specify a unique starting number If each page of a document should have its own Exhibit or Trial Exhibit Number select Fill this field on every Page of the selected documents If you want to assign numbers at the document level only ensure this option is not selected Click OK TrialDirector assigns the numbers to each item incrementing by one for each successive item or page lore Information 250 Case Explorer Adding Items to Your Case Transcript Manager ou Transcript Manager The Transcript Manager unites deposition audio and video with smooth scrolling transcripts to captivate the jury in a way that is virtually impossible with a printed transcript inMotione synchronized Digital Video Transcripts DVT available from many litigation support firms nationwide can be created from common VHS tapes and standard ASCII transcripts making the advantages of using Transcript Manager immediately apparent With the Transcript Manager clip wizard clip creation is simply a matter of searching the transcript with one of the many search tools and highlighting the text selections to be included in the clip That s it Transcript Manager takes you from transcript search to a dynamic TrialDirector presentation in as little as six clicks In fact the clips will automatically appear on the DVT tab in Transcript Manager And with the exhibit attachment feature an integrated testimony presentation is as
449. or the open segment ES 0000000000000 Volume Controls E OO 00000000000 The volume controls increase or decrease the volume of the audio Use a mouse or light pen to slide the control forward or backward More Information Appendices Multimedia Manager Multimedia Control Box EE ppendix F Additional Commands and Keyboard Shortcuts Below are several additional commands and keyboard shortcuts for use with Document Manager Keystroke Command Description CTRL Left Change Item Type tab to the left Example move Arrow from Photos tab back to Docs tab CTRL Right Change Item Type tab to the right Example move Arrow from Docs tab forward to Photos tab Shift focus around main Document Manager controls Tab Moves focus between Case Explorer Item Type tabs and Image Viewer SHIFT Tag Untag current item in Document Manager Case lt Spacebar gt Explorer CTRL Save Revision Use after annotating image i CTRL Save as New Revision Use after annotating image Add current Case Explorer item to current workbook CTRL INSERT A workbook must be selected highlighted Add current Case Explorer item to current workbook 616 SHIFT DELETE Up Arrow Down Arrow Home End Up Arrow Down Arrow Left Arrow Right Arrow SHIFT 5 SHIFT 5 More Information Appendices Appendices A workbook must be selected highlighted Must use from 10 key pad Delete selected
450. or to exit click Cancel Progress Ma kam ka ee ee a Bam ma o a n e a FS F y y F O O Cancel lt Back ext gt ii A progress bar advises you as the clips are transferred to TrialDirector Click Next 102 Application Integration Working O O gat Age O et att et See gee ge gig ig 4 TrialDirector confirms that the clips have been created Click OK to close the dialog Execute c lip Creation Script 008 Finished Triallirector has finished executing the specified Clip al EE Creation Script ham ha o O O O a We a a a e a a ae B O O get gl 5 The clips now appear in TrialDirector s Transcript Manager 103 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual E gt stevens Conner Vol 01 11 seas F ASCI Transcript for Stever BE Ea Clip 5 1130 0001825 Q Eros oie Full Clip Beginning at p El Page 19 25 to 20 02 BB Clip CS 1130 0002007 Q BB Clip CS 1130 0002019 Q BB Clip CS 1130 0002019 001 E Clip CS 1130 0002110 A BB Clip CS 1130 0002309 Q Clip CS 1130 0002507 Q B Clip CS 1130 0002822 22 B8 Clip CS 1130 0003025 Q B Clip CS 1130 0003414 Q BB Clip CS 1130 0003514 Q BB Cip CS 1130 0003801 I ta BB Clip CS 1130 0003624 0 B Clip CS 1130 0003711 Q E ld A EA ria co 11490 000977 om 4 t Playing Enterprise iBlaze Transcript Text in TrialDirector You can play video clips directly from within Enterprise iBlaze if a video
451. or v5 2 User Manual Copy a Case The selected case hat been copied E Fiame meme the copy results carefully lo ensure no Mb rer rete Ep To est cick OR Finished Feiz The operabon wat compleled suecesibuldy 7 When the process is complete the copied case will display in the destination location selected in the first step Click OK pan A Note The Case Explorer will display the copied case items and the Title Bar will display the new case name and case path Pack a Case Packing a database is a housecleaning process that removes blank space left by file deletions This can improve response time especially in very large case files or in cases that have had a large number of deletions This will not affect the current information in the database To compact the current database 1 Select Case Databases Pack from the File menu If you access the File menu from the Case Library or Document Manager tabs only the document database will be packed If accessed from the Transcript Manager the transcript database will be packed If accessed from the Coding tab the coding database will be packed f Note If you are working in a network environment ensure that the case is not open by another user in order to avoid an error message TrialDirector Document Manager The requested operation may take a while to complete on larger cases Do you really wank to do this No 160 Case Library
452. ormation Timecoding MN rimecoder Q C Timecodes TimeCoder Q C feature that allows the user to quickly review and update timecodes after timecoding The Q C feature will clearly mark in red each line that does not contain a timecode Below are the steps to effectively Q C timecodes Topics Enable Q C Mode Q C Mode Display Navigate Between Missing Timecodes Mark Missing Timecodes Using Extrapolate Timecodes Function 941 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual Z Note Normally only transcript pages containing Question and Answer dialogue are included in the Q C range Transcript title pages and certification pages are not included when verifying timecoded lines Enable Q C Mode 1 First open the Digital Video Transcript you wish to check 2 Click the button on the TimeCoder toolbar Alternatively select the Enable Quality Control QC Mode from the Edit menu Q C Mode Display When the TimeCoder Q C mode is enabled any transcript dialogue lines that do not have an associated timecode are marked in red Er TimeCode Barthel bein VOL 07 OT aS Demonstration Excerpt aor EA He Edit Yew Hired Toot Heb OC MOG et 40 gt nm Hawmgab n and Control Hothepe HOME Mirra lo bearra al ragi END Move bo ending of beracrpl PAGE LIF More up one doply page PAGE DIAH Mowe down one dopisy mage LF ARTA More ap or Bree line Cw AAA Moret O baron bees LEFT AAR Les mubrreda back RIGHT AREAS Ses mrubire
453. ormatting of the fields within the delimited file Comma 044 Quote 034 New line 032 Z Note Using the default ASCII character code of 013 will wrap text from long Attorneys Notes fields into the PRODNO field This will cause note text to be misinterpreted as a Document ID during the TrialDirector coding import Using ASCII character code 032 which is a space will resolve the problem 5 Click Next to continue The following screen will appear 66 Application Integration Export Wizard Date Pormat 03 31 97 1997 03 31 6 Select the desired date field format and click Next to continue The following screen will appear Export Wizard Fields Teal Tea Teal Paragraph Paragraph Paragraph Paragraph Paragraph Paragraph Z Note The selected field names are read by the TrialDirector during the coding file import The Concordance field names are mapped to the corresponding TrialDirector fields See the link at the bottom of this page to learn more about importing a coding file 7 Move the fields you wish to export into the Selected Fields list Make sure the Export Field Names option is checked within the Option section of this dialog It is not necessary to select the other export options Click Next to continue The screen below will appear 67 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual Export Wizard Save 8 Type in a path and file name of the delimited ASCII file that
454. ortable with the basics you ll want to look into other topics in the Help file such as 98 Getting Started with TrialDirector e Working with Zones in presentation mode to enable side by side comparisons of documents e Editing video clips to revise starts and stops to exactly where you need them e Printing condensed transcripts 4 pages of transcript to a single printed page e And much more lore Information e What s New 99 Application Integration BP pplication Integration TrialDirector integrates with a number of third party applications creating even more powerful tools to move case data from discovery to trial Listed below are the third party applications that TrialDirector integrates with Included is a brief description of how TrialDirector integrates with each particular application CT Summation CT Summation iBlaze has a single simple uniform user iBlaze interface for searching and sorting disparate pieces of information iBlaze combines transcript management remote and local document retrieval and an interactive deposition tool into one integrated program LiveNote TrialDirector and LiveNote users can transfer LiveNote annotations into TrialDirector and perform all the editing features provided within Transcript Manager Concordance Concordance users can integrate Document Manager as their default image viewer Simply configure your Concordance case to call the TrialDirector CPL to create the link
455. orting a workbook will brand the exhibit label to the exported images 1 Select the current label style by clicking the Select Label option within the Label annotation tool drop down list Also the label numbering scheme and source field for the label can be set here It is important to make sure the current label style is set to your specifications prior to applying labels to a workbook If the label style needs to be changed you may have to manually remove the label from each image prior to applying labels again 2 To apply the current exhibit label to a workbook right click on the workbook and select Apply Current Label to Workbook Items The following dialog will appear Apply Current Label to Workbook tems This process vell apply the cumenty selected label bo workbook bams uing the labed rurbenno method pecded m the curent label s design pooperbes To apply the labels click OF To wi hou apeder labels ciek Cancel Apply labet ter f Document l al pages Page 1 Ord Label Position O Bolom Let Bottom Righ Trin beading erat CE oes 3 Athumbnail image of the current label will appear in the upper right side of the dialog as shown above If this is not the label you wish to apply click Cancel and select the correct label 4 Select whether to apply the labels to all pages in the workbook or only page 1 of documents contained in the current workbook 5 Select whether to position the label at the bottom left or b
456. os paz O LJ deuoacosa ME L vevooons3 duty 12 19084 beie to Drg Grana fem E Drs Enry PTAS O g enori Mulb ayer Bai T y Editing the Document Description Properties If needed you can add or modify the description displayed in the Case Explorer using either of the following methods e Open the pop up column editor e Open the Item Properties dialog box 169 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual To open the pop up editor 1 Click to select the desired document then right click and select Edit You can also select the desired item and click the F2 key The pop up editor appears C i DEMODOZ46 A q AA E Cami oo Pa Optio Koper Char Peach bad 2 Select the information in any column and edit it Changes are saved automatically Use the mouse or tab key to move between columns qt Z Note If you edit the Description or the Trial Exhibit No here TrialDirector will update this information in the Coding database also To edit the information for another document use the up and down arrow keys to move between documents 3 Sir A Note The arrow keys move through the explorer grid based on the way that you are viewing For example if you have a document expanded to display the individual pages the pop up editor will move from page to page If a document is not expanded the pop up editor will jump to the next document To edit from the Item Properties window 1 Click to select the desired documen
457. osition volume number Other Additional information 7 The Deposition Information and Other Information can be enabled or disabled by checking or removing the checkmark from their respective boxes however both cannot be disabled at the same time If you choose to enable the Deposition Information the FIRST LAST DATE and VOLUME fields must be filled in If you choose to enable the Other Information the OTHER field must be filled in 8 When you are finished entering information into the fields click Next Import from Reallepal E Transcript Timoer has determined the folowing page and bre eee ne he eae eee Please werdy thes To continue chck Next Digital Video Fuel page containing ine numbers i me Transcript Line rumbered pagels 3 9 If the first page of the transcript that contains line numbers is a page other than one enter the correct page number or use the small arrow buttons to select the correct page number 10 Click Next to continue Import from Reallepal E Transcript The nes Digetal ideo T ranecapt vell now be cesed bated on the nfcemabon prren This piano take a few moments depending on the area and format of the selected banal To begn the creabon process cick Create To backup click Back 00 lo eat cick Cancel 11 This window indicates that you are ready to import the DVT Click Create to begin the import process 981 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual im port from Reall epal E Transeript T
458. otated 90 degrees clockwise Rotated 90 degrees Z Note Rotating an image will also restore it to the full size of the zone if it has been enlarged 484 Presentation lore Information Control the Presentation Display Presentation Toolbar EPresentation Mode Annotations Topics Draw an Arrow Highlight an Image Draw a Line Draw an Ellipse Draw a Rectangle Draw a Freehand Line Draw a Text Box Change the Annotation Color The annotation tools on the Presentation Toolbar can be used to highlight and draw arrows circles and rectangles on images Annotations can only be added to the item in the active zone The Annotation tool buttons will reflect and save color choices made between sessions A Note mages can be annotated in TrialDirector prior to trial presentation see Annotations Draw an Arrow To draw an arrow pointing to an important point on an item open the Presentation Toolbar and select the Arrow tool Position the cursor using either a mouse or light pen where you want the point or head of the arrow to appear Drag the cursor away from the head in any direction to the length you want the line of the arrow to be Starting Point for Drawing the Arrow Highlight an Image To highlight an important point on an item open the Presentation Toolbar and select the Highlight tool Using either a mouse or light pen click and drag the cursor in a rectangle around the area you w
459. ottom right side of the image A thumbnail image of the label position appears to the right 6 You can select whether to trim leading zeros that may occur in the label numbering scheme For example if you are using the Page ID as the source field for the label numbering and IDs such as EXHOO2051 exist enabling this option will trim the 2 leading zeros to create exhibit labels with an ID of EXH2051 7 Click OK to begin the labeling process This process could take several minutes depending on the number of images in the current workbook Also selecting the All Pages option can significantly increase processing time During this process TrialDirector will not be accessible 141 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual Remove a Workbook 1 To remove a workbook click on the desired workbook in the Workbooks Explorer 2 Do one of the following Right click on the workbook and select Remove from the shortcut menu Select Remove from the Workbooks menu A message window will appear asking if you want to remove the workbook Click Yes to remove the workbook and its contents This will not remove the items that were in the workbook from the case Click No to cancel the removal More Information Exhibit Management Exporting a Workbook to Adobe PDF Exporting Workbooks Containing Annotated PDFs Cases Ho pen an Existing Case To open a case 1 Select Open Case from the File menu or click the Open Case button
460. ownload or email document images and other case tems To continue click Hert To backup click Back or to exit click Cancel Would wou like to import items into the current case C Wo I d like to create a new case C Ho let me select a different case Cancel Back Henst gt Import pan Note The CONECT images can be imported into any available TrialDirector case 13 Once the images have been imported into TrialDirector the process is complete The images will appear in the Document Manager module You can now begin working with this information using TrialDirector pra A Note The CONECT images are placed in a unique subdirectory under the CDS folder of the current case path For example images downloaded from CONECT may appear in a path similar to C Program Files inData Cases Case0004 CDS i431f534a_ 985 lore Information About iCONECT Integration 76 Application Integration Establishing Link Using iCONECT with TrialDirector LiveNote ML ivenote Establishing Link The LiveNote transfer plug in for TrialDirector is automatically established during the TrialDirector installation The user only needs to set transfer preferences prior to taking advantage of the application integration Below are the steps to establish LiveNote to TrialDirector transfer preferences 1 Select Transfer from the LiveNote Options Menu The following dialog will appear Transfer Options CaseMap
461. p click Cancel You can also open an existing clip by right clicking on the clip in the Transcript Explorer and selecting Open from the shortcut menu lore Information Digital Video Transcript Clips Mi ciose a Clip To close the current clip either Select Close Clip from the Clips menu Right click on the Transcript Window and select Close Clip from the shortcut menu pen Note Opening any other clip will automatically close the current clip 280 Transcript Manager lore Information Digital Video Transcript Clips Pei create a Clip Topics One Step Clip Creation Create a Clip Using the Clip Wizard Create a Clip Using a Script File Create a New Clip Container Transcript Manager allows you to create clips using the clip wizard a clip creation script or by selecting transcript text and adding it to the clip Transcript Manager automatically does the audio and video editing One Step Clip Creation To create a new DVT Clip in a single step follow the instructions below 1 Click and drag to highlight the range of required transcript text 2 Right click and choose Create New Clip from Selected Text as shown below The clip will be automatically created without any additional user interaction 281 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual ASC Transenpt for Poli Michael vol 01 07 21 1995 Y AudioVideo Part 01 for Poli Michael el 01 0721 1995 E MP 0721 0000418
462. phrase entered in the Search for box or whether you want to develop a compound search using AND or OR 5 After your search are specified click on the q button A list of the transcripts containing the search term or phrase appears on the screen The number of matches is displayed to the right of each transcript name e Click on the H sign for each transcript to view a list of the page line citations e Click the Hl next to each page line reference to view the question and answer pair in which the search term appears e Click on the line of text adjacent to the page line citation to jump to that location in the transcript 42 Getting Started with TrialDirector El ma Barthel Edwin Vol 04 01 24 2002 10 matches found E LJ Page 6 3 ractice with respect to the Harz claim 00006 06 O And as you sit here do you have any 07 understanding that he departed from that custom and 08 practice with respect to the Harz claim 039 A No none whatsoever Working with Issue Codes and Transcripts Before you assign issue codes to transcript testimony you ll want to begin by creating the issue code list We recommend that issue code lists be kept short and simple Managing Issue Codes 1 In the Transcript Manager open the Transcripts menu and select Manage Issue Codes 2 In the dialog box click the New button Manape Issue Codes This wizard well help pou to create manage and remove lseue Codes for the curent ca
463. plorer and release the mouse button The file names are automatically used as the Item ID s e g exh001 tif would become Item ID exh001 with any prefix you have assigned More Information Exhibit Management 179 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual mport Items Pee mManually Import Items Topics Manually Import Items Queue Items for Import Add Pages to a Queued Document Rename Queued Items Remove Queued Items Sort Queued Items Import Queued Items into a Case Create a Load File from Queued Items The Document Manager allows you to manually select individual files to import into a case errs f Note If you have many items to import it may be preferable to import using a batch file Manually importing items is the best choice for importing a small number of items Manually Import Items 1 From the Documents menu select Import New Items from Manual Selection Dialog Manual Select Sew bens for Import Ele ey Chata y Crackers El Datura E Documents Photos and other Graphics EJ Preto and other Graphis Multimedia Files e Multimedia Fes O Naive Fies Hatve Files The Manually Select New Items for Import window consists of two panels The panel on the left has folders containing the items you have selected to be imported into the case The panel on the right allows you to select the items you want to add and preview items that have already been queued 180 Docume
464. port process cick Espat To backup click Back or to coat cick Cancel Progress 5 Click Export to begin exporting the DVT to Sanction files When the progress bar reaches the end the export is complete Export to Sanction N TM Transcript Database Finished The Digital Video Trarscipt has been exported Please renew the export results cheful to ensure no To eat cik OF Amuk The opershon was completed suocesshuly 6 Review the export results carefully to ensure that no errors were encountered 7 Click OK to exit the export process i ore Information Timecoding 962 Tools EEE porting to a CT Summation Briefcase Format File sbf When a synchronized DVT is exported to the CT Summation Briefcase Format File format it can then be imported into CT Summation Enterprise or iBlaze To export CT Summation Briefcase Format sbf files 1 Open a Digital Video Transcript 2 Select Export to Summation TM Briefcase Format File sbf from the File menu Export to Summation TM Briefcase Format File This pazad pou bo esporas Digia Mdeo T ronse ER lo a Snell Briekcsse Foemat File sf a Pisase enter the path and Manama foe the biaha file below Remember a Summaton Bnebcase Format File con coman more than one Digital Video Transcrpt Digital Video Te cortinus cick Next Transcript To ent cick Cancel Select the SBF path and herana CAE sports MPO 2155 Df ios
465. pported File Formats 611 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual Image Formats TIF Tagged Image File Format BMP Windows Bitmap JPG a Experts Group GIF CompuServe Graphics Interchange PCX Zsoft Paintbrush FPX Kodak FlashPix PCD Kodak Photo CD PCT Macintosh Bitmap PICT PNG Portable Network Graphics TGA Truvision Targa WPG WordPerfect Bitmap DIB Device Independent Bitmap EPS Encapsulated Post Script Embedded TIF Image CUT Halo Cut MSP Microsoft Paint PSD Adobe Photoshop 1CO Icon File WMF Windows Meta File Multimedia Formats Motion Picture Experts Group mes MPEG 1 Motion Picture Experts Group M2P MPG MPEG 2 Motion Picture Experts Group MPEG MPEG 1 Motion Picture Experts Group MP4 mPEG 4 MPA MPEG Elementary Audio Stream Miv MPEG Elementary Audio Stream MP3 MPEG Audio Layer 3 MP2 MPEG Audio Layer 2 AVI WMA WMV ASF WAV MOV QT Al F Al FC Al FF LVF MI D RMI AU SND PPT DOC XLS PDF HTM HTML TXT ASC V1 AMI CO SWF Audio Video Interleave Microsoft Windows Media Audio X Microsoft Windows Media Video HA Microsoft Advanced Streaming Format Windows Waveform Sound Apple Quicktime Apple Quicktime Macintosh AIFF Resource Macintosh AIFF Resource Macintosh AIFF Resource Intel Indeo Video File Musical Instrument Digital Interface MIDI Musical Instrument Digital Interface MIDI Unix Audio Sound File
466. preserva limecodes pou must penray al resource s lor this Digtal Video Tiarmanpil in era codes of the bere Multimedia E Berens orignal imacados This window will allow you to preserve the original timecodes within the Post Production Timestamp pts file If you want to preserve timecodes you must specify all audio video resource s associated with the PTS file in chronological order Click here for instructions on preserving timecodes Click Next to continue 9 If you choose not to preserve original printed timecodes select Next to continue The following window will appear Sad 993 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual Import from TrialPro T1M Post production Time Stamp file The new Digtal Video Tranecopt well now be crested bated on the nicemabon gvern This process could lake a law moments depending on the a and formal of the selected Manscnpl To bagn the creahon process cick Create To backup cick Back of lo eat cick Cancel Import from TriaPro TA Post production Time Stamp file The new Digtal Video Transenpt has been created Please review lhe caestion results caredully to ensure no PASTS vete sueca To eat cick OE Feke 11 Review the export results to ensure that the operation was completed successfully Click OK to exit the export process i ore Information Import TrialDirector Case File Import LiveNote VideoNote Files Import Sanction Il Transcript Database nata Grid Viewer
467. pshot image save folder Save snapshot image files in folder Presentation are automatically deskewed when they are loaded on the presentation display When checked projection lines will appear on an area projection to indicate the position of the projected area in relation to the original item When checked area projections are gradually expanded and retracted producing an animation effect When checked this option will display a visual display for controlling image layers during presentation as shown below Redaction Display Description When enabled this option will show an outline border around any redaction annotations included on images displayed in TrialDirector When enabled this option will show the statement Redacted in the middle of redaction annotations included on images displayed in TrialDirector Snapshots Description When enabled allows you to specify the folder where all images captured using the Screen Snapshot tool will be saved If the above option is enabled you can type or Browse to the folder where all Screen Snapshot images should be saved Multimedia DVT Settings The Multimedia DVT tab within the Presentation Preferences window allows you to set the Presentation Mode Multimedia and Digital Video Transcript options 431 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual 432 Prato Preta ran Geral Zoras images Mulimeda 047_ Agosmince Tod Princes Sy mode gr Video g
468. pt These features work from within any application simply by copying or cutting text to the clipboard If the copied text matches a certain format TrialDirector performs the requested action Z Note This option works well with other legal specific applications such as CT Summation iBlaze As an example follow these steps to use an e mail message as the search engine 1 Ifthe Clipboard Monitor Jbutton is not already depressed click the icon to activate clipboard linking It will look like this when activated 9 2 Open an e mail message that contains a common search word such as exhibit 3 Highlight EXHIBIT in the e mail message 4 Press Ctrl C or click the Copy icon to copy the text to the Windows Clipboard This automatically initiates a transcript search in TrialDirector 5 If this is not the occurrence of exhibit that you are looking for press Ctrl C again in the e mail message to search for the next occurrence Clipboard Linking Commands The following table lists the commands available through clipboard linking Command Description Open a Digital Copy the following text string to the clipboard Video Transcript 335 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual DESCRI PTI ON Description being the name of the Digital Video Transcript to be opened This does not have to be the entire Digital Video Transcript name TrialDirector opens the first Digital Video Transcript that matches the typed descrip
469. pt Manager and select View by Clips in the Transcript Explorer 2 Select the clips you want to include in the clip creation script by enabling the check box next to each desired clip 3 From the Clips menu select Export Clip Creation Script ccs 396 Transcript Manager Export Clip Creation Seript Ecs The werd vell help pou lo export a Cip Creston Song llocs Tou may choose to export all Chp s or or selected Cipit Bor the curent case To contrae chk Next To et cii Cancel What moukd pou Bos lo export Export al Clings Esper only the jelectod Cipe Z Note The Export only the select clip s option is unavailable if there are no clips selected in the Transcript Explorer 4 Select the option to export all clips or selected clips and click Next to continue Export Clip Creation Script ces oe ee eee the Cip Creaton Peste enter a path and Marnate los the Cip Creation codes bale To contras chick Hest To backup ch Back or bo est check Cancel C Program Piens ample Distal ip Creation stin ES Note The script export path defaults to the TrialDirector installation directory 5 Click Browse to select a new destination path for the clip creation script or leave the default destination path and click Next to continue 357 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual Export Clip Creation Seript ces The Cip Creshon Soret vell now be exported bated on thee an pa To export
470. ption Admit Exhibit admits the current exhibit AD or Alte Insert to the Admitted workbook An Admitted AE workbook is created based on the current date i e Admitted 04 10 2003 None Alt End Prompt user to Exit TrialDirector Back Up Allows you to back up the presentation one command at a time up to BU None thirty 30 commands including those issued using a script excluding Back Up commands None Alt B Blank Hide Hides the contents of the presentation screen Change Multimedia Playback Speed None MIES an nisl Adjust the play back speed from Super Slow to 2x speed Clear Screen allows you to clear the Presentation display CL Escape or or A CS ALT F12 Note Using the CL command on a clear Presentation display will prompt to exit TrialDirector CZ End Close Zone allows you to close the item in the active zone X zone Close Specific Zone allows you to close no e g None the item in a specific zone X1 CC Shift F11 Closed Captioning allows you to enable or disable closed captioning None Alt S Create Snapshot Display Case Record Command Jump to RF None and display a specific database case Record database item None Alt F id Full sized I mage when zoomed Alt Page Display Next Case Database Document DD Down Move to first page of next document DU Alt Page Up Display Previous Case Database 497 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual 498 None None DK EX or EX
471. r Cover Page select number of columns for the Word Index e A Case Clip s Report Summary or a Case Clip s Report Detailed Each report may also be printed with a customizable footer Additionally each of the clip reports may be printed for the current clip selected clips using the Clips tab or all clips in the current case Select Print Preview from the File menu to access the Print Preview options on the reports Each of the reports when print previewed will have the options listed below Select Print from the File menu or click the Print button on the Toolbar to access the Print options on the reports Current Transcript When selecting the Current Transcript option you have the option to print it with a Cover Page Page Headers the Word Index and report footer The Cover Page will display the deponent s name volume deposition date any other additional comments about the deposition and the date and time it is printed The transcript text prints out much like a standard transcript but in addition to the transcript text you will have a header section detailing the same information as the Cover Page If you chose to have a footer print your footer will also appear If you chose to have the Word Index print out it will be at the end of the transcript with the key word or number and the page and line designations for where the key word or number exists 373 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual L Curent Trarac
472. r by adding removing buttons you commonly use and save the toolbar layout You can always load the default toolbar layout or other saved toolbar layouts at any time The program opens the last toolbar layout used e When presenting exhibits from Presentation Preview the toolbar and other visual cues e g zone indicator at the bottom of the active presentation screen are automatically hidden to prevent distractions to the jury You can always display these tools on the presentation screen by clicking on the Hide Toolbar Menus toggle button amp at the bottom of the presentation screen e To clear the preview screen and start over simply click Clear Preview The preview screen clears and all displayed data is lost rr f Note Native file documents such as Microsoft Word or PowerPoint will open to page one when transferred to active Presentation mode If a specific page is desired be prepared to move to that page after transferring the preview screen Transferring the Preview to Active Display When you are satisfied with the preview click Present Preview The information in the preview screen will overwrite whatever is displayed in the active Presentation If Presentation mode is not currently active clicking Present Preview will launch the Presentation mode and present the information To clear the current active presentation before displaying the preview click Clear Presentation then click Present Preview Continuing with the
473. r of a Note To set the background color select the note using the Selection tool and then right click on the box and select Set Background Color from the drop down menu Select a color and click OK to save the changes or Cancel to abandon the changes Z Note The background of a note is always opaque Add Hot spot for one Click Scripts The Hot Spot for one click scripts allows scripts to be placed on the exhibit and used during presentation mode To set a hot spot 1 Select Hot spot for one Click Scripts from the annotation toolbar 2 Create a Hot spot on the exhibit by dragging on the area required 3 Double click on the area created to bring up the following screen Set Hot Spot Command Type of Command f Send Page Down f Custom Command _ Save Cancel 4 Set the Type of Command that the hot spot is required to carry out when clicked in presentation Mode 5 Click Save Add a Label Use the Label tool to place a Label on the item By clicking the down arrow on the right side a menu becomes available shown below 205 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual Select label Design Labels E PLAINTIFF S TRIAL EXHIBIT E DEFENDANT S TRIAL EXHIBIT En CROS5 COMPLAINTARNTS TRIAL EXHIBIT Applying and controlling a label When the Label tool button is clicked the Cursor changes to reflect that the label tool has been selected Move the cursor to the area on the exhibit that you wish to apply the exhibit an
474. rag and drop the button onto the presentation black area of the screen 421 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual The button disappears and is no longer listed on the More Buttons gt Add or Remove Buttons menu Repeat the previous steps for any other buttons you want to remove Follow the Saving Your Toolbar Layout instructions below to save the custom toolbar with a new name Do not save over the default toolbar Default tlb PW Rearranging Buttons To rearrange buttons Click the button you want to move on the toolbar Hold down the ALT key while you drag and drop the button to the desired location Repeat the previous steps for any other buttons you want to move Follow the Saving Your Toolbar Layout instructions below to save the custom toolbar with a new name Do not save over the default toolbar Default tlb E UN E Positioning the Toolbar Docking Floating and Resizing The toolbar can be torn off floating repositioned and resized When using dual screens the tool bar can be torn off and placed anywhere on the second screen where desired Toolbar is fully floatable Double click to return the resizable and dockable toolbar to its default position To return the toolbar to it s original position at the bottom of the main presentation screen double click anywhere in the toolbar header Changing the Annotation Color 1 To change the default annotation color open the Presentation Toolbar and right cli
475. rag the cursor in a rectangle around the area you want to highlight Highlighted area Draw an Arrow Use the Arrow tool to draw an arrow pointing to an important point on an image When the Arrow tool is selected the Annotation Toolbox changes and displays Color Line Width and Pointer Size selections Select the desired color line width and pointer size and then position the cursor where you want the point or head of the arrow to appear Click and drag the cursor away from the head in any direction to the desired length of the arrow Starting point for drawing an arrow Draw a Line Use the Line tool to underline an important point on an image When the Line tool is selected the Annotation Toolbox changes and displays Color and Line Width selections Choose the desired color and line width and then click and drag the cursor below what you want to underline 200 Document Manager J ORETO MA E Fi Draw a Rectangle Use the Rectangle Box tool to place a rectangle or box around an important area of an image When the Rectangle Box tool is selected the Annotation Toolbox changes and displays Color and Line Width selections Choose the desired color and line width and then click and drag the cursor in a rectangle around the area you want to box in a spaetwents 1 Hel Draw an Ellipse Use the Ellipse tool to place an ellipse or circle around an important area of an image When the Ellipse tool
476. re The benefit to having brief descriptive information about each of the items in your case is to make it easier later to locate those documents within your case You can also use the database to sort the information chronologically for example or perhaps by author Since entering information about your documents also known as coding can be time intensive you may simply wish to limit coding to those items that are going to be used at trial Issue Coding Many litigators use issue coding to help categorize the evidence in their cases even if they don t refer to the process as issue coding For example you may attach sticky notes or scribble a word or two in the margin of transcripts in order to remind you of the topic the testimony relates to You may have several file folders on your desk each one of which relates to a particular topic or element of proof or defense or witness As you come across documents and transcripts of testimony that relate to any of these you may make a copy of the document or transcript page and toss it into the file folder You can do this electronically in TrialDirector color coding bits of transcripts annotating documents and collecting them in workbooks Practice Tip Keep your list of issues simple The more complex an issues list becomes the more difficult it is to use Finding Items in Your Case It s easy to locate items in the Case Explorer using the Find tool You can search for any of the follow
477. re inData makes it easy to try TrialDirector before you buy it just download an evaluation copy If you like the product you can easily convert the evaluation copy to a full working version from the Help menu within the program Introduction TrialDirector v5 e New Simplified nterface TrialDirector 5 features an all new user interface using Windows standard navigation buttons and menu styles e Single Program Integration The DepositionDirector and DocumentDirector modules have been fully assimilated into TrialDirector 5 This allows TrialDirector users to work from a single application window to organize their entire case for trial e Workbooks Folders are replaced by workbooks in TrialDirector 5 Workbooks allow you to build and organize trial notebooks motion folders and more with true hierarchical folder organization Using the new Workbook Explorer and the simple color coding tools you can create sub workbooks and color code them separately from their parent if desired e Color ssue Coding Color issue coding is now available in transcripts You tag key testimony with a color code and coded transcript excerpts are automatically placed in the issue s folder Identify all testimony excerpts assigned to an issue at a glance or generate a report based on the color codes you ve assigned e Export Reports to Word PDF HTML or TXT Send transcript issue reports video clip reports or case detail summaries to directly to
478. recall discussi kiea 4 31 Fage Line 13 application for lite insurance with denied 10 3 reference will 15 A Yez 17311 16 0 amd that occurred on N ai 17 12 Jump the 17 didn t ite finteby 11 74 transcript to 18 A Yes I believe phet s impression 23 14 that point 15 a Did Mr amp T show yo information 8 15 22 20 The time that youedlacussed if with inquiring 24 12 Zl November Lect insert 427 ae Ro I don t believe he ie ee 23 0 Did your husband ever 1 14 24 35 24 subeitted an application for life 2151525 31 62 s Frovidential Life Insurance Company TAA ATA 2 01 A Ko he never did 1066 168 22 oz D When was the first tim 17 617 20 186 20 03 amare of this document s existence 20 25 04 A DE this document s exi 21 111613 23 226 05 D Yes I m referring to FAZ 06 A When ay lawyer showed issued 146 ord index 07 IP AETter the Case WAS Com ema 175 03 A Yes 03 0 Can I ask you to take 10 that we marked as EX05001 and ask ll seen this document before ee 13 A Ves T haem january 3 2 522 gt 6022 11 916 244 we lore Information Toolbar Case Explorer Organizer Window Transcript Window and Word Index organizer Window The Organizer window provides information regarding the active Digital Video Transcript in the transcript viewer If you have opened a clip within the Digital Video Transcript the Organize Window will display something similar to the following 258 Transcript Manager
479. rector v5 2 User Manual Demand Synchronize Case When this option is enabled the Presentation mode changes will attempt to follow case changes initiated from the Document Manager or Transcript Manager tabs To manually change cases use the OPEN CASE option from the Presentation Toolbar menu Zones Settings The Zones tab within the Presentation Options window allows you to set the zone options for Presentation Mode 428 Presentation Preferences Gereral Zornes imaga Mudteredia OVT Appeaance Tool Prefsiences one ranse Speed ms Smoothness Fast Smooth Zone Fade Speed mz Smoothness Fast Ue Smooth OLE Object Zone Windows he Cip Pora on Scrodbars fe Cip POF Ge Scroibas and Toolbar i Op wod Document S crolbars and Toolbars General fe Last Zona Auto Reposition Conhgure landem mode optan Sel Option Description Zone Headerz f Show Zone Headers litem del Caption Pont Sue Ey Delault one Mode C Add Zone Replace Zone Zone Transfer This feature controls the speed and smoothness of Speed Smoothness image transfer between zones in the Presentation Module Slide the bar right to make the image transfers slower and smoother or left to make the transfers faster The units are in milliseconds Zone Fade In Out This feature controls the speed and smoothness of Speed Smoothness image fade in and fade out in the Presentation Module Slide the bar right to make the image fading
480. rediinPowarPoints di succesded 4 Open PowerPoint A TrialDirector menu will appear in the PowerPoint menu bar as shown below EJ Microsoft PowerPoint Image Captures2 ppt Bg File Edit wiew Insert Format TrialDirector Tools Slide Show RoboPDF Window E o ral Add New TrialDirector Presentation Slide Insert TrialDirector Presentation into Current Slide Launch TrialDirector 115 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual Incorporating TrialDirector into PowerPoint To create a PowerPoint presentation with TrialDirector embedded follow the steps listed below 1 Launch PowerPoint Open the desired Presentation or create a New Presentation 3 Select the slide that will contain the TrialDirector window From the TrialDirector menu in PowerPoint select Insert TrialDirector Presentation into Current Slide N 4 A TrialDirector Presentation window will appear in your desired slide You can leave the TrialDirector window at it s full size or resize it to use only a portion of the PowerPoint slide You can place TrialDirector windows on as many slides as desired El Microsoft PowerPoint Triallbirector Demo ppt Sele ree File Edit View Insert Format TrialDirector Tools Slide Show RoboPDF Window Help X 1 0 od a a J B 2 A gt E fig AutoShapes gt a CO 43 AS 8 gt i A b Slide 2 of 3 Default Design 5 Save your Presentation with the TrialDirector window s placed as
481. ree in E witness 1 cr EA LaLe john Hy Farei Documents b Select the desired destination folder and type a name for the cms file in the File Name field Click Save to save the selection 4 When the desired folder and filename are selected click Next Tools Export to Trialirector Case File The Dipial Video Trancenpt wal now be exported A This process could Lake a few moments depending on the To begin the eapon process ciek Expor Working Ta backup cick Back oc lo et dick Cancel Progress 5 Click Export to begin exporting the DVT When the progress bar reaches the end the export is complete Export to TrialDirector Case File The Digital Video Transcript has been exported E Plesce rewew the export resula careful lo ensure no PT a Wena ice To eat chick OF Finished Resukz The person wad completed succecshuly 6 Review the export results carefully to ensure that no errors were encountered Click OK to exit the export process lore Information TimeCoder Pe rimecoder Export to OpenDVT XML File The OpenDVT XML file is an open file format for Digital Video Transcripts This format was developed by inData in conjunction with other software vendors to provide a mechanism 547 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual for the seamless exchange of transcripts synchronization information between applications Follow the steps below to export to an OpenDVT XML file
482. reen will appear giving the location of the load file s 163 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual Case Load File Creation is Complete i Case load files have been created in Folder C Program FilestinDatalTrialDirector 5 Cases C45E0006 _LoadFiles f Note Case load files are automatically created in formats required by several different applications The file with the oll extension is the TrialDirector format the dii file is the one required for CT Summation products lore Information Import Items Using a Batch Load File Digital Video Transcript Clips Echange Case Properties Case properties can be changed from the Case Library Document Manager or Coding modules To change the case properties 1 Select the case in the Case Explorer then select Item Properties from the View menu 164 Case Library Case Properties General Extended TialDirector Case Cested Monday Janay 1 1601 00000 AM Modhed Monday January 1 1601 0000 00 M Descaption Washington w Comesalis Hatte Humber im 00ti CS S Haler 2 Check the Created and Modified dates to determine if the case properties have been changed since the initial creation date 3 You can modify the fields Matter Number and Notes fields on the General tab and verify information on the Extended tab Click Apply to save changes or Exit to abandon the changes m 4 Note The Extended tab is an easy way to determ
483. rialDirector CDS import file based on the criteria you have specified in the previous screens Once your file has been generated you will be presented with a blue hyperlink CONECT will also determine the approximate download time based on your connection Click on the hyperlink to download your TrialDirector file When asked by Windows to Open or Save the file select Open Export File Download Microsoft Internet Explorer File Edit View Favorites Tools Help F n gt EXPORT TO ANOTHER PROGRAM A z Processing Finished Click on the link below to download your requested documents LSFER65D6_07634 cds 28 3 MB Approximate download times in minutes Cable 547 DSLUISDM 11 35 57 6k Modem font 33 6k Modern 129 21 Close Export 19 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual ica A Note The approximate download times are listed at the bottom of this dialog 11 If the TrialDirector is not already running on your computer it will automatically launch The TrialDirector Import Wizard will also automatically launch and ask if you wish to import the images into the current case a different case or a new case Select one of the options and click Next 12 Then click I mport Import from Compound Document Storage i x This wizard will help you to import items from a Compound Document Storage cdz Compound Document Storage files are commonly used as a convinent Way to d
484. rialDirector automatically creates a Trial Exhibits Workbook when a new case is created in TrialDirector so in this example we selected that Workbook 93 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual 5 Click Add to add the images to the Workbook To stop the process and begin again click Cancel The images from Blaze now appear in the Trial Exhibits folder in TrialDirector Workbooks Explorer ER A BKO00019 BK000020 i A ail Bxo00106 u C BK000107 Bin Bii BK000111 E BK000112 Boe La BK000113 il 8000119 Sending Marked or Unmarked Summaries to TrialDirector 1 Mark the summaries in iBlaze using one of the following techniques e Right click on the row number for a single summary and select Mark Summary OR e Select the summary by clicking on it and hit the keys CTRL M on your keyboard OR e Double click on the row number for the summary and close any dialog boxes that may open in iBlaze e To mark multiple adjacent summaries by marking the first summary as described in a or b above then right clicking on the row number for the last summary in the group and selecting Mark Extended Selection You may also hold down the SHI FT key as you click on the last row to mark all of the summaries in the group 94 Application Integration i Column E table Display Summary 75 of 88 of 88 lt 13 marked gt B X 60 NTE00003 03 15 1999 104 Handwritten drawing Deposition 6l JEMPOOO4O
485. rialDirector will determine the correct type of item and its folder in the Case Explorer 4 Decide on the method you want to use for naming the files being added to TrialDirector After you make your selections and confirm that the identification is what you want click OK e Inthe following example the item will be named J SS0001 If it is a multi page document each page is assigned the next unique number e Note that an example of the TrialDirector naming is displayed in the dialog box Manually Select Mew Items for Import E E Chek OK to name the selected files using the Naming oplions set below To add items in the default mode set the Name Items using dropdown menu to Filename Page Id Example Options for Naming the files being added Create a new document los each fle added Prefix to add to each new ltem ld us Hame Ibans usr Number each page starting wte ooo Incrermert wiheachPage wih each Document Add page number suff to each Page ld z 5 Click Add Items in the following dialog box to load the items into TrialDirector 28 Getting Started with TrialDirector Manually Select New Items for Import Smith vs Jones E Documents JS00001 3 4500001 3 4500002 Photos and other Graphics Multimedia Files OLE Objects Be AA Be i Bs 2 E a 2 s I E lt a a m ee T n TE me qq a o oe ha e ee ee oe s e a The items you ad
486. rialdirector5 cpl file errr 4 Note Create the Settings section if it does not exist within the ini file 4 Go to the Tools menu in Concordance and open the Preferences dialog Select the Viewer tab and set the viewer executable and the location of the CPL file 5 After this step has been completed open the Concordance database that you are working with Look for a field labeled BEGNO If the document bates number field within the Concordance database you are using is different than BEGNO simply open the trialdirector5 cpl file with Notepad and replace BEGNO with the appropriate setting This field must reference your beginning document bates number the image ID field in the browse list within TrialDirector 6 Open your Concordance database and click the Camera icon on the bottom toolbar of the Concordance screen as shown below a AO mp rr TrialDirector will launch and open the last opened case Open the TrialDirector case that contains the same Document IDs as the Concordance database Create a new TrialDirector case to add the Document IDs and images to match Concordance if necessary ero A Note The Document ID contained in the Concordance BEGNO field must match the TrialDirector 1D field in order for the associated image to display press f Note For your convenience a sample Concordance database file dcb and corresponding database ini file are provided within the CPL download package Use these
487. ril aL PH 6 170 PM Jones y Emih C Amehin Jess Val Oli 0111 1999 d Page 2571410 257 25 Lo cmon Page 258 04 to 2358 10 TEMPERATUEL Page 25808 to 2585 13 LU kico LO Tt Pt RATS TH LETTER ANDET ELATH J Page 239109 to 239 13 CO amp mice Page 259 12 to 239 14 TEMPERATURE G Benteme TJ Vol 01 07 2299 Page 3 fete 324 CO eF eats Issue Codes Report Sample Issue Code s Report Detailed When selecting the Issue Code s Report Detailed option you also have the ability to print it with a Cover Page Page Headers and Footer You can also choose to have the report cover all transcripts selected transcripts a single transcript and or a specific date range The issues in the report can be grouped by transcript or issue and can be sorted by name or date This report will list all issue codes the DVTs they relate to the pertinent page line references and the transcript text associated with each issue The Cover Page will display the case name and the date and time it is printed If you chose to have a footer print your footer will also appear 379 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual ES lee Codes Report Detaled Options fr Pret pth Cover Page Print eth Page Header recat Al Issues Group by E Tiamo ira O leve feet Sor by 5 Hamas C Date Context Sunrcurndra 0 4 par Lines Above or Below 3 ches eae Footer CONFIDENTIAL Coples fr H Civ Co Ce ed e or Mabara iy priid
488. rkbook in two ways by item ID number or manually Adding I tems to Workbooks e To add an item to a workbook simply drag and drop it from the Case Library e To select multiple items in the Case Library to add to a workbook hold the CTRL button down as you click on the items e To select multiple adjacent items hold the SHIFT button down click on the first item in the group then click on the last item in the group TIP Continue to hold down the CTRL or SHIFT button as you drag the items to the Workbook Explorer and drop them on the desired workbook Creating an Exhibit Outline 92 Getting Started with TrialDirector An Exhibit Outline is a printed summary of the contents of a workbook The exhibit outline displays the item ID and notes an image of the item and a barcode that represents the item The barcodes can be used to quickly display the item during trail Exhibit outlines are exported to a Microsoft Word format 1 Right click on the workbook from which you want to develop an Exhibit Outline 2 Choose Send Workbook contents to Microsoft Word Exhibit Outline from the Shortcut menu al amp SHOULDER SURGERY pg Pay ih HI Hil HAPPY FACE pg a WET OVERHEAD pg LU pote ea a UP ONEUDANI N Trial Exhibit 00002222 ra H 1 002 pa 7 MI 3 The Exhibits Outline can be edited using Word Presenting at Trial As an experienced litigator you know that two of the keys to effectively telling your ca
489. rly refreshed etc The Backup a Case feature Back up your case every few days and especially before processing large load files or importing information from an external application The Copy a Case feature The Copy a Case feature copies the database and all files within the main case folder and subfolders It does not copy files linked in to your case that are stored in other locations such as your My Documents folder or exhibits stored in folders on your network The Pack a Case feature Packing a case Is similar to defragmenting your hard drive It is a cleaning process that removes blank space which may improve case response time in TrialDirector The Repair a Case feature Restore a case database that will not The Restore a Database procedure open continues to display erratic 156 Case Library database behavior after repair or must be reverted back to an earlier state Backup a Case A case backup does not back up all files in a case rather it creates a backup copy of the databases associated with the case which preserves all notes markups annotations and coding information that has been created to support the case documents Backup of documents and exhibit files such as transcripts and video are typically handled by separate utilities provided your system administrator inData recommends running the case backup process before processing large load files or importing information from an external
490. rmat PTF Files You can import Portable Transcript Format PTF files as a batch or as single files PTF originates from LiveNote and this simple process only imports the transcript not associated video Use TimeCoder Pro as an import tool when associated video is required 1 From the Tools menu select Batch PTF Import Tool The Import Utility dialog opens Select the case to which the files will be added then click Next inData Batch PTF Import Utility This wizaud wall help pou to batch import multiple Portable Transenpt Format pel files for use vhn a TiaDirecig care To begn please select a Tnalbrector case hom the ka below To contras chek Hed To eat cick Cancel eS Oa Gok ee 2 Enter or browse to the location where the desired PTF files are located Click Next 325 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual inVata Batch PIF import Utility New select the folder containing the Portable Transenpa A Format ptf fes pou would ike to import bek Please note thes ublity well not impost iss located in Importa To continue cick Next Transcript To ext chck Cancel Select the Portable Transcapt Format ptf foldez IC Test Caras MP0721 95 mpost 3 A list of all PTF files in the select folder is displayed on the next dialog screen Select the desired transcripts from the list then click Next inWata Batch PII Import Utility Finally please peleci the barsenpis pou would ike to impon iiom the
491. roduction nr f Note The sample Subset Case Batch File in Appendix A provides information on how to redefine document boundaries rename items and assign Exhibit and Trial Exhibit Numbers using the subset case feature Follow these steps to create a subset case 1 Create a batch file listing the items you would like in the subset case by doing one of the following Type the subset case batch file manually Format a database query result to match the subset case batch file format Select items and create a batch file of the selected items 2 Select Create Subset Case From Batch file from the Documents menu Create Subset Case from Batch File Thiz wand ell halip pou lo cagla a new subsel cane from a baich Ha Peace enia a nace bos the new Cate To contra click Hd Create a Subset Case To backup cick Back of bo met cki Cancel Ente a Name for the Hew Cara pes eee Haia Grete Bok to e 3 Type a case name in the Enter a Name for the New Case field 194 Document Manager A Click Next to continue Create Subset Case from Batch Pibe Mod plena poled the batch ls bo process This baich fle shoud contain the Est of Documents Page lds ce Page ld Ranges thal pou wen bo mclude in the rere cant The procer vel cena a rer Cane thal comand a pubes of the cured cape Document boundanes in the rar Cate Wall be defined by the kif contained in the baich Create a fie Sub
492. roller on the right side of the window allows you to move to a specific page within a document You can also change pages by clicking on the desired document page in the Case Explorer Copy an Image Area to the Clipboard To copy an area of an image to the clipboard 1 Select the Copy to Clipboard button on the toolbar 2 Click and drag the cursor to draw a box around the desired area 3 A window will appear confirming that the area has been copied to the clipboard TrialDirector Document Manager he 1 The selected area has been copied to the Windows Clipboard 218 Document Manager Create an Image Using the Quick Text Exhibit Creator The Quick Text Exhibit Creator window allows you to convert ASCII text into an image file which is then saved as a Photo document pn A Note Text that contains ASCII page breaks or form feeds ASCII characters with a value of 12 such as many transcript files will automatically be created as a multi page TIFF To open the Quick Text Exhibit Creator 1 Select Quick Text Exhibit Creator from the Tools menu Quick Tent Exhibit Creator Fla Format Edit Ale j3 1 Exhibit id 2 Enter an Item ID for the text image in the Exhibit ID box 3 Insert text in the box provided by doing one of the following Enter text using the keyboard Paste text from the clipboard by clicking the Paste Text From Clipboard Bl button on the Toolbar Drag and drop an ASCII or text f
493. roperties c cece cece cece ee eseeeeeeeeeeeeseeeennnnennes 169 General Seto tri o ii ii ada 171 MAGS S Send sete icoro ario tota bra dollar cantaba 172 Media IS a o dni ti odos aos 173 Native File DOCS arare nae daa 173 Item is Not Located on Your Computer Mount the Volume Message oooo 174 Full Screen Item Viewer Hide Case Explorer oocccccoccccoccccnncccnonnn rr nrnn cnn 175 Use the Search Command id ia 176 Use Clipboard EMKING mirrata n E a a a a conda 177 MARL Aly Impor ems canal cade 180 Queue ltems tor Importa aiii lo 181 Ada Pag s to a Quevied DOCument cturra ri 183 Rename Quoued ems cia 183 REMOVE QUCUEC ICM S ss aAA 183 Sor QUEUE NS A A 183 Import GQueued TEMS Into a Cases titoricardo iso 183 Created Load Flle ttomQueued ems os 184 Selecta OCaMNE caia sico 189 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual Insert DOCUMENT ARI A AA AAN RA 191 He selection Tocando ida nori 199 le Lele 9186180 1019 be lt OPC cote soy O canoes gs 199 Draw ASAT Wa dl 200 ANA Ie supe sea dan asa anon Gretta cle ote acted ae enna Cor one Gaetan a o 200 Drawa eclipsado ata ies 201 Draw All Els ld ate tl dos 201 Drawa Frecnand ENG porras carrier 201 1 CELO 010 y acescensncsecererscayeati a OO 202 Adad O E 202 Add a SUCK NOl Oia A dos 204 Add TIOl Spor lor One CICK OCHDI paisana octal lindas 205 Aad a kapellen oaea Oe ce een ee eee ee er eer eae A ery ee ee ee ere eee re 205 PADDY aso la Drs a ibi 208 DESKeW
494. ropriate function key and then type or use a barcode wand for the following command GW followed by the Enter key TrialDirector automatically creates a new Item ID in the Document Manager named Item ID GW 001 the last numbers increment automatically each time a new grab window occurs with the same item Document Manager provides a default date and time stamped description for each captured screen In Document Manager you can change the description of the new item and print a barcode to be used during the trial You can assign an Item ID to the new item by combining the Item ID up to eight characters with the command as follows GW filename followed by the Enter key Some predefined barcodes which can be used in multiple cases accompany TrialDirector for your convenience rs A Note Before you perform a grab window make sure that your area projections do not exceed the boundaries of the zone because the Grab Window command will only capture the contents of the zone area 912 Presentation i ore Information Presentation Display Control the Presentation Display Presentation Toolbar Mayer Status I ndicator The Layer Status Indicator uses a graphical interface to control annotation layers This tool allows users to move to the next or previous layers with a single click of the mouse Also the Layer Status Indicator provides the ability to select multiple layers at once for display Layers can even be sel
495. rte cik Hex To backup chck Back orto eet cick Cancel Sefecl Dita Video Traneoripttak DE Sirih Cox Came Vol 01 11 12 1998 Import Digital Video Transcript m l Smia Cane Wol 02 11 13 1998 OS Wion Feed Vol 01 08 05 1939 ODG Witten Fred vol 01 1118 1998 DG wilson Fred Mol 02 11 19 1998 v Select Al Clear Al Back Next gt 4 Select which deponent volumes you wish to import and click Next to continue The following screen will appear Import Dipital Video Transcript s The selected Digital Video Tranecrpils val ra be mpoted mio the cumert coo Depending on the number of Digtal Video Tranccnpt s pelected the mpor process may bake a few moments To began the impor process chek Import To backup cick Back or bo eat chk Cancel Progress ee 5 Click Import to begin the multiple cms file import process Depending on the number of cms files selected the process could take a few moments 6 Once the progress meter reaches 100 click Next to display the import results Review the import results and click OK to complete the process 8 TrialDirector will then prompt to index the recently imported transcripts Click Yes to import or No to index at a later time A Import an ASCII Transcript 1 Select I mportTranscript s from ASCII Transcript txt from the Transcripts menu 317 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual Import Transcript This vazand well help yo
496. rties Gereral Extended Mullmmeda Stream Co ud ar Fie Hama MIPDCZOIA SAMPLE DATAMDIGITAL VIDEO TRANS Multimedia hare UNKNOWN SIGS Fielse Friday June 20 2008 02 41 19 PM Fie Length 164 423 004 betes pur A Note The Extended properties is an easy way to determine where the Audio Video source file is located If the location is not correct use the Modify Multimedia Location tool to change The Extended tab displays the multimedia file name and volume and is not modifiable 3 Click Exit to close the properties window i nore Information Digital Video Transcripts Turn Closed Captioning On or Off Turn Audio On or Off Change CDs Disconnect the Multimedia Stream View Multimedia Properties Modify Multimedia Source Paths Pea muitimedia Resources When a Digital Video Transcript is opened the multimedia loads in the Multimedia Player The Transcript Manager allows you to view Digital Video Transcripts and edit clips and segments using the Multimedia Player What do you want to do 362 Transcript Manager Turn Closed Captioning On or Off Turn Audio On or Off Change CDs Disconnect the Multimedia Stream View Multimedia Properties Modify Multimedia Source Paths snow Multimedia Breaks Select the Display Multimedia Breaks option from the Transcripts menu to show or hide the beginning of deposition video markers in the transcript Video markers exist in all
497. s click Play T on the Multimedia Control Box listen to the first few words of the multimedia file and then search for those words in the ASCII transcript using the Find command under the Edit menu Z Note If you cannot locate the first words of the multimedia file advance the multimedia file and try again since the transcription may begin further into the multimedia file 529 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual 4 When you have found the beginning of the multimedia file in the transcript verify that the blue highlighter bar is on the line of transcript that corresponds to the beginning of the multimedia file Click the Seek to Start button 2 on the Multimedia Control Box to rewind the multimedia file to the beginning __ Click Record Lon the Multimedia Control Box to enter Timecoding Mode Click Play on the Multimedia Control Box to begin playback of the multimedia file 7 When the multimedia file reaches the first word of the transcript line that is currently highlighted in blue press the SPACEBAR The current multimedia time is stamped on the left side of the transcript line as shown below ae ES Timet oder Barthel Edwin vol 017 EA A Excerpt pis Ea Yew Huimela Tods Heb DIMAS Vat Havali ard Control Hol ope HOME Move lo begr of ranere END Mirra bo end of aricept PAGE UP PAGE DOWN UP ARROW Dew ARAL a LEFT ARROW FAGHT AREA ADD SUBTRACT SPACEBAR DELETE PAUSE Move up one display page Mo
498. s printed If you have chosen to print footer your footer will also appear ho color L a FES Resdy HP Color Lera 3500 hocololl ate led 3500 Print What Print Range a Cave Dips Reporl Summary fe Al Chips P Options 7 Print with Cover Page Hf FS Part mih Page Headers e Print eth Virtual Cips f Dato Henge From 14 06 2006 To 04 05 2006 Copies Foote CONFIDENTIAL Copos M H oem cn Note Print Case Clips Report Summary This report type is designed to print for 3 hole punched paper These reports can then be added to a trial notebook This report sample is zoomed for effect 381 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual A Ty Pepe Pidie nip Spe A A A Jonesy South da Viirma clip for fall terscnpi presentation PCE hls Pe ee ee Mb i THE H HHH TO obi PS A E TIME BJ Te RAS ay B TIE eS TO IAE IA 917 FIRM A ai A TIME 434 TO FMI RMN TT ud Viral clip for fell trerscripi presentation AAA LESS ENT EII dd A i THRE AAA TT AAA eT Do you recone the signatus al the a ee 155 a i Ue a ee i i PE 7 Pe 004217 0558 Dad you enclose angibing with this letter BEHET IHH IHT EEES BENT EII HH HE i Bea pie To A AU Hiii When you say all of those document do you a 10 01 15H 2 SEM ERT SAURNA AAA STS i Fee TO 14 68 PUNR ee oe L PEGE To A PS AA I He hen wes that Ee iiS BT EIA dhi AA i FAGE MF TO MEC FUI Pe TE A Case Clips Report Sample C
499. s some for you as you work with your exhibits For example add a number to the Trial Ex Field for one of your Items and a reference to that item is added to the Trial Exhibits Workbook During trial as you identify admitted exhibits anew Sdmitted Workbook appears for each trial day i Admitted 05 27 2004 m f Admitted 08 01 2004 ff Barthel Cross co oT Cline 23 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual View Items e Click on a document item ID and the first l E Documents a page af the document appears in the ce O a 0000000 workspace area to the right of the Case Explorer e Click on the sign next to the item ID or folder ta view page list or folder contents e Click on the sign next to the item ID for ve folder to contract the document page list or f EN NE CH Demo0002 ai Demooo00s H 4 Sq Demo000s0 O Demoo000s1 O Demooo0s2 ets rien 3 contents Y il DEMoooos3 e Use the scrollbar to move through a long list of items in the Case Explorer To move between pages of a multi page document drag the slider tool to the right of the document image Atip window appears identifying the page location within the document J a srm b AACE T ss mami r Spr memi ee ed es ee rp a AAA T pg dd AA AA G ee ee ap ee a ee A E E pe la TAE O PI A ee PA mm 1 ie y ad a A RA AO AMA AA 2 A EA a aa a ra Apra rra rra Coe lr Ji ae PA A
500. script you want to export Select Export Transcript To ASCII Transcript txt from the Transcript menu Skip to step four under Exporting a Transcript to AMICUS Format to finish exporting the Digital Video Transcript Make sure to save the transcript with a txt extension Export a Transcript to Portable Transcript Format PTF Open the Digital Video Transcript you want to export Select Export Transcript To Portable Transcript Format ptf from the Transcript menu Skip to step four under Exporting a Transcript to AMICUS Format to finish exporting the Digital Video Transcript Make sure to save the transcript with a ptf extension lore Information Digital Video Transcript Transcript Text 339 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual Attached and Synchronized Exhibits MB ttach an Exhibit to the Transcript Exhibits can be attached to the transcript at specific points so that when the Digital Video Transcript is played back in Presentation mode the exhibit attachments are automatically displayed at the designated time Attached exhibits display in the Exhibit Preview pane in the lower right corner of the Transcript Manager tab yr f Note Exhibit attachments are associated with the transcript and not just particular clios This means that an attached exhibit will be displayed when TrialDirector reaches the point where it was inserted in the transcript regardless of which particular clip is being played
501. se 2 TrialDirector will read the first record of the Concordance input file to determine the I mport File Fields These fields are listed in the left side column in the screen above The available Database Fields are listed in the center column Finally the File Fields Matched to the Database are listed on the right column The user needs to match or map the file fields from the import file to the available fields To perform this task perform the steps below Select the first Import File Field Find the appropriate field within the listed Database fields that most closely matches the Import File Field Click the arrow E button to move that field to the File Fields Match to Database column This action will cause the moved item to disappear from the Import File Fields column Repeat these steps until all the fields in the Import File Fields have been mapped Any fields remaining will not be imported 69 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual 3 Once all of the fields have been mapped the import dialog will look similar to the once below Click Import to start the process The import process time is determined by the amount of data included in the input file fat abite Import rana File pan A Note You do not have to map all of the file fields from the import file During the import process you will see a progress indicator Any duplicate records will be indicated as well as the number of actual records pro
502. se To axt this wazand cick Est _ Consequential Damages Manage Issue F2 m s Punitive Damges Contributor Neghgence _ New issue code l I E 3 Replace the text New Issue Code with a short title for the issue you want to add 4 To change the color of the highlighting that will appear in the transcript for the new issue click on the color box A spectrum dialog opens from which you can select a color Practice tip Avoid using dark colors for issue codes or you won t be able to view the testimony through the issue code highlighting 5 To change the function key associated with the issue click on the F and select the new function key from the list 43 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual 6 Continue adding issues as desired When you are finished click Exit Assigning Issue Codes to Testimony 1 With a transcript open in the Transcript Manager locate and highlight testimony to which you would like to assign one or more issue codes Create New Clip from Selected Text Add Selected Text to Clip EB 0 124 0000724 P Play Selected Text Present Selected Text in TrialDirector Bring to Front Send to Back Remove Issue Code Annotation 2 Right click on the selected text then select Issue Code Annotate Selected Text from the shortcut menu The issue code list opens 3 Click on each of the issues that you want to assign to the text Click Apply then Exit When you assign issues to text two things
503. se s story in the courtroom are organization and the ability to respond quickly to changing events TrialDirector helps you with both TrialDirector s Presentation mode starts with a blank screen and a toolbar along the bottom of the blank screen TrialDirector can be set so that the presentation mode automatically displays the currently selected item in the Document Manager screen Your exhibits are displayed on the screen without the interference of menus or other noise on the screen to distract jurors The toolbar can be customized to suit your presentation style and if you wish it can be hidden completely until you are ready to use it Retrieving exhibits in Presentation mode can be accomplished in a number of ways entering the Item ID number entering the Trial Exhibit No as it appears in the Document Manager screen using a bar code reader or using Workbooks 53 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual Retrieving an Exhibit Using Item ID or Trial Exhibit Numbers 1 Click on the LEX Presentation tool on TrialDirector s toolbar 2 When the Presentation mode opens simply type the Item ID number or the Trial Exhibit Number assigned in the Document Manager or Coding tabs then hit the Enter key Presentation Workspace Workbook list Mark up and Item ID or and Item ID Navigation Trial Exhibit tools Number Retrieving an Exhibit Using Workbooks 1 Click on the drop down arrow next to the Workbook List to pop up a list of all
504. segment you want to add to the clip Highlight the segment right click and select Add Selected Text to Clip clip identifier de Cut Ctrl X Lopy Ctrl C E Paste Ctrl Create New Clip from Selected Text Add Selected Text to Clip EB 0124 0000724 Present Selected Text in TrialDirector 48 Getting Started with TrialDirector 6 To create a new clip rather than a segment select Create New Clip from Selected Text Practice Tip In Presentation mode you can move from clip to clip easily You may want to be conservative when adding segments to clips so that you may easily exclude a piece of testimony should it not be necessary to play it or should opposing counsel object to its use at trial Remember A clip plays all segments successively as one continuous chain All clips are displayed in the Transcript Manager and within the Transcripts section of the Case Library organized according to deponent or witness You can drag and drop clips into a Workbook when organizing your evidence or preparing for trial Adding Annotations to mages TrialDirector offers a variety of helpful tools to use for marking up images You may choose to apply annotations also referred to as markups before you ever get to the courtroom this is referred to as pre treating the images You may also choose to wait until you present images in the courtroom and mark them up in real time Or you may use a combination of these techniques to create an
505. selected Ikem s to Exhibit 4 Make POF file from Selected Ibegls y Print selected Item s J View Item Memo View f Edt Full Text of t Remove Document Break x Remove selected Item s Babrh Field Fill Salertard tere The selected document DEMO00054 02 will be merged with the previous document DEMO00054 01 The page count of document DEMO00054 02 will be added to the new master document as shown below The page numbering will be reset to add the pages of the second document DEMO00054 02 to the new master document DEMO0O0054 y Cheese Crackers Ai y Documents E gh 1 HIERARCHAL FLOW eE 18_ITEMIZED CHART O 18h 24 NTERSECTION Di eE gh 7_ STEP PROCESS C g 8_SHOULDER SURGE a il Demoo00s3 C DEMOODOS3 0 il DEMOOOOS4 0 E 1 DEMOOD054 01 C DEMOODOS4 02 O _ DEMOOOOS4 03 C DEMooons4 o4 Q DEMOOOOS4 05 e C Syl FLOWERDISEASE 193 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual More Information Exhibit Management Adding Items to a Case Insert Page Pei create a Subset Case The subset case feature allows you to use a batch file to select specific items and put them into a new case This feature allows you to Create a separate case that only contains the exhibits you are going to use in trial Redefine document boundaries to match the document boundaries defined in a third party database management system Rename items with generic Item IDs for document p
506. sentation background black when zone headers are enabled Select Image This option sets the background image for the 434 Presentation Presentation Display erst 4 Note For best appearance leave the presentation background black when zone headers are enabled Tool Preferences Presentation Preferences Gereral Zones images Multimedia DVT Appearance Tool Preferences or Color Line Width and Powter Size x o HA Highlighter Color Freehand Color and Line width lune Color and Line Width Text Note Font and Background Color Va IE Ellipse Color and Line Width O Pek LL Pick Font Rectangle Color and Line Width C Pick Sj he Use Tool loons i Disabling this beabure vell ute dela Redaction Cobos Windows cursor when Heci presertalion boots Option Description Arrow This option can be used to set the Arrow color Arrow line width and pointer size Highlighter This option can be used to set the highlighter color Line This option can be used to set the Line color and Line width Ellipse This option can be used to set the Ellipse color and Ellipse width Rectangle This option can be used to set the Rectangle color and Rectangle width Freehand This option can be used to set the Freehand color and Freehand width Redaction This option can be used to set the Redaction color Text Note This option can be used to set the Text color and the
507. set Case JCM TriaDhrector SH anse y Geotelbatchibe txt CBock tire f i 5 In the Specify The Batch File field type in the full path and filename of the batch file for example C TrialDirector 5 batchfile txt or click Browse to locate the file 6 Click Next to continue Create Subsel Case from Batch File Mex plena poed the Batch Rs bo process This batch fle shoud conten the Est of Documents Page ide ce Page Id Ranges thal pou wen bo molude in the rere cant The pocet vel create a rem Cane thal contains a subes of the curen capa Document boundanes in the ree Cate Wall be defined by the kit contained in the baich Create a fi Subset Case apecty the Batch Fis JC TraDrecto Hansa y Geetefbatchile 14 cGok Heer 3 7 Select the Include item memos in new case option if you wish to export any memos that may be associated with the items that are exported 8 Select the format of your batch file Document Entries or Page Range Entries Z Note See the sample Subset Case Batch File in Appendix A for an explanation of each type of entry 195 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual Create Subset Case from Batch File You have the opbon of presea he str d of herra 5 moluded i he re Cara 00 pou may a ne is by petting the Sisi Renamro vih option The etarting id vel ba ncramerted lor each Document of Page depending on Ha Increment obbon selected bal Venly the selected opion kick Met to Continue
508. sition the cursor in one of the corners of the desired area using either a mouse or light pen and click and drag to draw a box around the area you want to enlarge When you release the mouse or light pen button the area inside the zoom rectangle is enlarged and centered in the zone as shown in the figure below ers 4 Note If you have set the Fill Zone Zoom Mode as the default zoom you will have to de select the Fill Zone Zoom Mode button before you will be able to use the Rubber band ZOOM 479 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual Right click and drag to pan within the Zoom window Double click in the zoom window or press Home to restore the full size of the Fone Double click on the zoom window or press home to restore the image to the full size of the zone Fill Zone Zoom The Fill Zone zoom is an aspect ratio zoom which creates a zoom window that is the exact size and shape of the current zone To use the Fill Zone zoom select the Fill Zone Zoom tool by clicking the Fill Zone Zoom button Position the cursor in one of the corners of the desired area using either a mouse or light pen and click and drag to draw a box around the area you want to enlarge When you release the mouse or light pen button the area inside the zoom rectangle is enlarged to fit the entire zone For example in the figure below items were loaded into zones 1 6 and 8 Notice that the Fill Zone zoom in zone 6 takes up the entire zone while t
509. splays the label for you selected in the Format field on the Print window Shifts all the barcodes on the page up or down relative to the top edge of the printable area Shifts all the barcodes on the page to the left or right relative to the left edge of the printable area Adjusts the space allowance between the rows of barcodes Adjusts the space allowance between the columns of barcodes Determines the height of each barcode on the page Determines the width of the barcode Not all barcode readers can read extremely thin barcodes All measurements are in inches The first two fields may contain negative numbers if you want to exceed the edges of the printable area errr d Note If your barcodes are unreadable by your barcode reader change the Label Width to a larger value like 2 This spaces the bars in the barcode farther apart on high resolution printers Your barcodes may also be unreadable if the Item IDs are not between 5 and 12 characters 3 When the settings are as desired click Save to save your changes or click Cancel to abandon the changes and return to the Print window 242 Select Print Range Document Manager The Print Range section of the Print window allows you to select the range of items you would like to print based on your current selections Option Current Page Current Document All Selected Items All Documents Print List File Print Range C Curent Page DEMO0000
510. st page of a document Mouse Pointer Toggle allows you to toggle between showing and hiding the mouse pointer Multimedia Speed O allows you to pause the multimedia in the active zone Multimedia Speed 1 allows you to play the multimedia in the active zone in super VS2 VS3 VS4 NF NO NR DVTO OC PU PD PZ PY or PL None PS PF PI Control F9 Control F10 Control F11 Control Down Arrow Control Right Arrow Control Page Down Control Page Down Shift F7 None Page Up Page Down on 10 key pad on 10 key pad Shift Function Key 1 4 Alt Home Control Page Up Control Left Arrow Presentation slow motion Multimedia Speed 2 allows you to play the multimedia in the active zone in slow motion Multimedia Speed 3 allows you to play the multimedia in the active zone at normal speed Multimedia Speed 4 allows you to play the multimedia in the active zone at twice normal speed Next Workbook loads the next workbook in the workbook list Next Item loads the next item ina workbook Next Overlay allows you to move to the next overlay when multiple layers of annotations have been used on an item Next Revision allows you to quickly move to the next revision of an item No Override disables override of the option set in the DISPLAY OPTION Case Explorer field in Document Manag
511. standing h ae er ie ate ie ae W aa This text can be edited and saved in the Item Viewer You can either e Edit text directly in the Item Viewer e Cut and paste the text into a word processing program and use the spell checker Edited text can then be pasted back into the Item Viewer To cut and paste from the Item Viewer select the desired text then right click to access the cut and paste functions After the full text item is re indexed the corrected words will be 232 Document Manager available in the Word List Using the Word List Search tool the corrected words can now be successfully queried Navigating Through Full Text for Multi lmage Documents When reviewing full text OCR for multi image documents Document Manager provides the ability to navigate through all related pages Using the up and down arrow keys will move you through the full text OCR for a multi page document You can also simply click on the image ID in the Case Explorer to move through the document More Information Document Manager OCR Full Text Fe mporting OCR Text TrialDirector can import and index OCR files from third party providers The OCR text file must have the exact same name as its associated image file except that the text file must have a txt file extension For example if an image file is named spartacusO1 tif then its associated OCR file must be named spartacusO1 txt Add Full Text Files 1 To add text files selec
512. stem to reflect new revisions and memos etc Naming Options Allows you to determine the naming convention for for Exported exported files The naming options are only available if Files the Copy object files to new volume option is enabled Select whether to use the Page ID or a series of sequential numbers for the exported file names For example if the Page ID option is used an exported document item of EXH101001 will have a file name of EXH101001 TIF If the sequential numbers option is used each exported object file name will be assigned a new name using a 7 digit numbering scheme beginning with 0000001 For example the first document image within the exported folder will have a file name of 0000001 TIF Export Media This feature allows users to create individual Windows Clips into Media Video wmv files from Transcript Manager Individual Media media clips For example a media clip is generated Files from specified in and out points of a parent video i e mpeg file If the media clips are added to a 136 Case Library workbook for export this option is available Check this option to export any media clips within the workbook to wmv files The drop down list below is used to select the best encoding profile for the wmv file s to be created The encoding profiles are listed by video resolution video encoding bitrate and audio encoding bitrate For example the TDS 352x288 768 64 S 1 1 profile will encode the
513. sure the requested insertion point For the exhibit is properly timecoded and synchronized 8 Click OK to return to the Transcript Manager tab Position the cursor at a properly timecoded and synchronized point in the transcript and try again 341 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual i nore Information Open the Attached Exhibit Turn Exhibit Synchronization On or Off View a Synchronized Exhibit Remove an Attached Exhibit open an Attached Exhibit To preview an exhibit attachment double click on the appropriate exhibit identifier in the Exhibits folder in the Transcript Explorer The selected exhibit will be displayed in the Exhibit Preview pane TrialDirector will also jump to the point in the transcript where the exhibit is attached if digital video synchronization is enabled Z Note The reference to the attached exhibit will only be visible in the transcript if the hidden text is enabled i lore Information Attach an Exhibit to the Transcript Open the Attached Exhibit Turn Exhibit Synchronization On or Off View a Synchronized Exhibit Remove an Attached Exhibit Mremove an Attached Exhibit To remove an attached exhibit from the transcript 1 Display hidden text markers for the attached exhibit by selecting the Display Attached Exhibits command from the Transcripts menu 342 Transcript Manager Hidden text displays only within the Trarecript tab and does not deplay in Presentation mode
514. switching images Allows the setting of the Redaction properties 172 Document Manager Media Clips The Media Clips tab allows you to set the Media Clips options Gerea Images Meda Cipt Native Fie Docs Display New Segment After Creston Allows you to automatically Display a New Segment after Creation Native File Docs The Native File Docs tab allows you to set the auto save option for Microsoft Word Gereral Images Mada Cip Native Fis Doct Auto Siro Microsoft Wod Documents Allows the Auto Save of Microsoft documents to be set More Information Document Manager view Case Items When you are working in the Case Library or Document Manager and select an item in the Case Explorer the Item Viewer displays it on the right side of the screen You can also view items when you work in the Coding module Depending on the type of item one or more of the following tabs are available at the top of the Item Viewer e Image tab Displays any supported image file and enables you to annotate the image e Native tab Opens the program used to create the file and displays the fully functional version of the file within TrialDirector This tab is unavailable grayed out 173 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual If native viewing is not supported for the file type or if the program used to create the file is not installed on your computer e Text tab Displays full text OCR for files that were scanned
515. t F1 to execute the F1 macro lore Information Control the Presentation Display Display Items E oaa Items Using a Script To load an item using a script 1 Type the name of the script and press Enter 2 The script will loop until you press Esc lore Information Control the Presentation Display Display Items Pai oad Items Using the Item Toolbar The Item Toolbar can be used to select workbook items and easily load them onto the presentation display using the Zone Selectors Topics The Default toolbar settings Viewing and selecting Workbooks Viewing and selecting Items in a Workbook Changing the Toolbar Settings Loading Items onto the presentation Toolbar Zone Controls 472 Presentation The Default toolbar settings The default toolbar settings for when the software is first installed is shown below Hide Toolbar Menus Current tem Drop down Admitted 044 o 200c 4 OVERHEAD a ry Current Workbook Drop down Shoe term Viewing and Selecting Workbooks There are three ways to navigate workbooks 1 Next Workbook 2 Current Workbook Drop down 3 Current Workbook Button Next Workbook Current tem in rorkbook Het Vv orkbook Clicking the workbook icon on the toolbar will cycle through the available workbooks The first item in the workbook is shown to its right Current Workbook Drop down Current tem in Workbook Adini ted 04 10 20 oca OWE RHEAD Current Work
516. t naa as ee a ee ee a Sram Ciam nana quer callfecnia Cepitel Ine fe Signature Creates an image from one image and layer it over the other for comparison See Signatures Area Projection Options To change the Area Projection options select Preferences Then choose the Images tab as shown in the figure below Presentation Preferences Geral Zonas Images Midirmedia DT Appeaance Tool Preferences Image Display Control Abo Desken BEM images Show Laver Status Display allots be Anane Propechon Zoom W acre Show alot Pigechon Lines Auto Dips Calmus Pie leated Redaction Display Show Guina Show Fedacted in Center Hide the Projection Lines To hide the projection lines un check the Show Callout Projection Lines option and click OK When you use the Area Projection tool projection lines will not appear as shown in the figure below 920 Presentation gt Cultiorada Bees ad Water pu i zme TAHLLA PROGRAM 1313 ETATE STREET SANTA BARBARA KEQUEST FOR COMMENTE HEGARDHNG CLORAL CEOCIEMISTREY GORTORATIONS RESORT CONCERNING THE OURE OF CULOBIHATED EM ENT CONTAMINANTE PA GEDI WATER AT 348 ETATE STREET BANTA BARIARA Animate Projection Zoom To animate projection zoom check the Animate Projection Zoom option and click OK When you use the Area Projection tool the projected area will gradually enlarge to full size as shown in the figures below 921 TrialDirector v5 2 User M
517. t then right click and select Item Properties 2 The Description Path Filename Exhibit and Trial Exhibit boxes are all editable err Note If you edit the Description or the Trial Exhibit here TrialDirector will update this information in the Coding database also You can move to the previous or next documents in the Case Explorer by clicking Prev or Next Edits are automatically saved as you click Prev or Next 3 rro 4 Note The Prev or Next buttons move through the explorer grid based on the way that you are viewing For example if you have a document expanded to display the individual pages the Item Properties will move from page to page within the document If a document is not expanded the Item Properties will jump to the next document 4 When you re finished click Save to save your changes and close the window or Exit to close the window without saving ro A Note Since changes are automatically saved as you click Prev or Next the Save and Exit options only apply to the last Item Properties dialog box 170 Document Manager ltem Properties General Document ld DEMODO 34 Page ld Page Ho Annotated REN Memo Attached Description September 1 1992 report letter from Dames Moore to CRVWACE PathiFilename c Spartacus Y Rome wWDocsi001 Wemo00234 tit Browse Exhibit f record Mor 304 Created On 031 2004 02 50 56 Phi Trial Exhibit PTxOOS Moditied On 033020
518. t Export to Timaro TM Post production Time Stamp file pts from the File menu Export to Timaro TM Post production Time Stamp file This vazad wall help pou to epon a Digital Video Transcapi bo a Tma TM Poct produchen Time Samp pts ia Please enter a path and filename for the exported karc To continue cik Next Exporta Toa cick Cancel Transcript Select the trancenpt path and Menem Ic 1E sports MPOT21 95 plz Beoypre 3 Enter a destination path and filename for the pts file or click Browse to navigate to the desired path and filename a If you click Browse the following window appears Hp Dl ceri 3 Hi Comat E Hp Heit Fis rs Placas Save at pa b Select the desired destination folder and type a name for the pts file in the File Name field Click Save to save the selection 4 When the desired path and filename are selected click Next The following window appears 568 Tools Export to Timaro T1M Post production Time Stamp file El Working The Digia Video Transcript wall now be exported This process could Lake a few moments depending on the sie of the deposition barcipl To began he expor process check Esport To backup chck Back or lo mat cick Cancel 5 Click Export to begin exporting the Post production Timestamp file When the progress bar reaches the end the export is complete The Digtal Video Transonpt has been exported Plaate tem the expect
519. t Full Text from the Tools menu then select Add Full Text Files 233 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual Tools Exhibit Outline Edit Presentation Script File Quick Text Exhibit Creator Full Text Fy Full Text Advanced Search Ctrl Batch Field Fill Selected Terms Add Full Text Files Make Case Load Files Check Full Text Index Status Global Path Editor Case OLR Manager TimeCoder Batch PTF Import Tool FileBridge ImageBrander Imagesleuth e Add TrialDirector to PowerPoint Menus Add TrialDirector to Summation Add Ons 2 The Full Text File Import dialog opens Click the Browse button to select the file location for your full text files Full Text File Import This process will import and index ascii text les located anywhere within a specified WP holder The textfiles musthave a bd file extension and the filename of each text file must match the hem ld or Page Id of the tem to which it belongs Working Folder where hulled files are localed C Documents and Setlingswstein DEWELO Browse Reimport files that were previovesty imported 3 TrialDirector will match the text file IDs with image file IDs that exist in Document Manager and will import and index all matching files This may take a while if there is a large amount of text to index The imported text will function just like any other text in the Document Manager and is fully s
520. t persons that hired you for different aspects of the work please so designate A Kelly Morris hired me to do the work AA CATA Y 109 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual Printing from Enterprise iBlaze using TrialDirector s Printing Tools Although you can print transcripts using the printing tools in Enterprise iBlaze you may find that TrialDirector s Printing features offer you more options For example you may wish to print a transcript in condensed format that is multiple pages per single printed sheet TrialDirector lets you do that You can also print the Word Index for those words associated with a transcript Although you can print a transcript s vocabulary in Enterprise iBlaze TrialDirector will let you include the page line references To Print an Enterprise Blaze Transcript in TrialDirector 1 Right click on the transcript name in the Enterprise iBlaze Case Explorer window 2 Select either Print Preview with TrialDirector or Print with TrialDirector from the menu Case Explorer 3 MES E Conner Stevens Vol JOOOOOORAOAOAOAOAOAODOOOTT m IN THE SUP aH Core Database IN AND B E Transcripts PETER FRAN oe Conner Stevens Volt View Conner Stevens Volz BE David Conner Stevens Vol2 Utilities ae Dennso1 Hi 3 Rename Conner Stevens Vol Jones D A Kelly Mo EX Remove Conner Stevens Volz EE Morris BF Nick Tho ES Nick Tho bo Item Properties
521. t sesokverenied nee toser rr 464 Manipulate DO eco ida ini 465 Preparing an Alternate Screen irradia da 467 Transferring the Preview to Active Display ssserereererererrererrrrererrrrerrrrrrerrrrrrerre 468 Continuing with the Presentation cccccccccocnccnnccccnonnnccncnnn e A T N 468 Whatdo you Want tOdO tura a ada 469 Es A A emer ee terme O A era ee ee eee eee ee eee ee ee ane n ny eee Ee 470 Load DY o douteree teat teatime ei ewatnabaaie at a A asa tet oat tes 471 Edad by EXE NUDE a la aes 471 Edad by TrHrallEXMIDIT NUDE saca nda 471 Edad DY MaC Ouian a A A E A A 471 Greate a A oe E La aches a aud eee a ean ie ete ne oat an ays 471 EX OC UNG a MIC O secsairctsde ha ciere eho Taa a EE A cdectumanne E E tas asada 472 The Default toolbar SEHINGS iia ida 473 Viewing and Selecting Workbooks ccc ccc cece cree eee e eee e eee e nn 473 Next WOrKDOOK sitiada a 473 Viewing and Selecting Items in a Workbook ccccccccccccnnncnnnacccccn cnn 474 Changing the Toolbar SONS vrmsnicasrada atada idad dadas 474 Loading Items onto the Presentati0N oococccccccccccccnnnnnccnn aE rr rr rr rr 475 Toolbar ZONE CONOS ci ao UE 475 TOPICS dt A A A O ti 476 Standard 200 Mesias ao AA is 477 ZOOO A A 477 ZOOMITO BOOM serrat ue Mabeduenddeeusiiaueeuiiedakeseaueneueude hades Atel aleta 478 RUDDer Dand ZOOM ernia a do Ll 479 Fill ZONE ZOOM aeiae a E e 480 Area Projechon ZooM A arrian a E ETE E E E E EE ENE E ERE E ues EE TANAN 481 WODIGS 2 con
522. t the desired ccs file and click Open or double click on the filename to return to the Execute Clip Creation Script ccs window 4 When the correct path and filename is displayed click Next to continue Execute Clip Creation Seript ces Dip segment created from pagaire references can be eGusted subom ticady bo smplty any fine tun ehh mery be requeed dung the Cip reves process ou may opbonally modiy hera miniman below To c ontrue ok Hest Clip Creation To backup chck Back o bo wa chick Cancel Script RE Ure perp becodes for segments E availabe FF ulomabcaly adusi segment imecodes Adautt regmert shart tres by ma E record s Adu ssgment end timaft be 2 seconds Back Hed gt 290 Transcript Manager 4 Note If you are using script timecodes it is recommended to not adjust segment timecodes f f Note If you want to use the timecodes embedded in the script file ensure the Use script timecodes for segments if available option is selected 5 Use the arrow buttons to increase or decrease the start and end segment adjustments by one second at a time 6 Click Next to accept the segment adjustment selections and continue the clip creation process Execute Clip Creation Script ces The bot wall row be iescubad based n thet riamn pimai Romente seprerts created from Digtal Video Trarmicoipis may require ne tuning before peesentshon To expoute the scr cick Execute To bac
523. t the text you wish to add to the coding database Right click choose Send Selected Text to and then select the appropriate coding field Below is an example of a name being added to the CC field ers f Note If additional text is sent to the same coding field for example adding an additional CC name select the Append Selected Text To option in the shortcut menu Otherwise the selected text will overwrite any entry that already exists in the coding field 394 Coding Mr P David Emery California Capital ins Co June 16 1993 Page 2 this litigation shall not be construed as any waler of rights our clients may have under the above referenced policies Please feel free to contact either my partner Douglas Fell or me tor further information or if you wish to participate in the July th meeting or the July Sth status conference Thank you for your cooperation very truly yours Clare H Macdonald CHELA T wy cc Mr Wiliam Harz Mirs HermLine GalluD Kis Greta Howorth O Douglas E Fell Esq Il E m cr DT o r Append Selected Text Ta DEF 0836 CUE Date Lopy Mentions Paste Motes Delete Recipients Title Find on this Page The text is then added to the selected coding field If the coding view was set to the column view it will automatically change to Form View The Form View displays all coding fields for a single record making this task easier CLs Douglas E Fell Esq Me
524. t to continue Clip Wizard Cip segments crested hom page ine rleienced can be Sto ai aduiled lo tesplly ary bra bare mich oy ba sequent during the Dip seva peocett Tou may cobonady modidy eso adpiuirente below To corria chck Hed Create a New Clip To backup cick Back of bo et cick Cancel e Allow tegmenti hom multiple multimedia ser f Aboot aly alert pages na oigna Adjust segment tas time s by 2 seconds Adust segment end mels by 2 24 secondfs 9 Check the Allow segments from multiple multimedia streams option if you think your clip will span more than one multimedia file This option will be automatically checked if the option is enabled in the Options dialog If you want to automatically adjust the beginning and ending positions of the clip segments make sure the Automatically Adjust Page Line Segment s option is selected 285 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual Use the arrow buttons to increase or decrease the start and end segment adjustments by one second at a time 10 Click Next to accept the segment adjustment selections and continue the clip creation process Clip Wizard The Clip vel now be created based on the information promded iM Recents segments cesed rom Digital Video Tranacrpls map Quine ins tung belcss prosenta on To create the Dip dki Create Working To backup ciek Back of to ed cick Cancel If the timestamps within the Digital Vide
525. tabase forms to send the current page ID to the Document Manager which will display the corresponding image CaseSoft Using DDE technology TrialDirector can be set as the CaseMap default image viewer in CaseMap i ore Information CT Summation Enterprise iBlaze Concordance LiveNote CONECT Microsoft PowerPoint Microsoft Access CaseMap Concordance BP pplication Integration Concordance Integration TrialDirector has a tightly integrated connection with Concordance Concordance users can integrate TrialDirector s Document Manager as their default image viewer Concordance cases are configured to call the Document Manager CPL to create the link Using DDE technology Document Manager will display the associated image from the Concordance case Also Concordance users can export their coding database for import into TrialDirector s Coding Module lore Information 62 Application Integration Establishing Link Displaying Concordance Document Images With TrialDirector Exporting Concordance Coding Database into TrialDirector Ea vispiaying Concordance Document I mages With TrialDirector To view the associated document image in TrialDirector use one of the 3 methods listed below Simply click on the either the Concordance table record the associated image will appear in TrialDirector Use the Next and Previous navigation buttons on the bottom toolbar in Concordance Use the Ctrl
526. ted Exhibit Video 20 GA And do you understand that you ve been 21 called as an adverse party for this deposition by 22 Halliburton As an adverse witness for this deposition 23 by Halliburton 24 A have no idea what is in your mind or 25 Halliburton s mind just know that you called me as a 00013 01 witness Whether you think I m adverse or not don t 02 know Transcript Zone Activity Indicator Most zone combinations are possible with the exception of the following Zone 1 with zones 3 4 5 or 7 Zone 2 with 3 4 6or 8 Zone 3 with 1 2 5 or 6 Zone 4 with 1 2 7 or 8 Zone 9 with any other zone You cannot overlap zones i lore Information The way items move around the screen is largely determined by the active zone mode The three zone modes are Add Zone Replace Zone and Transfer Zone This section describes the functionality of each of the zone modes Mode Description Add Zone F11 The Add Zone Mode which is the default mode allows you to add an item to a specific zone If you add an item to a zone that is already displaying an item the old item is moved into another zone unless you are 448 Replace Zone F12 Transfer Zone F10 lore Information Presentation adding an item into zone 9 which cannot be used concurrently with any other zone For example adding an item into zone 1 will automatically move the item previously in zone 1 into zone 2 Any item previously
527. ten 10 projections can be used simultaneously but the Area Projection tool must be selected again before a new projection can be drawn Click and drag the corner of the projection window to resize the projected area Click and drag to move the Projection window This is the selected area or magnifier Click and drag the magnifier to project a different area of the source document You can resize the projected area by placing the cursor on any edge of the projection window When the cursor changes to a double sided arrow click and drag the side to enlarge or reduce the window Click anywhere in the projection window and drag to move it to a new location Click and drag the magnifier to pan around the source exhibit The projection window automatically updates to magnify the new area 915 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual Close the projection window using one of the following methods Double click on the dimmed background of the item to close all projections associated with that item OR Right click on a specific projection window to close one particular projection Z Note Any changes made to the source document annotations enlargements etc will automatically remove the projections Callout Styles Available E N clicking the down arrow on the right side of the call out tool the selection box shown below is made available The diagram below shows all of the call out selections available Capsule 1
528. the appropriate barcode First Item in one 1 D BAC B E Ags Then load another item into zone 1 by typing the Item ID or scanning the appropriate barcode The first item loaded into zone 1 will then be moved into zone 2 and the second item will be displayed in zone 1 440 Presentation The Second Item is Displayed in Zone 1 irs A Apertometa PCE Comeon E in Lol Errecth Data Med Foala The First Item Moves to Zone 2 Continue moving items from left to right successively by typing additional Item IDs or scanning additional barcodes If the current item in the active zone zone 1 is part of a multiple page document you can move successive pages of the document from left to right by pressing Page Down or scanning the Page Down barcode The Third Item is Displayed in Zone 1 Appyrecrroda POE Concentrate Range ml ler Duri h Mage Fac The First Item Moves to off screen The Second Item Moves Right to Zone 2 441 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual Vertical Split Move Items Right to Left To move items from right to left use Add Zone Mode to load successive items into zone 2 The following is a detailed description of the process From a blank display load an item into zone 2 by pressing F2 and then typing the Item ID or scanning the appropriate barcode Then load another item into zone 2 by typing the Item ID or scanning the appropriate barcode The first item loaded into zone 2 will then be moved into
529. the scot chock Export WOKING Te backup cick Back of toe cick Cancel f h gt Note You can select clips from several different Digital Video Transcripts for export 6 Click Export to begin exporting the clip creation script 7 When the progress bar reaches the end click Next to continue Export Clip Creation Script ccs The Chip Creshon Song has been esporlded Picasa meva the mpl repute carefully lo erreur no MIMI Wee sed To eat cick OK Rest The Cip Creston Scng has been exported success ES i r Note A ccs file exported from TrialDirector will contain all of the clip description and identification information It will also contain the deponent information 8 Review the export results carefully to ensure no warnings were issued 9 Click OK to exit the export wizard 7 Note Once a clip creation script has been created it can be used to create identical clips on a different computer 358 Transcript Manager lore Information Digital Video Transcript Clips Eivo airy Multimedia Source Paths If you change the location of the multimedia source files for a Digital Video Transcript you will need to modify the path to the source files 1 Select Modify Multimedia Location s from the Multimedia menu Modify Multimedia Location s Plsata select the mulimeda pou would ike to relocate Ge To continue cek Net To eat cick Cancel Select mulhmedia streams to re
530. thin Case Explorer Transcript Manager In Transcript Manager you have the ability to take a segment and copy it from one clip to another To do this simply click and drag the segment from the current location to the new location A copy of the segment will be created at the new location Transcript Explorer fi x View by 6 Al Transcript items 4 Chease ki Crackers 3 gt Barthel Edwin vol 01 01 2 ASCH Transcript for Barthe 9 Audo ideo Part 01 for Ba Me Clip EB 00410 Do you rece i Full Clip Beginning at p E Page 410 to 4 17 Page 5 03 to 5 07 M5 Clip EB 00516 Do you rece iii Full Clip Beginning at 5 Page 4 10 to 4 17 iB Page S16 to 5 24 Page 410 to 4 17 Page 610 to 6 13 Sl Page 7 11 to 7 19 sl Page 11 to 0 15 Page S19 to 9 25 M2 Clip EB 00905 Do you rece Clip Original Clip Copy If you wish to copy more than one segment at once use the Segment Editor to select multiple clip segments 297 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual Copy Segments using the Segment Editor The Transcript Manager Segment Editor allows you to cut copy and paste one or more segments from one clip to another To do this open the clip you wish to cut copy the segments from Click the Segment Editor tab q A Note Using the Cut command will move the segment from one clip to another The Copy command will create a copy of the segment s in the target clip 1 Select the segmen
531. through assigning exhibit numbers at either a document or page level More Information Customizable Presentation Toolbar Organize the Presentation Toolbar to work the way you do In addition to choosing which buttons to view you can now rearrange the order of the buttons and save your own customized toolbar More Information Mac Support Good news for all of the Mace lovers out there TrialDirector Pro v5 2 has been tested and verified to work on Apple computers running the Microsoft Windows XP and Windows Vista operating systems in the Boot Campos Parallels and VMware Fusion environments Full Screen Video Exhibit Option This new option enables you to display an exhibit full screen when it is referenced in a video deposition The program will automatically fade back to the video testimony after the exhibit has been displayed in Presentation mode or you can pause the video to allow extra time for the jury to read the exhibit More Information Play Up to Four Videos Need to show surveillance video from different angles or display a video deposition along side other recorded scenes Take advantage of TrialDirector s ability to display up to four videos simultaneously in Presentation mode More Information Closed Caption Positioning With TrialDirector v5 2 you can decide where to display the associated transcript text when presenting a video deposition Display closed captioning underneath the deponent s video or on top of
532. tion ne Note Digital video synchronization should be enabled when moving around in a Digital Video Transcript 2 5 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual lore Information Digital Video Transcript Import a Digital Video Transcript Open a Digital Video Transcript Change Digital Video Transcript Properties Close a Digital Video Transcript Remove Digital Video Transcripts Ho pen a Digital Video Transcript To view Digital Video Transcript information click the plus sign in front of one of the cases found in the Transcript Explorer The transcript text multimedia and clip information is displayed Transcript Explorer a x View by El Al Transcript tems w Cheese y Crackers A gt Barthel Edwin Viol OF 01 24 ASCH Transcript tor Barthel ED AudioVideo Part 01 for Bat fi Clip EB 00410 Do you rece iii Full Cip Beginning at p E Page 4 10 to 417 5 Page 5 03 to 5 07 yA Clip Description MM Cip EB 00516 Do you reca 4 Gp canes Apr MM cp EB 01116 in reading E Clip Identifier Exbibls AAA DEMIOOODED May 11 1 DEMOO00S50 01 Bud i DEMOOD0S3 Ex 4 DEMO00054 Mulia DEMOOONS4 01 Budo i Case DYT Expanded Multimedia Resource Full Clip Clip Segments Attached Exhibits There are three ways to open a Digital Video Transcript Double click on the transcript or multimedia file Right click on the transcript multimedia file or Digital V
533. tion Close a Digital Close the current Digital Video Transcript by copying Video Transcript the following text string to the clipboard I Find Page Line With a Digital Video Transcript open copy the following text string to the clipboard to find a specific page and line F PAGE LI NE For example copy 10 15 to the clipboard to move to page 10 line 15 i ore Information Digital Video Transcript Transcript Text Pee select Transcript Text To select text place the cursor over the beginning of the desired text press and hold the left mouse button drag the cursor to the end of the desired text Topics Copy Selected Text to the Clipboard Select All Text Play Selected Text Add Selected Text to a Clip Clear Selected Text 336 Transcript Manager Copy Selected Text to the Clipboard To copy part of the transcript text to the clipboard select the desired text and click the Copy button on the Toolbar or select Copy from the Edit menu or press CTRL C on your keyboard You can also right click on the Transcript Window and select Copy from the shortcut menu Select All Text To select all transcript text choose Select All from the Edit menu or press CTRL A Play Selected Text Playing the selected transcript text allows you to quickly jump to and preview a specific portion of the Digital Video Transcript To play a text selection highlight the desired text and select Play Se
534. tion Window Case Explorer Set Printer Properties Select Printer Output Select Print Range Open the Print window by doing one of the following Choose Print from the File menu Click the Print button on the Toolbar Select Print Selected Item s from the Items menu Right click on the record selector of any item and select Print Selected Item s from the drop down menu Home P O Subs Remy Print uelty Low Wg PF Postocript Printer Punt What Print Range C Cangt Page DEMOD0001 Ende Document 0000000 Optics P Prat with Markup All Selected Raisi Pri with Watermark Pick AN Documents Mian Paper Tray M Prt Skechers C Prd Led File Delt E Rotate Images fos Beet FA Al Theres trom All Folders F Pret mih Page Foote F Aij Esepde lo Foos D Use Gutom Feii LEFT B0LD Dos ID 30 gt lt EEN j Bef _ Images Pagat fv Feehan to on after job has beer sent bo printer o pri dilo ob har nent bo pointer Cancel This window allows you to select a printer print output print range and number of copies The print options are described in the sections that follow Once all print options have been set click Print to begin printing If the required volume is not mounted a message will appear asking you to mount the appropriate volume Mount the volume and click OK to continue printing 236 Document Manager Set Printer Properties The Printer sectio
535. tion s to the list 4 Repeat the process until all audio video reference files have been added to the list Tools Import from LiveNote THM VideoMote TM files may optional peeserve the imecodes found velar the ln emana E n dl o Y you prepares lrrecodes pou mut species al ancien ace a tesouecels lor the Dita Video Trancenpt in chronologecal order al res hrs Multimedia e Preserve VideoNote TM tmecodes 5 If the multimedia resource files are not in chronological order use the Up or Down buttons to adjust the position of the multimedia resources as necessary 6 When all of the audio video reference files have been added click Next to continue i ore Information Importing Digital Video Transcripts Import LiveNote VideoNote Files EP eserving Existing Transcript Timecodes Important Information About Transcript Timecodes During the Digital Video Transcript DVT creation process users are given the option to preserve timecodes This option is designed to preserve existing timecodes within the deposition transcript used during the DVT creation process Timecodes are usually generated in a transcript by the court reporter using real time steno software Below are some requirements of a transcript when preserving timecodes Timecodes must exist on the left margin Timecodes must be in SMPTE format HH MM SS An example of this format is 01 23 10 Timecodes must not exceed 24 hours in dur
536. tions window TO open the options window click the down arrow on the right side of the TrialDirector icon The options window will appear above it as shown below 410 Presentation Preferences Showe Color Selector Open Case Load Toolbar Layout Save Toolbar Layout Log on as Mew User Visible when Case Administer Case Privileges Security actve Click the down arov to open the Options window The options available Preferences Selecting this option opens the Presentation mode Preferences dialog Show Color Selector This option displays the color selector box with the available choices of color Open Case Selecting this option will open the Open a Case Window Load Toolbar Layout Displays a list of existing Toolbar Layouts files tlb which can be selected and loaded Save Toolbar Layout Saves the current Toolbar Layout as a tbl file Logon as New User Note You must be logged into the Case to View this dialog Administer Case Privileges Note You must be logged into the Case to View this dialog Exit Selecting this option will close the Presentation mode The Mouse Pointer The mouse pointer reflects the active tool selected from the annotations toolbar In the example below the freehand tool is being used and Is indicated by the squiggly line under the pen shaped pointer Every annotation tool has its own distinct pointer Cursor whilst using D gt
537. to agree to anything 00 10 40 646 T A ii ca EJ Se QOQUTNQUTUQUUENQUUNOQUUANUUOENUTNAUTI 00 10 39 000 42 00 10 55 400 HZ e gt Be FF a 1 O e ee Po gt UO K ol j Play Stop Stat Tune Tune End Save Review ur A Note When using the closed captioning feature select the Transcript tab in the Transcript Window and enable Digital Video Synchronization to ensure that the captions refresh properly 364 Transcript Manager lore Information Digital Video Transcripts Turn Closed Captioning On or Off Turn Audio On or Off Change CDs Disconnect the Multimedia Stream View Multimedia Properties Modify Multimedia Source Paths Pee isconnect Multimedia There Transcript Manage allows you to disconnect the multimedia from the transcript and reconnect it later This allows you to search transcripts for specific text without having to change CD s DVD s during the search To disconnect the multimedia from the transcript do one of the following Click the Disconnect Multimedia dbutton on the Multimedia Toolbar Select Disconnect Multimedia from the Multimedia menu so that it is checked Right click on the Multimedia player and select Disconnect Multimedia from the shortcut menu Repeat the process to reconnect the multimedia lore Information Digital Video Transcripts Turn Closed Captioning On or Off Turn Audio On or Off Change CDs Disconnect the Multimedia Stream View M
538. to digest Digest Copy Excerpt to Outline To Do L e E de the L hem Save Excerpt to Slideshow 14 any discussions eg Alt 15 internal memor 16 Halliburton gua Search for 06 Q I asked if you had reviewed any docum 17 transaction wa 18 restructured 19 A Idi 20 What memorar 21 O Sm Add Selected Text to New TrialDirector Clip Play Selected Text with TrialDirector Create TrialDirector Exhibit from Selected Text Present Selected Textin TrialDirector If video is associated with the transcript then the video plus scrolling text will be displayed These settings may be adjusted in TrialDirector s Presentation Options See Help Topic Presentation Options for more information Application Integration a 1 d pe A A gurin ji A Hs hrani reviewed any docimaata like f that in the ime trom Balls depostiian and mow I ve 06 Q lasked if you had reviewed any documents 07 bearing upon the issue of whether the sole basis upon 08 which GFC made the Chem Lig loan was the Halliburton 09 guaranty 10 A No haven t reviewed any documents like 11 that in the time from Ball s deposition and now I ve 12 obviously looked at documents before then r L i x 1 123 E B e o i If no video is associated with the transcript then the text appears in TrialDirector s Presentation mode as shown here GQ Who hired you to do the work that you just described And if there are differen
539. to enable or disable the new stamps annotation tool Stickers Tool Used to enabled or disable the new stickers annotation tool Show Hide Markups Used to toggle the Show hide markups button Default Zoom Tool Used to toggle between the Rubber band and area projection zoom tools Erase Annotations Erase all of the current image annotations Erase selected Annotation Erases the current selected image annotation Undo Last Action Used to undo the last action You can undo as many actions as necessary Changes the default color of the selected annotation tool For Example ALT C 3 Enter will change the default color to green Alternatively use the letters CMYKRBGAOPW Control the Presentation Display Presentation Toolbar 903 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual MN rander Exhibit Presentation A tandem exhibit presentation is used when it is necessary to link and simultaneously display a series of complimentary exhibits for example to show a series of before and after images or to present exhibits in multiple languages 904 L u oND To set up a tandem exhibit presentation do one of the following Select Presentation Options from the View menu Hold down the Control Home keys Select the Zones tab In the General box click the Set button next to Configure tandem mode options Tandem Exhibit Presentation Setup E Primary ltem Pretis Secondary ltem Pret OF Cancel
540. tor v5 2 User Manual i nore Information Zones usina Presentation Preview The Presentation Preview function allows you to prepare and preview on the fly enhancements to your presentation without impacting an on going presentation Suppose a need arises to present information in a different way during trial With Presentation Preview you or an associate can prepare an alternate item for presentation At the proper moment a simple mouse click inserts the new information into the live presentation replacing the current display You ve prepared previewed and presented the new information and the jury never saw you miss a beat Presentation Preview is accessed from the Case Library tab Using the documents multimedia and video transcripts in the Case Explorer and the Workbooks Explorer you can prepare preview and modify a new presentation screen including any desired markups or callouts 466 Presentation owes the Preview display to active Presentation mode Clears the Clears any display in This will displace any current Presentation display Preview Screen the Presentation mode image Text Presentation Preview E Present Preview F Clear Preview GR Clear Presentation Admiled 09 23 4100 DEMODOOS Preparing an Alternate Screen The Presentation Preview display in the Case Library operates just like the basic presentation mode including having a customizable toolbar You prepare display
541. tor v5 2 User Manual Create Clips from Issue Create a New Clip MN E Pre See g ee ee ee eee O Ea a o e a e a Codes Hest select the Tianecopis pou pou would ike lo create To continue click Next To et cick Cancel a Bath Edn Wa Li 01 24 2002 Pi comeack Wiliam T Wal 02 08 13 2000 O Delcrto John A del 01 0207 2002 O Vinckiss Thomas A AG vol 01 09 7442 Sebect l Clea Al E Ai AR 4 You can add additional time to the clips if desired Click Next to continue Create Clips from issue Codes m CC a o a ee gt Y Y Y y gt e gt gt gt y e Cip sagnants created from page ire references can be adjusted automabically bo simplty any hire burn which may be required dunng the Cip review procesa Tou may optionally modiy thane acgustments below To continue cick Next To backup cick Back of lo et cick Cancel a E a A voit 2 sd cacond Y Pre eS ee YM WWF i E e o SO A e a 288 eee meto cos The Cip vel now be created based on the infonmahon provided Remembes Cips created hom lspue Codes may requee line tuning before presentation To create the Clos cick Create To backup cick Back o bo est cick Cancel Progress Transcript Manager 6 Click Next Create Clips from Issue Codes The Clips dl now be created based on the information provida Remember Clips created from Issus Codes may iepure To conius chck Nest
542. tractor automatically opens Use the inData Digital Video Disc DVD Extractor to convert the video to an MPEG 2 stream Then select the MPG file and click Open Repeat the previous steps for any additional DVDs VCDs Grouping Files for Export Advanced Users If you will be exporting a synchronized transcript and multimedia files across multiple CDs DVDs you can use groups to designate which files should go on which discs 536 1 In the Multimedia Manager click the New Group button A folder named Untitled Multimedia Group appears Click once on the folder name to select it Then click again to insert the cursor on the text Type a meaningful name for the group for example the deponent s initials deposition date and the disc number SK110907 Discl Repeat the previous steps to create groups for Disc2 Disc3 etc as needed Select a file and click the Up Down buttons as needed to move it to the appropriate location under the appropriate group Repeat for each file Ensure all files are in Tools chronological order on each disc The following example shows the structure for a deposition expected to span three discs when it is exported Multimedia Manager Specify the multimedia for this Digital ideo Transcript When adding multimedia itis ver important to make sure all referenced multimedia i sorted chronologically Failure to properly order the multimedia will cause unpredictable resulte when sbni
543. transcript Description The speed control determines how smoothly the highlight bar moves through the transcript A value of 100 milliseconds would cause the highlight bar to jump while a value of 500 milliseconds would produce a smooth scroll System performance is affected by increasing the number of steps per scroll so a compromise between performance and visual Transcript Manager effects should be made Send page line Enabling this option will send the current page line to Binder location of the transcript to RealLegal Binder during playback This option lets the Binder user display a scrolling transcript highlight in that program as TrialDirector plays back the video rra f i Note Users with accessibility needs should enable the Use Windows Color Scheme option Clip Tab This tab allows you to set the multimedia clip options TrialDirector Options General Highighe Cip Toots Clip Creation Options i Enforce ungue Cip identifiers within curert Case Conin iderther and deserpbon when cresting a new Cip M Use custom formatting for Cip ident ers thn the current Cope Segment Creation Options Coninm before spilling Segments when manually otesing Cipi F Allow Segments from multiple multimedia sineams wihi a single Cip vo Spt Segments al mulimecks breaks T Spit Segments to exclude obpnctions ff Spit Segments lo eochuele glance over o seconds Adjust start by 2 seconds Aduste
544. trl Copy Excerpt into New Note Crl b Write to digest Digest Copy Excerpt to Outline To Do rT Save Excerpt to Slideshow Create Link Alt dod Search for 01 If you had been aware of the existence 11 vo Add Selected Text to New TrialDirector Clip 12 Add Selected Text to TrialDirector Clip 11 0721 0002101 13 you Play Selected Text with TrialDirector 14 bet Create TrialDirector Exhibit from Selected Text 15 dea Present Selected Text in TrialDirector 4 Right click on the highlighted text and select Add Selected Text to New TrialDirector Clip to create a new clip OR select Add Selected Text to TrialDirector Clip item id number if you are adding a new segment to an existing clip If there is no currently open clip you will see the following dialog Click Yes to create a new clip 99 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual TrialDirector There is currently no open Clip 2 Would you like to create a new Clip to contain the selected transcript text vo See Help topic Create a Clip for more information 5 In the following dialog enter a description for the clip You may use the existing description the first few words of the clip or you may enter your own description You may also modify the clip identifier if you wish When the description and identifier are set up the way you wish click Create Create a New Chip Xi Please enter the description and identifier
545. ts right click and select either Cut or Copy from the shortcut menu Page 12 20 to 13 02 00 10 07 266 00 10 27 567 i Meme Ja fue Te E M Cut Ctr E cr CHC F Fage 14 04 to 14 06 Paste Ctrley Page 14 11 to 14 21 Y Delete Delete 20 Close Clip Ctrlt z l called as ee Halliburto ay Halliburton Close Digital Video Transcript Ctrl T 2 Select the Full Clip icon or Segment icon where you wish to paste the segments Right click and select Paste from the shortcut menu Clip MP 07 21 0001 807 would you h E Clip MP 0721 0002504 Have you go 9091 Clip NEM CLIP longer an attorney 2 Exhibits 33 Virtual Clip MP P Play Technology News F Chrl 4 3 The segments will appear in the Transcript Explorer at the insertion point Remember the segments can be inserted into any part of a clip 298 Transcript Manager T I j ip itii k i be A T Li iai Le rei ij ah Clip NEW CLIP longer an attorney 4 Full Clip Beginning at p13 15 ll Page 13 15 to 13 16 Page 13 22 to 13 24 i nore Information Digital Video Transcript Clips DOE Segment Editor Topics Hide Segment Breaks in the Segment Editor Add Segments to a Clip Delete Segments in a Clip Rearrange Segments in a Clip The Segment Editor is used to organize the segments in a clip It lists the segments contained in the current clip of the corresponding transcript in the order in which they
546. ttached Exhibit Marker ES Note Attached Exhibit Displayed in Exhibit Preview The position of the exhibit marker may be hidden To display the hidden markers click Display Attached Exhibits from the Transcripts menu To view an attached exhibit in sync with a Digital Video Transcript in Presentation mode use the Present Clip command Exhibit synchronization Presentation mode lore Information Attach an Exhibit to the Transcript 344 is automatically enabled in Transcript Manager Open the Attached Exhibit Turn Exhibit Synchronization On or Off View a Synchronized Exhibit Remove an Attached Exhibit Pai urn Exhibit Synchronization On or Off To enable exhibit synchronization either Select Digital Video Synchronization from the Transcript menu Click the Enable or Disable Digital Video Synchronization button on the Toolbar To disable exhibit synchronization either Deselect the Digital Video Synchronization from the Transcript menu Click the Enable or Disable Digital Video Synchronization button on the Toolbar again You can also click on the vertical scroll bar to disable exhibit synchronization i nore Information Attach an Exhibit to the Transcript Open the Attached Exhibit Turn Exhibit Synchronization On or Off View a Synchronized Exhibit Remove an Attached Exhibit Echange Digital Video Transcript Properties To change the Digital V
547. u bo impor a lrarecapi from a standard ASCII tet file To begn please enter a path and hiename for the tarscspl pou woukd Be lo ute mio tha held Ese To continue clack Next Import a i Transcript Toe cick Cancel C Program FiesirnDlataicaresiCr y Scott OCRAT HME 2 Click the Browse button to select the transcript you want to import After you have selected a file or typed in a fully qualified path including the drive letter click Next to continue Import Transcript New pease entes lhe deponerd name deposdion data voimme rumba and any olber poke art micemation for this bramebonpe mio the held below To open and newer the transcript chch Edit i Deposition informaban import a cae Ros Middle Ingsak Transcript Last Pad gt gt Date 04 17 6008 Yoluma E i S eS Ee lt Back Het Z Note TrialDirector will attempt to read the deposition information contained within the source transcript file If this information is available it will automatically be populated 3 Ifthe transcript information in the fields provided is blank or incorrect you can edit the information To view the transcript before continuing and gather transcript information click Edit 318 6 E8012402 ba0 Transcript Manager WordPad File Edt View Inset Format Help OG SRA gt 8 D 00001 01 02 03 04 OS 06 o7 08 og 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 12 For Help press F
548. ultimedia Properties Modify Multimedia Source Paths present a Clip in Presentation Mode 365 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual Topics Present Normal Text and Video Present Text Only Present Video Only Present Current Segment Only Present Selected Text in TrialDirector Present Normal Text and Video To present the current clip in Presentation mode you can Presentation Click the Presentation button on the Toolbar Click the small arrow 4 gt next to the Presentation button EX Prezentation land select Normal Text and Video from the list of options Select Present in TrialDirector as Normal Text and Video from the Clips menu E Ma Normal Text and Video FA Text Only Full Screen y video Only Full Screen Present Current Segment Only ur f Note If TrialDirector has never opened the current case the clip will not be presented Open the case in Transcript Manager and try again Present Text Only To present the scrolling transcript on the entire Presentation Display without audio or video i Click the small arrow amp next to the Presentation button Text Only Full Screen from the list of options Select Present in TrialDirector as Text Only full Screen from the Clips menu Presentation and select Present Video Only Click the small arrow amp gt next to the Presentation button E Presentation Video
549. ultiple volumes with a similar description you can further specify the volume by using an asterisk to indicate an unknown quantity of characters as shown in the example below Poli Michael Vol 02 If the command to open a Digital Video Transcript is left out of the clip creation script Transcript Manager will create the clips from whichever Digital Video Transcript is currently open Second using the opened Digital Video Transcript a new clip will be created containing two segments page 12 line15 to page 12 line 20 and page 15 line O1 to page 15 line 23 The page and line numbers can be separated by any non numeric characters as illustrated in the variations shown below 12 15 12 20 12 15 12 20 The new clip will have an identifier of POLI0001 and a description of Review of Exhibit 417 The default clip identifier and clip description will be assigned to the clip if none are specified For example the following entry in the clip creation script would create a clip with the default clip identifier and clip description Poli Michael 12 15 12 20 15 1 15 23 Multiple clips can be created by separating each clip with a blank line in the clip creation script as shown in the example below 12 15 12 20 15 1 15 23 998 Appendices 17 3 17 16 17 19 17 25 Clips can be created from several Digital Video Transcripts using the same clip creation script as shown in the example below Poli Michael
550. ummaries to TrialDirector Workbook Add Item Image s to TrialDirector Display Image in TrialDirector Presentation Mode 3 Click Yes in the Add Item s dialog to add the document to TrialDirector Click No to cancel the process Add Item s j x Add document KMP00037 to TrialDirector e we If you selected Yes the document is added to TrialDirector Presenting a Document Directly from CT Summation Enterprise iBlaze Typically you would run TrialDirector separately from a CT Summation program in the courtroom But you may find on occasion that you would like to present a document directly from Enterprise or iBlaze 1 Select the document you wish to present in the CT Summation program you are Ze Right click on the row number for the document and select Display I mage in TrialDirector Presentation Mode from the menu TrialDirector s Presentation screen opens on your desktop displaying the selected document 97 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual _ _ ___ 7 DI Teed Phi E SA A AAA DATE PTE PL a Mark Summary on hits Orlane all Mark as HotFact PROJECT _ NUMBER 2 95 Edit Image Information NUMBER OF PAGES INCLUDING COVER PAGE Replace ocrBase Document A Oa MEATS 7 T beri recenta d renewed dha Msie laies Copy to Case Organizer Tab To Do i Py ae a ad ya Her dh pe ae Fi T Copy Marks to Gase Organizer Tis lathe paris a ambaa gf lesa grhit ud redna Ha
551. unction with the Zone Shape Zoom all Rubber band zooms will be aspect ratio Zooms This option sets the default zoom mode to Projection zoom When used in conjunction with Zone Shape Zoom all projections will be aspect ratio zooms Description Use this option to select the file format of the screen captures created from TrialDirector The Bitmap bmp file type is set as the default Select the Portable Network Graphics png option if you wish to create this file type The main advantage of using the png type is a significantly smaller file size while maintaining the same image quality as a bitmap On average the screen captures created in the png format are about 1 8th the size of the bitmap counterpart Description When this option is enabled all events that occur during a presentation are recorded in a log file for later review Enter a fully qualified destination path and file name for the log file e g C 1My Documents log1 log or click the BROWSE button to navigate to the desired destination folder and enter a file name Once you have completed your presentation click the VIEW LOG button to open and view the log file Display on Screen Option Primary Monitor Secondary Monitor Miscellaneous Options Option Show Tool Tips Display Item ID in Status Box Hide Toolbar at Startup Hide Toolbar after Screen is Cleared Auto Hide Show Toolbar on Presentation Description Sets the primar
552. ur coded data will appear in TrialDirector s Document Manager module THIS PORTION OF THE EXPORT IS NOT YET IMPLEMENTED AND IS RESERVED FOR FUTURE USE Simply click Next to continue 73 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual 9 lt Export Copyright 2002 iCONECT LLC Microsoft Internet Explorer File Edit View Favorites Tools Help ae E j EXPORT TO ANOTHER PROGRAM E Include this document data in my export The Trial Presentation export automatically includes images Note Annotations Redactions on images will not be included AND Export this Field To This TrialDirector Suite Field noney y Date none Exhibit urn none TrialMurn noney y Description none summary lt Back Next gt Cancel If your administrator has requested export tracking you will be asked to enter a Short comment explaining why you are downloading these files to TrialDirector The tracking screen will also record your username time of export and other information This screen may not appear If it does not skip this step Z Note The Write Production Information option may or may not appear depending on your CONECT admin settings 74 Application Integration File Edit View Favorites Tools Help ae write production information back to database Date Time Include eae Query Comment 300 Char tax El Back Finish Cancel 10 iCONECT will generate a T
553. use This is important because the screen width is normally less while TrialDirector is embedded in PowerPoint so having a scaled down toolbar is an advantage e By default all tools except for the Area Projection tool remain enabled until you click to disable them You can change this setting in the Presentation Options e If you want to be able to double click to clear the current tool selection you can select that option in the Presentation Options lore Information Presentation Mode Control the Presentation Display EPresentation Options Topics Opening Presentation Preferences General Options Tool Clearing Default Zoom Options Screen Capture Format Display on Screen Presentation Event Log Miscellaneous Options Zones Settings Zone Headers OLE Object Zone Windows Default Zone Mode General Images Settings mage Display Control Redaction Control Snapshots Multimedia DVT Settings Transcript Text Properties Closed Captions Synchronized DVT Exhibits Presentation Background Tool Preferences To open the Presentation Preferences dialog box do one of the following 424 Presentation Select Presentation Preferences from the View menu in TrialDirector Select Preferences from the Presentation mode drop down menu button as shown below Preferences Show Color Selector Open DocumentDirector Open Deposittionbirector Load Toolbar Layout Save T
554. ustom Footer x Option Description Print with Prints the images with any markups annotations that Markups may have been applied Sen 4 Note The markup annotation layers that were visible when the item was saved will be the ones that are printed Print with Applies the designated global watermark to all printed Watermark images The Pick button allows you to set the global watermark Main Paper Tray Determines which printer tray contains the paper that the images will be printed on Print Slipsheets Inserts a slipsheet before the first page of each document printed The field directly below this checkbox determines which printer tray contains the paper that will be used as slipsheets 4 Note TrialDirector will only print a slipsheet before items that are the first page of a document If you have selected items from the middle of documents the slipsheet feature may not be suitable 238 Print with Page Footers Add Barcode in Footer Use Custom Footer Document Manager for your printing job Prints the images with either the default footer Item ID Document ID and Page Number or a custom footer if one is selected Prints a barcode in the footer of the images when the Print with Page Footers option is selected Prints the images with a customized footer when the Print with Page Footers option is selected see Appendix C for an explanation of custom footer commands Images
555. uter pane e Ifthe items are on a CD or DVD you should copy them to the drive on which you want to store them before you load them into TrialDirector Practice tip Within the case folder where the rest of your case information resides you may wish to create folders for the various types of items you are adding For example you may wish to create folders called Images Video Animations Native Files and Transcripts 2 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual 2 In the Windows Explorer or My Computer window navigate to the location of the items you want to add to TrialDirector 3 Select the item s you want to add to TrialDirector Once they are selected drag the items from the Windows Explorer My Computer window and drop them onto TrialDirector s Case Explorer pane e Use CTRL click to select multiple non adjacent items or SHIFT click to select multiple adjacent items e f you are adding single page TIF images to TrialDirector take care when adding files using this method that you add only one document at a time If you add more than one single page TIF document at once the individual documents will be added as a single multi page document They can be separated later within TrialDirector but it s simpler to add them individually On the other hand if you are adding multi page TIF images each file represents an entire document e You do not need to be concerned with where to drop the items within the Case Explorer T
556. ve down one diglay page Mowe up one horic re Mine don cera aneng Wa Sek mirei ack Tesk mimada oran reach plspback speed Demesoe playback speed Place TirmeCode on cumerd ine Fama Tire Code hor hrs Pi Pace mirada beso 00d 01 IEE Vout testa Be A J Mawili EG cas Tee PASS AO E Wiza Sepa 4 ALOT Ear tr E Tim ip the Certified Shorthand Reporter testifi A T ning a Dada DS PATA TICA _Paga 4 Ur 4 No Sora 8 Continue this process until you reach the end of the multimedia file If you miss a line or stamp a line incorrectly use the appropriate keyboard commands to edit your mistakes see Editing Timecodes below ers A Note You must be in Timecoding Mode to edit timecodes To enable Timecoding Mode click the Record button so that it is red 9 If there are additional multimedia files repeat steps 2 through 8 until the entire transcript has been timecoded When the entire transcript has been timecoded you can export the Digital Video Transcript Editing Timecodes The sections below explain how to correct the two most common errors made while timecoding a transcript You must be in Timecoding Mode in order to edit timecodes To enable Timecoding Mode click the Record button so that it is red 930 Tools errr A Note When editing timecodes ensure that the timecodes are in chronological order For example the timecode 00 00 15 cannot be preceded by 00 00 30 Timecoding a Missed Line If you do
557. view the export results carefully to ensure that no errors were encountered Click OK to exit the export process i ore Information Timecoding Pe rimecoder Export to TimeCoder Multimedia List File The TimeCoder Multimedia List file is a comma delimited text file that details information about each Multimedia Resource file that is part of the Digital Video Transcript Exporting the TimeCoder Multimedia List file is a handy way to backup information about the multimedia files associated with a timecoded transcript The TimeCoder Multimedia List file can be used in place of the audio video files when preserving transcript timecodes during the DVT creation process The TimeCoder Multimedia List file can be used by 3rd party applications along with a timecoded transcript that need to import data from TimeCoder Follow these steps to export a TimeCoder Multimedia List file 1 Open the timecoded DVT 2 Select Export To TimeCoder Multimedia List tml from the File menu 565 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual Export TimeCoder Multimedia List This wizard wall help pou bo export a TimeCoder Mulimeds List as a slandad ASCII He Please entes a pathi and Gename har the exported To continue check Next Multimedia ro de Carcel Siream CAE qports MPI 21 5 bral 3 Enter a destination path and filename for the TML file or click Browse to navigate to the desired path and filename a If you click Browse the fo
558. we recommend that you to copy multimedia source files to a local hard disk or linked drive lore Information Digital Video Transcripts Turn Closed Captioning On or Off Turn Audio On or Off Change CDs Disconnect the Multimedia Stream View Multimedia Properties Modify Multimedia Source Paths 385 Coding cocina Database Coding Database The coding database is a repository of information Databases use tables made up of rows and columns to store information in a structured manner and provide access to that information TrialDirector allows you to input or import coding information into your case Z Note The coding database mdb is secured in addition to the cms and items database mdb when a secure case is created Select the Coding tab to display coding information Coding data can be displayed in either a Column View displays multiple records or a Form View displays a single record You can also choose to display the associated document or view just the coding information by toggling the Item Viewer command under the View menu Click to toggle between Column Siew Column view and Form wiew Form Wien 000000 Baise L en Eng 77 en Maken A Plate Edo C F F peMoooon DEMOGOOZO 3 10 2001 Nal Lori dara o Rf DEM DOOE DEMOOODa9 9 18 2001 Ha C C E DEMOO00S0 CE MOC 511 1563 Lol E C C DEMODO05001 DEMODOEDO 511 1983 Pax C C C DEM O00060001 4G501 DEMO000S0 01 6501 Compliant
559. ween the Case Explorer and the Item Viewer move the cursor slowly between the two windows until it changes into a double sided arrow at the point of split Click and drag the cursor to the left or right to resize the Case Explorer and Item Viewer windows 168 Document Manager More Information View Case Items Native Files case Explorer Case Explorer represents the database that is used to organize all document exhibits associated with a case To expand Case Explorer to use the full window click the Show Hide Item Viewer button The following diagram shows some of the features in Case Explorer Explorer Tree Expand All Collapse All Casa Explorer A p be x View by 35 imaged Docemecta Doc Desorption Thal Exchibt No Exhibt No Mide Case i FEEF Ore l inwlrector Sample Case 504 derma Explo rer i 1 Documents L 3 Enom Hence of Desestos of Cabtomia Caplal hauresce cate nowo Defendants Objeci n of Notes to Depositos of Caisse Tagged E G dineren May 11 1557 lemer to Clare Macdonald from P Dawid Emery Pray tem E Ha DEMOGOGSO ppi Mayii 1553 ener to Care Macdonald trom P Da PTAg2T 1 9 uoopo Bui 2 C 1 brvoo00n6s01 Snapshot VWedataday Lar 31 2004 03 59 Pu Pro tem ID 1 DEUOODOSA 507 Sabina Viesseaday War 31 2004 04 07 DU Per CDMOGOGS OLS o Saget ea War 31 2005 04 44 FM PTA a DEMD00050 6503 Snaprosl Wedsesday War 31 2004 D4 47 Pu POD O beucoc
560. window When the cursor changes to a double sided arrow click and drag the side to enlarge or reduce the window Click anywhere in the projection window and drag to move it to a new location Click and drag the magnifier to pan around the source exhibit The projection window automatically updates to magnify the new area Close the projection window using one of the following methods Double click on the dimmed background of the item to close all projections associated with that item OR Right click on a specific projection window to close one particular projection Note Any changes made to the source document annotations enlargements etc will automatically remove the projections Area Projection Options To change the Area Projection options select Presentation Options from the View menu Then choose the Images tab as shown in the figure below 482 Presentation Presentation Preferences Geral Zonas images Midirmedia DT Appeaance Tool Prefeences Image Dizplay Control Auo Deskew BEW images b Show Laver Status Display Calloutz e Ananoele Prosechon Zoom W ruio Show alot Pigechon Lines E Auto Dilset Calcul Pie leated Redaction Display he Show Duna FT Show Fedacted in Center Hide the Projection Lines To hide the projection lines un check the Show Callout Projection Lines option and click OK When you use the Area Projection tool projection lines will not appear as show
561. xplorer in TrialDirector The contents of Enterprise s iBlaze s Summary field is attached to each image as a memo To read more searching the contents of associated memos see Search for Items lore Information Sharing Transcripts with CT Summation Enterprise iBlaze Sharing Images with CT Summation Enterprise iBlaze snaring I mages with CT Summation Enterprise Blaze When CT Summation programs and TrialDirector are integrated you can exchange images in CT Summation programs so that they appear in TrialDirector You can exchange all images by using the Get Summation Info option under the Summation menu in TrialDirector 91 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual Or you can send selected images from CT Summation programs to TrialDirector This might be the case if you have used CT Summation Blaze to identify the key documents in your case to be used for example as trial exhibits In that case you might not want to send everything in Blaze to TrialDirector but rather send only those key documents Or if you are using Blaze to identify exhibits that will be covered with specific witnesses you may want to take advantage of that work to send those documents to specific Workbooks In any of these instances you are using CT Summation Blaze as the main database and then using iBlaze s database search tools to retrieve those records and send them to TrialDirector Sending Images from CT Summation Products to TrialDirector
562. xt and video e A Virtual Clip the synchronized text and video for the entire transcript e Exhibits attached to the transcript 40 Getting Started with TrialDirector e Issue Codes and Annotations 3 Double click on ASCII Transcript for deponent s name The transcript opens on the desktop 4 To view the Word List with the transcript open on the desktop click on the View menu and select Word Index 5 When you locate a word that interests you you can click on the page line reference s adjacent to the word to jump to that point in the transcript and the synchronized video if any peo 213 page 3 77 11 13 14 paper 9 3 paragraph 7 9 11 pardon 5 4 7 10 10 7 pare 10 20 part 7 25 8 particular 7 pass 1013711 penalty 14 12 period 4 19 8 15 perjury 14 12 plaintiff 1 7 plaintiffs 2 12 3 13 13 17 6 TrialDirector takes you to that location within the transcript and if the transcript has associated video the Multimedia Player displays the associated segment of the video To play the video click on the PLAY button To stop the video playback click on the STOP button 00 00 43 7220 O O00000000000000000 Es LI LIL 9 ME e e ee o o o M o he Play Pause Stop Searching One or More Transcripts 1 With a transcript open on the desktop click the Search tab at the top of the desktop 2 Enter the term s you want to
563. y monitor to display the TrialDirector presentation screen The Primary Monitor is the default setting Sets the secondary monitor to display the TrialDirector presentation screen This option is to be used when running dual monitors Most modern laptop PCs Support dual displays under Windows XP Also there are many dual display video cards available for desktop PCs Contact your PC manufacturer to determine if your computer supports dual displays Prr d a 7 Note Dual screen use is supported when the secondary monitor is oriented to the right of the primary monitor as shown in the Windows Display Properties dialog below Tees Deis Some Sa Appear Seyi Dreg then nena ca lo match then percal ana dl your ronca A l Piu ml Pi Hard aifi liimi ime RAGE 1H 6L AGF Description When this option is enabled a small pop up help window appears next to your cursor when you place it over a tool on the Presentation Toolbar Enable this option to always display the current Item ID within the active zone in the Status Box which appears on the right side of the Presentation Toolbar This option is disabled by default Enable this option to hide the tool bar when TrialDirector is launched Enable this option to hide the Presentation Toolbar after the screen is cleared This option is disabled by default When this option is enabled the Tool bar will be hidden unless the mouse cursor is placed over it 427 TrialDi
564. you move from page to page 1 To magnify an image area do one of the following Click the Create Magnifier Selected I mage Area button on the Toolbar Select Magnify selected I mage area from the Documents menu 2 Click and drag a rectangle around the area you want to magnify A magnifier window similar to the one shown below will appear Close the magnifier window by clicking the X in the upper right corner of the window 221 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual More Information View Case Items Pei muttimedia Files Topics The Multimedia Control Box Edit Record Mode Play a Multimedia File Pause a Multimedia File Stop a Multimedia File Change the Playback Speed Seek in a Multimedia File Turn Audio On or Off Create a Clip Edit an Existing Clip Multimedia files are audio and or video streams which are located on the Clips and Multimedia tabs Multimedia streams on the Clips tab are associated with a DVT but the synchronized transcript text is not displayed Lf iLi 4 LM hrap Tiraka buno T 15 a He ta ay E Es k a mh cy MY b m Aa E FE nmin sabs Prats Peri y Cat Tra Podes ha E pdas rl Pres Es 222 Document Manager The Multimedia Control Box The Multimedia Control Box appears just below the video window and functions similarly to a standard VCR In View Mode the Multimedia Control Box looks like the following Clip Segment Slider
565. ze so that the exported volume will not exceed the limits of your media In the Reference Files Over field enter the size limit in MB for files that will be copied into the exported volume folder For item files that exceed this size the load file will reference the original path to the file instead of copying the file to the volume When the exported volume is loaded into a case you can view a referenced file by mounting the volume where the file originally existed Click Next Select export options from the selections below 135 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual Select Export Destination Folder You may also chocn venous opbond hor your Export hom He rabachora below E ha Copy object files bo mew volumes Haming options hor expored haz Export Folder Use Page Id s for fie names enn C Use Sequential numbers for ile names FF Esport Media clips mio individual medio files auto Wo Pause expert process bebveen new volume cication lt Back Nest gt Export Options Option Description Copy Object Files Allows you to copy the item files to the volume folder to New Volume If you do not select this option the volume folder will only contain the load file the database file and other related case files There is no need to copy the files to the new volume if there are no changes to the actual image files and you only want to update the case database on another sy
566. zing the contents When you synchronize the contents the Transcript Explorer will highlight the active item being 204 Transcript Manager displayed in the active Transcript Manager viewer e g the Transcript Explorer will highlight the item shown in the Organizer Window if the Organizer window is the active element For example if you have a multiple versions of the same clip available and aren t certain which one you currently have open synchronizing the contents will highlight the open segment in the Transcript Explorer To synchronize the contents click the Synchronize Contents button on the Toolbar or select Synchronize Contents from the View menu Show and Hide the Case Explorer The Case Explorer is displayed along the left side of the application window when the Transcript Manager tab is active To show the Case Explorer Select Case Explorer from the View menu To hide the Case Explorer Select View menu and deselect Case Explorer Click the X box in the upper right corner of Transcript Explorer lore Information Transcript Manager Toolbar Case Explorer Organizer Window Transcript Window and Word Index Ou Transcript Window The Transcript Window manages the transcript text of the open DVT and consists of three tabs and a word index Transcript Tab Search Tab Segment Tab Word Index 2595 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual Transcript Tab The Transcript tab displays
567. zone 3 When using a quadrant split moves old item right Zone 5 into zone 6 which moves 6 to 7 which moves 7 to 8 which moves 8 off the screen When using a quadrant split moves old item Zone 6 diagonally down into zone 7 which moves 7 to 8 which moves 8 off the screen When using a quadrant split moves the old item Zone 7 right into zone 8 which moves 8 off the screen When using a quadrant split new item replaces old Zone 8 item in zone 8 Zone 9 New item replaces old item he a a Gee The last zone activated controls the motion of the items on the screen 446 Presentation E ES Note New items are automatically added into the next logical available zone until all quadrant zones are occupied or another zone command entered by the user The zone receiving new items moves the existing item into other available zones unless you are in Replace Zone Mode i ore Information Control the Presentation Display Zones Mon Combinations Zones can be combined to display items exactly as you would like For example you could use zone 1 for a document and zones 6 and 8 for graphics as shown in the figure below Zone 1 Zone 6 tierra PEI Citrine Pje in heal Bercoth Dekh Moi Focibty Zone 8 Zone Activity Indicator You could also load a Digital Video Transcript clip and use the open zone to display a related exhibit as shown in the figure below 447 TrialDirector v5 2 User Manual Rela

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents

  

Copyright © All rights reserved. Failed to retrieve file